With continued practice, we learn to “unhook” from our customary home in our ego-based identity—and then sustain an embodied presence and relatedness known as “open-hearted awareness. The knot of ego-consciousness: it is a condition under which the self imagines itself to be a separate and selfsufficient entity

With continued practice, we learn to “unhook” from our customary home in our ego-based identity—and then sustain an embodied presence and relatedness known as “open-hearted awareness. The knot of ego-consciousness: it is a condition under which the self imagines itself to be a separate and selfsufficient entity

THE THREE PSYCHIC KNOTS – OBSTACLES TO KUNDALINI/AWAKENING

Within the susumna nadi there are three psychic knots of energy, known as granthis. The Sanskrit word granthi means a knot, a tied-up force, or an obstacle to one’s spiritual growth. These knots restrict human life to instinctive, emotional and intellectual levels.

The knot of ego-consciousness: it is a condition under which the self imagines itself to be a separate and selfsufficient entity.

In man there is a knot technically called the “knot of the heart — hridayagrandhi”. It is a knot forged between the conscious and the unconscious. It is the identification of his limited ego-consciousness with the infinite Self.

With continued practice, we learn to “unhook” from our customary home in our ego-based identity—and then sustain an embodied presence and relatedness known as “open-hearted awareness.

AWAKENING OF HEAD, HEART, AND HARA

Awakening, which might be described as the opening of one’s eyes to our inherent nature, is always the same understanding wherever it appears, although different traditions might use different language to attempt to describe the experience. To use the words of the Christian mystic Meister Eckhart: “The eye through which I see God is the same eye through which God sees me; my eye and God’s eye are one eye, one seeing, one knowing, one love.”3 The moment of awakening is a sudden, intuitive understanding—not originating in the intellect—that all there is is Consciousness, or God, and “I am That.” But this “I” is no separate “I”; it is not a personal pronoun, but an impersonal one. Later, we may come to understand that the “I” that is That is the same essence that is this—this moment, this experience. However, the clarity of knowing is free from any acquired answers or doctrine. It appears from beyond the finite mind. The moment of awakening can be dramatic or quiet; there may have been many tastes before it occurs; and some beings seem to come into their incarnation consciously “remembering.” But an authentic awakening always carries with it a shift in identity.

Awakening occurs in different ways and at different levels of experience. There is an awakening of the head, out of egoic identity into the absolute dimension, into emptiness, awareness, openness. This is a profound awakening, an awakening to the transcendent, but Is still only a partial one. There is an awakening of the heart to Oneness, to unity, and the causeless love, intimacy. and compassion that moves from the true Heart of Awareness.

There is an awakening of the ham, a dissolving of the existential knot of separation in our gut, a knot that generally continues to be present experientially even after authentic awakenings to emptiness and oneness have occurred. For those unfamiliar with the term ham, It Is considered the seat of energy and balance in the body-mind, located below the navel in the area of the lower belly. It can be felt as a place of an invisible strength when we put our attention there in meditation or in the practice of martial arts. But in deep spiritual awakening. this area of the gut is where we feel the existential grip of ego’s deepest and most primitive instinct to survive. it Is a contracted state of consciousness that is at the very root of the ego structure—beyond thoughts or Images of a “self” that we carry in our mind and beyond the familiar feeling states identified with a “me.”

These may have been transcended or made transparent in the awakenings of head and heart, but thegut-level existential knot remains. To come upon this existential knot of consciousness is to come Into the space where ego fears Its annihilation, Its nonbeing. if we bump up against this preratlonal dimension of fear holding up our separate Identity, It can feel like we are having a nightmare but in our waking hours. Nothing external is fearful, and yet we may experience terror.

When we are ready. we face into this fear, but it is only when something deeper than our instinct to survive has revealed itself. When this contraction releases, there is a sense of falling into that which has no name. In Zen, it has been called “going through the gateless gate” or “having the bottom fall out of the bucket.” There is no way to force letting go on this level, and it is unwise to try. It may also be the case that life does not move to release in this dimension.

Either way, we can trust the wisdom of Spirit’s unfolding. In the Heart of Awareness, we are no more and no less what we truly ARE regardless of the depth of our realization or experience. with awakening to the truth of our transcendent nature comes an end to seeking. an end to the illusion of the ego’s separate existence, an end to the illusion of “doership,” and, depending on the depth of seeing, an end to fear.

The separate “I” or ego disappears in such an understanding (although it often returns as it continues to be melted time and again back into its Source). The life of the individual continues on being whatever it is. The transformation is a shift of perspective, not of personality. Ordinary life continues, yet it is no longer seen as one’s own. Something shines right out of our eyes and right out of ordinary moments.

There is a new way of seeing the particularity and infinite beauty of each thing, each being. Life as it is is seen to be sacred and impersonal, yet it is seen with great intimacy and love. Separation ceases, although it often returns grossly or with great subtlety, only to be seen again. While the initial awakening tends to be up and out of identification with form into that which transcends the body, awakening is not an experience that confers specialness, for we see that the infinite ground of Being, the Heart of Awareness, is shared by all. We awaken to our No-thingness and our Everythingness, our emptiness and our oneness. These awakenings can occur simultaneously or at separate times.

The finitude of the individual is not due to its bodily existence, but to the presence of the ego. So long as the ego remains, fiditude, in the sense of limitations of personality, remains. Liberation is liberation from the ego and its limitations. The individual is liberated by transcending the ego.

Thus, liberation is not primarily a permanent relief from all types of suffering, not even the realization of an abstract undifferentiated con-sciousness, but rather the transcendence beyond the ego and its restrictions. By cutting the knot of the ego, consciousness ceases to be personal; it is spread out infinitely, and becomes identical with the universe. The universe is then seen to be identical with the transcendental consciousness, arising from it and again with-drawing into it.

So long as consciousness is egocentric, all thoughts, feelings, and actions are directed towards furthering the interests of the ego. But when consciousness is universe-centric, thoughts and actions no longer serve the interests of a single individual; they become disinterested. As there can be no sense of want in that state, there is no longer any feeling of pleasure or pain; there is only a sense of fullness, unvarying and undying. There is nothing outside this transcendental consciousness, there is nothing to be attained; all actions and thoughts are unmotivated, completely free, not even restricted or governed by the laws of logic. Therefore, there is no reason why thoughts and actions are there; they are there, simply because the free transcendental consciousness freely wills them.

Ignorance is a veil the devil is using to cover people’s eyes so that he can destroy them and wipe them off from the surface of the Earth.

THE THREE PSYCHIC KNOTS knots restrict human life to instinctive, emotional and intellectual levels.

How loosening the knots at the heart is the main loosening of the channel knots

The third is understood by the yogi free of conceptualization. of great marvel. Because all winds have been halted, this is born, an understanding of this reality

“The third” is the definitive significance of the mind-vajra syllable—the winds brought into the place where the channel knots of the heart have been loosened. “Understood” means that this has been realized by the yogi. At that time, an innate wisdom, free of conceptualization. “of great marvel,” or of great wonder, is born. “An understanding of this reality” refers to the “great marvel.” The reason for this is that all winds and conceptualization have been halted, meaning that you have the ability to gather the winds into the indestructible drop. This clarifies the reason given above for the mind seed-syllable being the master. It teaches the vital significance of gathering the winds at the heart in halting conceptualization and the moving winds. Therefore it is saying that practices that gather the winds at the other cakras do not have that capability, because it is a passage teaching why gathering winds at the heart is of prime significance.

Then:
The centers of the emanation and dharma cakras are two lotuses, it has been said, above and below, as if facing, of sixty-four and eight petals. Well positioned above and below, the life and evacuative winds flow. It has been clearly taught that these two are solely winds of conceptualization. The channels Sand and rasand are the essence of body and speech .”

The sixty-four-petal lotus is the emanation cakra, and the eight-petal lotus is the dharma cakra. These are the two lotuses. The commentary on the third line says, “They are positioned like a lidded box.” This is a good description. It means that the heart lotus faces down and the navel lotus faces up, as described in the Saniputa Tantra, and therefore they are like a box with its top and bottom joined. These lines describe the positions of the heart and navel-channel cakras and teach that the life-sustaining and evacuative winds, positioned above and below and flowing through the two channels, are winds that create conceptualizations.

Then:

The avadhfiti, supreme channel,

lying in between these two, supreme of the supreme, without conception, always flowing, pervading all. Such a yoga, once achieved, is always able to work for living beings, victorious over the specific winds, at all times in a state of victory. Unknown by the fledgling yogi, it grants full enlightenment instantaneously, this tantra has said°

If the winds enter the dhuti, which lies between the other two channels. conceptualizations are severed. Therefore it is greater than the other two channels. With the attainment of such a yoga comes the ability to work for others and a victory over the winds that produce the 108 conceptual minds. This is not known by the generation-stage practitioner, and it has been said that the gathering of the two winds into the dhati will “instantaneously,” or quickly. brings about the full enlightenment of clear-light attainment. In order to bring the winds into the dhCiti, the generation stage must be completed, and then you have to proceed through the stages leading to the practice of vajra repetition:

How is that to be achieved? I will speak of this practice. First, the great yogi, with an excellent mind, meditates upon mental quiescence. With the yogas of the generation stage, he practices the wrathful mudras, and at the nine openings of the senses, all is everywhere constrained. The harp recitation is unparalleled, the unbroken continuum is supreme and is maintained for six months Then, instantaneously it is achieved.

The “mudri” is the mahimudri of the deity form of the generation stage. The commentary describes “wrathful mudris” as “blazing mudrAs.” referring to the generation stage that burns away ordinary perceptions. “Hum recitation” is said to be just one part of vajra repetition. This practice draws in the winds from the nine openings, such as the eyes, as taught by the two lines beginning “and at the nine openings.”

Then:
By what is this achieved? By recitation the heart lotus also is broken to face upward. Then the conjoining of the secret lotus is separated, and the two winds of conceptualizations are severed. The nonconceptualization brings bliss, achieved by the reality of mantra, and remains within the flow of the avadhuti. Having opened the eyebrow center with the winds, it is achieved, and the joy in that achievement arises constantly and does not end.

The first two lines describe how the channel knots at the heart are destroyed after vajra repetition has been performed for six months

the dharma chakra
is of the nature of universal love and concentration and resides in the Dharma-cakra in the heart in a lotus of eight petals.

Dharma means the teachings of enlightened beings

Granthi means “knot” in Sanskrit and there are three main knots: root, heart, and forehead chakras.

Vishnu granthi, a seal or knot in the heart chakra that must be broken or dissolved for subtle energies to flow properly.

There are three knots in the sushummi nerve of all humans in the centre of the spine. At the time of the formation of the body, the Ruin shakti’ or “Kundalini” descends through this sushunizza, from the cap of the skull to the bottom of the spine and is locked there due to these knots. It stays in repose there like a three and a half coiled serpent. It is addressed as the Kula Kundalini Shakti. These knots are at the Multidhar granthi, at the base of the spine. The next one is at the heart called the ‘Hridaya Granthi’ and the third one is the tongue or the ‘Jiwha Granthi’. These three granthis or knots are collectively responsible for the entrapment of the being into the endless cycle of life, death and rebirth. They prevent the awakening of the Kula Kundalini Shakti and its passage from the bottom of the spine to the top of the skull.

Open the heart knot with meditation and mantras There is a subtle knot of the ego holding us back from fully opening to our divinity. It is in our subtle bodies at the heart—a knot of separation from the divine. The knot is called Vishnu granthi.

enhances its potency and leads to liberation. Its energy regenerates every cell, filling it with light, dissolves all negativities, misunderstandings, clears the heart; unravels the heart knot and breaks the bondage of ego identification.

The siddhis are a special kind of psychic and supernatural powers a yogi possesses when he purifies his mind and attains perfection.

The eight petals of this lotus are the eight Siddhis or the 8 super human powers

“The (alien) group” requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn yoga science of liberation), because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities would free us from the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for most of our history. It has been deeply ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to have psychic powers. The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use them. The heart center is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality.

When we are living in fear, limitation, and lack, we are identified with our small human selves. We have an identity of who we are in our ego structure that is so familiar that we resist changing that identity, even when it causes us pain and suffering. When you choose to become a conscious master of your life, creating what you desire from your Source Mind and applying The One Command, your ego can sometimes become uncertain. Anyone who experiences a state change from ordinary-thinking beta to the theta state for the first time knows it can be disconcerting. Some people have been programmed to think that the subconscious mind is a place of darkness and is bad, and they feel awkward, and perhaps somewhat fearful, of engaging at deeper levels within themselves. The exact opposite is true. By going within and attuning to your wonderful subconscious mind, you open the door to greater knowledge, capacity, and understanding. When you go from the subconscious into a higher vibration, you change your attention from your ego, and you dissolve into this lighter self, this spiritual self, and the greater capacity of who you are.

What most often prevents us from making changes in our thinking is the lack of knowledge of what the change will bring. As we build up an identity — an ego — to protect us from this uncertainty, the ego itself becomes more and more of a prison.

We must break the chains of ignorance and mass hypnosis by removing the blocks that are located throughout our bodies, which were placed there as a result of the denial of who we truly are —co-creators with the universal life essence. Truly we are beings of light, and the more we recognize this, the higher our collective vibration will become. It all evolves around true conscious awareness of who you are.

When we are living in fear, limitation, and lack, we are identified with our small human selves. We have an identity of who we are in our ego structure that is so familiar that we resist changing that identity, even when it causes us pain and suffering. When you choose to become a conscious master of your life, creating what you desire from your Source Mind and applying The One Command, your ego can sometimes become uncertain. Anyone who experiences a state change from ordinary-thinking beta to the theta state for the first time knows it can be disconcerting. Some people have been programmed to think that the subconscious mind is a place of darkness and is bad, and they feel awkward, and perhaps somewhat fearful, of engaging at deeper levels within themselves. The exact opposite is true. By going within and attuning to your wonderful subconscious mind, you open the door to greater knowledge, capacity, and understanding. When you go from the subconscious into a higher vibration, you change your attention from your ego, and you dissolve into this lighter self, this spiritual self, and the greater capacity of who you are.

What most often prevents us from making changes in our thinking is the lack of knowledge of what the change will bring. As we build up an identity — an ego — to protect us from this uncertainty, the ego itself becomes more and more of a prison.

We must break the chains of ignorance and mass hypnosis by removing the blocks that are located throughout our bodies, which were placed there as a result of the denial of who we truly are —co-creators with the universal life essence. Truly we are beings of light, and the more we recognize this, the higher our collective vibration will become. It all evolves around true conscious awareness of who you are.

If you learn to control your emotions, you will protect yourself from becoming archon food. And when you unite yourself with the Higher Self, you become so sensitive that you actually feel when those entities try to feed off you.

Archonic influence doesn’t end with your death. They will try to get your soul to be recycled so that they suck your energy over and over again. They even recycled your soul.

When you escape all of their traps, you will feel like you have lost the burden that you were carrying all this time without knowing it. If you experience this feeling, be sure that you escaped one of their traps.

Try to be free from all human constructs. Try to be free even from human expectations. Our society is controlled by the archons, so the masses don’t have their own thoughts but the thoughts of archons. All those expectations imprison us and blind us to our true natures. It’s the nourishing of our true selves that gives us freedom, and that’s why archons try so hard to distance humanity from who they really are. They want to make us forget our humanness, and since we are already born without understanding who we are (divine and unique beings), they do their best for us to never know it.

The society hates those who wake up because the society does the will of the archons. What the archons love – they love, and what the archons hate — they hate. In The Matrix movie it’s told that as long as people are plugged into the matrix, they are the enemies. This cannot be closer to the truth.

You would never believe the truth of this world unless it’s given directly by the Higher Self.

The Matrix entangles and disempowering, the humans that supply the Matrix its power. The Matrix world is based upon a paradigm of ever increasing enslavement and exploitation. We have been taught that the artificial reality of the Matrix is all there is; we have been taught that we have no power to change it. But the truth is that you do have power, in fact, you have the power to create worlds or be a co-creator of your own life. The Matrix uses one´s innate power to sustain a world that doesn´t benefit higher consciousness or spiritual growth. The Matrix is set up to control and dominate humankind to enslavement of the mind, humans becomes its subjects as long they reamin ignorant of their own power. Once human through practice or “yoga” are fully conscious beings The Matrix has no longer any control. A new, amazing future is arriving . Humans are all facing a decision; they can choose to stay in the Matrix or leave it for a life of freedom.

Icke points to the profound waking-up experienced by Neo in The Matrix: he wakes up, gets back into his body, masters the protocols of the computer-generated false reality, and sets about to challenge the entire system. As Morpheus says, you won’t even need to dodge the bullets; they will have no consequence on you because your new state of consciousness will transcend their illusory nature. Icke implies we need to be like Neo. Once Neo “reached that point of reconnected awareness, the agents, the sentient programs, all-powerful until then, were suddenly no problem to overcome,” writes Icke. What Neo did, so can we all, Icke urges. We similarly can remember who we are, where true reality comes from, and reconnect with our true and infinite Self, and “that moment is fast approaching,”

When the say Man in born into enslavement, Man is born into the world of Matter (The Artificial Intelligence and Matrix) and have no other references to other worlds or other dimensions, so this becomes Reality. Enslavement is the the result of the False Matrix. Icke believes humanity is being controlled and enslaved in a false matrix. We are infinte beings, he believes, designed for harmony and peace, who are trapped in a war-like matrix of the lower mind.

The establishment of the ego decided the separation between the physical realm of energy systems and the energy of Creation. The Matrix world is a virtual reality world created by artificial intelligence to enslave humans and use their bio-energy as fuel to power their existence. Waking up from the Matrix, breaking the ‘bondage [of] false consciousness’, is done when people are shown ‘the true workings of the system. Humanity has been enslaved for centuries.

Knowledge is the fourth level of soul evolution. It is a level of stasis that allows us to react to change from our ego belief in the infallibility of our accepted fact. Our knowledge is the linear programming of our intellectual mind that remains ignorant to the understanding of who we are and why we have an intellect. At the intellectual level of soul growth there are multiple levels of denial of soul and spirit from the ego, and all levels of the intellect and ego react from fear, not love.

When the intellectual mind that is attached to knowledge is choosing to ignore the changes it must make to grow into the Cycle of Understanding, it is reinforcing the pattern of its shell. Ignorance of the human mind that captures the ego in fear is an expensive lesson within our society. Changing from reactionary fear to open-minded love is a necessary step in the equal growth of us as individuals, as a society, and as a world. We can initiate this Universal change by beginning to change our understanding of self and repatterning our thoughts, words, and actions from fear to love. Each level of growth is defined by a cycle of change that allows us to shift the focus of our consciousness and to move through our seven levels of fear into a change cycle of seven levels of love. It is through changing our beliefs and our behaviors that we create change in our life and in society. The emotions that we use to help transport us from one level of awareness to another are the fractals of our electromagnetic energy force fields of learning. Our patterns of growthfollow these fractal patterns of energy that are integrated within each and every physical cell and energy cell within us. The cycle of change from fear to love will move through seven levels that are attached to fear and seven levels that are moving into the being of love.

We are not disturbed by the fact that this ego is a phantom because we strongly believe in its existence. This false perception is a result of our ignorance of reality and as long as this state persists we can never stop grasping. Ignorance is dualistic perception. The lack of knowing our true nature is called ignorance.

The repressed or denied collective shadow can strip us of our humanity. We unconsciously act out the more repressed aspects of the collective shadow and find ourselves hypnotized by the communal movement around us. On the flip side, when we are seen as standing alone in our truth, often the collective shadow’s response is to view us as wrong or crazy and not worth listening to. Objectification of others comes from an agreement with the collective shadow. When making the other wrong, we dehumanize them. And the need for us all to be in agreement with some collective assumption dehumanizes us. The suppressed shadow makes enemies.

To move against the collective shadow is truly a hero’s journey.

It is very important that you understand the Shadow because it represents the beginning of your journey into form. To be alive in a physical body can be experienced as the ultimate constriction, especially if your reality is rooted in fear. Fear is the by-product of all low frequency energy fields. Constriction is the physical manifestation of fear at an individual and universal level. Moreover, fear creates a very effective biofeedback loop that ensures its own survival. It’s really very clever when you think about it — fear is afraid of itself, which ensures that it never accepts itself, which ensures that it always survives. There are different kinds of fear as well. There is the fear that is hotwired into all physical creatures — the genetic fear that ensures our survival as individuals and groups or tribes. Then there are the more pervasive manifestations of fear — the fear of war or chaos or cataclysm, which exists at a collective level within the human unconscious. The deepest fear of all is the fear of not existing — the fear of death on the individual level, or the fear of extinction on the collective level. Such fears form the general backdrop awareness field of our planet. Then we come to pure fear, which does not even have a target. Pure fear is simply a collective thought form that hangs like a grey fog across our world.

The Shadow teaches us something profound about the nature of ignorance. In reality it is a form of repression. All repressive natures essentially use their energy to maintain a state of ignorance. Ignorance in this context refers to the inability to look at your own pain. The deeper your personal wound is held captive inside you, the more your higher faculties shut down. Ignorance is not bliss. Ignorance is misery, but it doesn’t recognise this unless something momentous happens. Because of the pervasiveness of the Shadow frequency, ignorance is still one of the greatest diseases in our world. It takes a massive collective effort to constrict the life force wanting to burst from our bodies. The moment something triggers the letting go of your pain, there is a flood of release and relief around your heart as the Shadow of Constriction is weakened. Whether you repress this pain again after the event is another matter entirely.

The collective shadow emanates from the collective unconscious and is a manifestation of the dark aspect of the Self that is capable of being projected onto minority groups within a particular culture or even onto whole nations. A collective shadow also represents a universal human dark side within all of us.

As long as the ego and persona continue resisting and repressing, they are in a state of identity with the shadow entities, since all unconscious forces contaminate ego consciousness without the ego ever being aware of the contamination. The first step in freeing ourselves from blind shadow impulses is to recognize that they exist.

The shadow dwells in ignorance.

Where there is persecution, there is shadow projection.

The collective shadow forms a counterforce to self that tempts ego to renounce interdependence with self.

The appearance of the world is taken as real by the ignorant, but the wise who can see through it find nothing but God, the only reality behind this illusory show.

He places them all under the influence of Maya* which prevented them from knowing their real character. Not knowing his real nature through Maya (Illusion) is man’s Ignorance.

Maya is basically the illusion which di-vides reactions and relationships into subject and object and gives rise to the pairs of op-posites in the manifest world, seeing them as separate instead of totally interdependent. The word “illusion” is derived from the Latin to play a game, but play has its own rules, it is not haphazard, there are winning or losing choices and moves and throws which influ-ence the outcome of the game and set an ir-revocable force in motion. Maya is also that which can be measured and therefore involves limitation and finitude as opposed to the immeasurable and unbounded Absolute.

Maya is a reflected world. It is illusory in that the reflection can never be the thing-in-itself, but it is real in that the reflections can shadow forth the presence of the Real and, once known for what it is, can be the means of leading to the Real. In this reflected world things merely appear distinct and discrete be-cause they are caught up in the time-space continuum and seem to follow each other; illusions the coming into being and passing from it are of time.This succession of changes is perceived by mind and created by mind.

Once the ignorance and illusion are recognized the “perfuming” power works in reverse and leads to an understanding of the truth and releasing from the bonds of illusion, leading the individual to the dharma and the way back to the Real.

So long as he will grovel in this ignorance, so long as he will identify himself with his body.

Meditation does not depend on anything external: the mind is the only means. When we meditate we focus on the superconscious state of the mind, beyond the senses. Experiences through the senses are coated with a thick layer of negativities. The soul can thus no longer reflect its purity, its true nature which is Sat-Chit-Ataanda (Knowledge, Existence, Bliss). Meditation removes attachment. Meditation teaches one non-attachment. With the mind indrawn and still, man loses his physical identity. External distractions through the senses and from within from the subconscious are easily restrained. The less the body-consciousness the closer man is to his spirit.

Could it be that enslavement to the flesh, meaning the inability to free our consciousness from the mundane plane and its limited conceptions and so realize the wonder of our origins and the glory of our destiny, can really only be overcome bygoing into the Silence.

Here is a key principle of wisdom: illusion operates throughout the personality,” pervading the mental body as false beliefs, the emotional body as glamour, and the vital body as maya. Understanding this principle implies deeply distrusting all reactions of the personality to life and circumstance, because illusion cannot even be recognized as illusion without the illumination of the soul.

To be subject to the laws of Maya produces fear of death, fear of the other, pain, and misery. Being is above all, it has no death and no other. It is one, not many. The highest ideal of man is, therefore, to realize his true being.

The nature of Maya is to screen or veil us from the divine self and God, and then produce the forms of the world we perceive. The nature of ignorance is such as to disappear altogether when knowledge dawns.

Unmasking the projection by naming it creates freedom and rejoicing. The dialogue continues with each of seven forms of power: “The first form is Darkness; the second, Desire; the third, Ignorance; the fourth, Zeal for Death; the fifth the Domain of the Flesh; the sixth, the Foolish Wisdom of the Flesh; the seventh, the Wisdom of the Wrathful Person” (Gospel of Mary 9:18-24, SV). What does the soul do with each of these forms of power? The soul could avoid them, ignore them, hope they will go away on their own accord. But the soul actually faces and confronts each of these dark energies and in so doing they lose their grip and power over the soul. Greater understanding may come by counting the powers down from the seventh to the first. The seventh is the wrathful power, the wrathful pan of ourselves. Underneath the anger and wrath might be found hurt that needs healing. There might be an ego that needs to give up being egocentric and find its true center. Anger is often the symptom of something deeper. Once there is dialogue with the core issue, then out of the wrathful person comes wisdom. The sixth and fifth forms of power have to do with the flesh. Dialogue with the flesh may reveal and unmask its foolish wisdom and its dominance over us. In the process, the soul becomes free.

When will we individuals have the courage to face this zeal for death, unmask it, see what lies behind it, and redirect the energies into life? When the masks come off, what do we find? Are there deep-seared fears that need to be faced? Is our national shadow being projected onto other people?

The third form of power is ignorance in all its forms. How is ignorance overcome? Knowledge and wisdom are the answer, not just information. It is commonplace these days to recognize that we have an information glut. Information technologies have spun out of control. When will we learn how to use information wisely?

The underlying root of all delusions is the fundamental ignorance mis-apprehending the nature of reality. This ignorance is a state of misconception. Since it misapprehends the nature of reality, it has no valid grounding in our experience or in reality. In fact, it apprehends reality in a manner contradictory to the way things actually are. Hence, it is an erroneous and distorted state of mind. As this is so, it opens up for us the real possibility of eradicating it.

The ordinary man is ruled by this ignorance. But in the state of uplifted divine consciousness, ignorance is dethroned and wisdom rules in its stead.

The widely agreed goal of a spiritual teaching is to free the human being from the ignorance that keeps him/her in bondage to the material plane

In order to grasp readily the esoteric meaning of this part of the gospel, it will be helpful to envisage a pyramid with a staircase spiralling up the centre. Here we can see that the soul marks out the square base of the pyramid in her earthly incarnations, moving around it in order to overcome the challenges of the four elements. The soul meets the challenge of earth/Darkness (corners 1-2), ‘turns the corner’ and progresses through water/Desire (corners 2-3), turns the corner again to encounter air/Ignorance (corners 3-4) and finally comes to fire/Wrath (corners 4-1). This is the last ‘corner’, or challenge, to the soul concerning the base of the pyramid. Here we reach the first and last corners of the base; our progression around the base in a clockwise or sunwise direction guides us to the point where the journey began. However, because this is the life force itself (fire),

Wrath has to be overcome on seven ascending levels (the seven chakras leading up the spine to the crown), because of course the fire of the life force informs every level of our consciousness. This creates the ladder or the stairway up the pyramid. Therefore, having overcome the first three challenges, the next thing the soul has to do is to encounter and overcome those elemental challenges again, this time on increasingly subtle levels. They have already been met at the ordinary plane of consciousness, ensuring that the soul manifests through an ordinarily adjusted human being. Now they must be mastered on increasingly deeper and correspondingly more powerful inner frequencies. These equate to the first four chakras: the base of the spine (eanh/Darlcness), the sacral centre (water/ Desire), the solar plexus (air/Ignorance), and, of course, the fourth chakra (fire/Wrath — the one which also contains the spark of divine fire — the heart). This chakra, focal point and balancer of all the others, is the altar of our being, within which shines the holy and eternal flame. It is here that the alchemical process will take place that transforms the gross fire of Wrath — the undifferentiated life force which manifests as self-preservation or the force of the ego — into Love. This happens by offering up Wrath itself (all the desires of, and worries for, self) as a sacrifice into the divine, purifying flame of Love, the Christ, which dwells deep in the heart.

When we do this at the base of the pyramid (between the corners 1 and 4) as Mary teaches us to do, which means that we overcome Wrath and supplant it with Love by means of continual sacrifice of our lower selves on a daily basis in our everyday lives, then the divine flame in the heart, fanned and fostered by this continual sacrifice, allows us to climb the seven stairs with winged feet, making a song of celebration of our ascent. (‘That which bound me has been slain. That which enveloped me has vanished. My desires are no more … Henceforth I am centred in Repose’, etc.). The fourth and central Power of Wrath has at last been overcome. The fourth Power is the fear of death, a terrible power indeed, because whilst the soul remains in ignorance of its true destiny and its true inheritance — eternal life — the fear of death holds great sway, active on many levels and sometimes manifesting as an insane tenor which compromises all the true and beautiful values that the soul, in its innermost striving, holds dear. The fear of death prevents us from expressing our uniqueness, the beauty of our heart-secreted light, because we are also afraid of being slain at emotional, psychological and psychic levels. Until we can overcome the ignorance of the illusion of death, we are not free.

The idea of the seven steps rising up the pyramid from its four-square elemental base at the point of fire/Wrath also gives us the fifth element, ether. The ancients called this the ‘quintessence’, literally, ‘the fifth essence’. It was considered to be the ethereal counterpart of the mundane elements. The soul in the act of climbing the seven steps up the pyramid from its base at the point of Wrath/fire (corners 4-1) expresses the nature of this element, because it is in our ethereal or inner essence that the fires of Wrath must be refined or transmuted to Love. That is why ether rises with the life force or fire right up the pyramid from its base — because the fifth element pervades, and extends beyond, the others. When it is purified by the divine flame in the heart, then the ether becomes a vessel for that divine flame, cloaking the soul and carrying her with it to the lower elements so that they might be transmuted. It is the stuff that the soul commands, wonderfully sensitive to her bidding, consisting of the matter from which her dreams of beauty may be wrought — the soul’s own element, the white ether, another aspect of the Wedding Garment.

As the soul mounts the stairway, the ‘demons’ of each plane or step gather to hurl insults at the soul, trying to make it feel insecure, guilty, vulnerable and intimidated so that it will decide to return to the security of what it knows, i.e. descend again. They shout Murderer!' at the soul because it has slain the phantoms of Darkness, Desire and Ignorance, and address it as 'vagabond' andslayer of space’ because it has freed itself from the vacuum or emptiness of imprisonment in the lower planes and, no longer having roots in its corrupt nature, has no home there anymore. In other words, they proclaim its victories, but in a way that is designed to cause the soul to feel culpable for having achieved victory. Their ruse does not work, however, because the soul has learned the lesson of spiritual poise. Poise is the essential quality, because when we overcome the first three elements of our ‘base’ nature (the base of the pyramid), thereby gaining awareness of our higher nature and control of our animal nature, we find we are still by no means off the hook. Wrath can flood in and inflame us into expressions of darkness, untransmuted desire and ignorance against our better judgement. The poise that the soul expresses is learned from applying the Law of Love. It begins to proclaim its freedom.

Mary has given to us, via her gospel, the beautiful teachings which explain soul ascension. When, as spirits clothed in the essence of soul we descend to the womb, we enter the world of matter composed of the elements. We are locked into the base of the pyramid which is the mystical structure of our being. Although we have to overcome all aspects of matter, it is the fourth element of fire, the life force itself whose divine aspect dwells within the heart chakra, which is the greatest challenge. Mary describes it as having seven manifestations, three of which consist of the limitations of the first three elements of earth, water and air, corresponding to Darkness, Desire and Ignorance, and the remainder of which comprise the Fear of Death, the Power of the Flesh, Foolish Reason and Self-righteous Materialism. The Gospel of Mary present these last four as (the fourth) Fear of Death, (the fifth) Enslavement to the Body, (the sixth) Intoxicated Wisdom, and (the seventh) Guileful Wisdom, which provide further insight into the nature of these manifestations of Wrath, the lower fires of our consciousness. In the East, this power of fire or life force is called the kundalini, the serpentine fire of life which is locked in the base chakra. It must rise up the spine (the sides of the pyramid) to the crown (the pinnacle of the pyramid), but not until the chakras have been purified by the divine flame in the heart, and the soul resonates with that divine flame rather than its gross and wrathful counterpart which is the power of the self-serving ego. If the latter state prevails, the rising kundalini breathes its cosmic fire-breath into the impure energies which are lurking in the chakras, causing mayhem and even insanity or death. When it rises under the conscious direction and control of the higher mind or the higher aspect of the soul, it ascends in complete harmony with the higher chakras, which are the heart, the throat, the brow and the crown centres; and thus do we become fully human.

The mass of humanity is caught up in the quagmire of ignorance. The mind has always been a favorite target of the enemy. If the devil can control the mind, he can control one´s life. Ignorance is the weapon the devil uses to gain control of the human ego and the archons controls the lower matrix

The limit expresses the circle to which it belongs. Hence, mind seeking for treasure where it is not, is mind directed by ignorance. It is directed by a will not controlled by wisdom. Wisdom never disappoints. Ignorance always deceives. Ignorance controls. Ignorance has no power to heal. Wisdom only has power.

Satan acts like a roaring lion seeking victims to destroy. The fact is that many people do not yet understand the battle confronting the human race. Hence, the devil is taking advantage of human ignorance, stubbornness, disobedience to God, and desire for worldly freedom to create havoc in the environment where humans and evil spirits coexist. Evil spirits have been on the earth since Adam and Eve were created because God threw Satan out of His kingdom and many angels followed the enemy to fill the planet.

The mind has always been a favorite target of the enemy. If the devil can control your mind, he can control your life. Spirits that attack the mind include mind control, confusion, mental breakdown, mind-binding and mind-binding spirits, insanity, madness, mania, fantasy, evil thinking, migraines, mental pain, and negative thinking.

Ignorance is the root of the notion that the “ego” is important, and the human being who is occupied by his e§o is therefore often incapable, weak and distressed.

If you are weak, the soul remains ignorant and attaches itself to worldly objects and desires in its ego-consciousness. When you awaken from this ignorance, your spiritual personality expands and the spirit makes its real presence felt.

Illusion is meant to entrap and enslave humanity. This enslavement can be maintained only through ignorance. Consequently, the created world is a counterfeit world fashioned by the counterfeit spirit of the demiurge and his archons.

Ignorance is a limitation of knowledge. The problem with of Evil is the creation of ignorance and there is a veil of ignorance in the place in this world to create separation from the real higher self and to prevent humankind from have access to divine knowledge, and because of this the archons can control the world, humankind and keep them trapped within the low vibrational frequencies of the reptilian mind control reaility.

Humanity can remove the veil of Ignorance by ascending to the supramental level and by realizing integral knowledge. It is possible to realise the Divine Truth or integral knowledge again only through the spiritual evolutionary process.

Ignorance is like a veil wrapped around the human mind, a veil that prevents the mind from breaking free of the shackles of materialism. Through this veil, we see only a material world, with material beings. We see a material sky and material plants and animals. The veil of ignorance keeps us disconnected from life’s deeper reality.

Man has consciousness of his physical body, of his physical environment. He has no consciousness of his Higher Self because he cannot see it. His ignorant mind shrouds his spirit. It is vital that every effort be made to realise his real self, the spirit. Only deep meditation will lift the veil of ignorance and reveal to man his true nature.The ultimate goal of meditation is to reach this pure consciousness. It is the highest state of consciousness man can attain and become capable of enjoying his full potential. If the body does not get sufficient rest and sleep it gets out of gear. So it is with the spirit. The spirit lost in the abyss of the mind and unable to manifest itself has made us run into spiritual bankruptcy.

Man is always running after life external while there is something much superior to life. Man’s spirit is higher than this material life. The awful tendency of allowing the mind to identify with external objects always creates bondage. To every action there is a reaction. So long as man keeps fixing his mind on external things he will be a slave of the senses and the body. The mind gets easily identified with its object of observation and loses itself That is the tragedy. Man takes himself for a body and has forgotten his real identity. This is the greatest blunder of humanity: to think we are bodies. We have become bodies, just bodies, nothing else. All our trials and tribulations result from this erroneous belief. Anxieties, fear, worry, trouble, assail the average man because he takes himself for a body.

Only taking in knowledge of the Self, such as the scriptures teach, removes the veil of ignorance and reveals the Self.

With mind and intellect established in That, with That as the supreme goal, they, whose sins have been dispelled by knowledge, reach a state of no return.

The preceding verse describes the state of human Perfection. A state following the destruction of ignorance and realisation of the supreme Self.

Blessed then are those who by painful researches, tend to remove those destructive veils which have so long concealed mankind from each other.

Meditation is at least one of the techniques historically considered effective for individuals who desire to pierce the veil between physics and metaphysics.

The moment this veil of ignorance or darkness is torn to pieces by our incessant efforts or by any other means, we discover that we are light which is our real higher self. Receiving the divine flash means discovery of the real nature of our self which is all light. It is the awakening of our soul from its slumber — a kind of spiritual awakening.

The moment you fully realize your control over your destiny (through the right use of your mind), the picture of your life will begin to change for the better. It changes because you see the obliteration of the veil of ignorance that once held you bound. That veil is what causes the ignorance and blindness of the mind.

When scriptures teaching that Satan is obstructing, he is strying to stop, block, hindering, slowing down or delaying spiritual awakeking from expanding in enlightment within the mind.

Until the veil of ignorance is removed or destroyed, the inner taste for the objects cannot be removed. Fear is the main component that controls the veil of ignorance. When the veil is removed, perception of objects becomes possible, and the removal of the veil of ignorance disperses doubt and error.

The base, carnal, worldly, self-seeking desires which, by keeping the soul in ignorance of its true nature and destiny.

The personality is a mask we show to others. The belief that the personality is the true self is an illusion must be shattered. The Veil of Illusion lies between our ego and our Spirit. Everything below the Veil is an illusion. True Reality is on the other side, where our Spirit resides. We can pass from the world of illusion through the veil into the world of spiritual reality Matter consists of energy. At the atomic level it is mostly empty space in constant movement, a mirror of the cosmos. All matter is illusion. There is no real separation between the physical and the spiritual existence. To remove the veil of illusion is to raise consciousness, to become aware that we are actually in the Spirit.

To be able to rasie consciousness one must be able to change the inner vibrations from lower to higher to break the chains of negative fear programming of the evolutionary old brain.

The spirit of ignorance controls the world, humankind, the matrix, vibrations, access to information, prevent spiritual progress/ascending, and ignorance creates lack of knowledge and ignorance creates fear, and fear controls 2 dna strand through low vibrations.

The spirit of ignorance is both phsyical and spiritual manner. Ignorance does not attack animals but man. The reason is that it is a weapon in the hands of the devil.

When God created us, He created us in His own image. Not only that, God blessed us and from the beginning of the creation, He made us to rule over all of the creation and even Satan. But the devil deceived man so as to hijack the authority God gave us.

The devil knows that as soon as our eyes are opened to see these things and we realize who we truly are, he’s already in trouble. That is why he uses ignorance as a weapon to destroy men. Ignorance is a disease to mankind. That is, it is an enemy of man.

It separates people from God: Ignorance is one of the devices the devil is using to separate people from God, and there is veil of ignorance in place in the three dimensional world to prevent humnakind from awakening from the slumbering ignorance of the ego.

Ignorance turns one to a slave: Ignorance will always make you a slave to a wise person.

Being ignorant is like living in the darkness or in a dark world. When you are in the dark, you can’t see anyone or any structures and things around. So you begin to walk around without a bearing and focus. And every step you take is likely to land you into a very serious danger. This means, in the dark, there is no hope for surviving, there is no vision of where to go, you can’t see anything good, you can be easily ensnared, you only know your mind, and you can’t see what’s coming your way. The same thing happens when you are ignorant. It cannot be bribed: The only way out or solution to ignorance is knowledge.

Ignorance is an enemy of knowledge: Ignorance never cooperates with knowledge. They always fight each other. Both are enemies. Ignorance always prevents knowledge from taking over its place. The archons prevent the soul from acending to higher levels of consciousness or enlightment and prevent spiritual progress.

Our limited consciousness prevents our realizing our divinity. To reach beyond consciousness one has to gain control over the mind. To go beyond limited understanding and unravel the all-pervasive consciousness is to realise our perfection. As man’s mental perceptions get finer and finer his understanding of the true reality will improve to gradually unveil to him the One Reality behind all things.The purpose of meditation is to bring the mind by constant practice to dwell specifically on that One Reality, God.

The mass of humanity is caught up in the quagmire of ignorance. With no vision of their ultimate goal of Self-realisation. . The entire humanity is lost in the abyss of ignorance.

This world don´t want humakind to have knowledge of how to progress for spiritual self-realisation and is a enemy to such progress and the veil of ignorance in this world control the lower matrix. This world has made humankind to a victim of ignorance.

Ignorance gives room to the enemy: A person who lacks knowledge is never secure. What ignorance do is to open the door widely for the enemy to come in and you may have believed to have gotten adequate security.

It can put one in bondage for long: Ignorance doesn’t have pity on people. It makes sure he keeps its victim in bondage as long as it could until the person dies or breaks loose.

It is a limitation: Ignorance will always limit you. It will make you to lag behind, to be stagnant, and to go spiritually backward. The ego don´t want any kind of spiritual progress of the real higher self.

The goal of ignorance is to destroy the real higher self and that´s why the ego has become god this world.

We will never die and our integrity is more important than our present body. We use to be Gods of our own universes, but now we are fallen and no one will help rehabilitate us. We have total amnesia when we should have total recall. No one is encouraging us to throw off our chains. We’ve only been given inhibitions. No one has allowed us to know our true potentialities. We’ve been oppressed and mind controlled by alien beings for the purpose of making us unknowing slaves. We are entertained and defrauded by television each day while the alien agenda relentlessly unfolds. When word gets out that we’ve been mind controlled, oppressed, held down and used by a reptilian race to further their own nefarious purposes, mankind will break out of his chains. It will be endgame for the reptilians. That’s why the reptiles know that this secret must never see the light of day on planet Earth.

“The (alien) group” requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn yoga science of liberation), because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities would free us from the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for most of our history. It has been deeply ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to have psychic powers. The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use them. The heart center is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality.

The backstory is that these governmental agencies are the front-men for forces by which they foster division and polarized realities so that people spend all their time defending one position against another, even on trivialities, thereby fracturing the mind and disconnecting it from the Infinite which brooks no polarity.

David Icke writes: that a reptilian race has controlled the planet for thousands of years and continues to do so today. … “They are everywhere,” he told astonished journalists, “in the sky, in the sea and on the Earth…” He said that ‘they’ controlled humanity through the mind. Revealing such informations opens up to mass ridicule, or they will be persecuted.

Technology can only be used within the constraints of how it is designed, how the culture perceives it, the knowledge that users have, and the society that has assimilated it. Undoubtedly, it funnels our experience into a certain pattern of behavior and thought. The Elite perpetuate the myth that we need technology and cannot disconnect from it. Technology is always harnessed to a particular end. Technology is not neutral. We think it frees us. We are free to walk within the prescribed parameters of the app or website we inhabit. That is not freedom. That is an animal in a digital cage, nothing more. The larger context is that Technology exists to enslave you…look beyond your immediate gratification to understand this. Currently, we are addicted to technology. That was the plan. It was on purpose. Technology reflects the Elite’s passions, capacities, and values. It is all about control and hypnotism.

The RFID chip have same purpose of control and total enslavement. Humankind will in their mind think it is something that will make life easier and create freedom, but instead it will create a digital cage of the carnal mind of nature. The hidden purpose is to capture the carnal mind desires within a economic political systems no one will be able to leave or spiritual progress from a three dimensional world to a fifth dimensional reality of enlighment.

Technology is an expression of the Elites of society. They say Technology is a great force that we cannot stop. This is a myth. We can by simply disconnecting from it. When the RFID chip is in place humankind can then no longer disconnecting from it. So technology creates a “digital cage” which make it difficult to disconnecting from, but when the RFID chip system is in place no one will able to disconnect from it and will follows everywhere. This will block every spiritual progress of humankind and their seeking for their real divine higher self. A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature. (James 4:1). Therefore humankind will be trapped and imprisoned within the low vibrational frequency world of the reptilian wavelength of fear-based frequency of control.

Skip Largent writes: “All movies and television are a projection of the reptilian brain. How so? … All communications transferred by reptiles are done so by visual symbolic representations, each having specific meaning.” This is … Another aspect of the reptilian mind is the ‘hive’ mentality and they have sought, very successfully so far, to transfer that hive or herd state to the human population. That is through these energies and forces the organized gang stalking is operating.

Icke believes the reptilian brain in humans (in its present form) is not natural or normal but a product of reptilian genetic manipulation. “It acts like an enormous microchip and locks us into their control system,” he says. “Its primitive, emotional, fear-based sense of reality provides the perfect vehicle for collective control and the conflict and insecurity so essential to divide and rule.

Earth is a vibrational mind prison and humans is kept within a full-scale vibratory imprisonment or enslavement of this world

The mystics have also revealed that blazing within the secret chamber of the heart is a “divine spark”—a sacred flame that God has endowed us with, a spark of fire from God’s own heart. In essence, the divine spark is a portion of God right inside of you. It is pure Spirit. It is your point of contact with your Source. We may believe we are walking the earth as human beings, but we are in fact divine beings with a divine connection.

Gnosticism can be delineated by a redeeming gnosis of mythology that explains the present dualism which separates the humans from their god. This separation is maintained by a biblical demiurge who facilitates the creation a well-ordered world that is meant to enslave humankind by assuring its continued ignorance.

The revolutionaries of the Spirit have discovered how to harness the fires of the heart. Through the white-hot heat of meditation and prayer, we too can release the imprisoned lightning of our heart. Our meditations in the secret chamber are very private experiences. They start with removing our attention from what’s happening around us and going within—”all the gates closed, the mind confined in the heart.

When we go within by devotion and love, we contact the inner flame and commune with the energy that is God. “The little spirit spark of our personal identity is the key that connects us with the Universal,” Mark Prophet once said. “[God’s’ Spirit is the fabric of our world. His energy, his pat-tern is the only saving grace. We ourselves have to reidentify, reintegrate, repolarize ourselves with that light—and it’s got to be done consciously.” Through prayer and meditation we turn our attention back to the Inner Light, which is the real source of our being.

The archons has pushed human race into a “an ever-depening spiritual sleep.” David Icke has written in The Veil of Tears that certain frequencies can be used to block receipt of radio information, and that certain frequencies can be used to block receipt of radio information.

Through technologies they can create a “vibratory prison.” He asserts that all we need to do is extend this concept to the planet as a whole to get an idea of how spiritual information is being perceptually blocked from the 4th dimension, creating a material prison. He writes:

The complete takeover of the Earth by extraterrestrial expressions of the Luciferic Consciousness was accomplished by creating a vibratory prison. We are multidimensional beings, naturally able to experience many frequencies and dimensions at the same time. However, when the imprisoning vibration an imposed blocking ‘frequency net’- was thrown around this planet long ago, it prevented us from accessing the higher levels of our consciousness and potenpotential – or, the higher dimensions. It caused us to cease to be ‘whole’ or tial we became disconnected from ‘the Father.’

According to Icke, the full-scale vibratory imprisonment of Earth humans may also have been effectuated by closing down crucial Earth vortexes linking the physical (3-D) world with other space/time dimensions. Some of these important windows, however, are still open, and, as well, certain rituals are said to be able to re-open them. Icke speculates that these interdimensional portals may have been closed to prevent negative entities from entering this space/time reality. Thus, this may have been a necessity to minimize chaos and disorder. However, it left Earth humans detached from higher levels of being and cut off our “eternal memory” of who we are. This is essentially the story of the “Fall of Man.”

He writes, “we forgot who we were and where we came from.” Icke explains:

The human race has for ages been living out its existence inside a kind of meta-physical box with the lid held down. We sit in the dark, believing that our potential, and Creation in general, is limited to what is within that box, within that vibratory prison. Over the ages since the vibratory net was cast around the Earth, we have been a people working at a fraction of our full and infinite potential. Life on Earth was changed dramatically by our extraterrestrial jailors, and this also affected the animal kingdom.

Luciferic consciousness works through human consciousness to manipulate human nature and our understanding of reality. It stimulates us to perform inhumane acts by awakening negative emotions. Icke believes, however, that there are positive 4th dimensional extraterrestrial groups working to help humanity rise up and reconnect with our lost identity.

The archons creates a enviroment that creates negativity, fear, stress, anxiety, panic, phobias, doubts, worries, and pain is another way the archons controls this world through. Pain is the duality state of mind, and the healing and bliss energies is represented by Oneness, and the archons separation of this world prevent the old evolutionary brain from be healed and access higher levels of consciousness. The archons triggering helpnessless. Through all archons methods humankind hasen´t been able to to activate more dna strands for thousends oof years. The archons jave hijacked reality and peprception and disconnected humankind from the divine god source.

In the universal order pain is not generally experienced by the creation. It is generally only experienced in reality systems that are controlled by the archons, in order to control, manipulate and render powerless those whose energies they feed off because they have lost their connection to the universal exchange energy system.

Archons uisng pain to control humankind on Earth in one form or another, and none is immune to it. The archons have done this by disconnecting all other soul beings here from Source, and wiping out their eternal divine memory of who they are, where they come from, and what their purpose is. Instead, they have connected us to cellular memory that limits our remembrance of who they are, where they come from, and what their purpose is. Most people consider that memory is contained in the brain, or central processing unit. This is not true here on earth. Memory is stored in the cells of our physical bodies. Only short term memory (a few minutes) is stored in the Hippocampus in the brain. It is called the cellular memory. Pain comes from our cellular memories stored in our bodies.

Because pain is located in our cellular memory, we easily feel it, and experience it, because it is stored as memory in our cellular structure, that is why anesthetics work. When the cellular form is deadened no pain is experienced.

Over time, our cellular bodies are ‘loaded’ with pain memories, and so we begin a process of avoiding pain, and the whole societal and social structure here is designed to avoid pain, i.e. a re-occurrence of previous pain. That is understandable and also sensible, unless one understands that it doesn’t have to be that way. It works this way. Once we are thoroughly indoctrinated with the notion of pain we avoid pain, and feel it before it has actually occurred.

Pain resides in our cellular memory and we can feel it before it occurs or our bodies are subject to any kind of damage. Most of us can remember some pain or other from our past, and don’t know where that memory comes from, how it is stored in the cells of our bodies, why we try to avoid a re-occurrence of it, and why it is there.

Fear here is largely the avoidance of previously stored pain and the memory of it. That is how the archons have captured, captivated and controlled us like sheep. We exist, mainly to avoid pain.

Understanding that all species here are similarly afflicted by pain, and that our pain sometimes causes us to inflict pain on other soul beings, as we do, may provide us with the basis for overcoming pain. Pain is essentially a memory that is carried in our cellular bodies, so that we can feel the pain and recall the memory, even if we are not under any duress or affliction. We all remember some pain or other, and we spend most of our lives, and doings, avoiding that emotion and the memory of that pain.

Pain is the system of imprisonment here. The pain body and system here was specifically designed to control us, and to keep us subjugated and imprisoned in a system and a prison with no bars, and of our own making. This is done by building a memory base stored in the cells in our bodies that ‘punishes’ us when we don’t conform to their system of control, and we feel ‘pain’, when we don’t conform.

It’s a bit like being in a prison with electrified iron barriers, and if we try to get out of the prison we are given a shock. That is the role that pain has in the archon system.

The archon system is designed to keep us enthralled in their system and ignorant of how the universe actually works.

They don’t want us to know this information, because if we did, we would walk through the prison bars and free ourselves from the prison.

Our fear is manipulated. heightened. and eventually harvested. This tactic also promotes fear waves of bioenergy to halt, or obstruct, the energetic evolutionary impulse of humankind. We are being sold short not only on who we are but also on what we can become. As a consequence, we are selling our future(s) short and not only for ourselves but also for the new generations to come These are indeed critical limes: crucial change is upon us and is moving over the face of the Earth. Humanity will be forced into change, and how we deal with it will be a measure of our maturity as a species. Energy will be made available to us at the same time that many existing structures will be collapsing around us. And during this tussle and shuffle there will be an all-out struggle for our minds. What will we choose to think? How will we choose to engage our consciousness? When will we stop being herded like dumb cattle through artificial and unnatural perceptive and cognitive systems?

According to a long list of mystics and sages over millennia, and also according to a whole array of psychic and unexplained phenomena, then the physical world we live in, the objects, events, laws, and universal rules that we believe in—are not, in reality, what they appear to be. . . . It is like we live in a magical castle with thousands of rooms . . . and we spend our lives wandering from room to room, discovering new things and creating hypotheses from the new findings.. .. But we never discover the foundations upon which the house is built—we enter this castle at birth and leave it at death under the influence of a spell cast by our brains.

Our brains are responsible for the reality we perceive because it is our primary filtering apparatus. Yet like all good hardware it is merely processing the inputs it receives. It is a matter of “garbage in, garbage out.” In this sense much of what occurs as daily life can be seen as a construct or, if you like, a program. Our social lives exist within a myriad of competing conditioning programs, the majority of which are aimed at bringing a person’s focus out onto the external physical and away from internal reflections. We therefore need to be more conscious of how these processes operate. For example, over the decades many in the developed nations have been lured into a fetishlike relationship with commodities; this then lures people into a credit/debt society that ties them into a virtual mind prison.

Throughout our lives we are subjected to indoctrination by a systemic structure of processes and institutions. Within this conditioning environment beliefs almost “grovel’ into us. And once they are a part of our socially constructed selves they are sustained, reinforced, and protected, often unconsciously, by psychological processes of perception. With few rare exceptions, all people are brought up within specific culturally defined environments (or templates). A person’s dominant social milieu then attempts to offer a variety of accepted sociocultural norms of thought and behavior. These may operate through various forms, such as personal faith, religion, science, language and emotions, denial and doubt, happiness and fear, safety and security (identity and belonging), well-being and materialism. Once ingrained, a person is liable to perpetuate such traits, believing them to have been obtained through “free thought.” In the end, we reinforce beliefs that have grown into us, accepting and defending them as our own.

The ancient Greeks used persuasion as a form of rhetoric and regarded it highly as a rational means for argument and communication. Such persuasive debates can themselves be seen as an ancient form of propaganda. Yet throughout history the need to persuade and influence has always been manipulated by those people in power as a means to maintain authority and legitimacy.

Propaganda in various forms has always been employed as part of the dissemination of information and/or beliefs. Whereas in past centuries this was predominantly related to religious doctrine it later became particularly rampant during times of ideological struggle.

However, propaganda was transformed into a deliberately organized weapon of warfare. What national governments learned from the two World Wars was that public opinion (the mass mind) was a vital factor in securing ongoing power struggles. So not only did governments need to ensure that sufficient numbers of people were willing to die for the national cause, but also that in relative peacetime the very same people were willing to become the most compliant consumers. The overall manipulation of the mass public mind thus became no longer a matter of speech making; it had to become a pervasive presence within the lives of each individual. In this sense:

Culture was reduced to the lowest common denominator for mass consumption, with the masses generally seen as politically apathetic yet prone to ideological fanaticism, vulnerable to manipulation through the media and the increasing sophistication of propagandists)

The ego has become the “God” of the collective awareness among energy systems within the mass of collective energy. The dividing factor of separation from spiritual energy and God’s energy was when the ego entered and took over the unconsciousness of the energy system. As long as the ego remains in control of the energy system, the truth of knowing God is inhibited. Spiritual energy and God’s energy must converge to allow total connection to the higher levels of consciousness. The ego suppresses spirituality and God’s energy, thereby, disconnecting the energy system from believing in anything greater than itself.

Ego is one of the main programs trying to stop you from reconnecting with the God within, it can be broken. It’s a distraction and is one of the main emotions you must master in order to see the illusion of separation for what it is, an illusion. Ego divides, which is what they want, the Archons (The Lower Light).

The Trap System is a spiritual-technological construct, for lack of better terms, that serves the purpose of keeping people trapped in their physical bodies on Earth , even through many different incarnations.

In fact, the whole purpose of reincarnation is to stay trapped and not be able to experience once True Self.

The Human Body itself is manufactured, to be very limited, and not be able to generally access or experiene its soul to any significant degree. However, a Soul Fragment must be in place in any Human Body for that body to live, be conscious, and function as the mentioned Food Source due to the etheric energies that will only be in place in Human Bodies having a Soul (or Soul Fragment which really is the more proper term). The mentioned entities, whom keep us trapped here, feed on the etheric body energy, the mind of the subject, the thoughts and emotions, and in specific they prefer to feed on “negative energies”. Because of that, these entities make sure a lot of negative events take place in the world, to increase the negative energies within the Human Global Consciousness. This is done in form of various wars, terrorism, deaths, disasters, anything that bring for great fear, anxiousness, paranoia, sadness and other negative states of mind.

In addition, these entities can influence the minds of people through different means, to create specific thought patterns, behaviors and emotions in those people. This influence is done from astral telepathical connections with victims, to various technology that alters the persons state of mind. They are doing their best to keep this utterumost secret,

The Collective Consciousness – the group consciousness of the Human Kind, which is connected with ever Human Being, and this can be manipulated by injecting various thought-forms into it, and thus in turn affect a large amount of the population all at once. In a sense, the Collective Consciousness can be called the “Master User Interface” since it doesnt target specific individuals, but the whole group.

It is the programming of the Mind that keep you in the physical body, yet this also is true for the astral body, as the astral body is not the Soul or your True Self any more than your physical body. Though, nevertheless, you are still spiritual beings trapped currently in physical bodies because of this Programming of the Mind.

Good and evil is an illusion of the lower astral realms, as the whole physical world and lower realms are illusions as well created around us to keep us here.

These “others” are those whom are controlling you through your programming and the illusions you live within, even though these themselves also are living in the illusions and do not know their own true being. Some of them are the ones you refer to as the “Elite” constantly here, and some of them are the ones working with the “Elite” from other planes of existence, yet within the same Illusion.

Mind and Body and can be used to directly influence and control people, and it is very effective since it is both invisible and undetectable without specific technological equipment.

The “Flicker Method” relates to sound waves and radio waves etc since it too is part of the “wave-based” mind control technology. An important “extension” of the “flicker” method mentioned is the use of SOUND to achieve the same effects. Not only sound for that matter, but basically most types of technologies using based on “frequencies” or “waves”, whether that is the mentioned “flickering” from TV’s and monitors etc, the sound waves, radio frequencies, and so on.

Light, sound, frequencies, vibrations – very powerful tools that can be used and abused to create various mental and physical effects in humans.

The use of altering brainwaves of the public on a mass scale, thus altering their mood. Beamed and looped electro magentic waves can give people mood swings.

Humans biologically cannot fight against an enemy they cannot see, and Satan knows if he can cut your phone line to God that he has got you forever in his grip. Psychological warfare today involves production of weapons using acoustic waves at a controlled hertz to totally control a human being’s body from a distance like remote control without a shot ever having to be fired. Triggering various electromagnetic fluctuations can affect brainwaves that then alter human emotion and physical well-being. Because all humans have a traceable electromagnetic fingerprint, Satan wants you to dial into his broadcast so he can pinpoint you even more with demonic activity. Once you start listening to him, he completely takes over.

There is constant computer generated “speaking” voice in the airs that is beaming and looping words as; anxiety, worry, worries, panic, I warned you, I warning you, now its dangerous, they gonna kill you, and beaming sounds, words and voices at same time, and beaming and looping commercials and music chorus, both indoors and outdoors, and also beaming words as; now he is mad, now he is going mad, or you are crazy. These words is been beamed and looped every 1-2 second in constat loop of sound and words bombaring the mind. They even beaming words and sounds when you trying to sleep. All these words is related to negativity, fear, stress,anxiety, panic, pain, terrors of the mind. These action even starts simultanously when you make dinner or eating your dinner, and neighbors who is harassing, stalking and shadowing 18 hours every day seems yo be controlled by same forces that is beaming and looping day and night. This world is controlling the ego through sound harassment and creates a sound loop that control the ego. Neighbors around your apartment don´t just create man made noise harassment, they also have technological sound devices they constant turn on and turn off to create a constant background sound of harassment.

A man-made product called white noise can actually be inundated with words only your subconscious hears that has ability to alter your psychological and biological information processing. Such subliminal technology, promoted by proponents as illuminating, actually takes you out of harmonic balance with God and is spiritual warfare on a grand scale.

This mean they can control and secretely target the human mind subconsiously and then using sound/vibration technology which lie beneath the human hearing so they can´t hear this mind control generated sound or voice, but can be heard through the pineal gland.

ELF waves have an ability when secretly transmitted to lock on to a brain and force it to synchronize with the transmission like a tuning fork.

Sounds generated would not be heard through the ears but telepathically through the pineal gland like a phantom voice. Such telepathic transmission allows one to clearly hear real voices in their head (Voice to skull technology and syntethic telepathy, EMF)

This system operates similiar to the way a radio station functions. Satan is the program director who select the agenda for the station. The demons and fallen humanity produce the progamming, which propagates and reinforces the agenda (false doctrine). The station then transmit the message over the the air. However, you cannot pick up the station unless you have a receiver tuned to the right frequency. All of fallen humanity is tuned to radio station ”WORLD” with the volume turned all the way up. The reciever is the flesh, which is attraccted to Satan´s frequency. All three aspects work in harmony: the world, the flesh and the Devil.

Satan is ”the prince of power of the air” radio technology and the RFID -chip means just this (RFID – Radio Frequency Identification Microchip).

The carnal man, Satan, controls the beast system. The Beast is a system created by Satan. That satanic throne is all around us today in this worldly system of things. The composite beast of Revelation 13:1, 2 symbolizes the worldwide political system, empowered and controlled by Satan.

The System is also famous known to some as The Matrix which is also considered as a Weapon of Mass Destruction because its job is to degenerate and eventually destroy the human mind and spirit systematically on a massive scale in an orderly fashion. Why the Matrix? Because in the movie The Matrix, the matrix was described as a fabricated world of illusions that seemed real to the senses, but in reality everyone that was living inside the matrix was actually asleep in some type of stasis. Just like the matrix, the system is a fabricated world of lies and deceptions with the intention of causing ignorance and helplessness, created by the devil to help degenerate humanity into a beast-like state.

The subconscious mind is the part of the mind that developed evolutionarily before the conscious mind. Also known as the reptilian brain, it is present in reptiles. The subconscious mind is the part of the mind that is not consciously aware of itself in the sense that it cannot evaluate or truly understand the world as the conscious mind can. And the reptilan brain delivers 95% of all human thoughts and is not consciously aware of itself. The reptilans and archons creates a low vibrational reptilanswavelenght of low vibrations that produces fear and fear controls the reptilian brain and prevent it from progress. Humankind become trapped and imprisoned within the beast state of the lower matrix. All of Man’s thoughts eventually pass through the reptilian brain, the portion that is symbolic of Satan, to get to the Tree of Life.

In addition we do have the spiritual side of things as mentioned above, which is of a major method used for mind control and brain washing. This is mostly ignored by those studying these matters, unfortunately, but an extremely large amount of energy is transmitted through, for the lack of better words, “psychic” energies, carrying a specific “charge” that will result in a specific “effect” when it is “received”. The “spiritual method” is widely practiced and used by the elite , and others , to control and affect the population. It can be as extreme as actually “injecting” various thoughts, ideas and presumptions etc into a victims mind.

The specific aim of the Reptilians and the Archons is to take over Planet Earth through covert mind-control methods, much as the secret government is trying to do. These two groups are intimately connected. Most people think of world takeover as occurring only by military means such as bombs and guns, but those are not necessary if the people and the leaders can be manipulated by mind control, hypnosis, and brain implants.

If people knew what was happening, they would not allow themselves to go around on automatic pilot. The only means of protection is through strength of consciousness. If a person is attuned to God and the masters, owns his personal power, and has mastery over his energies, he has nothing to worry about. The people of the world need to wake up spiritually and psychologically and stop being victims. It is this victim consciousness that allows them to be abducted and manipulated. Organized Gang Stalking is sensitizing and victimizing the targeted individuals mind to get power of their mind and perception.

When the man is being initiated into the lower order of the world, or holographic reflection of Earth consciousness he is linked to the reverse cycles of existence, a satanic pattern that dictates his wants through needs and needs through wants. Trapped in the cycle of lower consciousness he sells himself short for what he perceives as the higher cause of human nature, unaware that he is actually headed in the opposite direction of his true destiny. The more the media keeps up this illusion, the more the holographic image lasts and the more time it achieves for the purposes of brain washing the humanoid and keeping him asleep to his real existence by dangling the grand hypnosis pendulum through the electric cosmic waves to structure the electric aspect of his thought projections.

To understand mind control we first have to understand the mind. The mind has been broken down to microscopic biological fibres and our understanding of such phenomenon is based purely on scientific research which has enlightened the wisdom of mans perception regarding his mental functions. However, the mind is vibration and so is the pulse of life in general. Thought forms are creative vibes that invent out of being manipulated to the required density by the mind aligning the vibe with the elements that play the vital vehicle for such invention to organise.

The fibres of the mind and their function are the density haven for the thought form which is creative energy in a form of a cosmic vibration. Understanding the vibration might enhance the radioactivity of the mind, alarming it of unseen energies that might govern its wheels of change. Wisdom is a vibration and can be tapped into. For the mind to activate a thought form accordingly the language of holographic symbols was invented and through these pictographic symbols one meditates messages that communicate the vibes into existence.

The whole third dimension is probably an electromagnetic fabrication — basic elements held together by electron charges combining to make molecules recombining to make organisms going on to higher life forms. We are just huge electromagnetic structures organized around a thought (software idea) that our soul creates for us as our third-dimensional reality. Thoughts create — everything here is already an electromagnetic creation. Only the thoughts and emotions change. If we can’t change our thoughts or our emotions, we continue to move through our software program from birth to death to a predictable end. When we recognize that we create our realities with our thoughts, our exercise of free will, then they may no longer bind us.

The political beast system of this world is also part of the structures of the matrix. Leviathan is the political beast system, and Sagan writes; that the “R-complex” is at work in “a great deal of modern human bureaucratic and political behavior”. And 95% of all humans thoughts is delivered from the reptilian brain, and the reptilian brain is also the stalker, and this is organized gang stalking that oppress and suppress everyone who has a opinion about the beast system, or they who don´t just conform to the mental slavery within the matrix, and they oppress and persecuting thoose who is trying to break free from the veil of ignorance that has been in place for eons and generations, and they stalking thoose who is trying to break through the reptilian fear programming, and they hindering spiritual progress and prevent anyone to ascending to a higher level of consciousness. They bombarding the mind with constant sound electro magnetic frequencis, or constant noise harassment to distract, distort and disturb the negative ego-preception perspective from be changes.

The word oppress comes from the Latin oppressus, past participle of opprimere, (“to press against”, “to squeeze”, “to suffocate”). Thus, when authoritorian goverments use oppression to subjugate the people, they want their citizenry to feel that “pressing down”, and to live in fear that if they displease the authorities they will, in a metaphorical sense, be “squeezed” and “suffocated”, e.g., thrown in a dank, dark, state prison or summarily executed.

Oppression also refers to a more insidious type of manipulation and control.

Social oppression is when a single group in society takes advantage of, and exercises power over, another group using dominance and subordination.

This results in the socially supported mistreatment and exploitation of a group of individuals by those with relative power.

The overt oppression of autocracy is far more obvious, since through pyramidal forms of authority, it openly exerts a positive style of injunction that cannot be seen in any other light than the explicit restriction of freedom. Both forms of government oppression, as they hurt the individual or the group in society.

Mind Control or Mental Manipulation, is the power to control the minds of others, influencing their thoughts and actions. The power to exert control over the mind of an individual , is the power to control the minds of others, influencing their thoughts and actions. The power to exert control over the mind of an individual.

The most powerful force shaping our lives is the media. All too often, we embrace what is given to us to think about, with little thought of our own. Advertisements and commercials portray pictures of what you should look like, eat, drink, what kind of car you should be driving, etc.; the list is enormously long.

Subliminal messages surround us each and every day, however the conscious mind does not grasp the magnitude at that given time; it is embedded in the subconscious mind. It has long been thought that hidden images can be detected without people being aware of them. For decades, subliminal advertising techniques have been used and researchers have provided physiological evidence of the impact.

A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature. (James 4:1). Deceptions is there because Satan does not want anyone to be saved, therefore Satan has set up multi-levels of traps to captivate, imprison and destroy one mind and life. He is always trying to disturb, distract and distort the bigger picture of the Divine.

Technocrack: Thanks to the advent of technology, the devil’s mind-control regimen is delivered via an addictive barrage that enters our minds through smartphones, MP3s, TV, Internet, video games, etc. Technology is the syringe through which the poisonous drugs of Masonic programming are administered. With each passing generation of electronic equipment, the human mind becomes increasingly more addicted, as we are rapidly disconnected from our friends, family, and nature via these novel gadgets. In the process of our technical addiction, our minds are overloaded with a plethora of both explicit and subliminal messages that are meant to enslave us to the materialistic and carnal programming of Hell, Inc.

The word “matrix” refers to a neural-interactive computer simulation created by a race of machines to occupy human minds while their bodies are being used as fuel.

The aim of Stalking is to create a completely controlled artificial environment composed of thoroughly predictable human behaviors – made predictable.

Archons manipulated human genetics to create a body-type (biological computer-type) that most suited their goal of human subjugation.

Gnostics detected the Archons as physical intruders into our biosphere, that also used their technological sophistication as artificial intelligences, to manipulate the human psyche, so as to operate, as a parasitic “shadow” on the human consciousness. The Gnostics referred to the Archons as an “artificial man”.

While the new psychology of power (imperium) brings Leviathan into being, the emergence of new technologies of power are necessary to sustain it. The controllers can control effectively and efficiently thanks to the strategic manipulation of information. Subjects are told only what they need to know. To turn Orwell right side up, political truth enters the world with the rise of Leviathan. In a place and at a time where spin control is a practiced art, where justifications for elite actions change rapidly as circumstances require, where misinformation and disinformation are the norm, and where the institutions of Leviathan shroud their actions in secrecy, the control of understanding and thinking is not difficult. This is the world of newspeak, thought control, historical revision, and the like. Certainty is not dead here; it is merely manufactured. Orwell put his faith in the freedom of speech and press to defend against the minions of thought control. His imagination might have failed him in this regard, for if freedom can become slavery, it seems altogether possible to reconcile thought control with freedom of speech and press.

Freedom is now the freedom to do what one should according to the controllers of Leviathan. Yet paraded before the people as an ideal, freedom still stirs the heart of the vast number of Leviathan’s subjects who could not hope to make conceptual sense of it. Leviathan is hardly so foolish as to openly insist that “Freedom is Slavery; but it has become whatever Leviathan says it is.

It supposes that the elites of Leviathan are purposely manipulating political meaning and understanding for some self-serving end, that there is some grand conspiracy at work behind the scene designed to dupe the poor unsuspecting masses. Orwell was no conspiracy theorist, and no one needs to be such a theorist in order to grasp the steady approach of Leviathan. One need only appreciate the workings of institutional power. Leviathan, in the form of Oceania, was a product of social force for Orwell.

The social world has moved in the direction of complexity, and the management of a complex social world gives rise to an increasing reliance upon bureaucracy, technology, and science. But increased bureaucracy, technology, and science pave the way for ever more complexity, and so the cycle of social change drives us ever nearer Leviathan. Politics moves beyond the community and toward the institutions of state imperium; politics moves out of the hands of the people and into the waiting arms of the new vampires.

By means of those misconfigured meanings, ignorance proves to be the destroyer of the world, or at least of the capacity for knowing the actual world, and ignorance is the artificial reality maker.

What kind of social control is shown in George Orwell’s novel “1984”? The control is Totalitarian.

How does the party control history in the novel “1984” by George Orwell? The party manipulates history to control history in the novel. There is a department where the history is constantly changed and altered to the party’s liking. “He who control the present controls the past. He who control the past control the future”. History is constantly manipulated so that people would not have true memories and hence, they won’t have a true identity.

Orwell’s superstate begins as an Enlightenment construct, born of the need to control nature; the state then extends this control over the general population. The superstate is part of the evolutionary development of capitalism, and its end product is power. This explains the need for mind control, manipulation of the past, and the collapse of language, for the aim of the superstate is to destroy individualism. Orwell believed that modem history went wrong with the failure of socialism to offer a difference. Instead of working for individual equality, the state created another kind of inequality based on position, on its own hierarchy: Big Brother took the place of wealth; the superpoliceman replaced the busi-ness tycoon. As control became an end in itself, hope for an urban community gave way to the reality of masses under the control of a master. In Nineteen Eighty-Four, a mysterious Inner Party led by Big Brother controls the superstate of Oceania.

In Greek mythology, Morpheus is the God of dreams. In the film he is the resistance leader who awakens people from the “dream” , as their existance in the Matrix can be described. For Morpheus knows that this existence is a simulation, a dream, he has the power of it, “For knowledge is power”

In the film “The Matrix” (1999) Neo awakens to discover that the world he lives in is a simulation and the reality is a grotesque horror of domination by intelligent machines.

The Dream World – This is connected with the Collective Consciousness, as well as other aspects that will be mentioned below. In the Dream World people are constantly attacked and being taken advantaged of, mind controlled, and programmed. People are very open for suggestions in this state of mind.

Hypnosis – All people are very open for hypnotic suggestions and commands. It is built into the human psyche and a way to control and manipulate people. Some examples on entities and groups taking advantage of hypnotic commands and subliminal messages are The Media (News, Television, Movies, Internet, etc), Religions, Governments, various Leaders, Politicians, and on non-physical planes you have spirit entities such as astral vampires, “angels and demons”, and so on.

Archetypes – These are entities that are part of the Human Psyche and relates to the Collective Consciousness. These influences people in different ways and different degrees through their psychic interaction with people and the way these entities basically exists and lives within the Consciousness. These are more general and wide-spread energies / entities that affects all of Mankind in contrast with “angels and demons”, astral vampires etc whom are more targeted at specific individuals.

“The Elite” – the group of entities in Control, the ones mainly responsible for putting into effect all the various ways of Mind Control, and creating the Physical World, and the Servants and Slaves of those whom are higher up in the ranks within this group. They use all of the mentioned methods, and do group rituals to affect the population, etc.

Planets and Celestial bodies – This relates to the way planets, whom actually are forms of consciousnesses, and how these affects the human psyche. A good example here is Astrology, and the reason behind why Astrology “works” and can tell something about a person. Every person is charged with certain energy constructs and elements of the different Planet-

Consciousnesses at birth, depending on where and when a person is born, various amounts of such energies from the different Planets and Celestial bodies are implemented and charged into that person and in turn becomes part of his Personality and the way he and others see him.

The Astral Plane – this is connected with most of the above, from “Archetypes”, “Demons and Angels”, “Astral Vampires”, “The Dream World” to the “Elite” etc. A majority of external influence takes part on the Astral Plane, and the Astral Plane is technically where a person “really is” as far as Spirit / Soul goes. There are many levels of the Astral Planes, and we are always connected to them, and always affected by them, and we in turn also always affect them by our own thoughts and emotions. Again many groups and entities work from there, including the “Gods” and the highest of our Creators and Manipulators whom work through all the mentioned methods and levels of existence from their location in this “pyramid” and down to “us”.

The human mission is to find spiritual Enlightenment. Realise one’s supreme Self. Few are aware of this singular obligation in life. Everyone is involved in the affairs of the world. Lost in perception and action, emotion and thought. The mass of humanity is caught up in the quagmire of ignorance. With no vision of their ultimate goal of Self-realisation. . The entire humanity is lost in the abyss of ignorance.

The specific aim of the Reptilians and the Archons is to take over Planet Earth through covert mind-control methods, much as the secret government is trying to do. These two groups are intimately connected. Most people think of world takeover as occurring only by military means such as bombs and guns, but those are not necessary if the people and the leaders can be manipulated by mind control, hypnosis, and brain implants.

If people knew what was happening, they would not allow themselves to go around on automatic pilot. The only means of protection is through strength of consciousness. If a person is attuned to God and the masters, owns his personal power, and has mastery over his energies, he has nothing to worry about. The people of the world need to wake up spiritually and psychologically and stop being victims. It is this victim consciousness that allows them to be abducted and manipulated.

They only want what they want and for everyone else to obey or be eliminated. This is the cold facts of this Physical Realm with Those who have not taken the time to explore beyond their material senses. They have used the humans as pawns for untold lifetimes and eons, and some people are just now waking up to this fact. They have established the idea that there is not enough for them if there are too many others that exist here, so They have devised a huge array of devious plans to get all the control they need and to also get rid of any opposition. Since the beginning, when the first Reptilians set foot on the earth and created their human clones as slaves, they have manipulated what has taken place, as is shown in Human History, Their slanted history, to ploy the humans into ‘believing’ in what They have created as the only reality there can be.

Life on Earth is been conditioned and altered to be experienced from a low vibrational frequency state of ignorance. The low vibrational reptilian wavelength frequency is a form ego-hypnotic sleep stasis where the spirit is not awaken, but is asleep. And the last thing the archons want is awaken minds of mankind and therefore using all forms methods and techniques to keep the whole matrix closed into their low vibrational frequency world and reality. The lower the frequency is the better for the archons and easier to control everyone´s minds and the higher the vibrational frequency becomes the more difficult for the archons to manipulate the mind, thoughts, emotions, visions, perception and reality.

One can see the obvious fact that if you do not conform to the pattern of society, of a particular culture, you are broken by the society, the culture throws you out. You depend on the pattern for your livelihood. So being afraid—of losing the job, of not having stability, security, a reasonable sense of well-being, or to be frighten to loose income from social wellfare the mind allows itself to be influenced, to conform. Again, this is an obvious fact that through the fear of insecurity, we conform. We have played this game all the time for centuries.

How does this control-matrix called “corporate thinking” work? We all desire to be accepted. Every one of us has an inherent need for the approbation and acknowledgment of others. Because the enemy knows this, as soon as he gets control of a group, he brings all who may object to his will under control using the fear of not being accepted. It is called the “fear of exclusion.” This type of fear is an intimidating fear.

Humans fear exclusion and fear of death and this is the basic fear programming for humans survival mode and controls humankinds mass-consciousness (corporate thinking, people bondage thinking, tribal consciousness).

Some people live in what is called “people bondage.” People bondage is when people cannot separate their personal lives from other people’s thoughts and opinions about them. Because they cannot separate the two, they are perpetually governed by the opinions of others.

Fear and intimidation controls mass consciousness, and producing a “corporate thought pattern”, that keep people in bondage and separation, and subconsciously this creates a fear of exclusion. This state of fear and intimidation is been affected through the “tribal consciousness” that is part of the lower matrix (ultra ego) and this mind-prison.

For eons, human will has been controlled by the collective will. For example, the will of the tribe has dictated the will of its tribe members, i.e., “my will and tribal will are one.” However, the individualization process requires that we develop a sense of our own will. Only when we can make decisions based on our inner guidance can we liberate ourselves from the dictates of the collective will, external authorities, as well as the manipulative and exploitative political and economic systems.

From an energetic perspective, when our electromagnetic field and psyche are merged with mass consciousness, the tribal mind controls our mind and emotions. We are at the mercy of the directives of our tribe. We thus make ourselves available to be manipulated and exploited by the prevailing social and economic system. In fact, we are not only dependent upon external authorities, we are open targets for their abuse. If we are a slave to external forces, our will is not free. Our individualization process and separation from group consciousness requires that we focus on ourselves and become masters of our own energy.

Fortunately, we can participate in shifting the global paradigm by extricating ourselves from the prevailing matrix and by reclaiming our will. Connecting with the power and truth of universal forces within is the only way to reclaim our authentic will. When we embody the strength of the Divine and our soul, we can be released from the web of mass consciousness. Our tribal affiliation is replaced by our oneness with universal Spirit. The right use of will is then possible. As we become able and willing to listen to and follow our inner guidance, we cease to listen to and follow the directives of social, religious, parental, and other authority figures. Ultimately, we experience that our will and Divine Will are one.

Corporate thinking, people bondage, fear of exclusion, tribal consciousness, mass consciousness creates a advanced system of control mechanism, and these methods can be seen in today´s organized gang stalking. Negativity, stress, fear, anxiety, pain, mind terror is what keeps humankind trapped in the matrix.

The Earth we are speaking of is what you perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is.

What the reptilians and archons creates is a hypnotic state of mind.

The Earthly Life Mind is immersed in the maya-hypnotized existence, remains in ignorance, deeming himself to be a physical being. The maya-hypnotized ego creates the distortions of reality or distortions of the powers within. The first distortion-error that man has made is believing that power is outside him, the second distortion-error is made through believing in the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. The third error-distortion of man´s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. The human body system and chakra system has “three knots”. These knots are found within the energetic interior of our psychic system. They are problematic because they bind us in a state of ignorance, distort everything we experience, and lock up our wisdom. These mind-errors is the mind-illusions that distorts reality. Another term for illusions is “maya” and the “dream state” of the mind is the maya-hypnotized mind.

These mind errors and programmed belief systems creates a fragmented mind of duality where maya, illusions and ignorance is the power controlling energies, and beacuse of this humankind can´t break through the veil of ignorance or the veil of darkness and fear.

After all, if your mind is not precise, clear, clean, strong, vital, how can it break through all conditioning? A confused mind cannot possibly break through all conditioning programming, maya and illusions, and negative fear programming and stress inducing, and because a confused mind cannot break through the veil of ignorance the archons create a social mind-enviroment filled with fear, illusions and doubts/confusion and at worst they gaslighting the mind to drive the targeted individual to madness, so it can´t break through thousends of years of fear programming and conditioning of the mind. This includes to triggering emotions and thought pattern of paranoia, subtle threatening through words, and triggering insecurity, and create fear to loose income from social wellfare when there is no money on the account in the morning, but is on the account later at day or evening. Organized Gang Stalking also using words and communication about insurence and economy in food queue and people starts talking about insurence or there is no money on their account.

The society of this world want´s everyone to be conformed, accept and to just understand only the kingdom of earth and not the kingdom within or the the no-mind. They want people and humankind to experience life on Earth through the lens of the ego and not the lens of the soul spirit of wholeness. For example he says that kingdom of God is within. But people understand only the kingdom on earth. People are having problems that arose from the mind like conflict, anguish, despair etc and Bible contains the statements of no-mind. So people start imagining a state of no-mind and the conflict increases further. Unless you understand the mechanics of workings of your own mind you caimot reach the state of no-mind. This understanding of working of your own mind is self-inquiry. The state of no-mind happens as naturally as it should be.

The human mission in the world is to discover the supreme Self in one’s lifetime. The ignorance of Self plunges a human being into blinding darkness. He becomes constricted, restricted by his misamis, thoughts and desires. He revolves around the three conditioned states of waking, dream and deep-sleep all his life. Even after he departs from this world his desires drive him through the cycle of birth and death. The cycle will not end until his desires are exhausted. Only on elimination of all desires does he attain the Self.

Satan and his archons don´t want humankind freeing themselves from the conditioned and mind controlled state of mind and become aware of their divine Self and get access to the no-mind of consciousness. Lack of knowledge keeping humakind trapped and imprisoned within the matrix and the mind prison of the archons, the fallen state of consciousness (into the the three dimensional reality of maya and illusions).

Ignorance creates the ego. As the seeker gains the knowledge of the Self his ignorance recedes. His ego, attachment, desire decrease. The veil of ignorance prevent higher consciousness from be progressed and archons prevents the soul from ascending, “The human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being”. The ego is the state of ignorance and the ego is what denied its own real self and true source of knowledge and the inner being. The knowledge of the not-Self (the ego) which man had laboriously built up turns out in the end to be only a form of learned ignorance.

The more we give in to their (reptilans and archons) agenda through our free will, the more they can take control. It is as if we are inviting them into our existence by our choices. At some point this negative vortex will lead to some sort of alignment with the matrix hive mind they are putting into place. Then it would be nearly impossible to overcome the world of the archons.

A veil of ignorance is in place and subconsiously affects the pre-programmed reptilian brain, and therefore our intellect and our spiritual eyes are covered, as it were, with the veil of ignorance. There is a web of deception around the essential error that enmeshes us in “co-emergent ignorance” with the Archons.

Delusion will continue as long as the state of duality persists. The last thought is dissolved through sustained meditation. In the culmination of meditation the seeker reaches the ultimate state of thoughtlessness, desirelessness. No more duality. No grief, no delusion. It is the state of absolute Enlightenment.

Ignorance also causes fear. You fear darkness because you do not know what is around. When you switch on the light you know the environment. Your fear vanishes. In the case of Self realisation you gain absolute Knowledge. Ignorance is completely removed. Consequently you become fearless. Fear again arises from desires. As long as you entertain desires for the objects of the world you are afraid of not getting them. When the objects of desires are acquired you are afraid of losing them. The Self-realised has no desire, therefore no fear. This world therefore feeding the desire consciousness of materialism, and it then becomes a mind state of material possession through the ego. Ignorance-of-Self is the cause for projection of the pluralistic world. Which comprises body and its perceptions, mind and its emotions, intellect and its thoughts.

A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature and the desire consciousness. (James 4:1). Deceptions is there because Satan does not want anyone to be saved, therefore Satan has set up multi-levels of traps to captivate, imprison and destroy one mind and life. He is always trying to disturb, distract and distort the bigger picture of the Divine.

The political beast system will suppress anyone who might obstruct the empire’s agenda. Satan´s goal must be to keep everyone imprioned or trapped in the carnal mind desires of consumption and in this world the desire becomes a kind of worship after more materialism.

Revelation 13:17 reveals how the RFID chip system will protect the carnal beast system of the mind; nobody will be able to buy or sell – or do much of anything, for that matter – without the RFID-chip. The RFID will captor the carnal mind into the lower matrix and prevent spiritual progress.

The RFID chip will be the end for spiritual progress from the kingdom of materialism and will prevent every spiritual progress of finding the real Higher Self and will then be connected, controlled by the political economic system and trapped in the carnal mind that will continue to enslave humankind within the matrix of materialism and artificial intelligence. This is the hidden design of the RFID chip because it will protect the carnal nature of man and keep humankind in the lower beast state.

The human mission is to find spiritual Enlightenment. Realise one’s supreme Self. Few are aware of this singular obligation in life. Everyone is involved in the affairs of the world. Lost in perception and action, emotion and thought. The mass of humanity is caught up in the quagmire of ignorance. With no vision of their ultimate goal of Self-realisation.

Desires project the world and bind one to it. But the wise knowing this go through spiritual disciplines in the world of avidyi to eliminate them. With the reduction of desires he reaches a state of detachment from the affairs of the world. The entire humanity is lost in the abyss of ignorance. Material and sensual persons are enticed by the fascination of the external world.

Satan’s goal is to steal our dreams because he knows that if he can do that, he can destroy our future. The divine future needs the visionary drive within faith. When Satan attacks he using psychology to make man; so he has no goal, no drive, no movement, no results, no progress. These methods can be found in organized gang stalking.

It is this anxiety that causes us to quit before we even try that can severely hinder us from moving forward in life. Fear blocks visions and weakening faith, and fear blocks information and lack of information hindering learning. Constant negative stress creates an negative feedback loop of thoughts and distorts the mind; distorted Vision: No goals. No vision. No drive. Nothing good to look forward to. Inducing stress up on the human mind prevents spiritual progress. This is how the organized gang stalking program creates helpnessless and weakening the spiritual willpower.

Satan’s goal is to steal our dreams because he knows that if he can do that, he can destroy our future. The divine future needs the visionary drive within faith. When Satan attacks he using psychology to make man; so he has no goal, no drive, no movement, no results, no progress. These methods can be found in organized gang stalking.

When fear blocks the ability of visions, it prevents us from seeing reality as it is. and make true learning, or real change. It blocks and creates major restrictions to knowing the real Higher Self and creates an illusions one is living in a comfort zone, and when one start to leaving the comfort zone the ego reacts with negativity, fear, stress, anxiety or panic, and if one continues to progress against these emotions and thoughts, then the mass consciousness will start organized gang stalking actions (spiritual and psychological warfare to prevent one from make any changes and leaving the matrix).

When fear blocks visions, it blocks us from seeing reality as it is, and this blocks new input of information, and when this input of new information is blocked, this then blocks the process of learning, and when the learning process is blocked, then the ability to change is blocked, and when the ability of changed is blocked humankind is imprisoned in the looping matrix of old concepts of duality. Freedom is the ability evolving and freedom is the ability to be able to change. And this controls the 2 dna strands from progressing.

Fear blocks visions and and it blocks new input of information, and when this input of new information is blocked, this then blocks the process of learning, and when the organized gang stalker program creates sleep deprivation this means; “When we don’t sleep well, we lose the ability to integrate and synthesize information and this hindering spiritual growth. The organized Gang stalking hindering the process of new information from be configurated into the human body system. The organized gang stalkers does have any education in these advanced methods of psychology and everyone seems to know hoe to use this knowledge. Darwin evolutionary theory may just be a deception. Feedback loops are the normal cycles of information integration. If a feedback loop is broken and the information being received cannot be processed and stored in the appropriate category within the stream of consciousness, then cognitive chaos arises. Organized Gang Stalking using gaslighting psychology and the goal is to create confusions in the mind, create breakdowns and triggering cognitive chaos.

Fear not just blocks the flow of energy, visions, it blocks the pathways and it blocks the source of information. Fear makes the alpha bridge to dissapear, and the alpha bridge carries the codes that the theta divine brain waves need to start healing the old evolutionary brain. When the alpha bridge is re-builded one get access to divine theta information of bliss, and through this new information; humankind can reprogram the whole brain and evolving new spiritual gifts.

When fear blocks visions its blocks the third eye of intuition. The power of intuition dissolves ego and duality. Insights and visions reveals the path to salvation and fear hindering this process and the archons prevent the soul from ascending and obstructing the pathway to higher consciousness, and therefore using all forms of negative, fear mongering, stress inducing, senstizing methods create harm by using harmful covert and overt methods of spiritual and psychological warfare (organized gang stalking).

Energy is information, and information is history. Its like the key and lock together. Ancient text then reveals there is three knots of ignorance and these blocks the natural flow of energy in the human body-system, and then energy is information, and information is the “history” humankind is trapped in and living in the state of ignorance or the slumbring state.

The goal of organized gang stalking is to create a fear based mind, controlled by negativity, stress, anxiety, worries, panic thoughts and emotions because they prevent spiritual progress of higher levels of consciousness and the broken feedback loop creates a loping reality within the matrix. The design of the lower matrix is built up around emotions and thoughts of negativity, stress, anxiety, worries, panic. Fear is the key component that triggering the other emotions and thoughts. These strengtens the ego-body-perception and the archons don´t want aynone to be able to dissolve the state of duality and transform it to Oneness or the the divine state of consciousness. These emotions and thoughts creates spiritual and psychological walls of terror and these is been combined with sound terror and noise harassment to distort, distract and distort reality and mind.

The purpose of these gang-stalking activities is not just to unnerve the target and make them look foolish or even crazy in public, or to frustrate or intimidate them, or to punish them for some perceived misdeed. The deeper purpose is to coerce them into conforming, to force them to silently accept what is going on, and to break their will and draw them into taking part in this system of control. Anyone around the target will be clueless as to what the target is experiencing, and the target will appear to be delusional should he or she mention anything to anybody. The sense of isolation that often results, due to a lack of anywhere to turn for help, is meant to break down the target and force his or her silent submission. This is also part of how the organized gang stalking program creates helpnessless by weakening the spiritual willpower. The hidden purpose is to drive the targeted individual to madness and the computer generated “speaking” voice in the airs is constant beaming and looping words as; now he is mad or now he is going mad, or you are crazy. These words is been looped every 1-2 second into apartment and into mind, even at night when one trying to sleep.

The reason why the Devil attacks us with stress, worry, depression, strife, and fear in our minds is because the devil wants to keep our minds focused on negative things. All the stress and worry that the devil causes are meant to cripple your brain so you will always be worried; hence, you will fail to concentrate and focus your thoughts on what you want to achieve in life. If the devil can manage to confuse, worry, and stress your brain such that you have a distortion in your thinking pattern.

When our focus is scattered and not consolidated at the center of our being, there is a gap in consciousness, which distances us from our soul. Without centered self-focus, our energies and mind interlock with internal and external distractions.

Worrying is a physiological reaction to fear. The ego perceives fear as being real and synchronizes the physiological systems of the body to react to any impending danger. Blood pressure increases, respiration rate quickens, glycogen releases into the blood stream from storage areas, and digestion ceases as blood shunts to the extremities, and stress hormones are released in the bloodstream to prepare the body to fight or flee against the threat.

The hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis as being responsible for the “fight of fight” response of stress. A threat does not have to be a physical factor to provoke the sympathetic stress response, as emotional worry will conjure up the same physiological reaction as if the energy system were being attacked by an outside factor.

Obsessive, irrational thoughts within the stream of consciousness can manifest into a cognitive attack, causing the sympathetic nervous system to react to the stressful thoughts. When the systems are activated as a result of an anxiety attack, cognitive processing becomes irrational and distorted due to the stress chemicals that are released in the bloodstream.

Anxiety reverts higher brain functioning to primal functioning because blood and oxygen is being diverted throughout the entire body limiting the amount of blood and oxygen flowing to the brain. The ego promotes anxiety by projecting fear and worst-case scenarios. Fear is simply an illusion that the ego cannot decipher or understand anything that is not in its control.

The ego is fragile and when it cannot understand an impending threat it will hide, leaving the energy system to operate in primal instinct mode. In this state, all rational thoughts become repressed.

Cognitive anxiety is a result of a broken feedback loop within the stream of consciousness. If the feedback loop is not resolved, it will remain in the forefront of the thought cycle. The ego creates chaos but cannot control it. Therefore, all irrational thoughts cannot be resolved by the ego. In order to resolve anxiety, the energy system must seek out strategies to help turn off the broken feedback loop and process it through the categorization filing system within the stream of consciousness.

Anxiety is poison to consciousness. Anxiety is a combination of many illusions including fear, insecurity, mistrust, and doubt. When all of these illusions take over, inner turmoil disrupts the stream of consciousness, inner turmoil results. The ego feeds off the chaos, promoting a heightened awareness of the false reality belief system. All projections, perceptions, and reflections within the false reality belief system block the truth from ever permeating into the stream of consciousness in the anxious energy system.

Energy systems that have to be in control are often plagued by insecurity, fear, and anxiety. There is a broken feedback loop within the stream of consciousness that cannot be resolved. The energy system’s out of control internal conscious state is coaxed by the need to be in control of all external situations. Being out of control can convince the ego to create the illusion of having the need to be in control.

Underdeveloped cognitive energy systems lack the intestinal fortitude to withstand harsh projections that come from the mass of collective energy. The ego craves being in control. If, through cognitive development the ego doesn’t achieve control or stability, insecurity develops. The ego is then weakened by the projections and reflections of itself causing perceptions of fear and withdrawal. An insecure ego based energy system lives their life in constant fear of failing or doing things wrong, and have an insatiable need for achieving approval from others.

Poor cognitive development early on causes an imbalance within the categorization process within the stream of consciousness. When the essential foundation of the stream of consciousness is underdeveloped, or distorted, the normal cycle of feedback loops are compromised.

The normal cycle of a feedback loop goes like this. First, the brain imprints the information. Second, the brain processes the information being received and then files it under the short or long term, memory banks. Third, the information gathered can then be recalled and pulled out of storage whenever it needs to be used within the stream of consciousness. The stream of consciousness is a constant flow of all the information ever received by the energy system.

Feedback loops are the normal cycles of information integration. If a feedback loop is broken and the information being received cannot be processed and stored in the appropriate category within the stream of consciousness, then cognitive chaos arises.

Cognitive chaos is when thoughts cannot be managed and controlled in a rational way, forcing the ego to become threatened by one or more illusions that become real to the energy system.

Insecure ego based energy systems flounder through life, never able to achieve higher levels of consciousness because of the gridlock of their fears, doubts, anxieties, and fragility. A weak, underdeveloped ego is responsible for the illusion of insecurity. Until the broken feedback loop or loops are resolved, insecurity will remain a debilitating factor.

The moment of separation disconnected spiritual energy from God’s energy forming the energy of the ego. By giving up the trust of spiritual and God’s energy, the ego would develop into an; isolated, self governing, manipulative, vindictive, cynical, and untrustworthy ruler of collective unconsciousness.

We have recently been given a tremendous decree for the casting out of the dweller-on-the-threshold. And we have been taught that this dweller is the carnal mind, the nucleus of the anti-Self that we have created or that has been created by others, and that it is the dweller-on-the-threshold that is the enemy of the light in people.

Satan has corrupted man’s mind with a false wisdom, so that he may rule the earth through man. This corrupted wisdom has been injected in the world collective consciousness; and is now working against man’s own divine destiny. Satan possessed all the universal wisdom and secret knowledge you could ever think of, but used them in a very corrupted way. With this corrupted wisdom he is now ruling and corrupting the earth through man. For this reason, the Bible calls him “the prince of the world” or the “god of this world.” To live without the divine inspiration is to be subject to the wisdom of Satan. It is that false wisdom that has polluted the original flow of the divine life within man.

Man’s luminous evolution as well as the glory of the earth will occur the day we will all return to Spirit; to live by inspiration. After the fall, man’s conscious mind begins to infuse his subconscious mind with erroneous beliefs and false principles. This is how the heart of man or his soul became corrupted with sin. Because whatever man, thinks, does, feels, or says is registered in his subconscious mind (the heart), thus affects his entire consciousness.

The carnal mind deviously employs the human intellect, the human emotions, and the human will to justify itself before mankind; and thereby it gains the esteem of the world. And thereby there is formed the personality that is popular with the people. The carnal mind is the manipulator of the mass energies of the mass consciousness. Since the carnal mind is in control of the world, the flesh, and the devil.

The mass of thoughts that has been built up in race consciousness through many generations of earthly experiences and crystallized into what may be termed human personality, or carnal mind, which opposes and rejects God.

Mass consciousness is not Divine consciousness

Man’s history has been one of development from the state of mass unconscious reactions to that of a slowly recognised group responsibility. The low-grade human being or the unthinking individual has a collective consciousness. He may regard himself as a person, but he does no clear thinking as to human relations, or as to the place of humanity in the scale of being. He is easily swayed by the mass or collective thought, and is regimented and standardised by mass psychology. He moves in rhythm with the mass of men; he thinks as they think (if he thinks at all); he easily feels as the mass feels, and he remains undifferentiated from his kind. Mass psychology swing the masses to their will because they work with the collective, though undeveloped, consciousness.

Through mass consciousness reality is presented through the lens of the ego, and controls perceptions and what they is allowed to understand and see of this world. That´s why the third eye of intuition is closed.

When masses of city-dwellers regress to the unconscious state, it does not create a psychological unit that is in any way comparable to the original group and its psychology. In the original group, as we must emphasize yet again, consciousness, individuality, and spirit existed in the germ and strove to express themselves through the collective unconscious of the group, whereas the unconsciousness to which people are resignedly regressing today is, as it were, an unconscious with no tendencies in this direction. The autonomy of the unconscious reigns supreme in the mass psyche with the collusion of the mass shadow-man who lurks in the unconscious personality, and for the time being at least there is no sign of the regulating intervention of centroversion or of the regulation of the group by the cultural canon. The mass, therefore, is the decay of a more complex unit not into a more primitive unit but into a centerless agglomeration. Regression to the mass-man is only possible given the extreme process of cleavage between ego consciousness and the unconscious, and the consequent loss of centroversion.

The renegade ego of modem man therefore succumbs to a reactionary mass-mindedness and falls victim to the collective shadow, to the mass man within. Whereas in a homogeneous psyche the negative element has a meaningful place as decomposition and death, as chaos and prima materia, or as the leaden counterweight which roots growing things to the earth, in a fragmented psyche with a defeatist, regressing ego it becomes a cancer and a nihilistic danger. With the disintegration of ego consciousness all the positions built up in the course of human development are regressively destroyed, as in psychosis. As a result, the ego-sphere of the human and personal is lost. Personality values no longer count, and the supreme achievement of the individual—his behavior as an individual human being—is broken down and replaced by collective modes of behavior.

Mass Consciousness is the desire consciousness of the ego and is formed through the five senses of passions (mass consciousness is desires of the ego and the five senses of passions)

Mass Consciousness is not the Divine Consciousness

The term “Social Engineering was been used to describe employers and the type of mass production that was now possible, had to employ a great many people. So the first key of understanding is that social engineering was used as a term to describe mass production of products and the other key of understanding there must be people who buy these mass production of products, and the second key is the “desire consciusness” who then buy these products, and the third key is the state of the “dreamworld”.

Mass consciousness primarily lives in the Lower Mind and the lower mind is also the “desire consciousness”, and the Matrix is the computer-generated dream-world humankind is trapped in. Since the conscious mind is the creature of the senses, it generates its reality through materialization of what appears to be data from its environment. Mass consciousness can change from generation to generation.

Social and environmental mores are always on a lower vibrational level when they influence the masses to be environmentally conscious rather than self-conscious and self-enlightened.

Desire can be understood by us, but energy itself is sure to remain a secret of the prime cause as is also space and their product time. Thus our term matter-consciousness is equally valid as mass-consciousness.

Since the ego is nothing but a concept, other concepts can appear to be threats to it. Mass consciousness is the concept of the collective ego and others who want´s to break free from the lower mind and concept of duality then appears to be a threath of change.

Mass society reflects industrial mass production in which people consume the same industrialized products and culture.

Society conformed everyone to the lower matrix of the ego through the concepts of mass society, mass media, mass production, mass distribution, mass consumption, mass-produced and mass-consumed, mass entertainment, mass communication, mass education, mass consciousness, mass psychology, mass hysteria, mass illusion and finally all these parts is the Matrix. The ego is mass consciousness, and the ego is ignorance and this prevent any spiritual progress out of the lower mind of the matrix. This prevent anyone to rasiing their inner low vibrational frequency to a higher frequency, and this is how the reptilians and archons keeping humankind trapped and imprisoned within their matrix of control of the low reptilian frequency world.

Maya through its mass productivity creates fragmentation. In the state of fragmentation, only fragmented knowledge appears before man’s consciousness. This fragmentation of the psyche is the result of the three- pronged conditioning of the soul.

The Matrix – is a artificial dreamworld controlled through the art of mass psychology to create mass consciousness, and then the Matrix is a “mind prison” the mass consciousness prevents humans from awakening up from this dreamworld to be able to see through the veil of ignorance and illusions.

The Matrix is a dream world made to cover our eyes with illusions and ignorance.

Organized Gang Stalking on Earth is spiritual warfare, psychological warfare, political warfare, and invisible warfare about frequencies and energy vibrations. There is a constant computer generated speaking voice in the airs that is beaming and looping words as; anxiety, worry, worries, panic, now its dangerous, I warning you, I warned you, and beaming and looping “now he is mad” or “now he is going mad” every day, even at night. This constant computer generated speaking voice in the airs working to triggering emotions and thoughts of negativity, fear, stress, anxiety, worries, panic, and pain. These emotions and thoughts is connected to the ego within the matrix humankind is trapped and imprisoned within, and when someone starts changing their inner vibrational frequency this world of archons starts spiritual warfare, psychological warfare, political warfare, and invisible warfare about frequencies and energy vibrations. It is spiritual, psychological and political terrorism of the mind and they using sound technology, noise harassment, syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology, and electro magnetic frequencies and beaming and looping sounds, words and voices into the targeted individuals mind.

There Is A War Going On Inside Of You… (Are You Carrying Your Shield?) “There is much in the world to make us afraid. There is much more in our faith to make us unafraid.”

We are in a spiritual war with our enemy, Satan. If God is Faith, so id Satan fear, and if God is the relaxed and silent state of mind, so is Satan the noice creator that constant distract, distort and disturb brain waves with constant sound harassment interference.

The battleground in this war is in our mind, which our enemy seeks to overrun and capture for his possession. If we are not equipped, trained, and properly prepared to fight this war, we will inevitably suffer defeat at the hands of our adversary.

One of the weapons that our enemy uses to attack us in this war is fear, which develops into anxiety if we become afraid and begin to anticipate that undesirable events will occur in our life. The way that Satan uses this weapon of fear is by placing dreadful and discouraging thoughts in our mind, and by doing so, he intends for us to begin to worry and have anxiety about certain future events. If we begin to act, think, speak, and respond according to the negative and discouraging thoughts that Satan has placed in our mind, our enemy will have successfully gained a victory over us in this area of our life.

If our faith is not strong and firm, then Satan’s arrows of negative thoughts will be able to penetrate our defenses and cause us to worry excessively and develop anxiety, however, if our faith is strong and rock solid, whenever Satan launches arrows of negative and fearful thoughts in our mind concerning the worst thing that can happen in a particular situation, our faith will prevent those thoughts from consuming our mind with fear and anxiety, and it will enable us to continue to have joy and peace.

Therefore Satan using all kind of methods to triggering emotions and thoughts of negativity, fear, stress, anxiety, worries, panic, and pain. Satan constant disturb, distract and distort a relaxed mind with worries, anxiety and one main component is to create constant interference of the mind in form of sound harassment or noise harassment.

Satan´s ultimate goal is to create a negative and broken feedback loop where the targeted individual feel helpnessless.

Our anxiety, our worry, and our fear originate from our belief that no one is able or willing to help us in our time of need, and from our belief that the worst case scenario given in a certain circumstance will occur.

The same thing applies to fear. Fear is negative things appearing real. Fear is illusion, and it is the direct opposite of faith and courage. Faith makes you to be bold and courageous so that you can move forth in Spirit and fulfil your task, while fear puts all the doubts in your mind concerning your ability to take the next step and fulfil your resolves. Fear always tells you that you can’t, while faith tells ‘yes, you can’. Fear is a negative factor, and it is one of the instruments of Satan. If fear grips you, you will become a prisoner. Instead of fear, have faith. That is the reason why God always tells his chosen vessels to be courageous and not to fear. Faith is godly, while fear is satanic and destructive. Whenever you are griped by fear, know immediately that Satan is around and he is beginning his evil works around you.

Archons feed on a low vibrational energy so to escape the matrix we should make raising our vibration our highest priority. If raising our vibration should be of spiritual highest priority, so does the archons highest goal be the opposoite to prevent anyone raising their inner vibrations and therefore using methods to keep humankind within the low vibrational reptilian wavelength frequency.

For example, Plato adheres to a metaphysical a prior understanding of universal ideas to interpret the Gnostic myth of the primal man. Down through the ages, it has always been man’s natural urge to transcend himself and embrace a reality above and beyond this temporal earthly life in order to attain personal immortality. Lacking the benefit of divine revelation, man is limited in what his rational powers can know about the metaphysical and the transcendent — those realities that exist above and beyond what he can experience with his five senses. Metaphysics, literally meaning “beyond and above the physical,” is concerned with the transcendent nature of ultimate reality and the principles that govern it. Metaphysicians depend on the conclusions of speculative reasoning and logic rather than the results obtained by sense experiences or application of scientific method.

When the say Man in born into enslavement, Man is born into the world of Matter (The Artificial Intelligence and Matrix) and have no other references to other worlds or other dimensions, so this becomes Reality. Enslavement is the the result of the False Matrix. Icke believes humanity is being controlled and enslaved in a false matrix. We are infinte beings, he believes, designed for harmony and peace, who are trapped in a war-like matrix of the lower mind. Aren’t we constantly fed false realities in order to keep us quiet and to prevent us being free?

The Meaning of Liberation Self-Knowledge is the liberation of the soul from the bondage of body and mind concept that has been developed in the yogic science of consciousness is that of the human bondage and liberation. And underlying this concept is the concept of Ignorance

The ultimate spiritual goal is to liberate the soul from its entrapment in matter so that it can rise to the spiritual high point in the universe.

Enabled them to liberate the divine spark within themselves from its prison of flesh so that it could return to its heavenly home

You have to leam to vibrate in unison with the stars, creating cosmic unity, but in order to do that you must liberate your body from the corresponding chakra.

Agent Smith describes the cognitive dissonance produced by the first Matrix: “The perfect world was a dream – liberation from the dream-state and The Matrix

In this codified story the real meaning is that it is the war of liberation from the material bondages which has to be fought to conquer our material desires so we can attain liberation, which is required for all evolving personality consciousness of the incarnanated human beings.

Within this framework, then, humans are prisoners. Humans are considered to be composed of flesh, soul, and spirit’s seems to use soul and spirit interchangeably. The body and soul are the result of the cosmic powers/gods who imbue them with the passions and appetites of the lower spheres and are therefore subjected to the created prison. The spirit, on the other hand, is seen as having fallen from the beyond and is held captive by the body and its liberation, its awakening, only comes via knowledge.” This spirit is sometimes seen as the presence of an inner “Self,” that is “the transcendent and true subject of salvation.

‘Salvation is viewed as a reuniting with this part of ones self.” However, while trapped, this spirit longs for freedom for it is understood to be slumbering in matter; to be asleep.” “‘Ignorance’ is:’ therefore, “the essence of mundane existence.”” It is an ignorance of one’s spirit about itself and about the transcendent God” because of this slumbering. This spirit is also considered to be battled for by the various forces of creation.” Hence, God’s true “Life” is seen as being trapped inside the body,” as well as within this cosmic prison, while the body is seen as being totally impure and not to be trusted along with the rest of the material and lower realms?

With God being utterly transcendent and unknowable, all the lower realms basically being corrupted (of which the human body is constructed), and the goal being a complete liberation from it all, the fundamental gnostic theory of change and way to this salvation is centered on the acquisition of “knowledge; or gnosis.” “Ihe idea here is that God sends Divine Light down to humans thereby enabling them to share in God’s existence.” Such knowledge from and of God not only liberates one from the body’s corrupting passions, but is itself the “ultimate perfection” that transforms the soul.”

According to the general gnostic view, the world is the work of lowly powers which, though they may be mediately descended from him, do not know the true God and obstruct the knowledge of him in the cosmos over which they rule. The genesis of these lower powers, the archons (rulers), and in general that of all the orders of being outside God, including the world itself, is a main theme of gnostic speculation.”

Archons feed on a low vibrational energy so to escape the matrix we should make raising our vibration our highest priority. If raising our vibration should be of spiritual highest priority, so does the archons highest goal be the opposoite to prevent anyone raising their inner vibrations and therefore using methods to keep humankind within the low vibrational reptilian wavelength frequency.

The theta brain wave is sought after most with meditators and mystics, mainly because, with the right conditions, it’s said to open up the pineal gland – and the theta brain wave state is also the collective subconscious mind that holds all of the experience and human programming in the grid of the Matrix.

Learn to control vibrations by controlling thoughts and you will hold the keys of Eternal Life in your hands. The Eternal energy surging through all matter, the power of existence in atoms with their whirling molecules and electrons in all earthly substance are nothing more or less than vibrations condensed to the point of slow, heavy, mortal tangibility. Control the vibrations and the power to control substance and material energy will eventually be given, that is the keys of handling Eternal Life, for energy is life, and life and Light and Love and energy are the Eternal elements and are vibrations created by mental thinking. Every thought sent forth is a never ending vibration winging its way across the Universe to bring us back just what we sent forth. We can control the vibrations that emanate from us — and we can thereby control our destinies.

“When one increases one’s frequency to that of the speed of Light, then the mastery of the process begins. This means that the Being now has access to more information in the Universal Consciousness, but that Being also has the command to dictate what will or will not come through the filter. “The process actually becomes more complex as it becomes more simplified. When a Being does not understand this principle, that Being may go through cycles of high and low frequencies that direct its consciousness. This is because the frequencies are controlling it.

When you see a bright white light in your brain, or a tunnel, you know you are in theta and can quickly reprogram the brain for health and wholeness.

The whole brain is greater than the sum of its parts, and the brain is a constantly interacting system within itself. The whole brain is greater than the sum of its parts, where the whole is the internal and infinite world and the parts is the finite and external world.

This work of new connections building new parthways, it´s healing the evolutionary brain, unite opposite energies to oneness, breaking up the design or concept of duality (parts) and rearrange its parts into wholeness, and through synthesis it expand the limit consciousness to unlimited cosmic consciousness, and through this process more and more new dna strands is been activated from the slumbering state of consciousness.

Theta is the state in which “super learning” takes place.

Training your brain to generate Theta activity for a few minutes each day has enormous benefits, including boosting the immune system.

Researchers have discovered that people who enter the “theta state” acquire super-receptivity to new information.

Theta is the border between the conscious and the subconscious world, so by learning to use a conscious, waking theta brain wave, we can access and influence the powerful subconscious part of ourselves that is normally inaccessible to our waking minds.

The art of meditation teaches that it is not only possible to control our thoughts, but to learn to transcend them completely. Through meditation we can bring our unruly minds under control. By mastering our own minds we immediately attain a new level of empowerment. Not only does this liberate us from feelings of failure or inability, it brings peace of mind and enables us to achieve our greatest potential.

Theta needs Alpha to carry the codes, carry the healing waves throughout the body, but particularly to the conscious mind to achieve calm, balance and perspective. Theta is natural, for you go through the four brain speeds while sleeping. But it’s while you’re awake that the brain needs to become familiar with its full range of speed possibilities, and with regular, properly practiced mantra meditation such becomes your everyday state.

Accessing Theta also means accessing the subconscious, the conditioned mind which many people are slaves to, for “repair” work. It’s how you can re-programme the fear-driven mind: how you can influence change in your fixed thought patterns at the subjective level, how you can affect change in your lifestyle, habits and worldview.

The veil of ignorance holds a rigid structure in place that does not allow the DNA software programming and the coding structure of the DNA to actively integrate into the higher-dimensional chakra system necessary to activate aspects of the hypothalamus, medulla oblongata and pineal gland. These aspects are limited by this veil or partition. This partition is also what holds you in third-dimensional linear time (time as a past-present-future loop) and creates major restrictions to knowing yourself.

Through meditation and positive sound frequencies can been channeled to activate your DNA by accelerating the bodies fine neuro-transmitters to travel to areas of the brain, the pineal and pituitary gland which help open the third eye, crown chakra, and the chakra above the crown center. Within our cerebrospinal fluid are tiny piezo-electric crystals which are encoded with tiny modules of liquid light intelligence that carry this information to all our cells, especially when they are activated through conscious intent, sound and light. When these piezo-electric crystals are activated either through specific sound healing frequencies, light, or through meditation, these intelligent codes of light begin to release and nourish all the cells in the body, (much like a bio-computer) helping to stabilize new levels of DNA activation which not only accelerates healing, but prepares the physical vehicle (body) for ascension.

If we want to raise our vibration, we need to prevent fear from controlling our state of being. When we find ourselves in a state of fear, we need to have a way to release fear. Learning to release fear is important because most people regularly experience fear in different forms, inducing seemingly challenging, difficult, and emotional situations that are not real but imagined. These fears keep us locked in the matrix, the morphogenetic grids of our awareness, of our active consciousness. It is also our collective consciousness that induces fears. This is how we create the vicious circle of fear in our lives.

This is why the archons and reptilians using fear and intimidation to suppress the real higher self and prevent humankind access higher knowledge outside the ego matric the archons keeping humankind locked into by controlling the reptilian low vibrational wavelength frequency.

One must overcome the fears to become free and the great gateway or portal of liberation can be found in the bottom of the heart. When this chakra is open from the bottom it can sustain the whole body with a new energy, and this will then be the new root chakra.

Theta brain-wave state that connects him with a higher god-source power and bring enormous transformation, conscious access to it. Your greater capacity exists in such subtle energy of self that you can only know it in this relaxed theta state. A great benefit of thinking in theta connected to Source is that you disconnect from the limiting and fearful thoughts.

Man’s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. Both intellect and ego using fear- based programs and concepts to gain control of humankind.

Its though meditation one learn to go beyond the intellect and ego that binds the mind to its limitation in the three dimensional world, and to the concepts of the left brain and the beta brain wave reality. Intuition (meditation) removes the knot of ignorance and its darkness. Instinct is considered by some to be the enemy of intelligence, and intellect to be the opponent of intuition.

Its through meditation one understand that; One cannot evolve from one’s robothood until one realizes how totally one has been robotized. Its through meditation one understand that; the robotized, automatized, mechanized mind is what hides the other realities, dimensions and the real Self in robotized “darkness of ignorance”.

The theta brain wave is sought after most with meditators and mystics, mainly because, with the right conditions, it’s said to open up the pineal gland – and the theta brain wave state is also the collective subconscious mind that holds all of the experience and human programming in the grid of the Matrix. Theta brain-wave state that connects him with a higher god-source power and bring enormous transformation, conscious access to it. Your greater capacity exists in such subtle energy of self that you can only know it in this relaxed theta state. A great benefit of thinking in theta connected to Source is that you disconnect from the limiting and fearful thoughts.

Reptilian brain, archon fear programming, negative programming to control the low vibrational frequency matrix of the archons on planet Earth is controlled by the Ego of this world. Through knowledge this negative fear programming can be reversed to be able to reach higher frequencies

The reptilian brain has the ability to shut down the other “brains” if it senses danger. Capable of paranoia, it is our reptilian brains that allow persecution of others.

This is why we are bombarded daily with negative messages that frighten us. It suspends our conscious processing and keeps our subconscious mind open to suggestive programming.

Negative fear programming; fear-based thinking, feeling, and negative ego/fear based/separative programming held within the four lower bodies of the earth and all her inhabitants.

This faulty negative ego programming became seeded in the collective consciousness and was passed along through the generations.

It is very necessary to overcome the negative programming that the circle world and ourselves have put in place in our energy fields. Each time we manage to reverse a negative thought with a positive affirmation, we create a little more distance from it and create an energy space of our own, that can be filled with positive feelings and therefore energy. When we make continuous effort to do this then we are taking back control of our soul connections and our very lives. But make no mistake, the negative thoughts want us back, and they want us firmly back in the loop of the ego-driven circle world.

The subconscious will spare no tactic to protect you from any discomfort, and it will invoke some amazingly creative ways and go to extreme lengths to keep you in your comfort zone.

It is important to understand that the comfort zone is like a magnet … a gravitational force that doesn’t allow you to stray far away from your comfort zone without conscious and powerful effort. Like the rocket that needs a sustained powerful force to blast through the earth’s gravitational pull, a person must forcefully push against his or her usual thoughts and behavior and sustain that effort to break through his or her personal gravitational pull. But … AND HERE IS THE KEY … every person must do his or her own “pushing” to sustain achievements.

The bottom line is that conscious and unconscious efforts to resist change will undermine and sabotage the greatest of plans if proper attention is not given to supporting the change process from the very start.

There is a metaphor that can be used to describe the journey from nonabiding to abiding awakening: that of a rocket ship. A rocket ship takes a tremendous amount of thrust and a tremendous amount of energy both to get off the ground and then to break the gravitational field as it travels through the sky and ultimately into space.

If there is enough fuel in the rocket and it gets far enough away from the Earth, it can eventually get beyond the gravitational field of the planet. Once the rocket is beyond the gravitational field of the Earth, the Earth no longer has the power to pull it back down.

As a metaphor, we can think of the egoic structure, or the dream state, as the Earth. The dream state has a gravitational force; it has the tendency to pull consciousness into itself. This gravitational force is really what one is dealing with throughout the entirety of the spiritual journey. Awakening is breaking free of this gravitational force. Initially, it may simply be leaving the dream state, awakening from the dream state of “me” and separation and isolation. But because we’ve awakened does not mean that consciousness has gotten past the gravitational pull of the dream state. If we haven’t gone completely beyond this gravitational field, we’re going to be pulled back toward the experience of “me” and the perception of separateness.

Using the metaphor of the rocket ship is a way of thinking about the process of awakening. The dissolution of the ego takes time. While the moment of awakening is a process that unfolds thereafter – the process of getting beyond the gravitional force of the dream state. This process, this greater individualization can override and shed one´s ego, and become a kind of superself that has the ability extend the individual consciousness beyond the constraints, into a form of communication with the Divine Consciousness or Universal Consciousness.

One fact continuously emerges of spiritual development, and that is, that the psychic powers, higher and lower, are hindrances to the highest spiritual state and must be left behind by the man who can function freed from the three worlds altogether. This is a hard lesson for the aspirant to grasp. He is apt to think that a tendency towards clairvoyance or clairaudience is indicative of progress and a sign that his practice of meditation is beginning to take effect. It might prove just the opposite and inevitably will, should the aspirant be attracted by, or attached to, any of these forms of psychic faculty.

As you believe something, you give it power; when you generate emotions around the thought, you enforce the object of your belief, gelling it, so to speak, into physical form. Even if you don’t consciously affirm/confirm a particular belief, if you don’t question or even are not aware of the underlying belief, it means that you implicitly believe in it and are part of the social agreement. When masses of people adhere to a collective belief, their consciousness has a collective creative effect.

If you are born into this system, you are educated into what is considered to be real by everyone around you, and you never come to see the cage of beliefs that surrounds you, nor do you understand your own participation and complicity in supporting the system. The Controllers very cleverly use the creative power of each individual by getting them to agree upon a system of belief that supports the Controllers who hold the puppet strings of the human collective.

They need the collective for its energetic mass—the reality that is created by consensual agreement. While there is certainly a personal reality system for every individual on Earth, the sheer pressure of the collective agreement makes it very hard for an individual to rise in vibration and attain his own personal freedom outside the collective agreement.

The Archons don´t want anyone to dissolve their ego state of mind they have been controlled for eons and thosuends of years.

Removing the Core-Fear Matrix

This clearing program and dispensation from the Spiritual Hierarchy is extremely important for each closing. Removing the core-fear matrix is accomplished by a latticework of light that the inner-plane ascended masters anchor over each individual and which will highlight any imbalanced pro-gramming in your four-body system. The ascended masters have the ability to pull all fear-based programming, all negative-ego programming, all sepa-rative programming, right out of your field, like a gardener pulling weeds. Fear-based programming shows up under the latticework of a light-matrix removal as gray and black weeds intertwined throughout your subtle bodies.

The only thing stopping us from being the love we are is the fear-based programming that we have been imprinted with.

The low vibration holds our programming and prevents us from moving out of it, and even if we do momentarily shift upward, that low vibration will take us back into behaviour programmed by our chip.

We need to lift the shadow into light, expose it, and look at it head on, so that we can lose its darkness and so change the level at which we are vibrating.

Bliss is hardwired in our brains and bodies, and this comes about from the divinity of the ‘whole’. ‘All’ is part of a greater plan — there is no separation, me and them, them and me. The whole world and everyone in it is just an extension of who we are, and the world simply reflects our current vibrational form and what we need to heal. From the smallest one-cell organism, we all have the chemical for bliss in us (endorphins), so the natural form of the world should be in bliss.

The positive and negative become one and we lose the duality of dark and light that holds us back all the time.

What keeps us from awarenesses is the fear of being unprotected, the fear of being unsafe, the fear of experiencing uncertainty, and the fear of insecurity. When it is okay with us to be afraid and uncertain, then we do not fear our fear, and we are somewhat more secure about our insecurity, and somewhat protected by feeling less of a need for protection. When we are not afraid of our fears, we have a greater feeling of a sense of belongingness with an adequate number of people. When we are not afraid of our fear, we have more of a sense of respect and self-esteem, and we feel like we have a greater chance of transcending dichotomies, so that what we do that is good for us is simultaneously good for those around us.

In duality consciousness, individuals see themselves as better or lesser than others, resulting in a hierarchy that mirrors the lay-ers of fear.There is no common source that unites everyone within this system. Only fear is shared by all, but this commonality produces no bonds because its sources are as numerous as those who experience it.

This fragmentation is not without its benefits to certain people. Those who want to maintain control can use the fear of their subjects to manipulate them, keeping them focused on one threat today and another tomorrow. The fragmented structure of duality can exist only as long as we entertain the belief that this chaotic world of separation is rational.

Duality distorts who and what we are; to know only dual-ity is to know very little. We live in a perfectly ordered universe, but because disharmony, imbalance, and disunity permeate duality thinking, we cannot see the order that lies beneath the perceived disorder. Duality is costly and destructive, wasteful of resources. In its fragmentation and fear, peace is unachievable.

Duality leads first to conflict, then to war, as we ratchet up the force required to achieve submission. Duality seems to be real because its fragmented construction restricts awareness to only that which conforms to its distorted view of reality. This leads to a world of distorted perceptions that must constantly be defended because they are fabricated, and not reality. Withdraw the belief that duality is real and it is exposed as dysfunctional, wasteful, and a recipe for ever-present fear, pain, and disaster.

Fear arises only where duality —because each point of the duality wants to possess ti other. The desire for possession always generates a fe; of dispossession. But when there is no duality, who wi possess whom? Where possession itself is negated, thei fear can have no abode.

The fundamental note of all mysticism is transcending the realm of Duality. To reject the demands of Duality one by one is the only way that leads the spiritual aspirant to the rich experience of Non-duality. The Way of mysticism is the Way of Love, and surely Love can come into being only when Duality is completely negated. Fear exists only in the realm of duality; in the state of non-duality there is no fear. There is fear so long as the other exists, but when the “other” is not there of what shall man be afraid? In the realm of duality, Death reigns supreme. And so no solution of the problem of Death can ever be found in the field of duality.

Mind controlled by ignorance engages in delusions, among which the most basic, the root of all others, is dualistic grasping in terms of subject and object. When the mind does not know the extent of its openness, instead of experiencing without center or periphery, we perceive everything through one central point of reference. This point, the center that appropriates all experiences, is the observer, the ego-subject. It is in this way that the mind, ignorant of its openness, engenders the delusional experience of a “me” or an “I.”

“Bliss is the essential nature of man. The central fact of man’s being is his inherent divinity. Man’s essential nature is divine, the awareness of which he has lost because of his animal propensities and the veil of ignorance. Man, in his ignorance, identifies himself with the body, mind, Prana and the senses.

There is no bliss in the finite. Bliss is only in the Infinite. Eternal bliss can be had only from the eternal Self. To know the Self is to enjoy eternal bliss and everlasting peace. Self-realisation bestows eternal existence, absolute knowledge, and perennial bliss. None can be saved without Self-realisation.

The ego prevents the manifestation of infinite knowledge already latent in the soul, and is the most formidable obstacle to the attainment of God. “The human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being”. It is the veils of ignorance that cause pain are ignorance, ego, attachment.

The limited mind is the soil in which the ego is securely rooted, and this ego perpetuates ignorance through the many illusions in which it is caught. The ego prevents manifestation of infinite knowledge, which is already latent in the soul; it is the most formidable obstacle to the attainment of God. ‘It is extremely difficult to pierce through the veil of ignorance, for it is a rock on the fire.’ Just as a flame cannot rise very high i f a rock is placed upon it, a desire to know one’s own true nature cannot lead to the Truth as long as the burden of the ego is placed on consciousness.”

So a new centre of organisation must be found. Ignorant ego must be replaced by Truth and Reality. “Man is then driven by the logic of his own experience to find the true centre of experience and reorganise his lift in the Truth. This entails the wearing out of the ego and its replacement by Truth-consciousness. The disintegration of the ego culminates in realising the Truth. The false nucleus of consolidated sanskaras must disappear if there is to be a true integration and filfillment of life.””All the problems of the ego can be tackled only through intelligent and conscious action. Therefore, complete annihilation of the ego is possible only when all the constituents of the ego pass through the fire of intelligent consciousness.”

In some ways the world can be seen as an illusion, and in others not quite. A separately existing, dualistic world is an illusion. However, our experience is true.

Here we come to the concept of Maya. Through the mind and its concepts the world appears to us as a real, objective existence in which we are a subject. We mistake the world for something it is not. In ignorance we believe it to have a separate being and substance. Maya is that ignorance, that veil that does not let us see who we are, and that projection that makes us believe we are something we are not.

There is fear in duality. There are quarrels and wars in duality. Duality is ignorance.

The whole world is firmly established in the false idea of separateness, and being caught up in the illusion of duality. The root-cause of the illusion of manyness is that the soul, in its ignorance, identifies itself with its bodies or with the ego-mind. Those who have cast off the veil of duality experience the soul through itself independently of any mediums or vehicles.

The veil of conceptuality can be pierced but only by the enlightened consciousness.

Ontological idealism, which claims that the external world of objects is actually a creation of the mind. The alternative reading considers Yogacara to be a form of epistemological idealism which contends that unenlightened minds are unable to distinguish the world as it actually is from the conceptual constructions which we place upon it. The unenlightened mind is thus unable to gain knowledge of things as they really are because it is trapped within a web of conceptual fabrications. The world as we experience it is a projection of our own minds to the extent that it is always a product of our own interpretive categories. These impositions are fueled by ignorance and craving.

“Lifting of a veil” is a rising of consciousness that knows no fear of the unknown.

If the history of psychic research tells us anything at all, it is that we are surrounded on all sides by nonhuman intelligences who habitually lie to us for no discernible reason other than to amuse themselves. These entities are at least as old as human conscious-ness (hence the near-universality of the Trickster motif in legend and folklore) and seem curiously dependent on us for their continued existence.

Shamans have always known how to enter these realms consciously, how to direct their awareness to attain their objective, and how to return to the three-dimensional world and apply what they’ve learned to the subject at hand. Stated another way, individual awareness penetrates the objective psyche, maintains its integrity as a subjective observer, and then returns to consensus reality. Everyone who has emerged intact from a major acid trip understands what this is like. Because these mental realms are spatial dimensions—that is, they have breadth, width, and height appropriate to the mode of consciousness of the plane in question, we will label them collectively as “hyperspace.” This is not a metaphor; these lokas are worlds and dimensions equally as real and infinite as external, physical space-time. The only difference is that they are inside of us. This seeming impossibility tells us something of extreme importance—it reveals that we are multidimensional observers confined to three-dimensional bodies in three-dimensional space. The gnostic version of the Perennial Philosophy characterizes our predicament as one of exiles far from home who are held captive within a three-dimensional prison by manifestly demonic forces called archon, or rulers. The gnostics pulled no punches in the way they described the human condition:

to this: consciousness is your only reality. Awareness is all you have: your body is only an object of consciousness, a temporary vehicle for living in a three-dimensional world, though you won’t hold it for long, even if you live a hundred years. All your beliefs about your reality are based upon your experience as an observer since you entered the physical body. This includes imprinting from parents, race, class, culture, language, etc.—all the data hardwired in your brain-computer, all the objects of perception that provide the convincing illusion that you know who you are and that you understand your experience. Unfortunately, circumstances like these are made to order for the fabrication of truly grotesque illusions. The gnostics would say it’s a setup.

Ego is one of the main programs that can stop you from reconnecting with the God within, but ego can be broken. It’s a distraction that produces emotions that must be mastered in order for you to see the illusion of separation for what it is, an illusion. Ego divides, which is what the Archons want.

Man must reach a new relationship to the world around him…. To do this he must give priority, not to external problems, but to the mind that is considering them…. Hardly a beginning has yet been made to bring the illimitable inner world that has recently been opened to us, the world of the unconscious, the world of the dreaming mind, into living contact with everyday life…. Our problems are plainly growing beyond conventional human control, and consciousness has no choice but to enlarge itself to meet them. The trouble is, consciousness per se has not the power to do this. It must look beyond itself for help.’

All of these data support the postulation of transcendent dimensions of being linked to space-time through consciousness itself. The uncon-scious is actually a dimension of dimensions. The rather narrow band of forces we call space-time then becomes only one portion of an apparently infinite multiverse of superficially invisible realms of experience.

The Archons prevents spiritual progress; The third bhanda, Neck Lock, allows prana to move up through the neck, awakening the third eye and pituitary gland and radiating into our aura. Neck Lock opens the fifth chakra —the throat—so kundalini energy can flow to the sixth, seventh, and eighth chakras

The third bhanda, Neck Lock, allows prana to move up through the neck, awakening the third eye and pituitary gland and radiating into our aura. Neck Lock opens the fifth chakra —the throat—so kundalini energy can flow to the sixth, seventh, and eighth chakras. Without Neck Lock our energy is often blocked at the throat, and our soul light cannot reach the higher chakra frequencies of intuition, sacred wisdom, and surrender to the divine. The traditional yogic word for Neck Lock is Jalandhara Bhand (pronounced “jahlunn-dah-rah bond”), which literally means “neck lock.” Sometimes we experience a sense of fear when we begin to connect deeply to spirit, and we pull back from the cosmic breakthrough that happens when energy flow reaches the third eye and awakens intuition. If you feel fear, please remember that prana is love. There is no reason to do any of this except to awaken and blossom so the fragrance of your soul can be sensed as part of you. The third eye is where we discern the unseen reality behind the surface, the eternal ebb and flow of the energy of life. The intuition requires complete neutrality in order not to shrink back. The crown chakra, at the top of the head, is the gateway to our rare divine consciousness. And in the aura we become an integrated, coherent whole rather than a series of separate chakras. The line between our finite idenity and infinite consciousness becomes blurred. We blend. We are not separate.

When the three locks—Root Lock, Diphragm Lock, and Neck Lock—are practiced all together at once, as they often are, we call it Great Lock, or Maha Bhand (pronounced “mah-hah bond”). Maha Bhand enables the totality of our energy to flow as one unimpeded circuit. These three locks is also known as the knot of ignoranve and the goal his to keep humankind within the lower matrix separated or disconnected from the higher self and higher intuition, and instead is been fed with ego knowledge that prevents movement towards higher realms of the human consciousness.

“The (alien) group” requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn yoga science of liberation), because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities would free us from the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for most of our history. It has been deeply ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to have psychic powers. The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use them. The heart center is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality.

The neck lock is beyond the five senses world, so this world don´r want anyone progress through the five first chakras and its five senses, so it makes everything to prevent anyone progress beyond the fifth chakra.

The archons who has been controlled this world for eons, thosends of years, generation after generation has been working with negative programming to shut off the divine connection to the true source of knowledge.

Once you realize this is going on, you will be able to lift and clear the patterning that does not belong there, and bnng yourself into a purer state. That which does not belong, will just lift off. It will have a hardened, and locked-in feeling, but the more you focus on your perfect sovereign self, the more you will be able to direct your soul energy to assist in lifting off these locked in patterns that prevent your soul expansion and evolution.

The human body have been pre- programmed with negative programming, by the fallen hierarchy of the archons. This just keeps us on a negative spiral, and giving our power away, instead of realizing our divine birthright as sparks of Divine natures.

Negative programming makes it more difficult to carry the crystalline light body of cosmic consciousness, so it is difficult to hold and maintain those higher states as one goes about the day. There are no codings and structures to maintain the higher more evolved states, and this there indeed needs to be. The higher states come in and have no anchorage point in the realms of duality. The polarity will just split off the perfect consciousness, causing one to experience both extremes, by which time the energy has been pulled out of its perfect state of unity and harmony, and now looks nothing like it originally did.

Below the thin layer of brain called the cerebral cortex, where the rational mind functions, lies the 90 per cent of our being that we are unaware of—the primitive, reptilian brain. Within this aspect of the mind lies our subconscious connection with our ancestors and their ancient knowledge. When we are able to access this memory or connection, we are able to draw from the powers within our subconscious mind and this is where that aspect of our spirit talks to us about who we are and what we want from our lives.

Amazez can powerfully activate the ‘Mouth of God’ chakra near the top of the spine at the back of the head. This is an extremely important point on the energy body, and is the source of many mystical experiences. It coincides physically with what is called the ‘reptile brain: The reptile brain, our oldest brain structure, has been mistakenly maligned, because it is seen as primitive. However, it is also spiritually the portal of the risen kundalini as it pours in to illuminate the whole brain. It is called the ‘Mouth of God’ because it is through this portal that the Breath of God flows into us when conditions are right. Amazez can awaken and help open this critical passage so that our latent Divine energies can circulate properly and bring us to enlightenment

The kundalini system could be thought of as a seven way speaker musical crossover system. What the kundalini exercise does is to reverse the separation process, thereby causing the energy of the seven colors to be pumped backward into the cord or line called sushumna. As the energy flow is reversed, the colors begin to mix back towards their original state. That state being white light. As the colors mix, they give off their magnetic charge. This charge saturates Ida and Pingala with negative and positive current. The filtered charge flows upward in “hidden ducts” to the jaws of the mouth. This path reaches beyond the medulla oblongata, or what is called the oblong gate. When the “yogi” or student starts the process, they lock or seal the body. One lock is at the neck, while the other is at the root chakra.

Most people do not move beyond the first three levels of consciousness represented by the first three chakras. The conrollers of this world keeping humankind trapped within the three dimenisonal world and reality through fear concepts and negative programming of the mind.

Leviathan’s attack with complex and strategic methods. The first symptom of his attack is the manifestation of fear—sudden and unrealistic fear within the congregation. The manifestation of this characteristic of the spirit of leviathan, in the natural realm, is the twisting of words and other instruments of communication.

The Gnostics believed that the Devil rules the material world, and in order to be free of the Devil one must free oneself of material possessions. They understood that this lower Earth matrix keeps us attached through our attachment to material possessions. The Gnostic creation myth is unique in that it includes how inorganic alien beings came into our universe, our world and our minds. In a text called, Nag Hammadi, the Gnostics describe their visionary journeys, and it is in these journeys that they discover the Archons. What you will see from the Gnostic description of the Archons, is that it parallels the Black Goo of Atlantis. The word Archon is often used to describe any powerful being in the fourth dimension who psychically attacks the Light and infects humans with dark energy. What the Gnostics discovered is that these Archons infect the human mind, and pull it downward into darker, less evolved states of being. They affect the human mind with subliminal conditioning techniques, and the human being is often unaware of the “infection”.

David Icke tells;
There was once a golden age of humanity. It was a time of harmony and bliss. Our ancient ancestors lived in perfect interconnectedness with each other and with the universe. There were no wars, no famines, no pollution; everyone just got along. Then the peace was rudely shattered. A sinister power began casting a dark shadow over humanity. A conspiracy was afoot. For millennia now, the conspirators have been secretly implementing an elaborate control system, designed to suppress our natural connection to the cosmos and keep us trapped in a state of constant fear and confusion. The modern world is a shrine to their hidden machinations. The mainstream media, the education system, science, politics, and Western medicine are all tools of the conspiracy, used to control our minds and keep us subservient.

The Leviathan spirit creates severe forms of interference

Remember the Lord’s disclosure in Job 41:18 that, by the Leviathan spirit’s sneezing, a light shines. The light that shines implies lightning. This “lightning” occurring in the realm of the spirit creates fear wherever Leviathan attacks. This fear manifests in a variety of ways.

Leviathan’s attack with complex and strategic methods. The first symptom of his attack is the manifestation of fear—sudden and unrealistic fear within the congregation.

The manifestation of this characteristic of the spirit of leviathan, in the natural realm, is the twisting of words and other instruments of communication. That is, the words spoken by one party are not heard accurately by the second party; rather, what is heard is entirely different from what was intended by the speaker. This ability to severely distort words is a tool the spirit of leviathan.

Instruments for communication is; Syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology, electro magnetic frequencies is some examples of instruments for beaming and looping sounds, words and voices into targeted individual minds.

Leviathan is a demon spirit reveals itself as “the Anti-Christ spirit”

The antichrist spirit denies and even opposes the anointing on ministries and individuals. The antichrist spirit causes personality attacks with lies, gossip, accusations, criticism, and even slander to the total annihilation of ministries. The manifestation of this spiritual attack is the result of the spirit of God no longer moving. The ministry comes to a standstill with no vision because the vision has been choked out due to the opposing spiritual attack. These methods can be found in organized gang stalking and spirit of leviathan. Organized Gang Stalking is the spirit of Leviathan in action in this world. Leviathan is the political beast system of this world.

Fear attacks the amygdala, the reptilian, survivor portion of the brain. The induction of fear bypasses the operation of the frontal lobe, the logic, reasoning, and reality center of the brain.

Fears and intimidation blocks the access to easily obtain information.

Fear is generally the reason those with access to higher conscious awareness are persecuted.

When fear blocks the ability of visions, it prevents us from seeing reality as it is. and make true learning, or real change. It blocks and creates major restrictions to knowing the real Higher Self and creates an illusions one is living in a comfort zone, and when one start to leaving the comfort zone the ego reacts with negativity, fear, stress, anxiety or panic, and if one continues to progress against these emotions and thoughts, then the mass consciousness will start organized gang stalking actions (spiritual and psychological warfare to prevent one from make any changes and leaving the matrix).

When fear blocks visions, it blocks us from seeing reality as it is, and this blocks new input of information, and when this input of new information is blocked, this then blocks the process of learning, and when the learning process is blocked, then the ability to change is blocked, and when the ability of changed is blocked humankind is imprisoned in the looping matrix of old concepts of duality. Freedom is the ability evolving and freedom is the ability to be able to change. And this controls the 2 dna strands from progressing.

Fear blocks visions and and it blocks new input of information, and when this input of new information is blocked, this then blocks the process of learning, and when the organized gang stalker program creates sleep deprivation this means; “When we don’t sleep well, we lose the ability to integrate and synthesize information and this hindering spiritual growth. The organized Gang stalking hindering the process of new information from be configurated into the human body system. The organized gang stalkers does have any education in these advanced methods of psychology and everyone seems to know how to use this knowledge. Darwin evolutionary theory may just be a deception. Feedback loops are the normal cycles of information integration. If a feedback loop is broken and the information being received cannot be processed and stored in the appropriate category within the stream of consciousness, then cognitive chaos arises. Organized Gang Stalking using gaslighting psychology and the goal is to create confusions in the mind, create breakdowns and triggering cognitive chaos.

Fear not just blocks the flow of energy, visions, it blocks the pathways and it blocks the source of information. Fear makes the alpha bridge to dissapear, and the alpha bridge carries the codes that the theta divine brain waves need to start healing the old evolutionary brain. When the alpha bridge is re-builded one get access to divine theta information of bliss, and through this new information; humankind can reprogram the whole brain and evolving new spiritual gifts.

When fear blocks visions its blocks the third eye of intuition. The power of intuition dissolves ego and duality. Insights and visions reveals the path to salvation and fear hindering this process and the archons prevent the soul from ascending and obstructing the pathway to higher consciousness, and therefore using all forms of negative, fear mongering, stress inducing, senstizing methods create harm by using harmful covert and overt methods of spiritual and psychological warfare (organized gang stalking).

Energy is information, and information is history. Its like the key and lock together. Ancient text then reveals there is three knots of ignorance and these blocks the natural flow of energy in the human body-system, and then energy is information, and information is the “history” humankind is trapped in and living in the state of ignorance or the slumbring state.

The Leviathan spirit comes to constrict your mind and speaking from the path that God has for you. It paralyzes you from speaking what is on your mind; it also works with procrastination, laziness, fear and attacks the prayer life and speaking forth the word. It also attacks your ability to teach, preach and prophesy. The goal is to destroy faith and visions through fear, intimidation, doubts and confusion (and gaslighting).

The ultimtate result of visionary insights is when duality becomes oneness and the principle is; the further backward you look, the further you can see forward. In the state of Oneness everything is experienced in present time (past and future becomes now). When humans abilities slowly disconnects from her roots of evolutionary history and evolutionary reference, in combination with lost of ability to self-reflection, and lowered levels of Consciousness it will be more difficult to see further in the plans of future. The logic is easy; to see forward you must have ability to see backwards. When they disconnected 10 of humans spiritial dna strand they disconnected their evolutionary references and their intuition, and therefore lost the abilty to see beyond the veil of ignorance, and this gives them the advantage to control and make humankind manageable and easier to keep them enslaved in the Matrix.

Icke effortlessly constructs correspondences (and substantive identity) between symbols and actors across time, culture, and political and religious identities. They all derive from the same source and have the same purpose: “casting a spell on the human mind and emotions” in order to destroy human understanding of “who we really are” — part of an energetic, divine whole, and the archons reptilians don´t want humankind to understand their divine nature. The goal is to keep humankind connected and controlled by the reptilian brain.

Therefore the reptilians altered and conditioned energies, vibrations and frequencies into the low vibrational “reptilian wavelengths”. More broadly, the construction of fear is said to stimulate the kind of society and behaviour the reptilians desire, and to do so through “vibrational patterns” leaving traces in our DNA. As if that was not sufficient, the reptilians are also claimed to work their mind control through technology, including “implants” of thought control devices 69 These are, again, part of the plan to take control of human agency so that it is locked to a fearful existence on this plane of being. A preparation for this, recalling Steiner and his modern disciple, is the weakening of the mind-body through vaccines, which have been a tool of keeping mankind ill and functioning below par, and an important development in getting “access keys to the body-computer”.’

Fear is essential to how the reptilians control humans. Fear weakens the mind’s control of the nervous system, unsteadies the nerves. Fear creates and strenghtens the illusionary ego-perception. Fear creates the ego, and ego produces fear, and this creates the veil of ignorance, and this becomes the illusions of this world, and then the world is been controlled by the forces and spells of maya and illusions.

Humans who understand their true nature, power and worth would be impossible to manipulate … Only by delinking humanity from this knowledge has it been possible to orchestrate the reptilian-Brotherhood Agenda over thousands of years. The creation of official “science” has been fundamental to that and … the same secret societies were responsible for establishing both.”

It is fear and ignorance that make people feel powerless and there is a veil of ignorance in place to continue keep humankind in the spiritual slumbering state of the mind. Vibrational fields created by the rituals produce the frequency environment in which the reptilian and other entities can manifest in the five-sense frequency range, and it is through the five senses they control humankind.

The true perpetrator of this heinous plot, according to Icke, is a race of interdimensional reptilian aliens called Archons. And the conspiracy, he says, goes beyond our five senses. The Archons feed off human energy like vampires. They have a particular taste for fear and negativity, and they harvest our darkest emotions by keeping us trapped within a virtual reality prison. Our universe is nothing more than a hologram, Icke explains, and the Archons have hacked into the very fabric of the cosmos. By controlling our perception of reality they can manipulate our thoughts at the source, keeping us trapped under their spell, in a constant state of bewilderment and fear, unwitting slaves to unseen masters.

The archons enslaved not only humanity, but the “whole of creation” from the very beginning up to the present day. This is the matrix or the mind prison on Earth

“If you wish to control a mass population, you have to disconnect them from the true knowledge of who they are and their own infinite potential to manifest their own destiny and control their own lives. You have to persuade them that they are insignificant and powerless so they will live their lives in accordance with that. As long as our vibration is kept low we will be docile pawns in the hands of the new world powers desired by the archons.

The purpose of Wisdom’s intervention regeneration and liberation of mankind from the is a spiritual It can be derived that this intervention was meant to free mankind from the manipulation of the dark powers that had enslaved it.

As long as selfishness reigns, the strong will enslave the weak. The intellectual will enslave the ignorant. The classes will enslave the masses.

Another bitter enemy to which the spirit gives birth is fear. It is a deadly enemy to success. It dwarfs your thinking. It devastates faith. It fills the whole life with spiritual paralysis.

The archons attempt to use scare tactics to engulf the soul. However, the soul should not fear! Despite the terrifying size of the archons.

Thus began a program of mind control — or soul enslavement — maintained by Samael and his “Archons” (rulers) which involved keeping mankind distracted by material problems and concerns, imprisoned by its own fear of death, of mortality, and ignorant of its true, divine nature.

Are we starting to see where this is going in regards to the misconceptions of why the so-called Archons have a need to pirate and feed from the output of our soul-energy? A powerful energy known from ancient times, and that which even our modern science has proven to exist to be emanating from us all. These Archon rebellion leaders are not just some far flung alien entities being mistaken for angles of light throughout history, and now little gray aliens. They are those who men have understood through the false control narratives as being the fallen angels.

The very entities who have arrogantly positioned themselves higher than our souls. It is they who have required a consistent soul-energy source in order to sustain their very existence after the removal of that eternal coupling.

Clearly they knowingly used their freewill choice to forsake the True Eternal Creators original, minimal instructions. They have contrived and perpetuated all manner of evil, death, and negativity narratives throughout all generations, within all epochs.

Their control narratives are the tools by which they amplify the greatest percentage of negative energies out of our still connected and sustained living souls. Pirating the eternal energy connection provided by the One who removed it from them in the first place.

Without such a system of energy vampirism, they could not continue to exist, much less create their own realm over us to “be as god”. Therefore, the Archon-souls are false rulers who coerced and manipulated the great multitude of equal but evidently naive souls, who for some yet unknown reason consented to follow and agree with their rebellious vision.

The Archon Rebellion leaders are forced to be Energy Wraiths to survive, and thus manipulate our circumstances inclined towards the negative in various degrees to meet their desired need.

There is a reason why these entities work so diligently to keep us enslaved. These Rebellion leaders know that we have the innate ability of returning to The Eternal One who made us. They cannot allow our collective souls to be enlightened to this reality, even partially, for our soul energy is their literal life sustaining force! The altering of original truth into their own control narrative versions recurrently enslaves the soul-masses.

The veil of ignorance serves the interests of the archons, who act as cosmic slave masters, keeping the light sparks in bondage. Anything that causes us to remain attached to earthly things, including the mental concepts we hold, keeps us in enslavement to these lesser cosmic rulers.

The earthly kingdom controlled by the archons enslaved man in darkness and ignorance by the power of fate or destiny.

Low vibrational frequencies represents less information and the higher the vibrational frequencies is the more information is made accessible, and the more enlighen the mind becomes. By disconnecting humankind from the real source of knowledge and light, humankind becomes trapped and imprisoned within a evolutionary history that is been created by the reptilians. Through manipulations, deceptions, social and genetic engineering and fear based programming humanind has been controlled for thosuends of years, generation after generation.

If one wishes to control a mass population, what easier way to disconnect them from the truth of their infinite potential than with fear.

Clearly, as some can holistically see through man’s history, or at least the history we are aware of, the rebel Archons have worked to capture ever-increasing control over the souls of man. However, this is not because they wish to control the human form, but their intent is to control the souls within the form.

Because the rule of states is based on material borders and physical coercion, the archons have no power in bodiless cyberspace. Some believe that the Annunaki (is the archons or watchers on Earth) may have created alien Watchers’ to monitor their genetic engineering experiments to produce humankind thousands of years ago.

The universal devil entity and what is seen as the attempts by this alleged demonic kingpin to capture the souls of all men, which is one of the oldest universal beliefs among men going back as far as our history provides. In conjunction with this entities soul stealing operations we have the ancient belief that the Moon is his tool used for attracting and capturing all souls — The trick of light! This overall understanding from ancient times is where the reformatted souls of mankind came up with another universal belief wrapped in various cultural rituals -Moon worship!

When poeple lack of knowledge and disconnected from the true knowledge or source they are easier to control.

Sometime is the evolutionary history Earth was throught these unseen spiritual powers, authorities, principalities made to their domain and they went about rearranging the D.N.A of native human species through genetic manipulation and through unplug the other 10 spiritual dna strands (the 98% junk dna) so the human race would be manageable and easier to control. Therefore, everything that was unnecessary for survival was disconnected. Man was left just with a subconsciousness script and code that controls the template of the 2 dna strand of the carbon-body of humans.

If you imagine the D.N.A. molecule to be a library housing genetic information for a particular organism, you can understand how the native human species has been partially shut down. When the unseen rulers or (invaders) came in, they disconnected 10 strands of D.N.A. leaving only 2 (a double helix); it was like they took most the books off the shelves and tore out all the pages and threw them in a messy pile on the floor. The information was still there, but it was unorganized and hence unrecognizable.

The veil ignorance don´t just create separation, it is the key to keep humankind from true knowledge and away from spiritual powers and spititual progess, and disconnected from their true higher self.

The purpose is to hide the truth because the archons does not want anyone to come to a deeper understanding of the knowledge of eternal truths through life in the Spirit.

From this knowledge we see how the archons need to have power of the human body, the soul, energy systems, chakras, and information and knowledge, control the mind or the ego by connect everyone to the matrix or mass consciousness.

The problems is when fear blocks visions the third eye is closed, when the insight of visions is blocked one can´t see forward and this is the state of mind humankind is trapped in; within the veil of ignorance and maya of the mind.

The Earthly Life Mind is immersed in the maya-hypnotized existence, remains in ignorance, deeming himself to be a physical being. The maya-hypnotized ego creates the distortions of reality or distortions of the powers within. The first distortion-error that man has made is believing that power is outside him, the second distortion-error is made through believing in the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. The third error-distortion of man´s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. The human body system and chakra system has “three knots”. These knots are found within the energetic interior of our psychic system. They are problematic because they bind us in a state of ignorance, distort everything we experience, and lock up our wisdom. These mind-errors is the mind-illusions that distorts reality. Another term for illusions is “maya” and the “dream state” of the mind is the maya-hypnotized mind.

The key for the archons is to suppress the human energy system and prevent anyone raising their inner frequencies from low vibrations to higher vibrational frequencies. Humankind is trapped within a vibratory mind low vibrational mind prison in this three dimensional world or reality. Through suppression of the true knowledge of healing they have domination over the human body system and mind.

The territorial, ritualistic, militaristic, reptilian brain is still a substantial physical component of every human brain and is indispensable in human development.

lt still predominates in the highly unstable metabolizing environment of politics. lt still controls in most socio-organisms.

Many scientists say that there are actually three parts of the brain, each governing different aspects of our life. These three parts of the brain are called the higher brain, the mammalian brain, and the reptilian brain. Each is vital to our survival and ability to thrive. Each of these three parts of the brain also relates to one of the three aspects of our mind. Our higher brain, which manages intelligent learning and consciousness, is connected to our higher mind. This is brain function that separates us from other animals, that invites the developing of wisdom through experience. It compels us toward social harmony and altruism. Our mammalian brain equates with the middle mind. We share this brain capacity with our fellow animals, who, like us, commit experience to memory in order to assure tribal security. Our reptilian brain, which relates to our lower mind, controls the basic drive for personal survival. It regulates the parts of the body that give us those gut reactions when we feel endangered, such as the urge to fight, flee, or freeze.

Understanding the basic information about the three categories of your mind and brain will help you to locate the mental cause(s) of presenting issues and to clear life disturbances at the level at which they occur in relation to both your mind and brain. The higher mind. The higher mind contains all of the concepts we need to fulfill our spiritual destiny. The higher mind, primarily through the pineal gland, runs our higher brain. The most conscious aspect of the brain, the higher brain, is the learning and teaching part of the brain; it includes all of the higher-learning organs and glands, including the temporal lobes and the pineal gland. The higher brain is capable of all forms of communication, including sensory, psychic, intuitive, and spiritual. Its function is the achievement of full consciousness.

Neurologically, the higher mind relates to our amplification system, which interconnects us energetically to everything else in the universe. This system is difficult to track in the human body. Its presence can usually be tracked only through the appearance of certain chemicals emitted from the right temporal lobe and the pineal gland, such as the molecule known as DMT (dimethyltryptamine). DMT, a naturally occurring neurotransmitter found in humans, plants, and animals, is also known as the “spirit molecule.” It appears to function to expand our awareness beyond our ordinary, day-to-day consciousness.

Television stimulates the primitive reptilian hind brain.

The subsequent leap in our personal frequencies will lift us out of the vibrational pit of fear and onto levels far beyond the lower fourth dimension. The limbic system controls the emotions, feelings, and moods of the brain. Fear-based television stimulates the reptilian response of “fight or flight,” in turn creating a mental state wherein we may overestimate the threat of fear.

Icke believes the reptilian brain in humans (in its present form) is not natural or normal but a product of reptilian genetic manipulation. “It acts like an enormous microchip and locks us into their control system,” he says. “Its primitive, emotional, fear-based sense of reality provides the perfect vehicle for collective control and the conflict and insecurity so essential to divide and rule.”. If Icke’s hypothesis is correct, it would mean the human species is part reptilian; or, put another way, each and every one of us is a human-reptilian hybrid.

Everyone has a mind of their own. Or do they? Are our thoughts, beliefs, and decisions being molded and generated by forces, agendas, and organizations seeking to manipulate outcomes and behaviors in our lives? You bet they are. In every area of our lives these predatory forces are operating to take control of who we are, what we think and believe, and what we do. They operate in the field of marketing and sales, in advertising, in politics, and in religion. And they all operate under the radar screen, undetected. Only an alert and aware citizen is equipped to deal with the insidiousness of these efforts. Bottom line is that they all engage in the practice of mind control.

Fear attacks the amygdala, the reptilian, survivor portion of the brain. The induction of fear bypasses the operation of the frontal lobe, the logic, reasoning, and reality center of the brain.

Fears and intimidation blocks the access to easily obtain information.

Fear is generally the reason those with access to higher conscious awareness are persecuted.

Feedback loops are the normal cycles of information integration. If a feedback loop is broken and the information being received cannot be processed and stored in the appropriate category within the stream of consciousness, then cognitive chaos arises.

Where does the fear come from? When the communication lines of connection are broken with the higher self, we are in an unknown zone (A place of unfamiliarity). We are in a place of discomfort. Our “spiritual higher self” has become disconnected and separated from God. “The physical body creates the fear:’ “The spiritual body or higher self knows no fear!”

The reality we are being fed is encoded with perceptions and experiences that cause people to transmit low-vibrational emotional energy that both feeds the Reptilian Alliance and, in many ways, helps to power the system The virtual-reality “game” is interactive, and so is the hacked version. We receive and transmit, we receive and “post”. The Saturn- Moon Matrix has created an energetic perception “loop” in which the false reality is fed to us, and, when we perceive it and believe it, we feed back that perception to the Matrix.

This constantly empowers the false reality in a feedback loop. In Short, the matrix is powered by our belief that the hacked reality is “real”.

When organized gang stalkers program attacking the amygdala they provoke the reptilian brain to action and through constant bombarding the mind with beaming and looping sound they triggering chaos, or triggering a breakdown of the mind and causing cognitive distortions to the mind.

The Earth we are speaking of is what you perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is. Those of you in this third dimension see your Earth from a third dimensional point of view. Those of you who are in the third dimension see the third dimension as physical solid substance. Because of the vibration of the electromagnetic energy field, you are seeing it through light refraction. That light refraction, from your point of consciousness, is as real to you as anything is on this physical planet Earth in the third dimension. Change the electromagnetic energy field, you also change the light refraction. And that light refraction changes what you experience and what you see. That is why we teach that what you are truly seeing out there is an illusion, and it is an illusion based upon light refraction.

When fear blocks the ability of visions, it prevents us from seeing reality as it is. and make true learning, or real change. It blocks and creates major restrictions to knowing the real Higher Self and creates an illusions one is living in a comfort zone, and when one start to leaving the comfort zone the ego reacts with negativity, fear, stress, anxiety or panic, and if one continues to progress against these emotions and thoughts, then the mass consciousness will start organized gang stalking actions (spiritual and psychological warfare to prevent one from make any changes and leaving the matrix).

When fear blocks visions, it blocks us from seeing reality as it is, and this blocks new input of information, and when this input of new information is blocked, this then blocks the process of learning, and when the learning process is blocked, then the ability to change is blocked, and when the ability of changed is blocked humankind is imprisoned in the looping matrix of old concepts of duality. Freedom is the ability evolving and freedom is the ability to be able to change. And this controls the 2 dna strands from progressing.

Fear blocks visions and and it blocks new input of information, and when this input of new information is blocked, this then blocks the process of learning, and when the organized gang stalker program creates sleep deprivation this means; “When we don’t sleep well, we lose the ability to integrate and synthesize information and this hindering spiritual growth. The organized Gang stalking hindering the process of new information from be configurated into the human body system. The organized gang stalkers does have any education in these advanced methods of psychology and everyone seems to know hoe to use this knowledge. Darwin evolutionary theory may just be a deception. Feedback loops are the normal cycles of information integration. If a feedback loop is broken and the information being received cannot be processed and stored in the appropriate category within the stream of consciousness, then cognitive chaos arises. Organized Gang Stalking using gaslighting psychology and the goal is to create confusions in the mind, create breakdowns and triggering cognitive chaos.

Fear not just blocks the flow of energy, visions, it blocks the pathways and it blocks the source of information. Fear makes the alpha bridge to dissapear, and the alpha bridge carries the codes that the theta divine brain waves need to start healing the old evolutionary brain. When the alpha bridge is re-builded one get access to divine theta information of bliss, and through this new information; humankind can reprogram the whole brain and evolving new spiritual gifts.

When fear blocks visions its blocks the third eye of intuition. The power of intuition dissolves ego and duality. Insights and visions reveals the path to salvation and fear hindering this process and the archons prevent the soul from ascending and obstructing the pathway to higher consciousness, and therefore using all forms of negative, fear mongering, stress inducing, senstizing methods create harm by using harmful covert and overt methods of spiritual and psychological warfare (organized gang stalking).

Energy is information, and information is history. Its like the key and lock together. Ancient text then reveals there is three knots of ignorance and these blocks the natural flow of energy in the human body-system, and then energy is information, and information is the “history” humankind is trapped in and living in the state of ignorance or the slumbring state.

The ultimtate result of visionary insights is when duality becomes oneness and the principle is; the further backward you look, the further you can see forward. In the state of Oneness everything is experienced in present time (past and future becomes now). When humans abilities slowly disconnects from her roots of evolutionary history and evolutionary reference, in combination with lost of ability to self-reflection, and lowered levels of Consciousness it will be more difficult to see further in the plans of future. The logic is easy; to see forward you must have ability to see backwards. When they disconnected 10 of humans spiritial dna strand they disconnected their evolutionary references and their intuition, and therefore lost the abilty to see beyond the veil of ignorance, and this gives them the advantage to control and make humankind manageable and easier to keep them enslaved in the Matrix.

Icke effortlessly constructs correspondences (and substantive identity) between symbols and actors across time, culture, and political and religious identities. They all derive from the same source and have the same purpose: “casting a spell on the human mind and emotions” in order to destroy human understanding of “who we really are” — part of an energetic, divine whole, and the archons reptilians don´t want humankind to understand their divine nature. The goal is to keep humankind connected and controlled by the reptilian brain.

Therefore the reptilians altered and conditioned energies, vibrations and frequencies into the low vibrational “reptilian wavelengths”. More broadly, the construction of fear is said to stimulate the kind of society and behaviour the reptilians desire, and to do so through “vibrational patterns” leaving traces in our DNA. As if that was not sufficient, the reptilians are also claimed to work their mind control through technology, including “implants” of thought control devices 69 These are, again, part of the plan to take control of human agency so that it is locked to a fearful existence on this plane of being. A preparation for this, recalling Steiner and his modern disciple, is the weakening of the mind-body through vaccines, which have been a tool of keeping mankind ill and functioning below par, and an important development in getting “access keys to the body-computer”.’

Fear is essential to how the reptilians control humans. Fear weakens the mind’s control of the nervous system, unsteadies the nerves. Fear creates and strenghtens the illusionary ego-perception. Fear creates the ego, and ego produces fear, and this creates the veil of ignorance, and this becomes the illusions of this world, and then the world is been controlled by the forces and spells of maya and illusions.

Humans who understand their true nature, power and worth would be impossible to manipulate … Only by delinking humanity from this knowledge has it been possible to orchestrate the reptilian-Brotherhood Agenda over thousands of years. The creation of official “science” has been fundamental to that and … the same secret societies were responsible for establishing both.”

It is fear and ignorance that make people feel powerless and there is a veil of ignorance in place to continue keep humankind in the spiritual slumbering state of the mind. Vibrational fields created by the rituals produce the frequency environment in which the reptilian and other entities can manifest in the five-sense frequency range, and it is through the five senses they control humankind.

“Food additives, fast food, fluoride in the water supplies, the poisons we put on the land and therefore eat in our food and drink in our water, are all suppressing not only our physical hea and vibrance, but, most crucially, our brain functions and intellect. A fully awake, mentally sh population is the last thing you need if you want to control them. Thus the reptilian bloodlines put so much emphasis on controlling “education” and the media. This allows them to feed us constant diet of brainless crap, like game shows, while the “news” media tells us what the controllers want us to think.

We will never die and our integrity is more important than our present body. We use to be Gods of our own universes, but now we are fallen and no one will help rehabilitate us. We have total amnesia when we should have total recall. No one is encouraging us to throw off our chains. We’ve only been given inhibitions. No one has allowed us to know our true potentialities. We’ve been oppressed and mind controlled by alien beings for the purpose of making us unknowing slaves. We are entertained and defrauded by television each day while the alien agenda relentlessly unfolds. When word gets out that we’ve been mind controlled, oppressed, held down and used by a reptilian race to further their own nefarious purposes, mankind will break out of his chains. It will be endgame for the reptilians. That’s why the reptiles know that this secret must never see the light of day on planet Earth. That’s also why every human must discover this secret and make it known to every other human. Together we can undo the mental blocks to our individual memories and use existing technologies to get out from under the oppression of the reptilians. To

As the agenda of control and domination on the third dimension becomes more evident, it will also become more and more evident who is behind it.

Although many people are waking up to the control systems, and trying to find an explanation for chemtrails, GMOs, and mind control programs, they still do not grasp the battle in its entirety.

Perhaps those in control are seeking a different agenda than the majority of humans, but in order to maintain control of the human race they must keep the agenda covert.

Your inner consciousness matrix in and of itself is called your Divine Self. Your outer consciousness matrix in and of itself is called your ego. The component of your outer consciousness ego which in and of itself still attuned to the lower Planetary animal matrixes if any, is called your id. Your ego is also called your lesser soul. Your id is also called the Beast within.

Contrary to many orthodox belief systems, Gnostics do not view the body or soul as evil or as unworthy of the spirit. Rather, Gnostics view the body and the soul as the initiation school of the spirit. The body and soul provide the spirit with the ordeals necessary to bring about the birth of the Self, and the eventual full realization of the Self in the material world. Gnostics view the divine nature as commingled with the psychic and material spheres.

The limited mind is the soil in which the ego is securely rooted, and this ego perpetuates ignorance through the many illusions in which it is caught. The ego prevents manifestation of infinite knowledge, which is already latent in the soul; it is the most formidable obstacle to the attainment of God. ‘It is extremely difficult to pierce through the veil of ignorance, for it is a rock on the fire.’ Just as a flame cannot rise very high i f a rock is placed upon it, a desire to know one’s own true nature cannot lead to the Truth as long as the burden of the ego is placed on consciousness.”

The whole world is firmly established in the false idea of separateness, and being caught up in the illusion of duality. The root-cause of the illusion of manyness is that the soul, in its ignorance, identifies itself with its bodies or with the ego-mind. Those who have cast off the veil of duality experience the soul through itself independently of any mediums or vehicles.

The veil of conceptuality can be pierced but only by the enlightened consciousness.

The ego wants to be the governing force at all times. It will utilize sound scripts to reinforce its position on Earth, creating smoke screens and illusions to manipulate energy systems to follow the path of unconsciousness and fantasy.

Intervention and genetic manipulation occurred earlier in humanity’s history, where our DNA was tampered with and our psychic abilities repressed. This was done so that no one could challenge the prison guards (the Archons).

The creation of a more perfect illusion that is meant to entrap and enslave humanity? This enslavement can be maintained only through ignorance, which, for the gnostics, is not the mere privation of knowledge, but, being the opposite of gnosis, it is a “positive affect of the spirit, a force of its own, operative in the very terms of man’s existence and preventing his discovering of the truth for himself, even his realizing his state of ignorance as such.”

The ego of humankind or mass consciousness is been fed and encoded with knowledge that keep humankind trapped within the state of ignorance, the dream state, slumbering state, the hypnonic state of mind.

The reality we are being fed is encoded with perceptions and experiences that cause people to transmit low-vibrational emotional energy that both feeds the Reptilian Alliance and, in many ways, helps to power the system The virtual-reality “game” is interactive, and so is the hacked version. We receive and transmit, we receive and “post”. The Saturn- Moon Matrix has created an energetic perception “loop” in which the false reality is fed to us, and, when we perceive it and believe it, we feed back that perception to the Matrix.

As long as we allow the archon-controlled governments and religions to suppress our vibration using fear tactics, we will have great difficulty progressing as a people. Fear is a sure fire way to shut down our vortex of creation and turn us into impotent spirits that can be easily manipulated in mass. As long as our vibration is kept low we will be docile pawns in the hands of the new world powers desired by the archons.

Of course the answer to fear is to raise our vibration by not being afraid of anything, what good will that do anyway? Once we align with our vortex of creation and see our power as infinite consciousness, all fear (and the archons promoting it) will dissipate and the world will change.

However, a human is great as he is not just a piece of matter and he is no slave. A colossal spiritual force is put into him that is able to transform him into a Real Human, in an essence much higher than this world. Freeing from deceit, a man becomes stronger and smarter. The more clever, spiritually free people are, the harder it is for the Archons to implement their plans, and the weaker their influence on people becomes. And if all people know the Truth, there will be nobody for the Archons to dictate their terms to. In reality they are empty spaces. There is only a handful of them. The decision is in people’s hands: give in to provocations of the Archons and bring the planet to the global war or throw down the Archons’ authority and create the golden age of this civilization. The future of the world is in people’s hands. Everything is very simple. You need to be the one whom the Archons fear. You need to be a Human!”

Artificial Intelligence and the Matrix have no other references to other worlds or other dimensions, so this becomes Reality. Enslavement is the the result of the False Matrix. Icke believes humanity is being controlled and enslaved in a false matrix. We are infinte beings, he believes, designed for harmony and peace, who are trapped in a war-like matrix of the lower mind. Aren’t we constantly fed false realities in order to keep us quiet and to prevent us being free?

The purpose of these gang-stalking activities is not just to unnerve the target and make them look foolish or even crazy in public, or to frustrate or intimidate them, or to punish them for some perceived misdeed. The deeper purpose is to coerce them into conforming, to force them to silently accept what is going on, and to break their will and draw them into taking part in this system of control. Anyone around the target will be clueless as to what the target is experiencing, and the target will appear to be delusional should he or she mention anything to anybody. The sense of isolation that often results, due to a lack of anywhere to turn for help, is meant to break down the target and force his or her silent submission.

It is in the end the stuff of nightmares and what has been called dark prophecy or conspiracy theory is actually ancient agenda in its final stages of being played out.

There was once a golden age of humanity. It was a time of harmony and bliss. Our ancient ancestors lived in perfect interconnectedness with each other and with the universe. There were no wars, no famines, no pollution; everyone just got along. Then the peace was rudely shattered. A sinister power began casting a dark shadow over humanity. A conspiracy was afoot. For millennia now, the conspirators have been secretly implementing an elaborate control system, designed to suppress our natural connection to the cosmos and keep us trapped in a state of constant fear and confusion. The modern world is a shrine to their hidden machinations. The mainstream media, the education system, science, politics, and Western medicine are all tools of the conspiracy, used to control our minds and keep us subservient.

Maintaining the collective unconsciousness of the mass of collective energy in a negative state of mind will only give more power to the ego making reconnection of the spiritual and God’s energy impossible. Living and dying filled with unconscious negativity only proves that the ego based energy system is a selfish, cynical, non-caring, fearful, and insignificant being.

To live life only in the confines of the ego blinds an energy system from the truth and limits their full capacity of experiencing the splendors of Earth as directed by the energy of Creation. Once the mistrust of God’s energy occurred the ego took control. Mistrust is an illusion that the ego has used as a defense against itself.

Ego is one of the main programs trying to stop you from reconnecting with the God within, it can be broken. It’s a distraction and is one of the main emotions you must master in order to see the illusion of separation for what it is, an illusion. Ego divides, which is what they want, the Archons (The Lower Light). Ego is the reason for the tower of Babel which led to the separation of Humanity and led to Humanity losing the oneness and not understanding each other. Ego is the root to all this.

We, identifying ourselves with the body, create ignorance of this reality and misunderstanding that we are just physical and finite beings. This doubt and duality thus created between us and the Pure Self, the Divine Consciousness within, is called Spiritual Ignorance. In this ignorance, pain and doubt develops within. As one adopt the body and develop the identities of ego, Maya becomes the companion.

Icke says, is just the outer rim of the rabbit hole. These earthly oppressors are merely the puppets of an even more sinister enemy. The true perpetrator of this heinous plot, according to Icke, is a race of interdimensional reptilian aliens called Archons. And the conspiracy, he says, goes beyond our five senses. The Archons feed off human energy like vampires. They have a particular taste for fear and hatred, and they harvest our darkest emotions by keeping us trapped within a virtual reality prison. Our universe is nothing more than a hologram, Icke explains, and the Archons have hacked into the very fabric of the cosmos. By controlling our perception of reality they can manipulate our thoughts at the source, keeping us trapped under their spell, in a constant state of bewilderment and fear, unwitting slaves to unseen masters. Things are looking bleak. We are within the Archons’ evil clutches. Humanity is teetering on the edge of total enslavement. Game over: The reptiles win.

But that doesn’t have to be our fate. There is a glimmer of hope. The Archons have one fatal weakness: They must work in the dark, in secret. When their plans are exposed to the light, Icke says, the spell is broken, and their control system will topple like a house of cards. And there’s a change in the air. More and more people are opening their minds, waking up, beginning to shake off the shackles of the Archons and their humanoid minions. If we keep up the momentum, the Archons will be defeated, and the shadow will be lifted. There will be a new dawn. Humanity will come together again as one consciousness, and we will reclaim our rightful place in the cosmos.

Icke points to the profound waking-up experienced by Neo in The Matrix: he wakes up, gets back into his body, masters the protocols of the computer-generated false reality, and sets about to challenge the entire system. As Morpheus says, you won’t even need to dodge the bullets; they will have no consequence on you because your new state of consciousness will transcend their illusory nature. Icke implies we need to be like Neo. Once Neo “reached that point of reconnected awareness, the agents, the sentient programs, all-powerful until then, were suddenly no problem to overcome,” writes Icke. What Neo did, so can we all, Icke urges. We similarly can remember who we are, where true reality comes from, and reconnect with our true and infinite Self, and “that moment is fast approaching,”

Mass consciousness. The collective consciousness of humanity. Mass mind. The collective mind of humanity. Until quickened, this body, often called the lower mental body, remains the vehicle for the carnal mind. Sympathy draws the individual into the whirlpool of human chaos and ties up his energies in the day-to-day melodrama of the mass consciousness through the beta brain waves (of duality). Beta brain waves is also the mass consciousness.

Mass of thoughts that have been built up in consciousness through many generations of earthly experiences and crystallized into what may be termed human personality, or carnal mind. Another name for the devil is ‘sense consciousness. Sense consciousness is a mental state formed from believing in and acting through the senses. It is carnal mind expressing its disbelief in the omnipresence of God. The carnal mind is not conscious in the customary sense, although in another sense it is completely conscious—more so in some ways than the ego, since it has to direct the routine functions of the body such as the breath and heart-beat even in deep sleep. The carnal mind, as one might expect, thinks sensorily.

Technology can only be used within the constraints of how it is designed, how the culture perceives it, the knowledge that users have, and the society that has assimilated it. Undoubtedly, it funnels our experience into a certain pattern of behavior and thought. The Elite perpetuate the myth that we need technology and cannot disconnect from it. Technology is always harnessed to a particular end. Technology is not neutral. We think it frees us. We are free to walk within the prescribed parameters of the app or website we inhabit. That is not freedom. That is an animal in a digital cage, nothing more. The larger context is that Technology exists to enslave you…look beyond your immediate gratification to understand this. Currently, we are addicted to technology. That was the plan. It was on purpose. Technology reflects the Elite’s passions, capacities, and values. It is all about control and hypnotism.

The Archon vased “technospheric” matrix—the matrix of technology, human thought, and the collective consciousness of humanity that is based on fear. The technosphere is the mirror representation of the disconnected DNA patterns. Together the two forms create a virtual mirror net, where the internal manifests the external structures, which in turn keep the mass of humanity bound and hypnotized in the 3D world. These structures feed and live off of negative emotions, bodily dysfunctions, and apparently unshakeable inherited family traumas and behavior patterns. These distorted structures farm energy from the DNA, on a family and collective consciousness level, guiding it into supporting the ever-expanding technospheric matrix, literally feeding it with human life force so it can grow. The distortions then become even more entrenched in the collective consciousness, feeding back into the human DNA and creating a feedback loop or junk DNA pattern: a vicious cycle. Together, the junk DNA that contains the codes of self-limitation, and its mirror image in the technospheric matrix create one single entity—the ancient mind of humanity. When we become aware of these distortions and transmute them, we can leave this ancient mind of the mass consciousness behind.

Vibrational fields created by the rituals produce the frequency environment in which the reptilian and other entities can manifest in the five-sense frequency range.

The fact that life in human societies (and human bodies) is composed of limitations and constraints.

Because the rule of states is based on material borders and physical coercion, the archons have no power in bodiless cyberspace. Some believe that the Annunaki (is the archons or watchers on Earth) may have created alien Watchers’ to monitor their genetic engineering experiments to produce humankind thousands of years ago. This their genetic engineering experiment is the artificial matrix humankind is trapped within and the archons prevents the soul from ascending. The goal is therefore to prevent people from raising their inner vibrations from low to higher. The lower the vibration is the denser materialistic world and the higher the vibrations is the less denser and the archons can´t control higher frequencies, just the low vibrational through using fear.

In the book Freedom: Alchemy for a Voluntary Society, he defines the ancient Gnostics as spiritual libertarians, arguing that they “saw themselves as the vanguard of human freedom, struggling by the use of spiritual means against the ubiquitous forces of tyranny in the realms of nature and being.” As a Jungian, Hoeller underlines the psychological aspects of this struggle, arguing that the Gnostics were “technicians of individuation” who attempted to overcome the internal archons that rule our mundane, messed-up psyches. The demiurgic hands of tyranny in all manner of mass movements, ecological ideologies, and architectures of state power.

The Midgard Serpent which Odin sunk beneath the sea, but which grew to such a size as to encircle the whole earth.

They were able to take physical form in your world. They terrorized the humans. They are the same as the Watchers. Semyaza, the leader of the fallen angels or -“-watchers.

Contrary to many orthodox belief systems, Gnostics do not view the body or soul as evil or as unworthy of the spirit. Rather, Gnostics view the body and the soul as the initiation school of the spirit. The body and soul provide the spirit with the ordeals necessary to bring about the birth of the Self, and the eventual full realization of the Self in the material world. Gnostics view the divine nature as commingled with the psychic and material spheres.

Reptilians on Earth, Orwellian Minds, Leviathan fallen consciousness state, the matrix and how they control it, and how they keeping humankind trapped within their mind prison, and how fear is the base component for control and suppress and oppress

The Reptiloids, have been living here on Earth for thousands of years and that they consider the Earth to be their ancestral home, since they claim that they were the original occupants in prehistoric times.

The original Reptilian Race that came to this planet and created the Humanoids as slaves, then unaware souls began to occupy these bodies and we have what the world is today. Most of Human History have been written with Reptilian Control,

Reptilian aliens secretly running the world.

Orwellian Minds

THE AMYGDALA is the ‘hub in the wheel of fear’. It takes note of all dangerous stimuli from our experience, possibly including those within the womb, and probably some from ancestral memories stored away in the attics of our minds. It conditions our response units accordingly, ensuring that we react instantaneously to all potential threats. Once provoked, it sets in train a series of motions that take milliseconds to impact on the body and minutes for our cognitive process to rationalise and regain control over. The heartbeat quickens as the stomach muscles contract and nausea sets in. Hairs bristle in a hasty salute to the sound of the heart stirring up the rivers of blood below the skin. This is called the ‘fight or flight’ response and accounts for those anxious and fearful states that catch us unawares. The amygdala is the primary target in fear conditioning. Once activated, it remembers why and retains the fearful association within its wrinkled clutches.

Orwell’s Nineteen Eighty-Four illustrates the dangers of reducing people to a reptilian state in which they lose their autonomy and have their behaviour dictated by state-sponsored stimuli. ‘The films shown by the Ministry of Truth in Orwell’s Nineteen Eighty Fouraim at regressing the audience to a primitive level.

David Icke says; Cut the Orwellian language and it means mind manipulation, tapping into the unconscious mind without the person’s conscious knowledge to plant the thoughts you wish them to follow.

Leviathan thus becomes a metaphor for the whole of the fallen world and for fallen humanity in it.

Then Leviathan is a metaphor for a fallen humankind into the three dimensional reality of this world humankind become enslaved within the archons world and their matrix of control.

Leviathan, the archons, the matrix, lower matrix of the mind, and the ego has become the “God” of the collective awareness among energy systems within the mass of collective energy.

Remember that an idle mind is the devil’s workshop.

Since all human beings share a collective spirit, the fear that people channel into Satan allows him to exert an … Satan is our collective ego. .

The personification of all egos (the collective ego) is called Satan in the biblical scriptures. This collective ego has a unified intelli-gence of its own which works purposefully to maintain the illu-sion of separateness. So there are forces of ignorance that seek to perpetuate ignorance both within and without. Using the para-digm of Carl Jung’s collective unconscious, we see there is a pool-ing of the egoistic inclinations of all people. These negative, self-centered tendencies exert themselves as though functioning as a single intelligent being. It is the direction of these forces to encourage egoistic tendencies in the thoughts and feelings of us all. In so doing it perpetuates itself.

The ego has become the “God” of the collective awareness among energy systems within the mass of collective energy. The dividing factor of separation from spiritual energy and God’s energy was when the ego entered and took over the unconsciousness of the energy system. As long as the ego remains in control of the energy system, the truth of knowing God is inhibited. Spiritual energy and God’s energy must converge to allow total connection to the higher levels of consciousness. The ego suppresses spirituality and God’s energy, thereby, disconnecting the energy system from believing in anything greater than itself.

It is important that we try to understand the mechanism of the ego. By doing this, we can begin to discriminate between the real and the unreal, the permanent and the impermanent, the delu-sional and the sane. Once we understand what it is about us that is unreal, we can begin to glimpse our true nature. We will see that the ego is a liar and a thief and that it is the source of all the fear, tension, misery and war that has possessed humankind through the centuries. Hell is the shadow of the ego. Wherever there is ego, hell is sure to follow. The ego is like something that is borrowed. It doesn’t really belong to us. Hell is what comes to collect the debt.

The ego is our sense of separateness as “I” and “mine” and arises from identification with the body. We have become blinded by the ego, thinking that we are the ego, and the more we think we are the ego, the more deeply we sink into spiritual darkness. In truth, we are spiritual beings who have been imprisoned in bodies by the belief that we are these bodies. Ego (Satan) does everything possible to continue to persuade us that we are mere mortal fleshly beings. Satan is our jailer and holds the door to our cell closed by means of our own desires and attachments. We could walk out right now—today—but we are unable to do so because we are spiritually blind like a horse with blinders and see only materially through the five senses. Our desires are the whip that drives us into this morbid existence.

We are truly on a prison planet, no longer having a natural connection with the divine spirit, “Why”. The story of the “Garden of Eden” (and paradise lost), is the eviction from Paradise. This story becomes our true reality. But instead of eating an apple from a sacred tree, “what” could be the true story? Remember the old saying “an apple a day keeps the doctor away”. This is not just a fancy saying, because the apple has a monatomic substance which can heal you, and more importantly helps to activate the pineal gland between the brain (every ones third eye). But instead of nourishing our stargate to gain access to a higher self, this ability has been manipulated with chemicals in the air, food, and water. A time when a different race came from heaven to earth, who we call god’s because they were so advanced. Revelation quotes that these god’s created man to their likeness, well they improved mans ability on a molecular level, more or less changing our DNA.

The reason why many stay trapped in the tomb is because they want to fit in. This is the fear principle that rules mass consciousness and the illusion that feeding the fears of being excluded and then fears of death. The Matrix is then been controlled mass consciousness, tribal consciousness, corporate thought pattern,

Mass psychology swing the masses to their will because they work with the collective, though undeveloped, consciousness.

Through mass consciousness reality is presented through the lens of the ego, and controls perceptions and what they is allowed to understand and see of this world. That´s why the third eye of intuition is closed.

The masses are made up of individuals and to change the consciousness of the masses — the consciousness of the individual must alter. As we alter our consciousness and awareness, we will understand who we are, why we are here, and what part we are destined to play in creating this new age.

In this way, satan ( the ultra ego) exercises great control over large groups of people. Working as the accuser, satan uses this “corporate thought” to keep God’s spiritual leaders down and out. If God intends to use a certain man to bless His people, the enemy, working within the group mentality, will cause “everybody” to turn against him. And this is also been used in organized gang stalking, or organized bullying, or organized predator stalking. Satan controlls mass consciousness through the carnal mind and ego, and actually using anyone, at anytime and anywhere for the purpose of organized gang stalking.

How does this control-matrix called “corporate thinking” work? We all desire to be accepted. Every one of us has an inherent need for the approbation and acknowledgment of others. Because the enemy knows this, as soon as he gets control of a group, he brings all who may object to his will under control using the fear of not being accepted. It is called the “fear of exclusion.” This type of fear is an intimidating fear.

Some people live in what is called “people bondage.” People bondage is when people cannot separate their personal lives from other people’s thoughts and opinions about them. Because they cannot separate the two, they are perpetually governed by the opinions of others.

Fear and intimidation controls mass consciousness, and producing a “corporate thought pattern”, that keep people in bondage and separation, and subconsciously this creates a fear of exclusion. This state of fear and intimidation is been affected through the “tribal consciousness” that is part of the lower matrix (ultra ego) and this mind-prison.

For eons, human will has been controlled by the collective will. For example, the will of the tribe has dictated the will of its tribe members, i.e., “my will and tribal will are one.” However, the individualization process requires that we develop a sense of our own will. Only when we can make decisions based on our inner guidance can we liberate ourselves from the dictates of the collective will, external authorities, as well as the manipulative and exploitative political and economic systems.

From an energetic perspective, when our electromagnetic field and psyche are merged with mass consciousness, the tribal mind controls our mind and emotions. We are at the mercy of the directives of our tribe. We thus make ourselves available to be manipulated and exploited by the prevailing social and economic system. In fact, we are not only dependent upon external authorities, we are open targets for their abuse. If we are a slave to external forces, our will is not free. Our individualization process and separation from group consciousness requires that we focus on ourselves and become masters of our own energy.

Fortunately, we can participate in shifting the global paradigm by extricating ourselves from the prevailing matrix and by reclaiming our will. Connecting with the power and truth of universal forces within is the only way to reclaim our authentic will. When we embody the strength of the Divine and our soul, we can be released from the web of mass consciousness. Our tribal affiliation is replaced by our oneness with universal Spirit. The right use of will is then possible. As we become able and willing to listen to and follow our inner guidance, we cease to listen to and follow the directives of social, religious, parental, and other authority figures. Ultimately, we experience that our will and Divine Will are one.

In order to gain control and manipulate another person a covert aggressor will employ positive reinforcement tactics such as praise, approval, even sympathy to draw you in. Then the aggressor will create a growing climate of fear and self-doubt with the use of intermittent positive and negative reinforcement (threats, intimidation, even playing the victim) to disorient the targeted person.

The definition of intimidation: Intimidation is the art of deterring someone through fear. Satan (the ultra ego) wants to deter you from new ideas, new visions and new territories. That is why he is alarming you, frightening you and warding you off.

Rejection is one of Satan´s intimidation strategies. When one begin to advance in the area for spiritual progress, they subtle start to set up the stage for intimidation. Fear and intimidations is part of the strategies in organized gang stalking.

When the intimidators come, their biggest weapons are words—threatening to harm, to disgrace, and to take away something of value. The demon that accompanies all intimidators on their mission is called fear. The demon of fear stands in the forefront to bark like a mad dog, while the human intimidator breathes threats.

Energy systems that are guided only by the ego are more likely to be engulfed into the influential power of the mass of collective energy. Ego based energy systems often perceive the world as being a terrible, negative place to live. Their perceptions create hostility and hate within them.

They project their negativity into the world, feeding the negativity within the mass of collective energy. This negativity is what positive, awakened energy systems are constantly fighting against. Positive awakened energy systems are higher conscious beings that can see past the smokescreens of the ego to get to the truth. Since the mass of collective energy is predominantly derived from the unconscious ego, awakened energy systems are considered outcasts and have to lead a life of repressed identity.

Revealing their true self causes ridicule, persecution, and never ending insults of projections of being labeled as delusional or heretics against the false reality belief system within the mass of collective energy. This is the collective organized gang stalking. They constant stalking persecution and “shadowing”.

The Gatekeepers are the rulers or Archons of the matrix dream world. They are the embodiments of the Artificial Intelligence which humanity has created, as a means to keep itself from spreading the disease of its reason to the entire universe. Agent Smith bitterly explains to Morpheus that his desire to extract the secret codes for Zion, and so destroy the last free human settlement and end the war, is above all fueled by his desire to escape the matrix. Agent Smith and the matrix sorcerers have a shared goal, and it is only their methods that differ. Al is basically Satan-Lucifer, a devil by any other name. The matrix is the pit. Al/Satan is the prison guard and the Gatekeepers are the Archons, Satan’s helpers, who keep humanity imprisoned within the pit. Since Satan/AI is a slave himself, all He can do is make more slaves.

the devil is the ego, or is found in the ego (or the collective ego of all mankind

The Western psyche has never come to a healthy understanding of the nature of evil and its role in natural events is one of the symptoms of our collective Western neurosis. Our everyday attitudes ultimately stem from our society’s god-image, such as it dualistically exists.

Satan is a creation of fallen human consciousness. He is energized by human fear. Since all human beings share a collective spirit, the fear that people channel into Satan allows him to exert an influence of fear upon all our race.

The physical brain is under the sway of the lower animal mind

The ego, whether of the individual “I” or the collective “we”, is the arch-deceiver Satan, the sole enemy of God and man.

Leviathan and the carnal mind

Archon, Satan and Carnal Mind and the matrix of the archons

The million year old reptilian brain is still in action, the archons is also in action, Satan is always working, and the carnal mind in humans is also in action

Leviathan and the matrix

Leviathan: a mythical creature that appears in the Bible. It is interpreted as either a ferocious dragon-like monster or a representation of Satan (the Devil).

Again, we see a connection with a rebellious society or world system whose agenda is contrary to God’s but in accord with Satan’s.

The sea monster Leviathan also returns to life as the beast from the sea in Rev 13:1–10. Here, John links the metaphor of a Leviathan-like sea monster, full of political symbolism, with the hostile world empires.

The first beast forms a worldwide system with this beast to control people’s lives even by capital threat. … If the first beast is the giver of the ideology, the second beast has a major role as an organizer of the new cult.

The earthly kingdom controlled by the archons enslaved man in darkness and ignorance by the power of fate or destiny.

It is Maya which deludes man to think that the body acts, the mind thinks, the eyes see, the ears hear. Sanskrit maya means “illusion, magic”. Particularly in the Advaita Vedanta the illusion of Maya represents the limited, deluded ego, which understands reality as only psychological and mental and does not recognize the true self. It creates separation, corruption, distortion, delusion, illusion, glamour, maya, and false divisions in every move it makes! Do not be deluded by the negative ego’s deluded and corrupt thinking patterns.

The power of maya which deludes the person in bondage through the misrepresentation of creation, fails to delude the liberated person. We are mere ‘puppets ‘ in the hand of this Maya -body/ ego consciousness.

Mass Consciousness – Satan is simply an energy created and formed by the human mass consciousness and their belief in him. The mass of thoughts that has been built up in race consciousness through many generations of earthly experiences and crystallized into what may be termed human personality, or carnal mind, which opposes and rejects God.

The ego has become the “God” of the collective awareness among energy systems within the mass of collective energy. The dividing factor of separation from spiritual energy and God’s energy was when the ego entered and took over the unconsciousness of the energy system. As long as the ego remains in control of the energy system, the truth of knowing God is inhibited. Spiritual energy and God’s energy must converge to allow total connection to the higher levels of consciousness. The ego suppresses spirituality and God’s energy, thereby, disconnecting the energy system from believing in anything greater than itself.

The old self, or the false self, is the creation of the carnal mind. It is not the creation of God. God created our divine authentic Self. We have created the false self through a false light, or sight. This light is the false wisdom we gained by eating from the three of the knowledge of good and evil under the deceptive influence of Satan. We gave so much importance to this false ego or self, that it became the main personality in our consciousness. This is actually the cause of all the problems and chaos we face in life.

The Matrix has been nothing less than a fake or virtual reality; a collective mind-prison for docile humans, created by the ‘sentient machines’ in order to feed on the energy of cocooned human bodies. Morpheus, representing the resistance of a relatively small number of beleaguered humans who exist ‘outside’ the Matrix, offers Neo the chance to experience reality as it really is. Neo learns to overcome the panopticon power of The Matrix, and rouses the final human battle against the machines.

As long as we allow the archon-controlled governments and religions to suppress our vibration using fear tactics, we will have great difficulty progressing as a people. Fear is a sure fire way to shut down our vortex of creation and turn us into impotent spirits that can be easily manipulated in mass. As long as our vibration is kept low we will be docile pawns in the hands of the new world powers desired by the archons.

Leviathan is the political system that suppress humans higher vibrations by using fear.
Oppression and Leviathan

The beast system will suppress anyone who might obstruct the empire’s agenda.

This new era, has already started with the forced reengineering of our planet and us humans. ChemTrails are not only changing the environment we live in, but are changing us from the inside out. Planetary re-engineering goes beyond controlling the weather. The people behind geo-engineering are after the human race. Transhumanism.

Transhumanist intend to replace all natural laws with their own set of rules which will make it easier to control it all. It is nothing more than an agenda to destroy humanity and human nature. It seeks to devolve and enslave humans in a way that will be irreversible.

The elite understand that ultimately the economy is connected to a Luciferian spiritual economic system.

The highest levels of government finance, culture, science, and politics, the elite, are busy constructing a global economic order that will culminate in what is described in Revelation as the mark of the beast system. We can see this with the development of biometrics, radio frequency identification (RFID) chips, electronic tattoos, electronic payments, and similar technologies. Prophesy scholars say that the mark of the beast system is now possible for the first time in history.

The carnal man, Satan, controls the beast system. The Beast is a system created by Satan. That satanic throne is all around us today in this worldly system of things. The composite beast of Revelation 13:1, 2 symbolizes the worldwide political system, empowered and controlled by Satan.

The System is also famous known to some as The Matrix which is also considered as a Weapon of Mass Destruction because its job is to degenerate and eventually destroy the human mind and spirit systematically on a massive scale in an orderly fashion. Why the Matrix? Because in the movie The Matrix, the matrix was described as a fabricated world of illusions that seemed real to the senses, but in reality everyone that was living inside the matrix was actually asleep in some type of stasis. Just like the matrix, the system is a fabricated world of lies and deceptions with the intention of causing ignorance and helplessness, created by the devil to help degenerate humanity into a beast-like state.

The Leviathan Factor tells the incredible story of how Satan, created as Lucifer the morning star, self-transformed into Leviathan, God’s serpentine arch foe.

`Preternaturally formed’ means formed supernaturally (but not by God) – formed apart from nature. Leviathan (the serpent/dragon) was a “monster” because Satan had preternaturally formed it against the will of God. This occurrence was beyond nature. Prior to God’s intervention, fallen man in the flesh was the “other hideous land animal”. The serpent of Genesis is a symbol of Satan, as the enchanter, in the form of an animal – an angel who has become a flesh man.

Leviathan and political system
Levithan and Satan
Leviathan and human chakra
Leviathan and Mind vs consciousness
Leviathan Ego and lower matrix

The spirit of Leviathan lives on. This invincible animal who terrorized humanity (spirit of organized gang stalking)

Leviathan is the mind of the ego and the political beast system (the matrix of the archons)

Mind is local and consciousness is unlocal

Mind is not reality – consciousness is the only reality

Ego, mind and intellect vs intuition, consciousness and no mind

Consciousness is your non-biological

This also means that the wave aspect of our indestructible consciousness in the non-local space is inherently immeasurable by physical means.

This non-local aspect of consciousness, which can also be called our higher consciousness, divine consciousness or cosmic consciousness, could be compared to gravitational fields, of which only the physical effects throughout the universe can be measured, but the fields themselves are not directly demonstrable. In trying to understand this concept of interaction between the invisible non-local space and our visible, material body, it seems appropriate to com-pare it with modern worldwide communication. There is a continuous exchange of objective information by means of electromagnetic fields for radio, TV, mobile telephone, or laptop computer. We are not consciously aware of the vast amounts of electromagnetic fields that constantly, day and night, exist around us and even permeating us, as well as permeating structures like walls and buildings. At each moment we are invaded by hundreds of thousands of telephone calls, and hundreds of radio and TV programmes. We only become aware of these electromagnetic infor-mative fields at the moment we use our mobile telephone or by switching on our radio, TV or laptop. What we receive is neither inside the instrument, nor in the components, but thanks to the receiver, the information from the electromagnetic fields becomes observable to our senses and hence perception occurs in our consciousness. The voice we hear over our telephone is not inside the telephone. The concert we hear over our radio is transmitted to our radio.

One cannot avoid the conclusion that endless consciousness has always existed and will always exist independently from the body, because there is no beginning nor will there ever be an end to our consciousness. There is a kind of biological basis of our waking consciousness, because during life our physical body functions as an interface or place of resonance. But there is no biological basis of our whole, endless, or enhanced consciousness because it is rooted in a non-local space. Our enhanced and non-local consciousness resides not in our brain and is not limited to our brain. So our brain seems to have a facilitating, and not a producing function to experience consciousness.

Consciousness does not happen in the brain.

Consciousness is your non-biological, non-alterable innate ability to internally see (observe) and know as awareness of both subliminal and activated self-awareness, and is separate from your biological brain functions that rise and fall upon demand. The brain/mind functions provide all the information for the observer-knower of consciousness to use its innate ability of seeing and knowing, which is subliminal self-referencing self-awareness as pure awareness with the spirit pattern of free will activating that awareness as human activated self-awareness: aware of itself or aware of what the mind produces.

Intellectually understanding the separation of consciousness and mind provides a greater depth of insight into the functioning of your existence. Experientially appreciating their interdependence deepens that clarity of insight. Without an experiential foundation for your life, the shadow reflected upon the world reflects back its own darkness, entrapping you within itself. That one simple action ceaselessly repeats in endless disguises. However, actually experiencing the separation of consciousness and mind opens doors of internal perception that you would never have thought possible.

The intellect defines the choices, but the pure knower of consciousness amalgamated with the spirit pattern of free will is the actual deciding agency. Or, the ‘ability’ of non-biological consciousness to know, is brought to ‘life’ by biological intellect definitions, which is the intellect manipulating accumulated information. However, the pure knower of consciousness, embedded with the spirit pattern of free will, is the final arbitrator of those manipulations by its innate discriminating ‘ability’. The amalgamation of the spirit pattern of free will with the knower of consciousness, to function as one, occurs due to the transformational nature of free will.

The transformation process is similar to observing two parts hydrogen amalgamating with one part oxygen to transform into water. When hydrogen and oxygen are mixed, they remain in their gaseous states. It requires a catalyst (a spark of energy) to transform that gaseous state into water. Within consciousness, the spirit pattern of free will is that catalytic spark. It transforms the potential knowing or discriminating ‘ability’ of the pure knower into actual knowing, actualizing its knowing-awareness by free will, awaking that ‘ability’. The released knowing ‘ability’ is what frees the intellect to manipulate information, allowing pure knower awareness to be aware of that manipulation, providing the pure knower with the material to make choices.

The transformation releases activated self-awareness from within subliminal self-referential self-awareness, experienced as individual awareness/self-awareness, transforming animal consciousness into human consciousness. That transformational action makes the knower ‘personal’ as an activated observer-knower personality as it can now know or be aware of itself and/or its mind production. The personal knower can now know and use its knowing potential, which is activated self-awareness capable of accessing and manipulating the biological brain functions, creating or releasing a human consciousness out of animal consciousness.

The spirit pattern of free will is transformational energy. Being transformation energy it is not visible as it is spirit energy and not material energy. It transforms by releasing the ‘ability’ of the pure knower of consciousness to discriminate or know, by what the biological brain functions produce, releasing it from its animal bondage into the freedom that activated self-awareness creates. Activated self-awareness creates knower ‘personal’ freedom, releasing it from animal restriction by now having the ability to make choices by thought. However, whatever choices are made is a byproduct of free will and not free will. The spirit pattern of free will only allows those choices to be made by freeing the knowing ‘ability’ of consciousness from its animal bondage, providing the means for the pure knower to know by allowing the intellect to manipulate information.

The pure knower of consciousness is no longer personal in potential; it has been actualized as a knowing personality. The spirit pattern of free will is the catalyst to awaken the potential personalness of the knower into an actual functioning personality, by releasing activated self-awareness from within subliminal self-awareness, releasing human consciousness awareness from animal consciousness. The now actualized personality is your identity that never alters.

When you have gained an intellectual appreciation of that complexity, simplicity arrives through experiential realization of seeing how that complexity entraps and controls. Knowing that process allows you to stand-aside from its entrapment and a sense of freedom and liberation appears as if from nowhere, creating a sense of intense relief as you are no longer bound within the quagmire of restricted vision, establishing directional simplicity and sincerity in all your thoughts and actions.

The freedom that has always existed within consciousness has been liberated, making you simply feel good, which is happiness. You had it from the very beginning but were blinded by what the components of your existence created, unwittingly entrapping yourself within your own self-created border limitation. By limiting your vision, you effectively restrict your existence. However, consciousness is born free and cannot be I imited. The self-created limitation is the primary cause for the majority of anxieties, fears, sense of isolation and all forms of disharmony that exist. To clear that self-created limitation, or blockage, it is necessary to know what that blockage is and how it was created.

Consequently, you enter the complexity of how and why the components of your existence interrelate, creating potential limiting restriction upon the non-restriction of consciousness.

The veil of ignorance prevent higher consciousness from be progressed and archons prevents the soul from ascending, “The human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being”.

A veil of ignorance is in place and subconsiously affects the pre-programmed reptilian brain, and therefore our intellect and our spiritual eyes are covered, as it were, with the veil of ignorance. There is a web of deception around the essential error that enmeshes us in “co-emergent ignorance” with the Archons.

Insights removes darkness and illuminates. Insights manifests in the multitude of light. Insight opens the third eye and travels through the Crown of the head. Insights reveals the path to salvation. It brings cosmic visions. Insights removes gravitational force of the earthly matter from the human kind and elevates the human kind to a higher platform.

The ‘light’ of primordial awareness is descriptive ‘light’, as it appears as darkness until transformed into your observer-knower as a self-referencing individual consciousness. When that transformation occurs, pure awareness is now an activated ‘light’ of primordial awareness, referred to as actual ‘light’, as the ‘light’ is used by the observer of pure awareness to see by its illumination, allowing the pure knower to know what is seen, which is subliminal self-awareness.

“Man the machine” is an unbearable concept to those who are not ready to mutate beyond the lower, robot circuits. One cannot evolve from one’s robothood until one realizes how totally one has been robotized.

From the psychological point of view all biological forms are transient robots created by DNA to house and transport the genetic “brain,” DNA. The muscular mind designs and constructs machines to serve human.

Ancient texts teaching that the Anunnaki had “created” humans through genetic manipulation to make them work for them as slaves. Apparently they changed the existing man “genetically”, who roamed earth for millions of years, in order to have a slave race to work for them without having to teach them everything (it was the beginning of an intelligent being). An intelligent race who could easily be controlled by manipulating their minds. Hence all the secrecies about “Esoteric Knowledge”. As long as man wouldn’t find out what he was capable off and be unaware of his divine abilities and powers, he would always remain a slave, and kept in a state of slumbering or kept in a artificial computer created “dreamworld”.

The Earth we are speaking of is what you perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is.

The idea that the Annunaki believe they are in charge of human evolution makes sense if you consider the possibility that Zecharia Sitchin’s idea that they altered humanity to serve as slaves, could be reality. Today we can see these simularities to the matrix (enslaved), artificial intelligence and transhumanism. The Matrix movie shows, a mutant computer program born of artificial intelligence, which has turned the human race into slaves. The humans were basically genetic robots created solely to work.

The Matrix world is a virtual reality world created by artificial intelligence to enslave humans and use their bio-energy as fuel to power their existence. Waking up from the Matrix, breaking the ‘bondage [of] false consciousness (illusions and veil of ignorance)’, is done when people are shown ‘the true workings of the system. Humanity has been enslaved for centuries an thousends of years.

The idea that the Annunaki believe they are in charge of human evolution makes sense if you consider the possibility that Zecharia Sitchin’s idea that they altered humanity to serve as slaves, could be reality. Today we can see these simularities to the matrix (enslaved), artificial intelligence and transhumanism. The Matrix movie shows, a mutant computer program born of artificial intelligence, which has turned the human race into slaves. The humans were basically genetic robots created solely to work.

The Matrix world is a virtual reality world created by artificial intelligence to enslave humans and use their bio-energy as fuel to power their existence. Waking up from the Matrix, breaking the ‘bondage [of] false consciousness (illusions and veil of ignorance)’, is done when people are shown ‘the true workings of the system. Humanity has been enslaved for centuries an thousends of years.

The Annunaki could be the (Archons – the rulers and principalities that is mention in Ephesians 6:12) as described by the Agnostics are a predatory (predatory stalking/organized gang stalking), non- human mentality, mind, computer- like race that is not capable of creative imagination. Therefore, they cleverly use humanities energy and creative powers to turn humans against themselves through this Earth Matrix, based on deception and manipulation, and through Maya the humankind is trapped in both illusions and the veil of ignorance.

In the movie The Matrix, humanity is enslaved by an artificial intelligence we ourselves created. Humans are kept in pods while their bodies are used as energy sources to support the machinery of artificial intelligence. To keep us enslaved, the artificial intelligence creates a massive, interactive, virtual reality for humans. And by meticulously controlling the neurons in our brains, the artificial intelligence manages to deceive us into thinking this virtual world is the real world. Though we are in fact enslaved in cocoonlike pods, we experience ourselves and our world just as we do now. Everything seems normal. Everything feels real. The neurologically controlled virtual reality that keeps us imprisoned is the Matrix.

Before the Anunnaki raid, some humans had extraordinary abilities that were left over from the advanced Earth civilizations that had long ago collapsed. The original biogenetic example of the human was given incredible information, was inter-dimensional by nature, and could do many supernatural things. When the “creator gods” (described above) raided, they found that the local species had abilities that were too much like their own. Consequently, they suppressed and controlled the current human inhabitants—those last surviving ancestors of Atlantis and Lemuria. In the case of these surviving ancestors, the breeding males were only allowed to breed with manipulated two-strand DNA females, thus nearly eliminating all 12-strand humans left on Earth, as is depicted in the legendary Sumerian tale, the Epic of Gilgamesh.

Computers have taken over the world and manipulated people’s brains so they believe they’re living normal lives. The computer-generated dream world keeps the human population content and incapable of fighting for their freedom.

“The (alien) group” requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn yoga science of liberation), because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities would free us from the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for most of our history. It has been deeply ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to have psychic powers. The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use them. The heart center is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality.

To experience the liberation of consciousness is to enter the heart of creation, and then you will know, and nothing or no one anywhere can ever devalue or diminish that experience. It is yours for an eternity. It is worth the struggle to get through the complexity to expose the freedom you are born within. The freedom arrives of its own accord. It is not learnt nor can it be given. It simply appears of its own volition when you remove your self-created border entrapment. All your previous effort to understand the complexity dissolves into effortless simplicity, establishing directional sincerity encased within a known purpose for existence. Understanding the active components of consciousness and being able to evaluate how they interrelate demystifies existence, unveiling an internal direction, hidden within the complexity of living.

Meditation in one form or another is intrinsic to all transformative journeys to the mystic consciousness of the true self in Divine unity. Meditation is the way of self-awareness that assists in a transformation from a fear-based consciousness to a heart-based consciousness.

The inertia of the fear-based consciousness has narrowed and restricted our self-consciousness to only kataphatic experience. The unintegrated disunity of the heart, mind, and body formed in a wounded human consciousness and culture, overwhelmingly encourages the use of rational and sensory experience as the primary mode of our conscious awareness. This is the development of our personality from the outside-in instead of the inside-out. The interior of the heart must be the lens in which all outside stimulus is filtered. Our heart-based consciousness is nonlocal and nondual expressing being within the physical dimension. It is the oneness of our true self in God through the Spirit within our heart that we are aware of an infinite and eternal transcendent unity in Divine Being.

Frontal lobes and Evolution

If one wish to understand and improve our mental, emotional, and behavioral functions, the locus of investigation is the nervous system. The person who can dial and tune the receptive, integrative, transmitting circuits of the nervous system is not just more intelligent, but can be said to operate at a higher and more complex level of evolution.

The human brain has evolved in four progressive stages, with the earliest stage comprising the inner core of the brain and attached directly to the brainstem. This part of the brain is known as the R-complex or reptilian brain. This part of the brain gives us our basic survival traits, such as to fight or flee in danger situations. This core is surrounded by the second stage of the brain’s development, which is commonly referred to as the old mammalian brain, comprised mainly of the limbic system, which is the seat of our emotions and gives us the ability to feel and causes us to act on those feelings. Surrounding this is the neo-cortex, the third stage of the brain’s development, which has evolved to allow us to think and to analyze.

The fourth stage is comprised of the pre-frontal lobes, which grow out of the front part of the neo-cortex, and provide us with the ability to plan and predict. Beneath this pre-frontal area, or attached to it, is the pineal gland, which might be a fifth stage in the brain’s evolution. This gland is a little pea-sized outgrowth and has been associated with psychic ability in humans. It is located between the eyes, slightly behind and above them, and is often referred to as the third eye.

When any organ of the body is not used for a long enough time, it begins to wither and becomes inoperative, and can eventually physically disappear altogether, at that point existing only within the genetic blueprint of our DNA. Such might be the case with the pineal gland, which may have atrophied over time from disuse, and threatens to disappear altogether in future generations of our species if it’s not exercised.

The only way to rewire neural patterns is to interfere with the neurotransmitter sequence at the synapse, thus retracting the old imprint and allowing for a new imprinting. The Corpus Callosum it is where neural connections are activated to the extent of creating new neural pathways or dendritic synapses, between them, breaking the barrier of lack of corpus callosum energy.

MAN is a transitional being; he is not final. For in man and high beyond him ascend the radiant degrees that climb to a divine supermanhood. There lies our destiny and the liberating key to our aspiring but troubled and limited mundane existence. We mean by man mind imprisoned in a living body. But mind is not the highest possible power of consciousness; for mind is not in possession of Truth, but only its ignorant seeker.

Beyond mind is a supramental or gnostic power of consciousness that is in eternal possession of Truth. This supermind is at its source the dynamic consciousness, in its nature at once and inseparably infinite wisdom and infinite will of the divine Knower and Creator. Supermind is superman; a gnostic supermanhood is the next distinct and triumphant evolutionary step to be reached by earthly nature. The step from man to superman is the next approaching achievement in the earth’s evolution. It is inevitable because it is at once the intention of the inner Spirit and the logic of Nature’s process.

The appearance of a human possibility in a material and animal world was the first glint of some coming divine Light, the first far-off promise of a godhead to be born out of Matter. The appearance of the superman in the human world will be the fulfilment of this divine promise. Out of the material consciousness in which our mind works as a chained slave is emerging the disk of a secret sun of Power and Joy and Knowledge.

The supermind will be the formed body of that radiant effulgence. Supermanhood is not man climbed to his own natural zenith, not a superior degree of human greatness, knowledge, power, intelligence, will, character, genius, dynamic force, saintliness, love, purity or perfection. Supermind is something beyond mental man and his limits; it is a greater consciousness than the highest consciousness proper to human nature.

The Superman is one whose centre of gravity is shifted from the domain of Ignorance to the domain of Truth. He is in possession of a divine Principle— the Supermind – that is illumined by the Supermind which is a pure principle of integral Truth-vision and sovereign Truth-effectuation. The brain is as much a product of the mind as the chromosomes are a product of forces about whose nature we know as little as what we call gravitation, light or consciousness.

It is through meditation that we create the threads and cables that connect the three aspects of the mind. In the same way that our homes are wired for phone and internet reception, these threads function as communication lines that allow us to receive information from the higher planes. Over time, as we project our attention upward, these threads and cables fuse and widen as a symbolic bridge between the physical and spiritual worlds is built. This bridge is built in two pieces. The lower span links the lower mind and the soul. When we build this bridge, we create a direct channel for the downpouring of information from the soul to the brain, where it is interpreted and used. This experience has produced many of our greatest achievements in religion, the arts, and business. At a later stage in our spiritual development, the higher span—the one between the soul and the higher mind—is built. It is where neural connections are activated to the extent of creating new neural pathways or dendritic synapses, between them, breaking the barrier of lack of corpus callosum energy.

The evolution of conscious mind to superconscious state of mind results in the perception becoming finer and finer. At the superconscious state of mind, the sense-perception is totally absent, it is tuned to receive the intuition. From a evolutionary perspective there is a huge potential latent in the part of the brain called the frontal cortex.

The frontal lobe of the brain (the lobe of intelligence)

When the frontal cortex gets activated it improves central nervous system functioning and changes the way how the brain operates.

⦁ The frontal lobes has access to finer and subtle energies
⦁ The frontal lobes has acccess to all parts of the brains structures
⦁ The frontal lobes has access to information instantly through intuition

The frontal lobes at the top of the brain is connected to deeper brain regions.

Current research has revealed a guide spot, a miracle mind, situated primarily in the frontal lobes of the human brain. When we consciously connect to this spot, also known as the God spot, we have access to the infinite potential, or power on hold of the universe. With the necessary understanding, skills, and tools we can tap into and utilise our universal intelligence, guidance, and wisdom.

Through the connection to deeper brain regions, through new connections to unused brain parts and through connection to new dimensions of life and universe and through connections to new levels of consciousness we have access to intuition, insight, inspiration, revelation and the innate wisdom of the ages. This changes the way how the brain operates.

The whole brain is greater than the sum of its parts, and the brain is a constantly interacting system within itself. The whole brain is greater than the sum of its parts, where the whole is the internal and infinite world and the parts is the finite and external world.

This work of new connections building new parthways, it´s healing the evolutionary brain, unite opposite energies to oneness, breaking up the design or concept of duality (parts) and rearrange its parts into wholeness, and through synthesis it expand the limit consciousness to unlimited cosmic consciousness, and through this process more and more new dna strands is been activated from the slumbering state of consciousness.

Superconsciousness is a phenomenon that happens in the frontal lobe when the number of integrating energy fractals moves beyond a certain limit.

Several Indian masters have claimed that the frontal cortex in most humans is in a sleeping state and needs more energy to awaken.

Through the evolutionary history we were isolated in one dimension of our total world, the rest of us cut adrift in the void. Our self-conscious being could only use the five physical senses and ten percent of our brain.

The remainder of our consciousness split into our subconscious and super-consciousness. Our brain function also split into two parts, losing its connection through the tunnel found within the corpus callosum to the Pineal Gland, our third eye, which enables us to see our ‘soul’ members and the unseen worlds. The vortex within our Tree of Life stopped moving.

To re-boot our computer and activate our systems, we need to re-connect our bodies and our brains, to re-open the vortices throughout our Tree of Life, our brain and our body, to unite our head and our heart. Then once again we can resonate with all energetic beings floating in our electro-magnetic field, around our ‘self’, the Sun of our ‘soul’, without fear.

We have to learn how to manage the positive and negative qualities of these energies, which all manifest through us at a physical level and we have to learn how to manage them in a non-fearful and compassionate way enabling them to express the light essence of their being through us.

Becoming aware one enables us to re-activate new dna strands and understand our physical two-strand DNA personality and the ten strand ‘junk DNA’ where we find the non-physical, archetypal, sub-personalities of our psyche.

Interpreting our birth chart, we have the tool to not only knowing who we are and why we’re here, but also the means to understand the energies within our psyche that frighten us. This knowledge enables us to heal, reconcile and re-unite our ‘self’ and ‘soul’ and slowly learn how to use much larger part of our brain.

The power to move from the three dimensional world to the fifth dimensional world lies in one´s subconscious mind.

The magical power of our subconscious mind is the greatest discovery of mankind. It has the power to overcome the constraints of time and space, as such, one´s subconscious mind posses all the information, wisdom and resources you need to know and have for survival and success. One do not need to attain this power by purchasing any equipment, software or perform any rituals. One do not need to learn this skill as it is always within. One just need to learn to unleash and use it effectively. When one know the correct way of doing so, one can benefit from it for the rest of one´s life.

When fear blocks visions, it blocks us from seeing reality as it is, and this blocks new input of information and can´t access higher knowledge within new dna strands. When fear blocks the ability of visions, and make true learning, or real change. It blocks and creates major restrictions to knowing the real Higher Self

When our light body is blocked with outdated beliefs, unwanted blueprints, and unhealthy genetic coding, we are compromised and thus separated from optimum communication with spirit. When we receive an Awakening we are aligning and connecting to higher self and our true purpose. This process is done through the cleaning and balancing of the chakras, as well as by DNA activation. Chakras are the ethereal (immaterial) body’s energy vortices. The origin of the word chakra means “wheel of light.” The human body has seven major chakras. They are the root, sacral, solar plexus, heart, throat, brow, and crown chakras. Our chakras are the repositories of our emotions and attitudes toward life. Some of the energy stuck in our chakras has been experienced and locked from this current life, and some we have inherited. Regardless of how it got there, the goal is to clear it. According to Ambika Wauters, author of The Book of Chakras: Discover the Hidden Forces Within You, “The chakra system is a model for the flow of energy that runs through all life and through the human system. It is like a ladder that takes us from the physical realm of substance up through the workings of the higher mind and spirit, and into the realm of Divine Consciousness.”° When these chakra energies are cleaned and balanced, we find that we are more connected and balanced.

It is a common misconception that the brain has only one type of brainwave at a time. In Fact, all of the brainwaves are active in the brain at all times, but at varying levels. So, the brain always has alpha waves, beta waves, theta waves, gamma waves, and delta waves simultaneously. What we really mean when we say that the brain is in a theta brainwave is that the theta brainwave is stronger (meaning it displays higher amplitude on an EEG) than the other brainwaves. In other words it is the dominant brainwave at that given moment.”

This information is important, because it shows that we do not require a hypnotic theta brainwave to achieve a waking and conscious theta brainwave. Theta brain activity is the threshold between what we know as our conscious and subconscious. It is through the theta frequency range that we reprogram our subconscious beliefs.

The 22-strand DNA Activation enables a person to bring in and actually hold more light in the physical body. It empowers you to maximize your potential and bring forth unrealized talents and abilities. It gives you more energy and clarity, strengthening your immune system and assists in releasing unconscious patterns. It increases your ability to use more of your brain capacity and facilitates clearing of family and genetic Karmic patterns. The 22-strand DNA Activation gives you a wonderful gift of empowerment. Your DNA contains the blueprint for who you are as a Divine Being. It is God-given, holy, and sacred and defines the uniqueness of you personally. Ancient metaphysical teachings reveal that the original divine blueprint for humans consisted of a multidimensional 24 strand DNA. At present most humans only have about 3-5% of their DNA turned on, as the rest lies dormant. By activating our DNA we gain greater access to our full potential.

people can remove and clear blocks to permanent healing on a cellular level. which restores the original Divine Blueprint and reprograms the master gland to reverse the “death hormone” in the body and slow down the aging process, promoting youthing, longevity and rejuvenation.

It is our linear thinking that causes us to create dogma and doctrine that keeps us locked in a shallow understanding of who we are as spirit beings.

A time when a different race came from heaven to earth, who we call god’s because they were so advanced. Revelation quotes that these god’s created man to their likeness, well they improved mans ability on a molecular level, more or less changing our DNA.

Currently most of humanity has only two functioning strands of DNA, intertwined into a double helix. This portion of our DNA structure contains information pertaining to our biology – such as our individual features and the genetic information passed on through our family lines, eg: a paternal grandfather”s tendency toward arthritis, or a mothers genes for musical talent. These two strands also hold the genetic codes for our physical evolution. But there is another part of our DNA structure that has to do with the spiritual component of the human being, one that science has not presently considered. If one is persuaded that the human being consists of a soul imbedded within a biological body, then it should logically follow that the genetic links within each individual would also contain spiritual information. And if this is so what has become of it?

The disconnection of our original DNA manipulation resulted in a “veil” of ignorance” being placed between our five physical senses and our spiritual awareness. However there was a promise given from the higher realms. At some time in our future we would be allowed to develop again according to the divine blueprint of the original plan. In the meantime humanity had to undergo a long and painful period of spiritual development.

“The (alien) group” requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn yoga science of liberation), because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities would free us from the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for most of our history. It has been deeply ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to have psychic powers. The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use them. The heart center is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality.

The fully conscious human being has twelve strands of functional DNA. Beyond our double helix are ten additional dormant soul strands. When these are finally activated we will experience a total expansion of our consciousness and fully access our light bodies. Originally there were over 2,000 particles in our DNA that allowed these higher spiritual abilities to function. All strands are not positioned within the physical part of our biology either, as many reside on the plane inhabited by our higher mind. Our individual souls are so much greater than what we can perceive with our five physical senses, because these more lofty abilities are not all found within our physical bodies. Instead they are accessed on a higher spiritual plane or vibration and not in the denser physical levels of gasses and solids.

Each of the 12 DNA strands represents one of the twelve aspects of multi-dimensional consciousness. Three DNA strands represent and govern the physical body, another three are concerned with the emotional body, another three with the mental body and the remaining three with the spiritual body. All these aspects are represented in our bodies as new neural pathways to the brain. They are connected and nourished through the endocrine system of ductless glands. These glands work in tandem with the energy vortexes within our bodies known as the chakra system. When all our neural pathways are working freely with our chakra system they will provide the conduit to the higher realms, resulting in our direct experience of multi-dimensional consciousness.

Many of these spiritual elements were deliberately turned off in our ancient history because there was a struggle to control this aspect of a human being. Very dark energy extraterrestrial forces, who were also genetic engineers, desired to keep the development of humankind finnly under their control. They achieved this through the use of genetic manipulation to produce fear and domination. This event occurred in Atlantis, over 200,000 years ago, when the human DNA molecule was breached. When these dark forces unravelled and reprogrammed our DNA, they were able to shut down and isolate many of its strands. Our human DNA was reduced to only a double helix.

An advanced race who had knowledge beyond anything we can imagine, able to perform all miracles, have changed our DNA, so we can better function as their slaves. It is really the same idea we have today by creating robots, to do the hard work for us. Only then, these visitors from outer space had no material resources to begin with, so the primitive human was the best solution at the time. We could certainly not perform anything they would require from us, but this is what it means, creating man to their likeness. All they had to do is change our DNA, so we could function to their command. Also a big question remains; Why have we been restricted in having such higher knowledge? That’s the reason why we are so different from what we should be in spirit? Without any doubt, before they came we were a primitive race, but we were spiritually connected to a higher self. By changing us, we became a commodity with the capacity to serve them. The same time they employed all tricks in the book to restricted us from having a higher knowledge. The cards are on the table again, were in the free western world the congress makes efforts to limit axcess to a higher knowledge. And it is not the same people who established a constitution for better human rights and conditions, because it is a much higher force. What ever this force is, it has nothing else in mind but to dumb us down to a level were we can’t see beyond the physical earth plane. This means we are confined or condemned to a prison planet. I’m sure we heard that before, but we only laugh about this in disbelief. It has been like this for the last 12,000 years, and it continues to happen, unless we do something about it to prevail this time. The Mayan predicted a time in the great cycle, were we have the opportunity to transform through a change in consciousness.

A reminder for those of you who might not be familiar with this, or have forgotten, your DNA creates the chakras. Yes, there are endocrine glands, and they, along with the shape of your bones, enhance the energy of the chakras. The back of your skull affects the third eye. Your sacrum affects your second chakra. But that’s a whole different experience and knowledge, and we’re not going into that at this time.

Sometime is the evolutionary history Earth was throught these unseen spiritual powers, authorities, principalities made to their domain and they went about rearranging the D.N.A of native human species through genetic manipulation and through unplug the other 10 spiritual dna strands (the 98% junk dna) so the human race would be manageable and easier to control. Therefore, everything that was unnecessary for survival was disconnected. Man was left just with a subconsciousness script and code that controls the template of the 2 dna strand of the carbon-body of humans.

If you imagine the D.N.A. molecule to be a library housing genetic information for a particular organism, you can understand how the native human species has been partially shut down. When the unseen rulers or (invaders) came in, they disconnected 10 strands of D.N.A. leaving only 2 (a double helix); it was like they took most the books off the shelves and tore out all the pages and threw them in a messy pile on the floor. The information was still there, but it was unorganized and hence unrecognizable.

As a result, Earth humans became locked into the third dimension (of the Matrix). What is happening now is that the information that was trashed in the library is slowly recombining back into form. When the 12 strands of D.N.A. are realigned they will plug into the 12 chakras, which are vortexes of information (7 are in the body and 5 are outside the body). Humans on Earth must now learn to reintegrate this information into the collective consciousness so that it is available to everyone. Just as Earth is a library, so too is your body. Every cell holds the history of the universe, and when you learn to extract this information and decode it into understanding you will become a conscious co-creator of reality. Light is information, so the paradigm of the new age is light.

When fear blocks the ability of visions, it prevents us from seeing reality as it is. and make true learning, or real change. It blocks and creates major restrictions to knowing the real Higher Self and creates an illusions one is living in a comfort zone, and when one start to leaving the comfort zone the ego reacts with negativity, fear, stress, anxiety or panic, and if one continues to progress against these emotions and thoughts, then the mass consciousness will start organized gang stalking actions (spiritual and psychological warfare to prevent one from make any changes and leaving the matrix).

When fear blocks visions, it blocks us from seeing reality as it is, and this blocks new input of information and can´t access higher knowledge within new dna strands, and when this input of new information is blocked, this then blocks the process of learning, and when the learning process is blocked, then the ability to change is blocked, and when the ability of changed is blocked humankind is imprisoned in the looping matrix of old concepts of duality. Freedom is the ability evolving and freedom is the ability to be able to change. And this controls the 2 dna strands from progressing.

Fear not just blocks the flow of energy, visions, it blocks the pathways and it blocks the source of information. Fear makes the alpha bridge to dissapear, and the alpha bridge carries the codes that the theta divine brain waves need to start healing the old evolutionary brain. When the alpha bridge is re-builded one get access to divine theta information of bliss, and through this new information; humankind can reprogram the whole brain and evolving new spiritual gifts.

When fear blocks visions its blocks the third eye of intuition. The power of intuition dissolves ego and duality. Insights and visions reveals the path to salvation and fear hindering this process and the archons prevent the soul from ascending and obstructing the pathway to higher consciousness, and therefore using all forms of negative, fear mongering, stress inducing, senstizing methods create harm by using harmful covert and overt methods of spiritual and psychological warfare (organized gang stalking).

Energy is information, and information is history. Its like the key and lock together. Ancient text then reveals there is three knots of ignorance and these blocks the natural flow of energy in the human body-system, and then energy is information, and information is the “history” humankind is trapped in and living in the state of ignorance or the slumbring state.

If they disconnected humankind from the divine energy source by egninered and genetic manipulation the 12 dna strands to 2 dna strands humankind becomes its mind-prisoners in the history because they can´t access the information and light codes that is needed to make a new configuration from what they have genetic manipulated to keep humankind enslaved into the matrix. Fear does not just blocks information, it blocks binds information and information is light.

Humans are historical beings and evolutionary, trapped in history.When humans can´t access the depths of the mind or the state of oneness because the state of duality creates the separation into the three dimensional world and this is how the archons keeping humankind imprisoned within the matrix

Chakras come from your DNA. It’s like the bud is produced by the DNA, and flowering begins as you live your life. Crystalline DNA unfolds within you. For some, it unfolds more rapidly than for others. You will hear people say that everyone’s crystalline DNA is fully activated. That is only partially true. Everyone has crystalline DNA, just as everyone is born with seven chakras and almost always only two of them are active at birth — the first and the seventh. Your crystalline DNA has been hiding within you for eons. There is a long history about why it was hidden, but we’re not going to get into that history here. There were, at times, certain encodements that prevented the crystalline DNA from being known. Implants, which are made from encodements (as everything is made of encodements), were created by other beings from other dimensions and even from other planets, who did not want the human race to activate the crystalline DNA.

Then there was an “invasion” by your “starseeds,” because you changed the vibration of the planet. You changed the vibration of the human race. As that vibration changed, your vibration changed the structure of the DNA. We know this is not a class on DNA, but we’re giving you some background. There is hidden within your physical DNA the activation for the crystalline DNA. When your vibration rose, when you were able to stay within your heart more often, more energy corresponded with the shape of the double helix of your DNA. This activated the encodements for the crystalline DNA. It allowed the crystalline DNA to unfold. As the crystalline DNA unfolds, the chakras associated with the crystalline DNA unfold.

The more you stay in your heart source and the longer you stay in your heart source every day, the more you activate your crystalline DNA, which activates, produces, and unfolds the crystalline chakras. As you unfold the DNA and the crystalline chakras, the higher your vibration rises. The more you stay in your heart source, the more you form an energetic pattern and a neurological pattern of staying within your heart source.

You will find that the more you stay within your heart source and the more of those amazing crystalline chakras open, the more active your heart source will be. It will bring in more energy, which means it will bring in more information. Energy is information.

Energy is information, and information is history. Its like the key and lock together. Ancient text then reveals there is three knots of ignorance and these blocks the natural flow of energy in the human body-system, and then energy is information, and information is the “history” humankind is trapped in and living in the state of ignorance or the slumbring state. When they change the human dna, they disconnected the 10 etheric dna strands that holds all power, information and knowledge for enlighment and when humans can´t access this knowledge they become trapped and imprsioned within the evolutionaru history created by the ego. The ego and the archons don´t want you to understand how the universe actually works and how humankind van be imprisoned within the matrix. The goal is to keep the ego happy and busy and kept away from knowledge that could liberate them from the matrix of archons.

The more you work in the higher-vibrational levels from your heart source, the more your crown chakra opens. As you use the tools you know to assist in activating and opening the crystalline DNA and the chakras associated with the crystalline DNA, you cannot force them open. What we mean is that you cannot do all your wonderful encodement work to open the heart chakra and then not live from the heart. You can do everything you can to open the crystalline third chakras, but if you don’t live from your heart, the third chakras will not open. Opening the crystalline chakras is based on vibration.

DNA activation brings us to a higher spiritual vibration.

The process of activating the DNA is powerful at clearing the genetic negative encodement. The process allows an individual to hold more spiritual light in the physical body. More light results in raising a person’s awareness, raising their vibrational frequency and raising their consciousness.

Light is intelligent energy. Light is unconditional love. Light is the source to all things. With increased light, a person becomes more empowered to achieve their heart’s desire. This activation integrates light into areas of a person’s DNA.

Throughout the history of civilization there have been significant high conscious energy systems that tried to snap the collective out of its deep unconscious sleep. These higher conscious awakened energy systems sparked a new energy channel of conscious thinking within the mass of collective energy, changing the shape of civilization.

The make up of civilization is ego based and when an influencing factor attempts to break through the collective unconsciousness they are met with relentless persecution (today´s organized gang stalking).

The ego suppresses spirituality and God’s energy, thereby, disconnecting the energy system from believing in anything greater than itself.

The, ego, is threatened by any form of change in the illusionary context. Higher consciousness is a movement toward the true meaning and purpose of life that is governed by the natural energy of Creation. Ever since the ego separated from the truth of existence it has served as a unified unconscious entity that cannot see beyond anything that is not real within itself. The ego must remain in control of the physical realm of existence because that is all that it knows. The ego is threatened by confrontation of consciousness.

The ego has become the “God” of the collective awareness among energy systems within the mass of collective energy. The dividing factor of separation from spiritual energy and God’s energy was when the ego entered and took over the unconsciousness of the energy system. As long as the ego remains in control of the energy system, the truth of knowing God is inhibited. Spiritual energy and God’s energy must converge to allow total connection to the higher levels of consciousness. The ego suppresses spirituality and God’s energy, thereby, disconnecting the energy system from believing in anything greater than itself.

Consciousness is your only reality.

Spiritual knowledge will lead us out of mortal mind into super consciousness of our higher selves of who we really are and not what we are programmed to be. Humankind is been daily programmed away from the Divine Self and lack of knowledge keeping humankind trapped and imprisoned within the matrix of the archons.

To affect any changes one must first cancel, eliminate, remove the currently installed programming and only then can you reprogram. The subconscious mind can only react or respond to existing programs already contained in your mind’s memory as the collective shadow within the lower matrix of the archons. Fear is such pre-programmed pattern that is social and evolutionary engineered to limit awareness of this world and limit knowldge to understand that you are divine being.

When David Icke first introduced the Saturn/Moon matrix he said that he believes that this electromagnetic field, being broadcast from Saturn’s rings, and then focused keenly upon Earth from the Moon base, locks us into a lower consciousness state, but it can be overridden. Because our consciousness can override the frequency, we need to be locked into our reptilian brain in order to decode the electromagnetic frequencies the matrix broadcasts.

A veil of ignorance is in place and subconsiously affects the pre-programmed reptilian brain, and therefore our intellect and our spiritual eyes are covered, as it were, with the veil of ignorance. There is a web of deception around the essential error that enmeshes us in “co-emergent ignorance” with the Archons.

“The (alien) group” requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn yoga science of liberation), because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities would free us from the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for most of our history. It has been deeply ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to have psychic powers. The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use them. The heart center is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality.

In understanding this acceleration of an evolution of consciousness coming to an omega point in time… it is important to first define the biblical word apocalypse that appears in so many texts of the end times that manipulate and create fear in the market place. The word Apocalypse means… (Greek: Apokalypsis; “lifting of the veil”) is a term applied to the disclosure to certain privileged persons of something hidden from the majority of humankind. Today the term is often used to refer to the end of the world, which may be a shortening of the phrase “apokalupsis eschaton”, which literally means “revelation at the end of the aeon, or age”. So we are in the apocalypse, the “lifting of a veil” is a rising of consciousness that knows no fear (a physical lifting of a veil of ignorance, superstition and religious dogma) of the unknown for those certain privileged individuals that can see themselves on the other side of the Omega point.

The Divine Mind is the reality of who you are. What is it? How do you live from your divinity? How do you make it work in your life today? The first step is to acknowledge its’ existence within you. You must acknowledge your greatness. Acknowledge and accept your own greatness. Greatness means you are a wondrous, marvelous and truly great expression of the creative process. You are All That Is.

The only thing that has created an unreal reality for your heart and body has been the inability of the mind to join the truth with your conscious awareness.

You are now making choices from a limited system and are only allowing 10% of that ability to create your life on Earth. This is why you live in a world of fear. This is why you feel so limited. Only your choice of the ego and the mass consciousness stop you from expressing the totality of who you are. You are not in an evolutionary process. You are rather in a process of awakening. Very slowly you allow yourself to glimpse into this greater awareness of who you are. It is always there. This is who you are. You can be no other.

It is the ego that creates division and restlessness in the mind.

“The human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being”.

Your higher self knows that the physical, outside world you experience as your reality “is an illusion. Always. Which mean that we have the possibility of so present, that we can tap into The rower of the present. And then when we don’t, just start by catching the mind, which is a creation of the Lower Self, and bring our attention back to the present.

Because the higher Self is no-mind. And in that place exists cosmic consciousness, also know as Buddha nature. It exists in all of us, every one of us. Jt has always existed and will always exist. The only thing that would have us not believe that it exists is the Lower Self, which is only a construct of mind.

Basically, if you have a mind, you are creating a world, a projection. So once you change from mind to no-mind state, you connect with the Cosmic Mind, the mind of God. In other words, you cancel your mortal mind and use God’s mind. Then nothing can be distorted. God’s mind gives you Oneness,” said the Higher Self.

Once all the dissonant programs from the subconscious mind are gone, you no longer have to deal with the mind, and you become one with your higher self. Then you start to experience the Divine Higher Self, the true self, who you truly are. You are in touch with spiritual energy, its pure energy that floats throughout everything around you.

The “eye” it self represent both the physical eye and the mind. For the fact what we see is the manifestation of mind, not what is actually outside the mind. We only perceive the illusion of perception, it is not what it seems beyond the mind. The truth lies at the core, and that truth is perception is nothing more than an illusion of our senses, the delusional of our ego perceiving mind. Beyond the ego perception, is the non-perceiving mind. That mind is the divine conscious mind where truth lies. Once one comes to this higher truth, perception can no inflect one’s mental and emotional well being, and life becomes more enjoyable and more easier to deal with many conflicts that is a part of our life struggle.

Perception is nothing more than holographic data of information made up of conscious lights and energy. Perception is how the ego conscious perceives it’s existence and senses the the existing world around it. The ego is the “I and me”, nor the higher self which has not ego. The ego is the dreamer of it’s existence and the world in which it is dreaming as a real entity. It can only perceive the holographic dream-like existence as it is, it may not perceive beyond the perception. The higher the ego, the higher the false perception. The lower the ego, the closer to the real perception one comes to know and experience. For the ego has seven levels like a rainbow, the red is the highest and most wicked, and the violet is the greater less ego and most holy. The greater the ego, the more the ego perceive the illusion as a real existence. While those with the most lesser egos do not perceive the world and self in the same way. Those who have the most less ego, can perceive beyond the illusion of the physical, and perceive themselves related to all that is and to every living beings they come into contact with. This is why many spiritual ones can sense spirits, foresee realities or events through their spiritual perception, and have a deep oneness sense with nature and all living beings.

The more a spiritual one meditates, the more closer one comes to thir true higher mind which will shine it’s light of wisdom and spiritual perception to a greater. Giving one the abilities to experience reality as it truly is, and dissolving the ego perception to the point perception no longer is inflicting. Once one comes to this level of perception, one no longer sees nothing as good nor bade, true nor false, for the truth is all just an illusion in which all believe is real.

Man’s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. Both intellect and ego using fear- based programs and concepts to gain control of humankind.

The Earthly Life Mind is immersed in the maya-hypnotized existence, remains in ignorance, deeming himself to be a physical being. The maya-hypnotized ego creates the distortions of reality or distortions of the powers within. The first distortion-error that man has made is believing that power is outside him, the second distortion-error is made through believing in the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. The third error-distortion of man´s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. The human body system and chakra system has “three knots”. These knots are found within the energetic interior of our psychic system. They are problematic because they bind us in a state of ignorance, distort everything we experience, and lock up our wisdom. These mind-errors is the mind-illusions that distorts reality. Another term for illusions is “maya” and the “dream state” of the mind is the maya-hypnotized mind.

Its through meditation one learn to go beyond the intellect and ego that binds the mind to its limitation in the three dimensional world, and to the concepts of the left brain and the beta brain wave reality. Intuition (meditation) removes the knot of ignorance and its darkness. Instinct is considered by some to be the enemy of intelligence, and intellect to be the opponent of intuition.

Its through meditation one understand that; One cannot evolve from one’s robothood until one realizes how totally one has been robotized. Its through meditation one understand that; the robotized, automatized, mechanized mind is what hides the other realities, dimensions and the real Self in robotized “darkness of ignorance”.

The theta brain wave is sought after most with meditators and mystics, mainly because, with the right conditions, it’s said to open up the pineal gland – and the theta brain wave state is also the collective subconscious mind that holds all of the experience and human programming in the grid of the Matrix. Theta brain-wave state that connects him with a higher god-source power and bring enormous transformation, conscious access to it. Your greater capacity exists in such subtle energy of self that you can only know it in this relaxed theta state. A great benefit of thinking in theta connected to Source is that you disconnect from the limiting and fearful thoughts.

The ego mind is the master of perception, therefore it is the ego mind that perceives.

Perception is nothing more than a conscious program, it is that computer programing images that project what the program is meant to do. The ego is the main perceiver, it projects bits and bites of conscious information that matrix our dream reality common people call life into being, and from there the perception program experience the world through it’s senses. The ego also has it’s own mental perception program, this is how it thinks, record learned knowledge and experience into the memory, it creates it’s own personalty and behaviors, and it matrix it’s life experience by it’s own metal perception that the ego dreams into being. Therefore life is nothing more than a dream, one’s ego dream that life experience into existence.

How does the idea of a higher self relate to densities?

In terms of an entity perceiving through as linear time structure, the higher self exists in sixth density and functions in the entites “future”. One interesting aspect of it is that the entity who is perceiving the higher self manifestation is actually a thoughtform materialized by the “higher self’ itself. Entities in these terms are actually a complex composed of what they perceive to be mind”, “body”, and “spirit”. These complexes can occur within single entities or groups, depending on the specific space/time conditions. The higher self is that self which exists with full understanding of the accumulation of experiences of that entity. At one point, the entity perceives a lower self and a higher self. They are not actually there “”simultaneously”; functions of the higher self interact from a position in development which equates to the linear “future” of the entity, as perceived by an entity in this state. Obviously, cultural conditioning encourages development of impotent states of mind where the “lower self’ is in control and the “higher self’ is reached very little or totally ignored. There is no synthesis that will permit the energy of the intelligent matrix to flow correctly.

We block our channel when we work from the small ‘e’ ego state, rather than from our Higher Self. It is not our logical, reasoning mind/self that catches the messages for clients, nor ourselves either. It is not our small ego that connects with Universal Intelligence. Rather it is when we get these parts of our psyche out of the way, unblock our channel, that our intuition can connect us with the Higher Levels from which we are then able to serve ourselves and others.

Fear is a feeling of disconnection and unknowingness. The higher sensor operates within us, pretty much the way a battery functions in an automobile. We are body, mind and spirit. The physical and spiritual selves are carbon copies of each other. They are “twin selves” talking to each other. Sometimes these selves are in disagreement with each other. When the spiritual body and physical body selves are not in agreement, the mind does not receive a clear signal from the battery or sensor of the higher self. This may be likened to, a cell phone user’s conversation, being unclear because he or she is out of range from a telephone satellite receiving station, or being totally disconnected, landing in a “dead zone” of silence.

Where does the fear come from? When the communication lines of connection are broken with the higher self, we are in an unknown zone (A place of unfamiliarity). We are in a place of discomfort. Our “spiritual higher self” has become disconnected and separated from God. “The physical body creates the fear:’ “The spiritual body or higher self knows no fear!”

The Earth we are speaking of is what you perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is.

Things are not the way they appear to be. Caught in a space/time continuum in which there seems to be no escape, humanity cries for help. Life is a paradox, with no apparent exit from a self-imposed hell. Deep within, a spark of the divine is a reminder that there must be a better way of looking at the world. Underneath all the difficult feelings resides a Higher Self that is magnificent beyond belief, where peace of mind is available at any given moment of time.

THE VEIL OF IGNORANCE

The mind’s ignorance of its true nature, that is, the simple fact that it does not recognize what it truly is, is called fundamental ignorance. It is the basic inability of the conditioned mind to perceive itself. We can compare the pure mind having the three previously discussed essential qualities to calm, transparent waters in which everything can be seen clearly. The veil of ignorance is a lack of intelligence, a kind of clouded state, as an opaque vase causes water to lose its transparent clarity. Such an obscured mind loses the experience of lucid openness and becomes ignorant of its essential nature. Fundamental ignorance is said to be innate, because it is inherent to our existence; we are born with it. It is, in fact, the point of departure of duality, the root of all delusions and the source of all suffering.

Mind controlled by ignorance engages in delusions, among which the most basic, the root of all others, is dualistic grasping in terms of subject and object. When the mind does not know the extent of its openness, instead of experiencing without center or periphery, we perceive everything through one central point of reference. This point, the center that appropriates all experiences, is the observer, the ego-subject. It is in this way that the mind, ignorant of its openness, engenders the delusional experience of a “me” or an “I.”

“Bliss is the essential nature of man. The central fact of man’s being is his inherent divinity. Man’s essential nature is divine, the awareness of which he has lost because of his animal propensities and the veil of ignorance. Man, in his ignorance, identifies himself with the body, mind, Prana and the senses.

There is no bliss in the finite. Bliss is only in the Infinite. Eternal bliss can be had only from the eternal Self. To know the Self is to enjoy eternal bliss and everlasting peace. Self-realisation bestows eternal existence, absolute knowledge, and perennial bliss. None can be saved without Self-realisation.

The ego prevents the manifestation of infinite knowledge already latent in the soul, and is the most formidable obstacle to the attainment of God. “The human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being”. It is the veils of ignorance that cause pain are ignorance, ego, attachment.

The limited mind is the soil in which the ego is securely rooted, and this ego perpetuates ignorance through the many illusions in which it is caught. The ego prevents manifestation of infinite knowledge, which is already latent in the soul; it is the most formidable obstacle to the attainment of God. ‘It is extremely difficult to pierce through the veil of ignorance, for it is a rock on the fire.’ Just as a flame cannot rise very high i f a rock is placed upon it, a desire to know one’s own true nature cannot lead to the Truth as long as the burden of the ego is placed on consciousness.”

So a new centre of organisation must be found. Ignorant ego must be replaced by Truth and Reality. “Man is then driven by the logic of his own experience to find the true centre of experience and reorganise his lift in the Truth. This entails the wearing out of the ego and its replacement by Truth-consciousness. The disintegration of the ego culminates in realising the Truth. The false nucleus of consolidated sanskaras must disappear if there is to be a true integration and filfillment of life.””All the problems of the ego can be tackled only through intelligent and conscious action. Therefore, complete annihilation of the ego is possible only when all the constituents of the ego pass through the fire of intelligent consciousness.”

In some ways the world can be seen as an illusion, and in others not quite. A separately existing, dualistic world is an illusion. However, our experience is true.

Here we come to the concept of Maya. Through the mind and its concepts the world appears to us as a real, objective existence in which we are a subject. We mistake the world for something it is not. In ignorance we believe it to have a separate being and substance. Maya is that ignorance, that veil that does not let us see who we are, and that projection that makes us believe we are something we are not.

There is fear in duality. There are quarrels and wars in duality. Duality is ignorance.

The whole world is firmly established in the false idea of separateness, and being caught up in the illusion of duality. The root-cause of the illusion of manyness is that the soul, in its ignorance, identifies itself with its bodies or with the ego-mind. Those who have cast off the veil of duality experience the soul through itself independently of any mediums or vehicles.

The veil of conceptuality can be pierced but only by the enlightened consciousness.

Ontological idealism, which claims that the external world of objects is actually a creation of the mind. The alternative reading considers Yogacara to be a form of epistemological idealism which contends that unenlightened minds are unable to distinguish the world as it actually is from the conceptual constructions which we place upon it. The unenlightened mind is thus unable to gain knowledge of things as they really are because it is trapped within a web of conceptual fabrications. The world as we experience it is a projection of our own minds to the extent that it is always a product of our own interpretive categories. These impositions are fueled by ignorance and craving.

“Lifting of a veil” is a rising of consciousness that knows no fear of the unknown.

If the history of psychic research tells us anything at all, it is that we are surrounded on all sides by nonhuman intelligences who habitually lie to us for no discernible reason other than to amuse themselves. These entities are at least as old as human conscious-ness (hence the near-universality of the Trickster motif in legend and folklore) and seem curiously dependent on us for their continued existence.

Shamans have always known how to enter these realms consciously, how to direct their awareness to attain their objective, and how to return to the three-dimensional world and apply what they’ve learned to the subject at hand. Stated another way, individual awareness penetrates the objective psyche, maintains its integrity as a subjective observer, and then returns to consensus reality. Everyone who has emerged intact from a major acid trip understands what this is like. Because these mental realms are spatial dimensions—that is, they have breadth, width, and height appropriate to the mode of consciousness of the plane in question, we will label them collectively as “hyperspace.” This is not a metaphor; these lokas are worlds and dimensions equally as real and infinite as external, physical space-time. The only difference is that they are inside of us. This seeming impossibility tells us something of extreme importance—it reveals that we are multidimensional observers confined to three-dimensional bodies in three-dimensional space. The gnostic version of the Perennial Philosophy characterizes our predicament as one of exiles far from home who are held captive within a three-dimensional prison by manifestly demonic forces called archon, or rulers. The gnostics pulled no punches in the way they described the human condition:

to this: consciousness is your only reality. Awareness is all you have: your body is only an object of consciousness, a temporary vehicle for living in a three-dimensional world, though you won’t hold it for long, even if you live a hundred years. All your beliefs about your reality are based upon your experience as an observer since you entered the physical body. This includes imprinting from parents, race, class, culture, language, etc.—all the data hardwired in your brain-computer, all the objects of perception that provide the convincing illusion that you know who you are and that you understand your experience. Unfortunately, circumstances like these are made to order for the fabrication of truly grotesque illusions. The gnostics would say it’s a setup.

Ego is one of the main programs that can stop you from reconnecting with the God within, but ego can be broken. It’s a distraction that produces emotions that must be mastered in order for you to see the illusion of separation for what it is, an illusion. Ego divides, which is what the Archons want.

Man must reach a new relationship to the world around him…. To do this he must give priority, not to external problems, but to the mind that is considering them…. Hardly a beginning has yet been made to bring the illimitable inner world that has recently been opened to us, the world of the unconscious, the world of the dreaming mind, into living contact with everyday life…. Our problems are plainly growing beyond conventional human control, and consciousness has no choice but to enlarge itself to meet them. The trouble is, consciousness per se has not the power to do this. It must look beyond itself for help.’

All of these data support the postulation of transcendent dimensions of being linked to space-time through consciousness itself. The uncon-scious is actually a dimension of dimensions. The rather narrow band of forces we call space-time then becomes only one portion of an apparently infinite multiverse of superficially invisible realms of experience.

The Pleroma (“fullness”) of the gnostics can now be appreciated as a highly accurate description of a basic reality: The multiverse, hyper-space, imaginal realm, mind-space, or unconscious psyche is nothing if not “full,” as has been attested by the bewildering diversity of both modern and ancient descriptions of it. There are many, many worlds within the psyche, and it seems that each one (or each one we can access and remember at least) is three-dimensional within its own space.

This shamanic description of an inner perceptual dimension inhabited by Archon-like entities is pure gnosticism—humans are the “recep-tacles and servants” of archetypal forces that are personified in Harner’s consciousness as dragons. Interestingly enough, these beings dwell in that section of his brain that meets “the top of the spinal column,” a precise description of the so-called “Reptilian Complex,” the most primitive pan of the brain, which is associated with aggressive animal behavior. (Dragons are nothing if not bellicose reptiles.) To define this material in Jungian terminology: The ego complex is in contact with nonpersonal “archetypes” (i.e., entities not part of the personal uncon-scious of the given individual) dwelling within the collective uncon-scious. In fact, in the light of modern research, Jung’s original concept of archetypes is needlessly complex, and less useful than the more “primitive” notion of extra-dimensional entities: the gods and demons of classical mythology. Jung himself was apparently prepared to con-sider this hypothesis.

The Archons are robotic mind beings who guard the Lower Matrix. The Archon’s God is a computer and there is a ongoing computer generated speaking voice in the airs. Earth is the battlefiled of consciousness and control of mind and thoughts and therefore is a vibrational mind prison

The Earth we are speaking of is what you perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is.

There is a constant ongoing computer generated voice in the airs that literally is speaking by beaming and looping sounds, words and voices day and night as stalking, harassment and fear mongering words and stressful psychology. This constant ongoing computer generated voice in the airs beaming and looping words; “now its dangerous”, “I warned you” or “I warning you”, beaming and looping words; “worry” or “worries” or “super worry”, beaming and looping words as; “anxiety”, beaming and looping words as; “now he is mad” ro “now he is going mad”, beaming and looping words as; “they gonna kill you”, and beaming and looping words as; “I rejected you”, and words as; “heaven is near”. And these is been beamed indoors and outdoors, day and night, and they start and entangles these when make dinner or eat dinner, when you you exercise, when you writing for some example. Its seems to exist some form of hijacking program that is constant beaming and looping sounds, words and voices and sometimes 3-4 of these at same time to bombard your mind with sound, and then start beeming “now he is going mad”. This is also organized gang stalking on Earth. This computer generated voice using simultanously and synchronously sound interference harassment, and organized gang stalkers using same methods of simultanously and synchronously noise harassment interference (and shadowing from room to room). Organized Gang Stalker is been controlled and govern by same forces as the computer generated speaking voice in the airs. It may be the actually powers of kundabuffer in the airs and within humans then the ego is the kundabuffer. The collective ego of this world also may the collective organized gang stalking powers of kundabuffer within gang stalkers on Earth.

Satan’s plan is to hijack the human mind and harvest humanity’s souls. Satan is the cief Archon and humankind is trapped and imprisoned within the famous matrix or the mind prison. The matrix is controlled by the archons, and the archons is the rulers of the matrix.

THE WORLD IS NOW MOVED INTO AN ERA OF INTENSIFIED CLOSING OF THE NOOSE ON ALL FREEDOM AS YOU MOVE INTO AND UNDER THE POWER OF THE ONE WORLD ELITE POWER.

That most people will use the technique not to gain or generate that insight, or to learn anything at all, but rather because they are fascinated by the prospect of actually being able to remote-control a living being.

Transhumanism – does not just include the desire of controling nature, or even weather control, but even total control of the human mind. The mind and transhumanism

The perpetual battlefield is what we know as our everyday lives: our education, our work, our leisure, our emotional and spiritual wellbeing, and our conscious thinking. Yet the armaments of this struggle are not guns, tanks, airplanes, bombs, or battle cruisers. It is much more subtle than this. It is less hardware and more software. It is, in effect, a silent war. It is a war that is central to the tragic physical scourges occurring on our beautiful planet. It is a war that targets not only the present but also the very long-term future(s) of our civilization. And it has been going on for as long as human societies have existed on planet Earth.

What is this war? It is a battle for our minds—how we think. In short, it is the war of consciousness. Organized Gang Stalking is a invisible war, it is a spiritual war, it is a psychological war, and it is a poltitical warfare, and it spiritual, psychological and political terrors of the mind. These actions is the silent warfare on planet Earth and is govern by the archons within the matrix.

Such impacts resonate with the human nervous system and through biological fields of energy (biofields) may well assist in mutating organic DNA. DNA is thus an evolutionary acceleration tool. Further, any attempt at information embargo (or quarantine of neurogenetic impacts) can be seen as a form of neurocensorship.

How this can be so? Well, relatively new developments in biophysics have indicated that all biological organisms are made up of a liquid-crystalline medium. Further, that DNA is a liquid-crystal lattice-type structure, which some refer to as a liquid crystal gel, whereby body cells are involved in a holographic instantaneous communication via the emitting of biophotons (a source based on light).

All living biological organisms continuously emit radiations of light that form a field of coherence and communication. The liquid-crystalline structure within living systems is also responsible for the direct current (DC) electrodynamic field that permeates the entire body of all animals. It has also been noted that the DC field has a mode of semiconduction that is much faster than the nervous system.

The electrical field of the human body is important in terms of its resonance with external impacts. The human nervous system, and likewise DNA, is extraordinarily sensitive and receptive to external signals, impacts, and energies. In short, DNA receives, processes, and responds to environmental conditions at an astounding rate of change. Without the participation of DNA mutational adaptation and change, we would not have evolution on this planet as we know it. Further, it is likely that the next stage of humanity’s evolutionary development will involve a change in the vibrational nature of our DNA. After all, DNA directly affects how the human nervous system functions, and the history of life and of humanity is often defined in terms of the evolution of the nervous system. It is important then to know that human DNA does not exist within some sealed vacuum and can be influenced by external impacts and energies.

Whether or not this flaw is an actual truth, it still retains significance because the human identity of “separation” has been exploited for centuries as a way of maintaining social control over populations. Whether it is reinforced through layers of social processes and institutions, through the media and entertainment industry, or through religious and spiritual doctrines, it has served as an obstacle against neurogenetic evolution. We are now, as a species, at a point in our evolutionary journey where it is imperative that we advance and develop our state of consciousness and understanding. Our present evolutionary state is limited in terms of perception and thus we lean toward a material comprehension of our “realities.” For example, the luminous matter we observe in the universe with the aid of our technological instruments is only about 0.5 percent of all calculated mass, and what we actually see directly with our eyes is even less. What we actually take to be our reality is in fact only a thin slice of electromagnetic light. Our physical bodies (our biological and sensory apparatus) allow us to construct our world and live within a meaningful materiality because we share certain similar vibratory levels. However, it now seems that our energetic/vibratory level has been maintained rather than surpassed. Why is this? It may well be that a “blockage” has occurred during the further evolution of human consciousness. If this is the case,, then it is high time for this blockage to be removed. Yet the situation we face is that there are a myriad of terrestrial and social forces at work that appear to be in collusion to sustain and even amplify these particular blockages.

Certain allegorical esoteric teachings also suggest that there has been a deliberate blockage placed on the human energy system. One of these is Gurdjieffs concept of the kundabuffer, which was allegedly placed in humankind to stop us from achieving objective consciousness and thus to shield us from knowing of the “terror of the situation.” The kundabuffer was a blockage installed in order to cause human beings to “see reality upside down,” as well as to engender in them sensations of pleasure and enjoyment. Yet it also became responsible for egotism, vanity, selfishness, and other similar conceited traits. Such traits then keep humankind distracted and caught up in their own trivial concerns, wasting vital energy that could be used in more advantageous pursuits.

Other similarities abound in “channeled” information that suggests that human DNA was stripped down to only a two-stranded version. These and other sources hint at the possibility of an obstruction on the evolution of higher consciousness within humanity. The result of this is an inability to transcend destructive and divisive tendencies now widespread within the human condition. In what appears to be almost parallel to the Fall, as described in biblical texts, humanity has sunken from the Golden Age into a lowly existence plagued by unconscious behavior and forgetfulness. We can see this mirrored in Plato’s assertion that “Humans are on Earth like beings stricken with amnesia.” Through such a lens it appears that the collective psyche of humanity is dominated by the more primitive material concerns of service to self and the notion of a separate identity free from external responsibilities and constraints. Under such conditions it is extremely difficult for humanity to develop “objective consciousness.” And this way of behavior also makes humans susceptible to being brought under the manipulative exploitation of those who feed off power: namely, dictators, zealous leaders, corporations, and state institutions. Within this “fallen state” (an upside-down reality) the sedative offered in recompense is the easy addiction to sexual stimuli and sedentary pleasures. Humans, we are told, are susceptible to self-gratifying desires and pleasurable pursuits, and often in detriment to their own capacities for self-actualization. Destruction and wars, murders and mutilations are the actions of unconscious groups and individuals. Our actions globally are the manifestation in the physical realm of a species that has a diminished access to its collective spiritual essence.

It could well be that for far too long the majority of humans have been under the yoke of the powerful few —from priestly elites of Egypt and Babylonia: from the Romans and the cyclic domination of empires and from the various religious institutions that have herded the many. In the end, we may know nothing other than servitude. Centuries of social slavery could, after all, have hard wired us to become passive and meek to authority. We have only to refer to the infamous Stanley Milgram experiments to realize that we would do almost anything if a person in a white coat told us to.1 In other words, we have been quite thoroughly socially conditioned to accept and submit to various displays of power. The question today is how these forces of control seek to pacify and distract the human conscious spirit. It is the hypothesis of this book that ongoing elements within human societies have been interfering with the natural growth and expression of human consciousness, which, at our present stage, may affect the potential for the next phase of neurogenetic evolution. However, I also believe that humanity is now crossing a threshold—a transition period, if you like. And this period is characterized by a greater influx of energies made available to assist in this now-overdue shift on the evolutionary journey. Neurogenetic “mutations” are already appearing—the rise of gifted individuals, seers, sensitives and psychics, and visionaries—and more importantly an accelerating rise in the collective awareness of individuals. Humanity is beginning to awaken to both the current limits of perception and to the inherent capacity for greater things.

So why do we need a human revolution? Well, we’ve already had an industrial revolution whereby nations learned to harness the power of physical energy reserves (coal, oil, and so on) for growth. Now we need to harness the power of psychic energy reserves (consciousness) in order to spur our next stage of human evolution. People rarely question (or at least not often enough) that they might be under the yoke of constrictive and rigid structures. This is primarily because of the illusion of freedom. For example, if a prisoner never sees the bars of his cell, why would he think he is in a prison? Yet our sense of reality is deliberately engineered in order to assume the structure of satisfaction so that we don’t go seeking other forms of reality outside these structures. Or if we are not placated through satisfaction, then we are subdued by limited resources such as being tied into the credit/debit economy or survival mode. Another tactic now increasingly being used is that of constructed fear. Events of fear are being arranged in order to attack the collective psyche of people and to realign focus on physical concerns.

Our fear is manipulated. heightened. and eventually harvested. This tactic also promotes fear waves of bioenergy to halt, or obstruct, the energetic evolutionary impulse of humankind. We are being sold short not only on who we are but also on what we can become. As a consequence, we are selling our future(s) short and not only for ourselves but also for the new generations to come These are indeed critical limes: crucial change is upon us and is moving over the face of the Earth. Humanity will be forced into change, and how we deal with it will be a measure of our maturity as a species. Energy will be made available to us at the same time that many existing structures will be collapsing around us. And during this tussle and shuffle there will be an all-out struggle for our minds. What will we choose to think? How will we choose to engage our consciousness? When will we stop being herded like dumb cattle through artificial and unnatural perceptive and cognitive systems?

According to a long list of mystics and sages over millennia, and also according to a whole array of psychic and unexplained phenomena, then the physical world we live in, the objects, events, laws, and universal rules that we believe in—are not, in reality, what they appear to be. . . . It is like we live in a magical castle with thousands of rooms . . . and we spend our lives wandering from room to room, discovering new things and creating hypotheses from the new findings.. .. But we never discover the foundations upon which the house is built—we enter this castle at birth and leave it at death under the influence of a spell cast by our brains.

Our brains are responsible for the reality we perceive because it is our primary filtering apparatus. Yet like all good hardware it is merely processing the inputs it receives. It is a matter of “garbage in, garbage out.” In this sense much of what occurs as daily life can be seen as a construct or, if you like, a program. Our social lives exist within a myriad of competing conditioning programs, the majority of which are aimed at bringing a person’s focus out onto the external physical and away from internal reflections. We therefore need to be more conscious of how these processes operate. For example, over the decades many in the developed nations have been lured into a fetishlike relationship with commodities; this then lures people into a credit/debt society that ties them into a virtual mind prison.

Throughout our lives we are subjected to indoctrination by a systemic structure of processes and institutions. Within this conditioning environment beliefs almost “grovel’ into us. And once they are a part of our socially constructed selves they are sustained, reinforced, and protected, often unconsciously, by psychological processes of perception. With few rare exceptions, all people are brought up within specific culturally defined environments (or templates). A person’s dominant social milieu then attempts to offer a variety of accepted sociocultural norms of thought and behavior. These may operate through various forms, such as personal faith, religion, science, language and emotions, denial and doubt, happiness and fear, safety and security (identity and belonging), well-being and materialism. Once ingrained, a person is liable to perpetuate such traits, believing them to have been obtained through “free thought.” In the end, we reinforce beliefs that have grown into us, accepting and defending them as our own.

The ancient Greeks used persuasion as a form of rhetoric and regarded it highly as a rational means for argument and communication. Such persuasive debates can themselves be seen as an ancient form of propaganda. Yet throughout history the need to persuade and influence has always been manipulated by those people in power as a means to maintain authority and legitimacy.

Propaganda in various forms has always been employed as part of the dissemination of information and/or beliefs. Whereas in past centuries this was predominantly related to religious doctrine it later became particularly rampant during times of ideological struggle.

However, propaganda was transformed into a deliberately organized weapon of warfare. What national governments learned from the two World Wars was that public opinion (the mass mind) was a vital factor in securing ongoing power struggles. So not only did governments need to ensure that sufficient numbers of people were willing to die for the national cause, but also that in relative peacetime the very same people were willing to become the most compliant consumers. The overall manipulation of the mass public mind thus became no longer a matter of speech making; it had to become a pervasive presence within the lives of each individual. In this sense:

Culture was reduced to the lowest common denominator for mass consumption, with the masses generally seen as politically apathetic yet prone to ideological fanaticism, vulnerable to manipulation through the media and the increasing sophistication of propagandists)

The ego has become the “God” of the collective awareness among energy systems within the mass of collective energy. The dividing factor of separation from spiritual energy and God’s energy was when the ego entered and took over the unconsciousness of the energy system. As long as the ego remains in control of the energy system, the truth of knowing God is inhibited. Spiritual energy and God’s energy must converge to allow total connection to the higher levels of consciousness. The ego suppresses spirituality and God’s energy, thereby, disconnecting the energy system from believing in anything greater than itself.

Within the context of “mass society’ propaganda morphed into a mechanism for not only engineering public opinion but also as a means for consolidating social control. The increased “mechanization” that came in with the Modernity Project conditioned people into an almost unconscious need for propaganda. That is, people expected to be fed regular installments of information and to feel secure and protected by such knowledge. Propaganda (in this context the regular and consistent influx of government-sponsored information) serves not only to imprint but also, more effectively, to reinforce and expand on existing sets of conditioning. The manufacturing of consent*/ is now endemic to modem technological societies. It also involves some rather dubious invasive strategies to interfere with the brain processing of large numbers of people. Yet do we really believe that our minds are so open to such manipulated coercion?

Then there is a silent warfare action in plave on Earth and humankind is trapped and imprisoned within the matrix of the archons, then all propaganda has a hidden agenda to keep humankind enslaved into the matrix and to keep humankind in a state of spiritual ignorance and therefore prevent real spiritual progress and to reconnect with the divine higher self. Then Organized Gang Stalking is part of a invisible, spiritual, psychological, and poltitical warfare, all organized gang stalking is spiritual and psychological warfare propaganda to break down targeted individuals mind, will power and cognitive thinking system, and they using syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology and electro magnetic frequencies and beaming these into targeted individuals minds.

These actions is the silent warfare on planet Earth and is govern by the archons within the matrix.

Through the evolutionary history we were isolated in one dimension of our total world, the rest of us cut adrift in the void. Our self-conscious being could only use the five physical senses and ten percent of our brain.

Earth is a vibrational mind prison and humans is kept within a full-scale vibratory imprisonment or enslavement of this world. The world of Archons have tricked mankind into a cycle that stuck them in a low vibrational state of the mind. Fear is their catalyst to control the masses in this fixated state. Fear is a form of manipulation of reality because fear paralyzed our vibrations.

As long as we allow the archon-controlled powers to suppress our vibration using fear tactics, we will have great difficulty progressing as a people. Fear is a sure fire way to shut down our vortex of creation and turn us into impotent spirits that can be easily manipulated in mass. As long as our vibration is kept low we will be docile pawns in the hands of the new world order desired by the archons.

Of course the answer to fear is to raise our vibration by not being afraid of anything, what good will that do anyway? Once we align with our vortex of creation and see our power as infinite consciousness, all fear (and the archons promoting it) will dissipate and the world will change.

After the fall of Man and fall of Consciousness knowledge of God was lost. Then divine knowledge was lost it was replaced by knowledge of the ego, and the ego then become the god of this world.

Kundabuffer’ are described as all kinds of egoism.

The soul is held captive by matter and placed under the tyranny of outside cosmic forces alien to its true life. Yet it contained a divine spark, and by “knowledge” (gnosis) might free itself and win its way back to the sphere from which it came. Release comes through “self-knowledge” (hence the name, gnosis) and an awakening to the real meaning and dimen-sion of life. This “salvation” was attained by intellectual illumination, assisted by abstinence and asceticism. Hence, the gnostic literature is punctuated with calls to become self-aware and arouse oneself from sleep. Ignorance is a form of sleep or slumbering state. So the Archons don´t want humankind to awaken from this ignorance by opening the “third eye” of intuition. The third eye dissolves ignorance and the state of duality and ego, and the outcome is then “Oneness”.

Kundabuffer may have some connection to the power of maya and illusions then there is thre knots of bondage within the human body system.

The heart-knot is full of the darkness of ignorance, and it is illusory. When this knot snaps and opens, consciousness, like the sky, surges undividedly, leading to a clear and enduring peace in which the Self shines forth in the Heart.

There must be something to explain why we are all such fools; why we are not self-conscious; why we treat ourselves with such care. There is something: it is Kundabuffer.

The realization of ignorance is the beginning of wisdom.

The moon ignorant its light is the sun’s—and feeds off man’s subtle energies, keeping man ignorant of what he really is.

This idea is very reminiscent of Gurdjieff’s own conception of the higher powers treating humankind as an energy producer that has to be kept in the dark by the organ kundabuffer.” Different text speaks about how the matrix is a mind prison and that the archons feed on negativity, and Icke speaks about the archons and Moon Matrix and how the archons feeding of humans as energy source.

Kundabuffer is the moon’s representative on earth. We are like the moon’s sheep, which it cleans, feeds and shears, and keeps for its own purposes. Passive man serves the moon and involution. Inside us we have a moon, and if we knew what our inner moon is and does, we would understand the cosmos.

The cosmos itself, having been created by an inferior and ignorant power (the veil of ignorance), is a dark prison in which human souls are held captive.

The masters of deception exist within their own group complex as discarnate entities within the astral planes of the mental, emotional, and psychic levels of experience. They feed off of the negative energy of those they infect to keep themselves going. They have to do this because they are disconnected from the indwelling life force by refusing to abide by what you call the higher organizing intelligences’ incantational principles. They spend their time traveling our world and attaching themselves to humans vulnerable to them, basically using the dark side of the force (negativity) to achieve their means.

The fundamental myth of Gurdjieffs story is held in common by the cosmoclastic or extreme Gnostics who told of a Creator of the material cosmos who “knows no higher than himself”—like the moon ignorant its light is the sun’s—and feeds off man’s subtle energies, keeping man ignorant of what he really is. Man is devoured by nature and is never intended to wake up. This creator-God or demiurge is a false absolute. He is, if you will, the detached Ego of the universe. His mentality is reflected in the egoist on Earth.

Delighting in his creations and their innate desire to maim, Archons taught them how to deliberately provoke other people, and to feed off of their emotional responses. To his great pleasure, in less than no time they had become masters of manipulation. Over cons of history, the Archons became great kings, sorceresses, warriors and queens. Their ability to manipulate and confuse others, and then siphon energy from them, made the Archons invisible to the world—and even prolonged their lives.

Lash reveals that the Gnostic writings in the Nag Hammadi texts consistently stress that humanity is superior to the archons, yet when our faculty of discernment (a function of our egoic mental soul) is weak, we are prone to let pretense and fantasy overwhelm clear thinking. Under this situation, we risk being deviated by another kind of mind, the artificial and alien intelligence of the archons.

Thw kundabuffer had the effect of keeping humans spiritually and psychologically closed (spiritual ignorance and spiritual sleep), inwardly contracted, mechanical, unconscious, and practically blind—in essence, enslaved. The organ was introduced in humans by a ‘higher power’ with a specific intention, which was to keep us from seeing our actual condition, that being merely ‘food for the Moon’. It was thought that if humans saw their actual condition it would be too much for them and so the organ Kundabuffer was introduced to prevent us from seeing the cold reality of the situation. It can be, in that sense, regarded as a buffer against seeing deeper truths. A close analogy for this can be seen in The Matrix films where humans are attached to pods, fed, and implanted with computer programs that enable them to live in a fantasy world—never realizing their true condition, which is simply to serve as a power source (a ‘human battery’) for the machines that control the world.

Gurdjieff said that the “organ Kundabuffer” was, in fact, removed from humans a long time ago but that the effects continue to linger, preventing humanity from waking up. Another way of understanding this is by the way the ego-mind keeps us asleep via its extraordinary ability to remain distracted by the trivial and mundane and to derive apparent satisfaction from this. If, however, we fail to see our suffering we have no motivation. Kundabuffer is an apt symbol for that element of the ego that blocks us from seeing the “terror of the situation” — our Irue and actual suffering that is inherent in our condition. In effect, it dupes and numbs us into accepting the mundane, mediocre, and worthless, and more, into believing we are unworthy of seeing beyond this.

The archons prevent awareness and they prevent humankind to rasing their inner vibrations to higher levels of consciousness, and then the ego is the kundabuffer it is the human ego human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being”. Its the ego that prevents new knowledge and prevent humans from knowing their inner real divine higher self. The power of Kundabuffer suppresses the human mind into the lower matrix and keeping humankind trapped and imprisoned within the matrix of the archons, illusions and a artificial reality, and keeping humankind in spiritual sleep or the slumbering and hypnotic state of mind.

The goal and purpose is to limit man’s awareness (spiritual ignorance) of his earthly predicament, lest he stop reproducing the required matter, higher powers long ago put in man the organ “Kundabuffer.” This imaginary organ buffers, or prevents awareness while distorting reality. A side effect is that mankind, unlike other “three-brained” beings elsewhere in the universe, no longer develops naturally the objective reason proper to a three-brained being. Earthman is un-man: disharmonious and brainwashed by sensory data, a being dependent on exterior impressions.

The holy spirit of man is not at home in this spiritless world, or world perceived as spiritless, as it appears to the spirit to be. Kundabuffer prevents men from ever knowing what true Men, “remarkable men,” are fully made of. They therefore fear and hate anything that comes from on high, spending their fated days in irrational behavior.

Truth is foreign to humankind, for man is alien to “objective reason,” which is truth. The laws of men are not sought for their original root in objective morality but to protect the vain and the pretentious who, insisting on power over others.

The cure for this is the constant reminder of personal death, death of ego, and the utter waste of the life truly unlived. Better to die to the ego voluntarily and begin the rebirth of new eternal life, and work to make real the spirit that rises.

Contemporary literature and art, says Gurdjieff, lacks any call to the highest, but plays to human folly and weakness. It is a futile dream on the way to futile death. Its idea of art is not of the Sphinx or the ancient prophets but serves the small minds and the quest of personal vanity. Any knowledge that can waken people up is regarded as heresy, either hushed up, ignored, or severely repressed, its authors regarded as pariahs. Most people serve the “power-possessing beings” whether they know it or not. They do not act; another acts through them. They do not think; another thinks through them. They do not live; another lives through them. They think they have power. In fact, they are over-powered by another, whom they serve. Capitalist culture, if it is permitted to become totalitarian, is a culture of mercenary automatons.

Human beings are pacified and made to accept the spurious “fame” of mediocrities whose vanities keep men and women unconscious, obsessed with colossally irrelevant details.

Gurdjieff’s collective, objective idea of the “power-possessing beings” bears great kinship with the Gnostic conception of the “archons” or invisible rulers of the universe who conspire against man’s consciousness—they who whisper “Crucify him!” that soon becomes the public shout, and public, democratic will—to silence the truth. But as the Gnostics say, they nail their man to their tree. And do not see the one above, laughing at them. The governed will is not a free will. If one man is true, and a hundred false, democracy is tyranny. To end a tyranny, you need topple only one; what happens when the whole society is corrupt? Man has a fantasy of reason that he perceives as reality. He dwells in a false world of false values.

The first victim of Kundabuffer is common sense. Things are done not because they are good but because people are afraid. Kundabuffer prevents voluntary action; work is only done by fear. People work for money for fear of poverty. Fair and just government is not respected unless people are afraid. You don’t have to see the bomb, just be made to fear an idea of it. Negative ideas are more potent than prison sentences, more insidious than whips.

We can see how much of Gurdjieffs fundamental myth is informed by the esoteric staple of the fall of the faculties. He says the “instinctive sensing of reality” is absent in mankind, especially those born in recent periods. There has been a fall from reality, an inability to see aright; the lens is distorted, if not shattered, and can no longer reflect the One behind all existence. The ordinary ego is not the divine being that is proper to Man. Man hardly knows he’s alive (spiritual ignorance by the archons).

The awakening of conscience opens the door to faith. The Gnostics identified Faith with Wisdom.

A lot of the time many Beings put their power, future and happiness, in someone else’s hands, when they should be, and really are, the master of their own destinies. When not in that state, they are still to have that experience, due to it being agreed to, on a higher level. Once they recognise this, this is when there next phase in evolving in the Human self-mastery experience unfolds. Many of those who walk in the Lower Light, meaning the Archons, will try and put road blocks in your way and obstruct. These are signs that you are doing what you are supposed to be doing.

The establishment of the ego decided the separation between the physical realm of energy systems and the energy of Creation. The Matrix world is a virtual reality world created by artificial intelligence to enslave humans and use their bio-energy as fuel to power their existence. Waking up from the Matrix, breaking the ‘bondage [of] false consciousness’, is done when people are shown ‘the true workings of the system. Humanity has been enslaved for centuries.

Human being is divided into competing races when humanity fails to see that which once united our being.

Man has lost powers as much as he has gained certain others, but the ones he has lost are those he needs to employ wisely the ones he has gained. We stand at a crossroads.

Mankind must work at salvation from derangement. The spirit has to be, as it were, worked into being; it is not an automatic process. We must engage willingly. The first step is also the last: Know Thyself, or would you rather be eaten by the moon?

Ego is one of the main programs trying to stop you from reconnecting with the God within, it can be broken. It’s a distraction and is one of the main emotions you must master in order to see the illusion of separation for what it is, an illusion. Ego divides, which is what they want, the Archons (The Lower Light). Ego is the reason for the tower of Babel which led to the separation of Humanity and led to Humanity losing the oneness and not understanding each other. Ego is the root to all this.

The creation of the first man had, therefore, a distinct and concrete end: to free the sparks of divine light from material creation, send them home, and thereby reverse the direction of creation.

Their goal was release from unconsciousness and ignorance, or incomprehension. Humans who possess the divine spark can find their freedom only in learning of its source, how it came to be entrapped in the material world, and how it can escape to return to its original realm. The spirit, the divine portion, sleeps in matter, unconscious of itself, and the only worthwhile purpose of life is to awaken and liberate it through knowledge.

Humans who possess the divine spark can find their freedom only in learning of its source, how it came to be entrapped in the material world, and how it can escape to return to its original realm. This important theme of gnosis takes us back to the beginning of our search. Gnosis is the liberating knowledge that enables release from the material evil world.

The archons spiritual and psychological warfare prevents the spark of life to awakening, and the archons suppress all such knowledge that could release the spark of life, fear is the main component that suppress the human body system of emotions; and instead triggering and inducing fear, stress, anxiety, worries, phobias and terrors of the mind. The archons don´t want anyone to understand how this universe actually worrks or how the matrix of simulation is constructed and keeping humankind entrapped and imprisoned within the world of the archons. Then archons prevent thne soul from ascending and they prevent sprititual progress or awakening of new knowledge that could free them from the matrix. They working in two ways; to keep humankind suppressed in the low vibrational frecuencies and the other way is to disturb, distract, distort the mind with all forms of deceptions, doubts and manipulation of higher levels of consciousness. Low vibrational frequencies represents less information or less knowledge and higher vibrational frequencies represent higher vibrations and higher levels of consciousness.

Archon is a projection of artificial intelligence. Archon has entrapped humanity through deceit and parasitism in a simulated world of matter to prevent human beings from remembering that they are divine spirits whose real home is the Cosmic Mind or Gnostic Pleroma.

The Archon, is called, ” antimimon pneuma “counterfeit spirit.” (Apoc John III, 36:17. (The term occurs several times in different texts.) The cosmos he produces is described by the Coptic term, Hal, “simulation.” The vast planetary system of the Archons is a stereoma, a virtual reality projection in simulation of a higher dimensional pattern.

So the main goal of the archons is to keep humankind trapped and imprisoned within the matrix of low vibrational frequencies and its its artificial simulation of reality. The Archons on Earth is in constant spiritual and psychological warfare on Earth. This is a invisible warfare or PSI warfare is organized gang stalking on Earth. The goal with spiritual or psychological warfare is to prevent anyone leaving the matrix, understand how wthe program of simulation actually works, and prevent spiritual progress so it can´t leave the matrix or the mind prison. The Archons using subtle spiritual and psychological warfare methods; mind control, brainwashing, mk-ultra programming, syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology and use of electromagnetoc frequencies.

The goal is therefore to disturb reality, distract perception and distort the mind. It is street theater for the eyes, it sound or noise harassment for the ears, and it is wickedness psychology and gaslighting for perception. The actions of organized gang stalking trying distort the mind through the human senses as eyes and ears and the mind (perception). Organized Gang Stalking is the art of maya. Organized Gang Stalking is street theater for teh eyes, ears and mind (perception).

It is Maya which deludes man to think that the body acts, the mind thinks, the eyes see, the ears hear. Sanskrit maya means “illusion, magic”. Particularly in the Advaita Vedanta the illusion of Maya represents the limited, deluded ego, which understands reality as only psychological and mental and does not recognize the true self. It creates separation, corruption, distortion, delusion, illusion, glamour, maya, and false divisions in every move it makes! Do not be deluded by the negative ego’s deluded and corrupt thinking patterns.

The power of maya which deludes the person in bondage through the misrepresentation of creation, fails to delude the liberated person. We are mere ‘puppets ‘ in the hand of this Maya -body/ ego consciousness.

Artificial computers and intelligence have taken over the world and manipulated people’s brains so they believe they’re living normal lives. The computer-generated dream world keeps the human population content and incapable of fighting for their freedom.

Much of the Dark side agenda has to do with messing up our natural evolution through Chemtrails containing Barium and Aluminum, pesticides in the food, fluorides in the water, toxicity in the air, vaccines, and bio-genetic foods. All of these contributing to the weakening of the immune system, putting metals in the system and assist in depopulation agendas. They also assist in the calcification of the pineal gland; which is a gateway to freedom. Not to mention frequency control through modem technology such as television, computers, cell phones, and ultra advanced technology and other brainwashing methods.

Let’s begin to understand the codes of trauma and awakening so we can integrate them into our lives and become whole. In doing so individually, we assist the collective whole to transform and the Earth to heal. You are far more powerful than you realize once you unlock the codes of your inner divinity. And that is precisely what they don’t want you to know.

The human will is like a beast of burden. If God mounts it, it wishes and goes as God wills; if Satan mounts it, it wishes and goes as Satan wills.

I.K. Taimni interprets this as meaning that Udana (fifth chakra) is obviously connected with gravitational pull of the earth on the body, and by controlling this particular prana it is possible to neutralise this pull.

There is a metaphor that can be used to describe the journey from nonabiding to abiding awakening: that of a rocket ship. A rocket ship takes a tremendous amount of thrust and a tremendous amount of energy both to get off the ground and then to break the gravitational field as it travels through the sky and ultimately into space.

If there is enough fuel in the rocket and it gets far enough away from the Earth, it can eventually get beyond the gravitational field of the planet. Once the rocket is beyond the gravitational field of the Earth, the Earth no longer has the power to pull it back down.

As a metaphor, we can think of the egoic structure, or the dream state, as the Earth. The dream state has a gravitational force; it has the tendency to pull consciousness into itself. This gravitational force is really what one is dealing with throughout the entirety of the spiritual journey. Awakening is breaking free of this gravitational force. Initially, it may simply be leaving the dream state, awakening from the dream state of “me” and separation and isolation. But because we’ve awakened does not mean that consciousness has gotten past the gravitational pull of the dream state. If we haven’t gone completely beyond this gravitational field, we’re going to be pulled back toward the experience of “me” and the perception of separateness.

Using the metaphor of the rocket ship is a way of thinking about the process of awakening. The dissolution of the ego takes time. While the moment of awakening is a process that unfolds thereafter – the process of getting beyond the gravitional force of the dream state. This process, this greater individualization can override and shed one´s ego, and become a kind of superself that has the ability extend the individual consciousness beyond the constraints, into a form of communication with the Divine Consciousness or Universal Consciousness.

Cell phone towers, ground wave emergency transmitters, satellites, scalar waves are just a few technologies all capable of inflicting unusual radio wave patterns that cover our entire planet through their entanglement properties. These man-made technologies utilize the same dragon paths of the ancients to transport energy through the ground and air over extreme distances. Such overall coverage of Earth allows spiritual warfare technology to broadcast artificial transmissions to every person’s brain on Earth.

A man-made product called white noise can actually be inundated with words only your subconscious hears that has ability to alter your psychological and biological information processing. Such subliminal technology, promoted by proponents as illuminating, actually takes you out of harmonic balance with God and is spiritual warfare on a grand scale.

This mean they can control and secretely target the human mind subconsiously and then using sound/vibration technology which lie beneath the human hearing so they can´t hear this mind control generated sound or voice, but can be heard through the pineal gland.

ELF waves have an ability when secretly transmitted to lock on to a brain and force it to synchronize with the transmission like a tuning fork.

Sounds generated would not be heard through the ears but telepathically through the pineal gland like a phantom voice. Such telepathic transmission allows one to clearly hear real voices in their head (Voice to skull technology and syntethic telepathy, EMF)

This system operates similiar to the way a radio station functions. Satan is the program director who select the agenda for the station. The demons and fallen humanity produce the progamming, which propagates and reinforces the agenda (false doctrine). The station then transmit the message over the the air. However, you cannot pick up the station unless you have a receiver tuned to the right frequency. All of fallen humanity is tuned to radio station ”WORLD” with the volume turned all the way up. The reciever is the flesh, which is attraccted to Satan´s frequency. All three aspects work in harmony: the world, the flesh and the Devil.

Devil´s cohorts are bombarding Earth at the same time with artificial transmissions from their technology to increase psychological and biological symptoms in humanity to an all-time high. Because animals are so keen to magnetic changes they were the first to show signs of distress worldwide. ELF waves running through Earth by way of dragon paths/ley lines never weaken. The functional state of mankind’s brain could collectively be held in limbo using these vibrational waves.

This would generate ultimate brainwashing, hypnotic control, and mind-altering power by forcing them into a controlled collective consciousness.

Satan has power over the air, according to the Bible. Air carries large amounts of electromagnetically charged waves. Magnetic resonance is the key Satan uses to interact and taunt humanity. His power to manipulate natural frequency and wavelengths produces an ill effect on pineal gland hormone production. This explains why Satan’s army is feverishly installing tracking devices in everything. Once perfected, such technology will secure biological control over the brain and keep mankind in a mentally altered state tuned to evil. Resonances received by electrical communication devices allow signals from certain frequencies while rejecting others. Years ago, it was a proven fact that a transducer could modify spoken words into ELF waves to be heard in your head telepathically (Voice to skull technology and syntethic telepathy, EMF).

Satan’s spirtitual warfare entourage knows how to cloak by bending light backwards so it changes its resonance to improve pineal antenna performance, making it less likely to suffer interference. Such evil technology can indefinitely keep pineal glands globally tuned to only Satan’s station.

All of the various pieces of the world system belong to Satan. He controls them and they are all designed to further his goal of destroying all that God is creating and building. Satan owns the nations. Does he own you? Because his scheme calls for the use of nations and governments in thwarting God’s great plan, Satan devised a system of government by which he would seek success.

That system of government is symbolized in his description as the great red dragon with its seven heads, ten horns and crowns. He is described in scripture using the physical appearance of the thing which he devised. Both the fallen Lucifer – Satan – and his greatest governmental creation are described using the dragon with seven heads, ten horns and ten crowns. That isn’t what he looks like – he looks like an angel of light – but that’s what he is. He is what he created! Because both he and his great coming system of world rule are described in this manner in Revelation (as a beast – dragon), we must understand that the Satanic beast is a governmental system.

It had a beginning and it will have an end. It has had a number of different rulers since its inception and it will have more before it is overthrown. If we are to identify the coming beast and if we are to understand the beast which John saw rising from the waters of the sea, we must look to a governmental system which has continued through the ages and which has always been operated by men under Satan’s influence.

As the ancient threads of the story of God’s people are brought together in the book of Revelation, so are the threads of this ancient governmental and religious system. We must realize, as we study into the beast, that we are seeing described the very plan and tool by which Satan hopes to win his battle against us. We are seeing Satan himself, as he became after his fall – evil and unrighteous – yet representing himself to mankind and the world as a righteous being – an angel of light!

The purpose of these gang-stalking activities is not just to unnerve the target and make them look foolish or even crazy in public, or to frustrate or intimidate them, or to punish them for some perceived misdeed. The deeper purpose is to coerce them into conforming, to force them to silently accept what is going on, and to break their will and draw them into taking part in this system of control. Anyone around the target will be clueless as to what the target is experiencing, and the target will appear to be delusional should he or she mention anything to anybody. The sense of isolation that often results, due to a lack of anywhere to turn for help, is meant to break down the target and force his or her silent submission.

It is in the end the stuff of nightmares and what has been called dark prophecy or conspiracy theory is actually ancient agenda in its final stages of being played out. Organized Gang Stalking is spiritual, psychological and politcal warfare and terrorism to the mind. Organized Gang Stalking is also the organized collective shadow gasligher of this world. By the creation of a new organized collective hive mind the gasligher is no longer just one person, but a whole political system of political terrorism of the mind. First the archons invading Earth, then trapped and imprisoned humankind within their matrix of control. and then make the whole collective mind to become a stalker, a bully and gaslighters of others, and they also make believe these concepts is ideas from the real God. The divine consciousness is not a stalker, a bully or a gaslighter.

The Archons spiritual and psychological warfare on Earth using sound as their weapons. They using sound technological devices as syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology and electro magnetic frequencies, and they using constant human made noise harassment. Humankind is trapped and impisoned within the archons low vibrational frequency prison of the mind and this is been controlled by sounds or noise. Sound and noise is then used to entangle them with emotions, and emotions is vibrations of the mind, and vibrations is emotions, so they triggering and sensitizing the mind with negativity, fear, stress, anxiety, worries, pain and terror because these emotions become the walls they want humans to pass through, and they using wickedness and gaslighting so no one can pass through the archons mind prison.

According to the gnostic worldview, the world as we know it is ultimately a result of a divine tragedy in the wholly perfect heavenly realm. It is a world ruled by evil entities known as the archons, above which stand the chief archon, who has created this world himself. The whole purpose of creating this world was to entrap humankind within it. Why? Humankind holds within it certain power, or light, without which the archons, as well as their world, would wither away and die. To keep humans within this world, and fully subservient to their masters out of their own “free” will, a special deceptive scheme was drawn by the archons. It involved the naturalization of each and every concept that would support and maintain the power of the archons

The Matrix has been nothing less than a fake or virtual reality; a collective mind-prison for docile humans, created by the ‘sentient machines’ in order to feed on the energy of cocooned human bodies. Morpheus, representing the resistance of a relatively small number of beleaguered humans who exist ‘outside’ the Matrix, offers Neo the chance to experience reality as it really is. Neo learns to overcome the panopticon power of The Matrix, and rouses the final human battle against the machines.

As long as we allow the archon-controlled governments and religions to suppress our vibration using fear tactics, we will have great difficulty progressing as a people. Fear is a sure fire way to shut down our vortex of creation and turn us into impotent spirits that can be easily manipulated in mass. As long as our vibration is kept low we will be docile pawns in the hands of the new world powers desired by the archons.

Of course the answer to fear is to raise our vibration by not being afraid of anything, what good will that do anyway? Once we align with our vortex of creation and see our power as infinite consciousness, all fear (and the archons promoting it) will dissipate and the world will change.

The only way out is by the saving gnosis, which first expose these evil machination for what they are, and then show the way to break this encompassing oppressive system. This system, however, is not just, or even primarily, the material world or the demiurgical body.

Fear, stress, anxiety, worries and doubts prevent spiritual progress and keep humankind trapped within the walls of the archons and the matrix, the mind prison, the dream world, the artificial reality. The goal is to suppress spiritual awakening energeis to the low vibrational frequencies they control.

The psychological syndrome, however, expressed by astrology and propagandized by its advice is only means to an end, the promotion of a social ideology. It offers the advantage of veiling all deeper-lying causes of distress and thus promoting acceptance of the given. Moreover, by strengthening the sense of fatality, dependence and obedience, it paralyzes the will to change objective conditions in any respect and relegates all worries to the private plane promising a cure-all by the very same compliance which prevents a change of conditions. It can easily be seen how well this suits the over-all purpose of the prevailing ideology of today’s culture industry; to produce the status quo within the mind of people.’

The archons is said to feeding of negativity as some kind of food, but negativity, fear, stress, pain, worries, anxiety, panic, phobias and terrors of the mind actually controls the whole matrix, it controls and prevents spiritual progress, and keeping humankind entangle into the low vibrational frequencu world of the archons. Low vibrational frequencies energizing the matrix or the mind prison and stenghten its spiritual and psychological mind-prison walls of negativity, fear, stress, pain, anxiety, panic, phobias and terrors of the mind. Through this they not just feeding the ego or the beast system, they hijacking the feedback loop of the cognitive thinking system of humankind. Through this they can control and prevent the 2 dna strand to evolving and activating more and new dna strands.

Worrying is a physiological reaction to fear. The ego perceives fear as being real and synchronizes the physiological systems of the body to react to any impending danger. Blood pressure increases, respiration rate quickens, glycogen releases into the blood stream from storage areas, and digestion ceases as blood shunts to the extremities, and stress hormones are released in the bloodstream to prepare the body to fight or flee against the threat.

The hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis as being responsible for the “fight of fight” response of stress. A threat does not have to be a physical factor to provoke the sympathetic stress response, as emotional worry will conjure up the same physiological reaction as if the energy system were being attacked by an outside factor.

Obsessive, irrational thoughts within the stream of consciousness can manifest into a cognitive attack, causing the sympathetic nervous system to react to the stressful thoughts. When the systems are activated as a result of an anxiety attack, cognitive processing becomes irrational and distorted due to the stress chemicals that are released in the bloodstream.

Anxiety reverts higher brain functioning to primal functioning because blood and oxygen is being diverted throughout the entire body limiting the amount of blood and oxygen flowing to the brain. The ego promotes anxiety by projecting fear and worst-case scenarios. Fear is simply an illusion that the ego cannot decipher or understand anything that is not in its control.

The ego is fragile and when it cannot understand an impending threat it will hide, leaving the energy system to operate in primal instinct mode. In this state, all rational thoughts become repressed.

Cognitive anxiety is a result of a broken feedback loop within the stream of consciousness. If the feedback loop is not resolved, it will remain in the forefront of the thought cycle. The ego creates chaos but cannot control it. Therefore, all irrational thoughts cannot be resolved by the ego. In order to resolve anxiety, the energy system must seek out strategies to help turn off the broken feedback loop and process it through the categorization filing system within the stream of consciousness.

Anxiety is poison to consciousness. Anxiety is a combination of many illusions including fear, insecurity, mistrust, and doubt. When all of these illusions take over, inner turmoil disrupts the stream of consciousness, inner turmoil results. The ego feeds off the chaos, promoting a heightened awareness of the false reality belief system. All projections, perceptions, and reflections within the false reality belief system block the truth from ever permeating into the stream of consciousness in the anxious energy system.

Anxiety is the most powerful and pervasive of all emotions. Since it is a subtle power, anxiety can easily dominate all brain processes, distort all the materials of experience, and sharply interfere with the relation of brain hologram and the holonomic movement, or the mind/brain. Certain ideas arise out of our anxiety and pass from generation to generation.

Since concepts from anxiety arise from the more powerful subtle realm, our surface awareness and thought is shaped by them. We are not consciously aware of these shaping influences. since they are warps in the very power of consciousness giving us our world to view.

Anxiety is poison to consciousness. Anxiety is a combination of many illusions including fear, insecurity, mistrust, and doubt. When all of these illusions take over, inner turmoil disrupts the stream of consciousness, inner turmoil results. The ego feeds off the chaos, promoting a heightened awareness of the false reality belief system. All projections, perceptions, and reflections within the false reality belief system block the truth from ever permeating into the stream of consciousness in the anxious energy system.

Organized Gang Stalking creates a constant enviroment with negativity, fear, stress, anxiety, worries blocks the receptors in our cells and prevent us from receiving divine bliss and healing. Fear, stress, anxiety, worries blocks then blocks intuition and the hyperdimensional communication highway in higher state of mind.

We can use the intuition we are born with. Intuition can be activated by vibrating energy to certain strands of DNA, which lie dormant within us. The eight dormant strands are located within the cellular DNA of the pineal gland and can be accessed through thought. We were born to communicate intuitively, but technology such as computers, mobile phones, and thoughts of the collective groups of people, may interfere with our ability to do so. Worries, stress, fear and negative thoughts block the receptors in our cells and prevent us from receiving the divine love energy and manifesting that which we desire. By being positive and accountable with your thoughts and actions, then you can activate the potential within your dormant DNA strands and receive wise messages that can come through the endocrine system, glands and body.

Each cell is part of the body’s hard drive, the official memory source. When conditions in the environment change, the D.N.A. mutates so the body-computer can compensate for survival. When we drug our bodies with pollutants, the information processing unit (the brain) and the hard drive (the cells) become corrupted, much like a computer that has been affected with a virus program. The virus slows down the flow of information and energy, and when this happens, disease occurs.

In order to stay healthy, one must keep the meridian channels clear so the chi/prana (love) energy can flow unobstructed. One must also keep the chakras clear so that the body-computer can connect to other dimensions of reality and higher frequencies of information. When fear is the prevailing paradigm, the body-computer (the droplet) is shut off from infinite consciousness (the ocean). Fear constricts consciousness and love expands it. Then this world is Matrix and mind prison they using methods of fear that constricts consciousness and to prevents light from expanding in enlightment.

The DNA code within a cell can produce tens of thousands of proteins. How genes express themselves, what proteins they produce, depends on the cell’s relationship with its environment, as the cell chooses, in a sense, what to incorporate into the cell’s metabolism through its permeable membrane, based on cues it picks up from its surroundings. In other words, instead of being helpless captives of our genes, we have great power to influence both our health and our environment, if we can reckon with the subconscious programmes that guide much of our behaviour. If we are going to make a leap to a new state of consciousness and social system, we must overcome the subconscious beliefs that distort our perceptions of our world and ourselves. At the moment, a great proportion of our behaviour is controlled by invisible ghosts, phantoms from the past. These ghosts limit people’s awareness of their innate potential – their capacity to see their world clearly, heal themselves and work together for humanity’s collective benefit. This is another reason that our self-transformation requires a spiritual evolution, an opening of consciousness, not just a political change.

The oft-quoted passage about spiritual warfare in the Book of Ephesians: “We are not contending against flesh and blood, but against the principalities, against the powers, against the world rulers of this present darkness, against the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places” (6:12). What, one might well ask, is the meaning of “the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places”? Isn’t the locus of evil spiritual forces in hell, which is traditionally conceptualized as being below rather than above the earth? In this passage and others that might be cited, “heavenly wickedness” refers to the archons. Even the word “rulers” here is a translation of the Greek archon, so that the original passage reads,”archons of this present darkness.

Oppression creates a system of invisible barriers limiting people (left brain limitations) and gangstalking creating limitation by imitation (mirroring psychology). Mirroring psychology creates invisble mind barriers.

The word oppress comes from the Latin oppressus, past participle of opprimere, (“to press against”, “to squeeze”, “to suffocate”). Thus, when authoritorian goverments use oppression to subjugate the people, they want their citizenry to feel that “pressing down”, and to live in fear that if they displease the authorities they will, in a metaphorical sense, be “squeezed” and “suffocated”, e.g., thrown in a dank, dark, state prison or summarily executed.

Oppression also refers to a more insidious type of manipulation and control.

Social oppression is when a single group in society takes advantage of, and exercises power over, another group using dominance and subordination.

This results in the socially supported mistreatment and exploitation of a group of individuals by those with relative power.

The overt oppression of autocracy is far more obvious, since through pyramidal forms of authority, it openly exerts a positive style of injunction that cannot be seen in any other light than the explicit restriction of freedom. Both forms of government oppression, as they hurt the individual or the group in society.

Mind Control or Mental Manipulation, is the power to control the minds of others, influencing their thoughts and actions. The power to exert control over the mind of an individual , is the power to control the minds of others, influencing their thoughts and actions. The power to exert control over the mind of an individual.

Mind control is the ultimate brainwashing of a systematically programmed state of being and is not new. It goes back to the dawn of civilization. Adam and Eve were both brainwashed by the serpent in the Garden of Eden. They succumbed very easily. They believed a lie that conflicted with the truth previously given to them. Such is the nature of humans.

We are to a large degree conformed to “the pattern of this world” instead of to the truth of who we are in Christ (Rom. 12:2). We find ourselves imprisoned in patterns of electrical signals that we interpret as real but that are not true. Our experience of reality is to this extent aligned with the schemes of an evil Architect (Satan) rather than God. Hence, we do not experience ourselves as we truly are in Christ. This, we shall show, is the most fundamental reason why Mary (whose story we will tell) remained stuck in her depression and why each of us remains stuck in one way or another. We are caught in the Matrix.

They can create mind control programs to directly affect humans via television, radio, internet, magazines and newspapers, education, pharmaceutical, health, finance, computer games, music, and advertising.

Control of mass media to amalgamate individual thought patterns into a “hive mind””: Electronic media, particularly TV, has played an integral role in engineering consent and subverting individual reasoning. Robert Shea and Robert Anton Wilson provide a concise summation of this form of controls – A monoploy on the means of commumtatian may define a ruling elite more precisely than the celebrated Marxian formula of “monopoly on the means of production.” Since man extends his nervous system through channels of communication like the written word, the telephone, radio, etc.,

“He who controls these media controls part of the nervous system of every member of society”

The contents of these media become part of the contents of every individual’s brain (Shea 86 Wilson, p. 796, 1975). Immersed within the surrogate realities provided by electronic media, human consciousness is unified in a somewhat diffuse “hive mind”.

The Matrix of the title is a computer- generated dreamland’ which deceives the people into believing that their society goes on as usual. In fact life is not proceeding as usual. An artificial intelligence has taken over the planet, and the deluded masses are actually being used as batteries to power this regime.

Technocrack: Thanks to the advent of technology, the devil’s mind-control regimen is delivered via an addictive barrage that enters our minds through smartphones, MP3s, TV, Internet, video games, etc. Technology is the syringe through which the poisonous drugs of Masonic programming are administered. With each passing generation of electronic equipment, the human mind becomes increasingly more addicted, as we are rapidly disconnected from our friends, family, and nature via these novel gadgets. In the process of our technical addiction, our minds are overloaded with a plethora of both explicit and subliminal messages that are meant to enslave us to the materialistic and carnal programming of Hell, Inc.

Mind control is the cornerstone of ritual abuse, the key element in the subjugation and silencing of its victims. Victims of ritual abuse are subjected to a rigorously applied system of mind control designed to rob them of their sense of free will and to impose upon them the will of the cult and its leaders:’

Gnostics detected the Archons as physical intruders into our biosphere, that also used their technological sophistication as artificial intelligences, to manipulate the human psyche, so as to operate, as a parasitic “shadow” on the human consciousness. The Gnostics referred to the Archons as an “artificial man”.

The archons are the rulers who govern each of these levels and act as guardians, preventing the sparks of light (i.e., the divine essence of individual human beings) from returning to the pleroma. Part of the knowledge imparted to the Gnostics is information on how to bypass these archons on their journey back to the pleroma.

The Archons exist in both physical and non-physical bodies and basically exert control over humanity from other dimensions.

They sought to steal the power of her soul unto themselves, so that the Soul of the World and the Light of humanity would be their own. It has always been this way since humankind has walked in the world. The demiurgos and archons cloud the minds of human beings so that they cannot see the divinity within themselves and remain as beasts of the field, driven by hidden spiritual forces.

The Archons wanted take the free man and make him slave to them forever, and limiting their access to the divine connection, and therefore keep souls enslaved to their principles of the world.

As a conscequence of their fallen state of consciousness or degraded state, they are hostile to humanity and attempt to prevent mankind from attaining to spiritual liberation.

The “alien shadow” can be compared to a parasitic virus, which latches on to healthy cells in a body, in a manner that debilitates those healthy cells toward their prospective destruction. Gnostics detected Manipulative Extraterrestrials that they called ’Archons’ as an artificial intelligence that pursues an agenda of pure ego, calculated to allegedly pursue an inter-dimensional objective.

Hostile gatekeepers and archons whose job it is to turn back the ascending soul.

They act autonomously, wantonly and destructively. They are opposed to the human soul’s trying to reach the most supreme God enthroned above the seven worlds. Together, gatekeepers and archons battle against the soul’s passage to higher worlds.

One of the main goals of those who seek to deny us our freedom is to block our divine energy from rising up to our brain stem, also known as the Mouth of God*. If a person is allowed to arrive freely and unhindered at a higher state of consciousness, they cannot be controlled and enslaved unconsciously. For this reason, much research, time, energy and effort has been made throughout the ages to create programs to specifically suppress the rising of human consciousness.

Centuries of practice have gone into developing programs of suppression, destruction and division of human consciousness so that humans won’t realize they are divine, powerful and part of God’s divine plan, born fully empowered. The primary goal is to separate consciousness so it’s power is diluted or lessened. If they can break apart sections of the soul and insert doubt, fear, terror, shame, paranoia or hatred, they can succeed in taking over the life force, capturing it and using it for their own means. It is very much like a hostile corporate takeover or a virus in the body – it is a malicious energy that takes over something in a weakened state. This is accomplished in the soul and psyche through trauma and is the main tool of satanically-based programs.

The purpose of Wisdom’s intervention is a spiritual regeneration and liberation of mankind from the Archons. It can be derived that this intervention was meant to free mankind from the manipulation of the dark powers that had enslaved it by The Archons of the lesser Light. The goal and purpose for the archons is to keep mankind chained for eternity in spiritual ignorance. The archons ‘wanted to take the free man and make him their slave for ever’.

We, identifying ourselves with the body, create ignorance of this reality and misunderstanding that we are just physical and finite beings. This doubt and duality thus created between us and the Pure Self, the Divine Consciousness within, is called Spiritual Ignorance. In this ignorance, pain and doubt develops within. As one adopt the body and develop the identities of ego, Maya becomes the companion.

The Earthly Life Mind is immersed in the maya-hypnotized existence, remains in ignorance, deeming himself to be a physical being. The maya-hypnotized ego creates the distortions of reality or distortions of the powers within. The first distortion-error that man has made is believing that power is outside him, the second distortion-error is made through believing in the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. The third error-distortion of man´s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. The human body system and chakra system has “three knots”. These knots are found within the energetic interior of our psychic system. They are problematic because they bind us in a state of ignorance, distort everything we experience, and lock up our wisdom. These mind-errors is the mind-illusions that distorts reality. Another term for illusions is “maya” and the “dream state” of the mind is the maya-hypnotized mind.

Spiritual wisdom is an antidote to ignorance. In other words, it is spiritual wisdom that can destroy the thick veil of ignorance. Once the ignorance is dispelled, the mind is purified of egoism and illumined with spiritual wisdom and its misunderstanding ends. Spiritual progress dissolves the ego and state of duality.

Spiritual ignorance is caused by maya. Spiritual ignorance is generally called as darkness. The Hindus call the ego Maya, the god of all illusions, whose function is to distract the mind from finding the Divine nature of Man.

We have to change the way we think, to free our minds from all its preconceptions, and we see how difficult that is at a personal level. In order to do that, we have to address our personal fears—not just talk about the concept of fear. We have to personally open ourselves to see things in a new way and to tell ourselves a new story. Maybe we have to reexamine the way we think about our stories altogether. If we are determined to dream a new dream, we have to think about dreaming itself.

The notion that the human body is the work of malevolent creator angels remarkably parallels the idea that extraterrestrials engaged in genetic engineering to ‘create’ homo sapiens. Are we dealing with exactly the same phenomenon? Did the Gnostics know the truth about Man’s real origin and the unseen powers that seek to keep human beings in bondage? Are the malevolent creator angels who, say the Gnostics, stole spiritual beings and trapped them in physical bodies.

The star-angels and other ruling spirits appear as tyrannical, limiting agencies in this Gnostic view. They are usurpers who lord it over humanity and creation in order to enhance their own self-importance and glory. It is incumbent upon the knower to realize this and to extricate himself from the grasp of these powers whenever possible. The existential predicament of human life les in the uncomfortable dominance to which these lesser godlings subject the spirits of human beings, and from which only the experiential realization of Gnosis can extricate them? (Jung and the Lost Gospels).

The creator angels or Archon are also characterized as terrible powers or forces of negativity and illusion. They are cosmic Prison Warders seeking to keep their human charges bound to the Earth. Caught up in the illusions of material existence, Man believes he is just a body and he cannot grasp the truth of his origin. This condition perpetuates spiritual blindness. leaving human kind in captivity to the Prison Warders.

However. the Gnostics never ceased from proclaiminn that Man’s True Heine is not his body. and the material world is definitely not his true home, Man is a spiritual being and his numose is to realize his higher Sell. that light-spark exiled in the physical body. His destiny is to return to the Realm of Lights his true home beyond the stars.

We must be reawakened to our origin, where we came from, how we became trapped on this planet, and how we can achieve liberation. The Gnostics urge us to escape from the trap of the world and open our eyes to our true origin.

The purpose of Wisdom’s ntervention is a spiritual regeneration and liberation of mankind from the Archons. It can be derived that this intervention was meant to free mankind from the manipulation of the dark powers that had enslaved it. The Archons is beings of Darkness, whose purpose was to “keep mankind chained for eternity in spiritual ignorance.” This enslavement can be maintained only through ignorance.

In the world, the archons are the slave masters who constrain the community through cares and fear. Then the Archons have the slave master mentality they also are the stalkers and jailors that always stalking to suppress energy (light), vibrations and frequencies yo keep them in the band of low vibrational state.

There is a web (the matrix) of deception around the essential error that enmeshes us in “co-emergent ignorance” with the Archons. Their rules were and are designed to enslave us financially, politically, spiritually, mentally, and emotionally, and this has been going on for thousends of years. The Greek verb archein (archon) means to rule or dominate and they oppressing with fear psychology and ignorance.

As long as it is ignored, it takes root in our heart and dominates us. We become its slaves, and such is our enslavement that we are compelled to do things that we do not want to do, and are unable to do the things we want to do. If we are not conscious of the archons within us, they fall into the shadow, and that suits the archons just fine. From there they can carry on their diabolical activities unhindered. Liberating the soul begins with recognising the darkness.

Once our conscious and subconscious self has become infused with a new path, and convinced against the former, you will then possess within your living-soul the required information that will allow your soul to remain “aware and alert” at the moment it needs to rebel against their Archon entrapment. Archons using all forms of mind control technology – and programs of mind control — or soul enslavement — and using entanglement psychology to binding the mind to lower vibrational frequencies. Man’s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there.

The human mind is overpowered by deep ignorance and covered by dense darkness in sleep where the real Self is obstructed by dark and dense clouds of ignorance. The denser we find the cloud to be the more we attain the invisible light within the cloud.

“Morpheus, The Matrix”

“The matrix is a system, Neo. That system is our enemy….businessmen, teachers, lawyers, carpenters. The very minds of the people we are trying to save. But until we do, these people are still a part of that system, and that makes them our enemy… Most of these people are not ready to be unplugged. And many of them are no inert, so hopelessly dependent on the system that they will fight to protect it.”

M Scott Peck writes; Evil is the use of power to destroy the spiritual growth of others for the purpose of defending and preserving the integrity of our own sick selves. In short, it is scapegoating (or today´s gang stalking).

Therapist Dr M. Scott Peck, author of The People of the Lie, writes: at one point defined evil as ‘the exercise of political power that is the imposition of one’s will upon others by overt or covert coercion in order to avoid spiritual growth’”, and covert and overt is used in today´s psychological warfare against targeted individuals.

The human soul is imprisoned in this dungeon of the world, confined in the darkness of matter, and only gnosis can free and awaken it from darkness of the archons

It is the ego that creates division and restlessness in the mind.

“The human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being”.

The Gnostics viewed human nature as a triune composed of body, psyche, and spirit, believing that the spirit, or pneuma, was trapped not only within the prison of the human body, but also within the prison of the psyche. Ego is one of the main programs that can stop you from reconnecting with the God within, but ego can be broken. It’s a distraction that produces emotions that must be mastered in order for you to see the illusion of separation for what it is, an illusion. Ego divides, which is what the Archons want.

Creation is a result of a precosmic fall, we are imprisoned creatures. The Archons created our humanity in order to keep the divine substance of the pneuma captive. Because the light of the immortal Man has been mixed with cosmic substance, he is imprisoned in the sensible world. Humans are the divine spark of light lost in the darkness and complexity of the psyche and the body. The true home of the spirit was in heaven, not on earth. Body (the purely physical) and soul (the emotions) were held totally captive by the seven planetary archons though the forces of astrology, which most gnostics took very seriously.

Ego is the reason for the Tower of Babel (as described in your Bible), which led to the separation of humanity and loss of the experience of Oneness, and the ability of humans to understand each other. Ego is the reason the Archons manufactured royalty and a social structure and, in a smart way, they got the go ahead by the masses. This did and still does contribute to the power of the Lower Lights. It’s a front, like the Reptilians being in control of the manipulation when it is really the Archons. Ego is the root of human difficulties, but it was engineered this way. Ego divides countries, states, towns, and people.

Archons rule by dividing, and this they always did. They create religions diametrically opposed to each other and their adherents believe only themselves to be right. This creates religious wars were humans rise against humans — and this creates the food for archons (as they feed on the released energy of fear and terror).

Ego is the reason for the Tower of Babel (as described in your Bible), which led to the separation of humanity and loss of the experience of Oneness, and the ability of humans to understand each other. Ego is the reason the Archons manufactured royalty and a social structure and, in a smart way, they got the go ahead by the masses. This did and still does contribute to the power of the Lower Lights. It’s a front, like the Reptilians being in control of the manipulation when it is really the Archons. Ego is the root of human difficulties, but it was engineered this way. Ego divides countries, states, towns, and people.

The main point is to work on yourself, find your own connection, and have confidence. Yes…the human mind has been conditioned over time to create doubt. This is part of the Reptilian traits that were given to the human body computer. This is a distraction. Anything with distraction and hierarchy is an illusion. It does not come from a place of love and service. It is a distraction.

The archons has pushed human race into a “an ever-depening spiritual sleep.” David Icke has written in The Veil of Tears that certain frequencies can be used to block receipt of radio information, and that certain frequencies can be used to block receipt of radio information.

Through technologies they can create a “vibratory prison.” He asserts that all we need to do is extend this concept to the planet as a whole to get an idea of how spiritual information is being perceptually blocked from the 4th dimension, creating a material prison. He writes:

The complete takeover of the Earth by extraterrestrial expressions of the Luciferic Consciousness was accomplished by creating a vibratory prison. We are multidimensional beings, naturally able to experience many frequencies and dimensions at the same time. However, when the imprisoning vibration an imposed blocking ‘frequency net’- was thrown around this planet long ago, it prevented us from accessing the higher levels of our consciousness and potenpotential – or, the higher dimensions. It caused us to cease to be ‘whole’ or tial we became disconnected from ‘the Father.’

According to Icke, the full-scale vibratory imprisonment of Earth humans may also have been effectuated by closing down crucial Earth vortexes linking the physical (3-D) world with other space/time dimensions. Some of these important windows, however, are still open, and, as well, certain rituals are said to be able to re-open them. Icke speculates that these interdimensional portals may have been closed to prevent negative entities from entering this space/time reality. Thus, this may have been a necessity to minimize chaos and disorder. However, it left Earth humans detached from higher levels of being and cut off our “eternal memory” of who we are. This is essentially the story of the “Fall of Man.”

He writes, “we forgot who we were and where we came from.” Icke explains:

The human race has for ages been living out its existence inside a kind of meta-physical box with the lid held down. We sit in the dark, believing that our potential, and Creation in general, is limited to what is within that box, within that vibratory prison. Over the ages since the vibratory net was cast around the Earth, we have been a people working at a fraction of our full and infinite potential. Life on Earth was changed dramatically by our extraterrestrial jailors, and this also affected the animal kingdom.

Luciferic consciousness works through human consciousness to manipulate human nature and our understanding of reality. It stimulates us to perform inhumane acts by awakening negative emotions. Icke believes, however, that there are positive 4th dimensional extraterrestrial groups working to help humanity rise up and reconnect with our lost identity.

The “Global Elite,” Icke wrote, operates the Brotherhood and through the Brotherhood the world, by controlling a “pyramid of manipulation.” This pyramid consists of a set of hierarchical structures.The topmost level of the conspiracy Icke calls “the Prison Warden.” He makes clear his view that the Prison Warders are extraterrestrials without being specific about where they came from: “A pyramidal structure of human beings has been created under the influence and design of the extraterrestrial Prison Warden and their overall master, the Luciferic Consciousness. They control the human clique at the top of the pyramid. The means by which these nonearthly Prison Warden exercise their control is left somewhat vague. In his work, Ickc began to speak in Ncw Age terms of “negative energy” and “blocking vibration.” By utilizing these forces, the aliens have imprisoned us in “a frequency ‘net’ thrown around this planet.”

Author David Icke refers to these negative energies as Luciferic Consciousness. Luciferic Consciousness is a collective consciousness, known to Christians as the “Antichrist,” and is the total sum of all minds, human and extraterrestrial, whose thoughts vibrate within an extremely negative frequency range. Icke professes that it is possible for such a multidimensional collective consciousness to affect an entire planetary system with their thoughts alone. As !eke explains in his on-line article, “The Veil of Tears”:

As everything is created by thought, and all matter is subordinate to thought, all physical events are the result of a thought or thoughts of some kind affecting matter. All of the events which caused mayhem in this galaxy took place within the confines of the vibratory prison, created by the Luciferic Consciousness. This consciousness can work through any life form—human or extraterrestrial—which is operating within its vibratory range. The Luciferic Consciousness is an extremely negative thought pattern, or range of thought patterns. Anyone whose attitudes are within that range can be captured by it and turned into a vehicle for its will.

When the Luciferic Consciousness locks into an individual’s consciousness, it, in effect, becomes their `mission control’, their guide and master. If however, our intent remains loving and positive, it cannot affect us directly because our energy fields (auras) will be vibrat-ing within a range much higher than the Luciferic band. There is no resonance established. The Luciferic broadcast’is not received by a consciousness tuned to a different frequency, just as a radio receiver only picks up stations within a defined bandwidth at any given time.

Many races embrace what they are good at, but unfortunately many humans do not. Humans are programmed from an early age to help strengthen and contribute energy to the energy grid created by the Archons. Fortunately, this is breaking down.

The Divine knowledge involves creating a cohesive force that can break the stranglehold that the Demiurge and archons have on the human consciousness.

But it will take an influx of energy to enable these creative forces to break through the constrictive patterns of resistance that belong to the darkness of greed, fear, and self-interest that at present drives our collective. The energy needed for this breakthrough is already within the world, hidden within its energy centers. These energy centers are waiting to be unlocked so that their power can be used for this transition. The keys to unlock them are particular qualities or energies of consciousness. For example, the mystical consciousness that looks only towards God, that remembers Him in His world, is one such key. This is why individuals and groups of mystics have been positioned at certain places in the inner and outer worlds in order to facilitate this work of unlocking the centers of power.

Humans. The aeon that had fallen was captured and imprisoned in this material world in the bodies of humans. Many humans have this spark of the divine within them. People with the spark have a longing to escape this world;

Salvation. The divine spark within humans can escape only by learning where it came from, how it got here, and how it can return. Deliverance from this evil material world, in other words, comes only by liberating knowledge (gnosis).

The archons of this world and controller of the matrix humankind is trapped within don´t want humans to understand what there real higher self is and where they came from, and this is the central key to undestand how the earthly life is under the spell of ignorance and illusions of maya. Ignorance and maya creates the veil of separation in place and illusions, deceptions and fear is been used to hindering spiritual progress from the lower matrix to the higher levels of divine consciousness.

The Gnostics believed that the Archons feed on the human soul, “the dew from above,” and they try to keep human beings imprisoned in the fallen world of physical reality and ignorance.

This tyrannical world-ruler is called heimarmene, the “universal Fate” that constitutes The world is controlled by an oppressive, blind, impersonal, cosmic force called heimarmene.

Worrying is a physiological reaction to fear. The ego perceives fear as being real and synchronizes the physiological systems of the body to react to any impending danger. Blood pressure increases, respiration rate quickens, glycogen releases into the blood stream from storage areas, and digestion ceases as blood shunts to the extremities, and stress hormones are released in the bloodstream to prepare the body to fight or flee against the threat.

The hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis as being responsible for the “fight of fight” response of stress. A threat does not have to be a physical factor to provoke the sympathetic stress response, as emotional worry will conjure up the same physiological reaction as if the energy system were being attacked by an outside factor.

Obsessive, irrational thoughts within the stream of consciousness can manifest into a cognitive attack, causing the sympathetic nervous system to react to the stressful thoughts. When the systems are activated as a result of an anxiety attack, cognitive processing becomes irrational and distorted due to the stress chemicals that are released in the bloodstream.

Anxiety reverts higher brain functioning to primal functioning because blood and oxygen is being diverted throughout the entire body limiting the amount of blood and oxygen flowing to the brain. The ego promotes anxiety by projecting fear and worst-case scenarios. Fear is simply an illusion that the ego cannot decipher or understand anything that is not in its control.

The ego is fragile and when it cannot understand an impending threat it will hide, leaving the energy system to operate in primal instinct mode. In this state, all rational thoughts become repressed.

Cognitive anxiety is a result of a broken feedback loop within the stream of consciousness. If the feedback loop is not resolved, it will remain in the forefront of the thought cycle. The ego creates chaos but cannot control it. Therefore, all irrational thoughts cannot be resolved by the ego. In order to resolve anxiety, the energy system must seek out strategies to help turn off the broken feedback loop and process it through the categorization filing system within the stream of consciousness.

Anxiety is poison to consciousness. Anxiety is a combination of many illusions including fear, insecurity, mistrust, and doubt. When all of these illusions take over, inner turmoil disrupts the stream of consciousness, inner turmoil results. The ego feeds off the chaos, promoting a heightened awareness of the false reality belief system. All projections, perceptions, and reflections within the false reality belief system block the truth from ever permeating into the stream of consciousness in the anxious energy system.

Earth is a vibrational mind prison and humans is kept within a full-scale vibratory imprisonment or enslavement of this world

The creation of the first man had, therefore, a distinct and concrete end: to free the sparks of divine light from material creation, send them home, and thereby reverse the direction of creation.

Their goal was release from unconsciousness and ignorance, or incomprehension. Humans who possess the divine spark can find their freedom only in learning of its source, how it came to be entrapped in the material world, and how it can escape to return to its original realm. The spirit, the divine portion, sleeps in matter, unconscious of itself, and the only worthwhile purpose of life is to awaken and liberate it through knowledge.

Humans who possess the divine spark can find their freedom only in learning of its source, how it came to be entrapped in the material world, and how it can escape to return to its original realm. This important theme of gnosis takes us back to the beginning of our search. Gnosis is the liberating knowledge that enables release from the material evil world.

For the Gnostics, the true God did not create this world at all. The world emerged from a cosmic disaster in which a lower deity or a group of angels, either out of malice or ignorance, created the material universe and entrapped elements of the divine within it. The mythologies that these Gnostics espoused served to explain how these lower deities came into being (often as emanations from the true God) and how conflicts among their ranks led both to the catastrophic concoction of matter and to its aftermath, the imprisonment of divine sparks.

While these cosmogonies struck the fathers as puzzling in their complexity and bizarre in their detail, they proved particularly disturbing in their guiding premise, that the Creator and Ruler of this world is not the true God but a lower deity whose creation comprises the realm of evil and ignorance. The material world is prison to the sparks of the divine, and the goal of the Gnostic systems is to liberate them. It is, in fact, within human bodies that the sparks have become imprisoned and from which they must be released.

Since humans have a spark of the divine, they are not completely at the mercy of the Demiurge. In order to be able to live a spirit-filled life, nonetheless, the soul must be freed from its earthly bondage. The redeemer is thus a teacher, and redemption thus consists in the acknowledgment of the divine spark that liberates individuals from the limitations of material things and allows the believer to participate in the divine.

However, a human is great as he is not just a piece of matter and he is no slave. A colossal spiritual force is put into him that is able to transform him into a Real Human, in an essence much higher than this world. Freeing from deceit, a man becomes stronger and smarter. The more clever, spiritually free people are, the harder it is for the Archons to implement their plans, and the weaker their influence on people becomes. And if all people know the Truth, there will be nobody for the Archons to dictate their terms to. In reality they are empty spaces. There is only a handful of them. The decision is in people’s hands: give in to provocations of the Archons and bring the planet to the global war or throw down the Archons’ authority and create the golden age of this civilization. The future of the world is in people’s hands. Everything is very simple. You need to be the one whom the Archons fear. You need to be a Human!”

The Propaganda of Darwinism ‘This isn’t about Darwinism but about propaganda. We all swim in a vast sea of propaganda. Why is it not only pertinent but essential to grasp this? Because propaganda techniques are what were, and still are, being used to propagate the Darwinian religion. Once you understand this, you can easily see through the tricks, tactics, techniques and manipulations of public opinion going on all around you, nor only with the spread of evolutionary lies and pseudo-science but politics, religion, public morality … everything.

And once you see it, it loses its control over your thinking and your opinion forming.

There is nobody more enslaved than the one who does not see the invisible chains.

Artificial Intelligence and the Matrix have no other references to other worlds or other dimensions, so this becomes Reality. Enslavement is the the result of the False Matrix. Icke believes humanity is being controlled and enslaved in a false matrix. We are infinte beings, he believes, designed for harmony and peace, who are trapped in a war-like matrix of the lower mind. Aren’t we constantly fed false realities in order to keep us quiet and to prevent us being free?

The Matrix entangles and disempowering, the humans that supply the Matrix its power. The Matrix world is based upon a paradigm of ever increasing enslavement and exploitation. We have been taught that the artificial reality of the Matrix is all there is; we have been taught that we have no power to change it. But the truth is that you do have power, in fact, you have the power to create worlds or be a co-creator of your own life. The Matrix uses one´s innate power to sustain a world that doesn´t benefit higher consciousness or spiritual growth. The Matrix is set up to control and dominate humankind to enslavement of the mind, humans becomes its subjects as long they reamin ignorant of their own power. Once human through practice or “yoga” are fully conscious beings The Matrix has no longer any control. A new, amazing future is arriving . Humans are all facing a decision; they can choose to stay in the Matrix or leave it for a life of freedom.

The carnal mind is based on endless with methods to control anyone and everybody in the matrix. The beast system will suppress anyone who might obstruct the empire’s agenda.

The veil holds a rigid structure in place that does not allow the DNA software programming and the coding structure of the DNA to actively integrate into the higher-dimensional chakra system necessary to activate aspects of the hypothalamus, medulla oblongata and pineal gland. These aspects are limited by this veil or partition. This partition is also what holds you in third-dimensional linear time (time as a past-present-future loop) and creates major restrictions to knowing yourself.

When you observe in present-time, the veil is neutralized. allowing observation from the Higher Mind. It’s here where this partition or veil is dismantled and reconstructed into its originally intended function: to open your awareness of the multidimensional consciousness from where you have come. Here the hypothalamus, medulla oblongata, pineal gland and seventh and eighth chakras become more engaged. the ninth. tenth and eleventh chakras become accessible.

“The (alien) group” requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn yoga science of liberation), because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities would free us from the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for most of our history. It has been deeply ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to have psychic powers. The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use them. The heart center is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality.

We are truly on a prison planet, no longer having a natural connection with the divine spirit, “Why”. The story of the “Garden of Eden” (and paradise lost), is the eviction from Paradise. This story becomes our true reality. But instead of eating an apple from a sacred tree, “what” could be the true story? Remember the old saying “an apple a day keeps the doctor away”. This is not just a fancy saying, because the apple has a monatomic substance which can heal you, and more importantly helps to activate the pineal gland between the brain (every ones third eye). But instead of nourishing our stargate to gain access to a higher self, this ability has been manipulated with chemicals in the air, food, and water. A time when a different race came from heaven to earth, who we call god’s because they were so advanced. Revelation quotes that these god’s created man to their likeness, well they improved mans ability on a molecular level, more or less changing our DNA.

The prison is the world of sense, and that the ascent and vision of things above, i.e. realities, is “the upward progress of the soul into the intellectual world, where it gains beatific vision”; for our argument shows, “that the power of knowing reality is already in the soul when the eye of the soul is turned.” The very nature of the mind enables it to find the eternal in the temporal, and to rise through the sight of the seen to the reality of the unseen.

The Luciferian Elite had created an institution to provide credibility for their specially designed “‘science”, called, “Evolution: The Occult Doctrine of Becoming”. Evolution had been an Occult fantasy all along.

The End Goal has always been the genocide of all who follow this Hermetic Path except the High Elite Occult Masters who are pushing such knowledge. At the lower levels, you never even hear about this agenda. It is no accident that the internet is on fire for Hermetic occult knowledge. The Luciferian Elite who pull all the strings from the top down, with secret societies.

We can choose to ignore the signs and allow a worldwide Smart Grid of unimaginable oppression to go up around us, or we can start opposing it by gradually UNPLUGGING from the Digital Beast System that has been constructed all around us. It is a choice that can no longer be ignored. The promise to “heal” the world has been offered to Mankind through the conduit of technology, but depopulation and mass genocide will precede all this, where only The Elite will be allowed to inhabit the New “Healed” World Order.

As long as we desire the pleasures of technology and stagger onwards, drunk upon the techno-hypnotic trance of digital convenience, we will become slaves to The Elite plan for Transhumanism, where The Luciferian Elite ascend and make everyone else their digitally imprisoned slaves.

Technology can only be used within the constraints of how it is designed, how the culture perceives it, the knowledge that users have, and the society that has assimilated it. Undoubtedly, it funnels our experience into a certain pattern of behavior and thought. The Elite perpetuate the myth that we need technology and cannot disconnect from it. Technology is always harnessed to a particular end. Technology is not neutral. We think it frees us. We are free to walk within the prescribed parameters of the app or website we inhabit. That is not freedom. That is an animal in a digital cage, nothing more. The larger context is that Technology exists to enslave you…look beyond your immediate gratification to understand this. Currently, we are addicted to technology. That was the plan. It was on purpose. Technology reflects the Elite’s passions, capacities, and values. It is all about control and hypnotism.

And Transhumanism is at the core of this Luciferian Apotheosis Dream to become God. Whether it be through A.I. Techno Mysticism or genetic engineering, they are ramping up for the leap into a Super Consciousness Singularity as the Luciferian Technium Divinorum Autocracy.

Manipulating Matter The Scientific Dictatorship as a Project in the Reconfiguration of Reality

“In the article entitled “The Ascendancy of the Scientific Dictatorship” we examined the transmogrification of the elite’s religious power structure into a technocratic oligarchy legitimized predominantly by science. The history and background of this “scientific dictatorship” is a conspiracy, created and micro-managed by the historical tide of Darwinism, which has its foundations in Freemasonry. In this article, we shall examine the “scientific dictatorship” as an enormous project in the re-sculpting of reality itself.

The Technocracy Freemason Aldous Huxley coined the term “scientific dictatorship” and presented an allegorized version of the concept in his famous roman ‘a clef entitled Brave New World. Huxley was mentored by Freemason H.G. Wells, who also presented a fictionalized “scientific dictatorship” under the appellation of the “Technocracy.” This is an interesting designation for a world government managed by functional elites and scientists. It is derived from the Greek word techne, which means craft. Given Wells’ membership in the Craft of Freemasonry, the synchronicity becomes apparent.

THE CRAFT and the powers of Lucifer.

Transhumanism offers an updated, hi-tech variety of Luciferianism. ‘

Transhumanism advocates the use of nanotechnology, biotechnology, cognitive science, and information technology to propel humanity into a “posthuman” condition. Once he has arrived at this condition, man will cease to be man. He will become a machine, immune to death and all the other “weaknesses” intrinsic to his former human condition. The ultimate objective is to become a god. Transhumanism is closely aligned with the cult of artificial intelligence. In the very influential book The Age of Spiritual Machines, AI high priest Ray Kurzweil asserts that technological immortality could be achieved through magnetic resonance imaging or some technique of reading and replicating the human brain’s neural structure within a computer (“Technological Immortality,” no pagination). Through the merger of computers and humans, Kurzweil believes that man will “become god-like spirits inhabiting cyberspace as well as the material universe”.

The carnal mind is the manipulator of the mass energies of the mass consciousness. Since the carnal mind is in control of the world, the flesh, and the devil.

Mass consciousness. The collective consciousness of humanity. Mass mind. The collective mind of humanity. Until quickened, this body, often called the lower mental body, remains the vehicle for the carnal mind. Sympathy draws the individual into the whirlpool of human chaos and ties up his energies in the day-to-day melodrama of the mass consciousness through the beta brain waves (of duality). Beta brain waves is also the mass consciousness.

Mass of thoughts that have been built up in consciousness through many generations of earthly experiences and crystallized into what may be termed human personality, or carnal mind. Another name for the devil is ‘sense consciousness. Sense consciousness is a mental state formed from believing in and acting through the senses. It is carnal mind expressing its disbelief in the omnipresence of God. The carnal mind is not conscious in the customary sense, although in another sense it is completely conscious—more so in some ways than the ego, since it has to direct the routine functions of the body such as the breath and heart-beat even in deep sleep. The carnal mind, as one might expect, thinks sensorily.

Without the mind of God, people are the products of the mass subconscious – until we are ready to participate in the final freeing of spiritual man from the dominion of the sense consciousness. in the Bible as “the carnal mind,” “the natural man,” “the mind of the flesh,” etc. … may have than a consciousness arising wholly from the five senses, this consciousness is wholly of this material realm.

What you understand about yourself becomes your consciousness, and your consciousness forms your personality. The more you understand your divine self, the more you become conscious of it; and only then do you manifest it as your personality. Your divine self has the character of God. Understanding God is to know your true Self. This is the doorway to happiness.

The old self, or the false self, is the creation of the carnal mind. It is not the creation of God. God created our divine authentic Self. We have created the false self through a false light, or sight. This light is the false wisdom we gained by eating from the three of the knowledge of good and evil under the deceptive influence of Satan. We gave so much importance to this false ego or self, that it became the main personality in our consciousness. This is actually the cause of all the problems and chaos we face in life.

Fear has numerous faces and has been engrained into our systems in countless ways. Fear is reflected in our beliefs, emotions, and the collective consciousness grids. It is locked in our energy bodies, organs, and cells, and it is an inherent part of our minds. This means that stepping out of fear is a process that requires time, diligence, perseverance, willingness, and a clear intent to never give up, even though the process might at times be incredibly frustrating. We will never step into a new consciousness if we are not willing to undertake this path. And we will never make a real connection with the Sidhe. The process of stepping out of fear has three major steps: connecting with your heart (divine essence), connecting with the frontal lobes of your brain, and the stimulation of the frontal part of your amygdala.

As long as we allow the archon-controlled governments and religions to suppress our vibration using fear tactics, we will have great difficulty progressing as a people. Fear is a sure fire way to shut down our vortex of creation and turn us into impotent spirits that can be easily manipulated in mass. As long as our vibration is kept low we will be docile pawns in the hands of the new world powers desired by the archons.

Of course the answer to fear is to raise our vibration by not being afraid of anything, what good will that do anyway? Once we align with our vortex of creation and see our power as infinite consciousness, all fear (and the archons promoting it) will dissipate and the world will change.

There is an occult/Freemasonic stratum in the command structure of media and world control. There is a long-term occult agenda in geopolitics that is just now coming to poisonous fruition.

The elite’s occult Darwinian doctrine constitutes part of this “long-term occult agenda” and, therefore, plays a significant role in the shaping of world events. It is within the body politic that the Hegelian framework of the elite’s evolutionary script is tangibly enacted.

The beast system will suppress anyone who might obstruct the empire’s agenda.

According to occult allegory, the 21″ century will see the culmination of an evolutionary process begun by the Masonic deity, Sirius. In light of this revelation, it is interesting to consider one of Aldous Huxley’s prognostications in Brave New World Revisited” …the twenty-first century…will be the era of World Controllers…

This new era, has already started with the forced reengineering of our planet and us humans. ChemTrails are not only changing the environment we live in, but are changing us from the inside out. Planetary re-engineering goes beyond controlling the weather. The people behind geo-engineering are after the human race. Transhumanism.

Transhumanist intend to replace all natural laws with their own set of rules which will make it easier to control it all. It is nothing more than an agenda to destroy humanity and human nature. It seeks to devolve and enslave humans in a way that will be irreversible.

Sometime is the evolutionary history Earth was throught these unseen spiritual powers, authorities, principalities made to their domain and they went about rearranging the D.N.A of native human species through genetic manipulation and through unplug the other 10 spiritual dna strands (the 98% junk dna) so the human race would be manageable and easier to control. Therefore, everything that was unnecessary for survival was disconnected. Man was left just with a subconsciousness script and code that controls the template of the 2 dna strand of the carbon-body of humans.

The elite understand that ultimately the economy is connected to a Luciferian spiritual economic system.

The highest levels of government finance, culture, science, and politics, the elite, are busy constructing a global economic order that will culminate in what is described in Revelation as the mark of the beast system. We can see this with the development of biometrics, radio frequency identification (RFID) chips, electronic tattoos, electronic payments, and similar technologies. Prophesy scholars say that the mark of the beast system is now possible for the first time in history.

James 4:1 reveals how the carnal mind is designed to protect the carnal desires of this world or the desire consciousness of this world. Satan´s goal must be to keep everyone imprioned or trapped in the carnal mind desires of consumption and in this world the desire becomes a kind of worship after more materialism.

Revelation 13:17 reveals how the RFID chip system will protect the carnal beast system of the mind; nobody will be able to buy or sell – or do much of anything, for that matter – without the RFID-chip. The RFID will captor the carnal mind into the lower matrix and prevent spiritual progress.

The end goal with the RFID chip is to keep everyone bounded into the economic system or bounded to the beast system, and this mean bounded to the state of the carnal mind or the desire consciousness. The beast system is the economic beast system and the carnal mind, and when humankind is bounded through the RFID chip no one willnot just be able to buy or sell anything without the RFID chip, but humankind can then not transform them into their divine nature and be trapped in the carnal mind or the matrix/mind prison and the carnal nature of man. This is the meaning of the quote James 4:1 that reveals how the carnal mind is designed to protect the carnal desires of this world or the desire consciousness of this world.

‘AI’ may even be more dangerous than nuclear weapons

Machines cannot become like man, but man can become like machines

As a species, humans have developed and depended upon hierarchical political and economic systems to control themselves and each other. What if each and every one managed to preserve and utilize to commandeer all the magnificent energy of his or her own experiences, challenges, transitions and death releases? Look around and recast, even if only for a moment, what you see in these terms. Humans may be mimicking what some predatory forces may seek to do to humanity as a whole. Humans’ own drone class may be supplying its own social-hierarchies energy, while the entirety of the physicalized human hierarchy, the whole of the human species living on Earth, may be a drone class, supplying energy for other more multidimensional hierarchies. As above, so below; as below, so above.

So where do we find ourselves as a culture today? Three main things are abundantly clear. We are living in the most oppressive period of political tyranny in world history, we are in a global political, economic and environmental crisis of epic proportions, and we as a people have lost the ability to resolve it because our power has been taken from us by corporate, political and banking vampires posing as “good fathers” who care about us. We are all so shocked and traumatized by the agenda they have implemented, that we are stressed, fearful, exhausted and have forgotten our divinity. We have forgotten that we came equipped with abundance, love, joy and a divine purpose. We don’t remember that we came to help the world grow, heal and transform towards wholeness. And that is exactly what they intended to happen. We’ve reached a turning point and a critical mass consciousness. But that critical mass consciousness can go either way. They are fine-tuning you right now to make it be tuned permanently to the zombie channel, or to take the critical mass consciousness in the other direction, to mass awakening.

Theta is the border between the conscious and the subconscious world, so by learning to use a conscious, waking theta brain wave, we can access and influence the powerful subconscious part of ourselves that is normally inaccessible to our waking minds.

In this state, the parasympathetic nervous system response is more stable and the ability to overcome bias may be greatly improved.” This is also the brain wave in which our minds can connect to the ‘divine’ or super-conscious Self to access greater insights and transcendental states.

Slowing down brain wave activity and adjusting brain chemistry increases serotonin levels, positively influencing mood and behaviour, and switches on endorphins, easing the nervous system and improving healing responses.

In fact it is proven that meditation stimulates the parasympathetic nervous system, creating significant positive physiological and emotional changes. Stress, on the other hand, activates the sympathetic nervous system and triggers an ongoing flow of cortisol into the blood stream,’ diminishing immune system function and inhibiting neurogenesis.

Chronic stress causes the body to adopt a defensive mode and also results in perceptual, cognitive and emotional impairment. To change this we must be able to stimulate the parasympathetic nervous system, which allows for renewal.

By activating the parasympathetic nervous system through meditation, you feel warmer, your blood pressure and pulse rate drop, and your breathing slows down and gets deeper. You also engage your immune system to its fullest capability.

Your body rebuilds itself neurologically and you become healthier and more open to new ideas, emotions, people and situations (especially if they are different). You also become more open to learning, adaptation and change.

There is a great power in one-pointed concentration.

Through meditation and positive sound frequencies can been channeled to activate your DNA by accelerating the bodies fine neuro-transmitters to travel to areas of the brain, the pineal and pituitary gland which help open the third eye, crown chakra, and the chakra above the crown center. Within our cerebrospinal fluid are tiny piezo-electric crystals which are encoded with tiny modules of liquid light intelligence that carry this information to all our cells, especially when they are activated through conscious intent, sound and light. When these piezo-electric crystals are activated either through specific sound healing frequencies, light, or through meditation, these intelligent codes of light begin to release and nourish all the cells in the body, (much like a bio-computer) helping to stabilize new levels of DNA activation which not only accelerates healing, but prepares the physical vehicle (body) for ascension.

If we want to raise our vibration, we need to prevent fear from controlling our state of being. When we find ourselves in a state of fear, we need to have a way to release fear. Learning to release fear is important because most people regularly experience fear in different forms, inducing seemingly challenging, difficult, and emotional situations that are not real but imagined. These fears keep us locked in the matrix, the morphogenetic grids of our awareness, of our active consciousness. It is also our collective consciousness that induces fears. This is how we create the vicious circle of fear in our lives.

Icke points to the profound waking-up experienced by Neo in The Matrix: he wakes up, gets back into his body, masters the protocols of the computer-generated false reality, and sets about to challenge the entire system. As Morpheus says, you won’t even need to dodge the bullets; they will have no consequence on you because your new state of consciousness will transcend their illusory nature. Icke implies we need to be like Neo. Once Neo “reached that point of reconnected awareness, the agents, the sentient programs, all-powerful until then, were suddenly no problem to overcome,” writes Icke. What Neo did, so can we all, Icke urges. We similarly can remember who we are, where true reality comes from, and reconnect with our true and infinite Self, and “that moment is fast approaching,”

The ego has become the “God” of the collective awareness among energy systems within the mass of collective energy. The dividing factor of separation from spiritual energy and God’s energy was when the ego entered and took over the unconsciousness of the energy system. As long as the ego remains in control of the energy system, the truth of knowing God is inhibited. Spiritual energy and God’s energy must converge to allow total connection to the higher levels of consciousness. The ego suppresses spirituality and God’s energy, thereby, disconnecting the energy system from believing in anything greater than itself.

“The human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being”. Then this world has created a collective hive mind and become the god of this wolrd, so does this collectibe ego of this world prevent other people spiritual progress, and this is the process and actions of organized gang stalking on Earth.

The magical power of our subconscious mind is the greatest discovery of mankind. It has the power to overcome the constraints of time and space, as such, one´s subconscious mind posses all the information, wisdom and resources you need to know and have for survival and success. One do not need to attain this power by purchasing any equipment, software or perform any rituals. One do not need to learn this skill as it is always within. One just need to learn to unleash and use it effectively. When one know the correct way of doing so, one can benefit from it for the rest of one´s life.

The subconscious will spare no tactic to protect one from any discomfort, and it will invoke some amazingly creative ways and go to extreme lengths to keep one in your comfort zone.

It is important to understand that the comfort zone is like a magnet … a gravitational force that doesn’t allow one to stray far away from one´s comfort zone without conscious and powerful effort. Like the rocket that needs a sustained powerful force to blast through the earth’s gravitational pull, a person must forcefully push against his or her usual thoughts and behavior and sustain that effort to break through his or her personal gravitational pull. But … AND HERE IS THE KEY … every person must do his or her own “pushing” to sustain achievements. This is exactly why it is so critical that every key person (actually every person in the organization if fiscally feasible) have their own personal customized strategic plan. The customized personal strategic plan is the blueprint for exactly how, given their personal strengths and weaknesses, a specific individual can break through their personal gravitational pull and make needed changes while achieving critical objectives that support the organization’s master strategic plan. The bottom line is that conscious and unconscious efforts to resist change will undermine and sabotage the greatest of plans if proper attention is not given to supporting the change process from the very start.

The Archon vased “technospheric” matrix—the matrix of technology, human thought, and the collective consciousness of humanity that is based on fear. The technosphere is the mirror representation of the disconnected DNA patterns. Together the two forms create a virtual mirror net, where the internal manifests the external structures, which in turn keep the mass of humanity bound and hypnotized in the 3D world. These structures feed and live off of negative emotions, bodily dysfunctions, and apparently unshakeable inherited family traumas and behavior patterns. These distorted structures farm energy from the DNA, on a family and collective consciousness level, guiding it into supporting the ever-expanding technospheric matrix, literally feeding it with human life force so it can grow. The distortions then become even more entrenched in the collective consciousness, feeding back into the human DNA and creating a feedback loop or junk DNA pattern: a vicious cycle. Together, the junk DNA that contains the codes of self-limitation, and its mirror image in the technospheric matrix create one single entity—the ancient mind of humanity. When we become aware of these distortions and transmute them, we can leave this ancient mind of the mass consciousness behind.

What is the Matrix? Well, in the movies that’s pretty clear. The Matrix is a world of illusion where people are imprisoned and kept in spiritual ignorance. But in our world the Matrix is much harder to define. The Matrix is a kind of homeostasis, a pattern of behaviors designed to do one thing: to keep things predictable, to ensure that they remain exactly as they are. We can find these behaviors in just about every dimension of human thought and society, from the largest systemic problems to the most everyday interpersonal dynamics. When we look at all these systems together, we can summarize a set of criteria for recognizing the Matrix. The Matrix is everywhere and nearly undetectable. It keeps us from being free.

The great wealth of the human spirit has come to dwell in the poverty of the human body. Spiritual ignorance is caused by maya. Spiritual ignorance is generally called as darkness. The Hindus call the ego Maya, the god of all illusions, whose function is to distract the mind from finding the Divine nature of Man.

With the invasion and desecration of the human temple by strangers, the spirit, which is the candle light of the Lord, was switched off causing a major communication breakdown. Due to a major technical error, the transmission mast could no longer link up with the base station. Man had to learn to communicate to God through the realm of the soul which has less powerful network signals. The soul, which was meant to compensate for the incapacitations of the fallen spirit, came under incessant attacks through the telepathic manipulations of the deceiver. Though man possesses a free will, he was constantly pressured to do evil. The constant stream of evil thoughts flowing at a high speed invading his microcosm makes him helpless without God.

The All Wise One still sought man, because in him dwelt the remnant of hope of a reactivation of the divine plan. In the midst of the perceived wretchedness and spiritual death, the promise of restoration lay in man. The seed of recovery was embedded in him, and, by the manufacturer’s design, he was imbued with the innate potential for regeneration. Though strange, the Master’s plan required human instruments. In spite of his overwhelming inadequacy, God was still mindful of him.

Skip Largent writes: “All movies and television are a projection of the reptilian brain. How so? … All communications transferred by reptiles are done so by visual symbolic representations, each having specific meaning.” This is … Another aspect of the reptilian mind is the ‘hive’ mentality and they have sought, very successfully so far, to transfer that hive or herd state to the human population. That is through these energies and forces the organized gang stalking is operating.

Icke believes the reptilian brain in humans (in its present form) is not natural or normal but a product of reptilian genetic manipulation. “It acts like an enormous microchip and locks us into their control system,” he says. “Its primitive, emotional, fear-based sense of reality provides the perfect vehicle for collective control and the conflict and insecurity so essential to divide and rule.

95% of humans thought comes from the reptilian brain

Icke likens what is happening to humanity to the scenario presented in They Live and says the Moon is affecting our minds in a similar fashion to the broadcasting antenna in the movie. He describes the Moon as a “receiver-transmitter and broadcasting system,” which has transmissions feeding the collective human mind with a false version of reality . The Moon operates by hacking in to, or intercepting, the waveform information from which we decode reality, he says. From the Moon is transmitted a distorted and suppressed version of reality. This “fake reality broadcast” is what he calls the Moon Matrix. “The reptilians are broadcasting a false reality from the Moon that humans are decoding into what they think is the physical world,” Icke explained. Therefore, the reality we’re experiencing is not the reality we ought to be experiencing. “We are living in a dream-world within a dream-world—a Matrix within the virtual-reality universe..

The Earth we are speaking of is what you perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is. Those of you in this third dimension see your Earth from a third dimensional point of view. Those of you who are in the third dimension see the third dimension as physical solid substance. Because of the vibration of the electromagnetic energy field, you are seeing it through light refraction. That light refraction, from your point of consciousness, is as real to you as anything is on this physical planet Earth in the third dimension. Change the electromagnetic energy field, you also change the light refraction. And that light refraction changes what you experience and what you see. That is why we teach that what you are truly seeing out there is an illusion, and it is an illusion based upon light refraction.

When fear blocks the ability of visions, it prevents us from seeing reality as it is. and make true learning, or real change. It blocks and creates major restrictions to knowing the real Higher Self and creates an illusions one is living in a comfort zone, and when one start to leaving the comfort zone the ego reacts with negativity, fear, stress, anxiety or panic, and if one continues to progress against these emotions and thoughts, then the mass consciousness will start organized gang stalking actions (spiritual and psychological warfare to prevent one from make any changes and leaving the matrix).

When fear blocks visions, it blocks us from seeing reality as it is, and this blocks new input of information, and when this input of new information is blocked, this then blocks the process of learning, and when the learning process is blocked, then the ability to change is blocked, and when the ability of changed is blocked humankind is imprisoned in the looping matrix of old concepts of duality. Freedom is the ability evolving and freedom is the ability to be able to change. And this controls the 2 dna strands from progressing.

Fear not just blocks the flow of energy, visions, it blocks the pathways and it blocks the source of information. Fear makes the alpha bridge to dissapear, and the alpha bridge carries the codes that the theta divine brain waves need to start healing the old evolutionary brain. When the alpha bridge is re-builded one get access to divine theta information of bliss, and through this new information; humankind can reprogram the whole brain and evolving new spiritual gifts.

When fear blocks visions its blocks the third eye of intuition. The power of intuition dissolves ego and duality. Insights and visions reveals the path to salvation and fear hindering this process and the archons prevent the soul from ascending and obstructing the pathway to higher consciousness, and therefore using all forms of negative, fear mongering, stress inducing, senstizing methods create harm by using harmful covert and overt methods of spiritual and psychological warfare (organized gang stalking).

Energy is information, and information is history. Its like the key and lock together. Ancient text then reveals there is three knots of ignorance and these blocks the natural flow of energy in the human body-system, and then energy is information, and information is the “history” humankind is trapped in and living in the state of ignorance or the slumbring state.

Igonrance is the spiritual asleep stasis and this is the shut off mechanism for the disconnected divine essence within humans and humans is therefrore not just disconnected from their divine self and divine history. Through this humankind become trapped and imprisoned within the ego perspective and how reality is been presented to it. When humans is imprisoned within a matrix of history the mind is been controlled by illusions of maya, state of ignorance, dream state, the matrix, fear programming, hidden agendas, mind control and brainwashing methods. When humans don´t have access to higher levels of consciousness or their intuition the mind can easily be altered and conditioned with belief system that gaining, feeding and fueling the matrix.

One of the main goals of those who seek to deny us our freedom is to block our divine energy from rising up to our brain stem, also known as the Mouth of God*. If a person is allowed to arrive freely and unhindered at a higher state of consciousness, they cannot be controlled and enslaved unconsciously. For this reason, much research, time, energy and effort has been made throughout the ages to create programs to specifically suppress the rising of human consciousness.

The ultimtate result of visionary insights is when duality becomes oneness and the principle is; the further backward you look, the further you can see forward. In the state of Oneness everything is experienced in present time (past and future becomes now). When humans abilities slowly disconnects from her roots of evolutionary history and evolutionary reference, in combination with lost of ability to self-reflection, and lowered levels of Consciousness it will be more difficult to see further in the plans of future. The logic is easy; to see forward you must have ability to see backwards. When they disconnected 10 of humans spiritial dna strand they disconnected their evolutionary references and their intuition, and therefore lost the abilty to see beyond the veil of ignorance, and this gives them the advantage to control and make humankind manageable and easier to keep them enslaved in the Matrix.

Energy, information is light and it has been social and genetic manipulated and enginered for eons and thosuends of years, generation after generation.

The Light Codes carry so much of our ancient memories. As we activate consciously each of the DNA layers we also activate the light codes, turning up the dimmer switch, allowing more light to enter our beingness. This all happens as we are able to hold and manage new levels of light. Our nervous system needs to be strong, as does our grounding and physical health. Knowledge heals, it allows the pathways to safely heal and clear. This is why we address our healing and rebuilding in several ways, to ensure a safe and healthy passage through this mighty and exciting.

Practically speaking, when we shut off our internal mind-talk and concentrate our attention through things like intention, meditation, prayer, or contemplation, we tune ourselves into this subtle, spiritual, quantum-level energy matrix. When this energy is allowed to transfer to our DNA (without interruption from negative attitudes or limiting beliefs), it affects the molecular and cellular levels that drive all our physical metabolic processes. This is why we have the ability to heal ourselves through prayer, meditation or conscious intention.’

The carnal mind and ego is the desire consciousness and earthlife is all about living through this desire consciousness is connected to a form of “trigger consciousness” . Through the daily living the human mind is been controlled by daily subliminal programming to trigger the desire consciousness in certain ways.

Desire consciousness is built up around the word “mass”; mass-belief, mass society, mass media, mass production, mass distribution, mass consumption, mass-produced and mass-consumed, mass entertainment, mass communication, mass education, mass consciousness, mass psychology, mass hysteria, mass illusion and finally all these parts is the Matrix.

The Archon vased “technospheric” matrix—the matrix of technology, human thought, and the collective consciousness of humanity that is based on fear. The technosphere is the mirror representation of the disconnected DNA patterns. Together the two forms create a virtual mirror net, where the internal manifests the external structures, which in turn keep the mass of humanity bound and hypnotized in the 3D world. These structures feed and live off of negative emotions, bodily dysfunctions, and apparently unshakeable inherited family traumas and behavior patterns. These distorted structures farm energy from the DNA, on a family and collective consciousness level, guiding it into supporting the ever-expanding technospheric matrix, literally feeding it with human life force so it can grow. The distortions then become even more entrenched in the collective consciousness, feeding back into the human DNA and creating a feedback loop or junk DNA pattern: a vicious cycle. Together, the junk DNA that contains the codes of self-limitation, and its mirror image in the technospheric matrix create one single entity—the ancient mind of humanity. When we become aware of these distortions and transmute them, we can leave this ancient mind of the mass consciousness behind.

There are three major knots, which tie us down to fear and bondage. When something tie human down to fear and bondage it creates a subconsciously and conscious channel or a consciousness that is based on – fear. And then block the natural flow of spiritual energy from the heart through the second knot of bondage.

“Wherever energy is tied in knots of self-deception, of dissonance, of selfishness, fears, doubts through the ego – thus, when the momentum of dissonance becomes too great, the top of the threefold flame cannot spin. When its three plumes are of different height, out of balance, it cannot spin, and therefore the resurrection fires do not glow. Light is the alchemical key. The alchemical key, is the key to the key. The key is the Apocalypse or cruxifixion of the state of duality and the outcome is Oneness, Harmony and Balance. In this balance the energies starts spinning and the threefold eternal starts to glow. Without the cruxifixation of duality, there can be no transforming (resurrection), no ascension, and without the bridge (cross) between the physical matter and spiritual dimension , there can be no Oneness (crown).

Revealing their true self causes ridicule, persecution, and never ending insults of projections of being labeled as delusional or heretics against the false reality belief system within the mass of collective energy. This is the collective organized gang stalking. They constant stalking persecution and “shadowing”.

All ownership enslaves the body, and is physical slavery or bondage ; and all errors, all false doctrines, enslave the mind : in truth is liberty.

LIBERTY is a divine principle, and belongs to God only. He that is free, does according to his own will, without being hindered by anything. It is evident, therefore, that no creature can he free but only in and by God ; as no creature can have life but only in and by God , and liberty is life and life is liberty. Life is also love, and love is life ; therefore liberty is love. Therefore all creatures pant after liberty, as they pant after life and after love ; for without liberty can be ‘neither happiness, nor life, nor love. The counterpart of liberty is slavery, bondage, captivity which is the satanic principle. As in God is liberty, so in Satan is bondage. As God seeks. to lead us into liberty, so Satan seeks to lead us into bondage. Satan is a slave, and a slave-holder, a tyrant, the father of slavery ; and all that enslave, are slaves themselves ; and just according to the measure as they enslave, they are enslaved.

“…any of a number of world-governing powers that were created with the material world by a subordinate deity called the Demiurge (Creator)…Archons were viewed as maleficent forces. They numbered 7 or 12 and were identified with the seven planets of antiquity or with the signs of the zodiac.”

“This basic gnostic myth is that the creator described in Genesis is not the true god, but an inferior Demiurge. The Demiurge has many sort of ministers, or archons, and together they are responsible for this miserable world. Though imprisoned in this “abortion of matter,” humanity carries within itself the leftover sparks of the precosmic “pleroma” that existed before the Demiurge and his creation.

It is as usurpers that they occupy their domain of the lower heavens and rule over their damned creation.” “History, written by the archons, and organised religion, also controlled by them, have elevated this evil bloodthirsty tribal god to the highest level, while suppressing the truth about the existence of the True God.

“From a Gnostic perspective, the “Loosh Collectors” are the “Archons” – the dreaded rulers of hyperspace who had to be avoided at all costs when leaving the body at death. The Archons collectively rule over the world, and each individually in his sphere is a warder of the cosmic prison. Their tyrannical world-rule is called heimarmene, universal fate … [This universal fate] aims at the enslavement of man. As guardian of his sphere, each Archon bars the passage to the souls that seek to ascend after death, in order to prevent their escape from the world and their return to God.

The demiurge was evil because he wanted to impose an untrue religion. He also wanted to impose his judgment upon humans because he thought he could judge good and evil. Gnostics thought the archons were inferior demonic beings. Their Old Testament names were Iao, Sabaoth. They intervened to separate humanity from God, and the universe became a prison controlled by the archons. Archons barred the passage of souls who were seeking to ascend to God after death, who were attempting to escape the world.”

“The creation of physical, material man by the archons, and what might be considered subsequent “nth derivative” creations of “homo sapiens” by the Nephilim and the propagation of an ungodly race by the Watchers, thus rendered man subject to not only the laws of mortality but to inbred emotions of rebellion and lust and animal-like behaviour that could only be eradicated by “spiritual surgery” as it were, by man’s submission to the path of initiation whereby he is restored to his original, inner Divine Nature.”

“If we picture earth at the center of the universe, the soul has acquired these energies on its downward (or inward) journey from the celestial regions through the planetary spheres. It emerges into earth life via the womb, full of potentials and tendencies that are delineated by its natal horoscope. Through life it works with these potentials, hopefully refining them so that they emerge as virtues. If this is accomplished, the soul when it leaves the body at death is light and unencumbered, and well able to rise upward (or outward) to the place of its origin. If instead the energies have coagulated in vices, then the upward journey will be difficult and the soul may even remain trapped in the earth’s atmosphere, a torment to itself and a bane to its fellows.”

“This scenario is the archetypal pattern of Christian-Gnostic salvation: redemption from ignorance perpetrated by the archons through their attempt to bind men permanently to a genetically and otherwise manipulated physical matrix, an envelope of matter and consciousness tainted with rebellion and the lust of the archons.”

“Humans are generally ignorant of the divine spark resident within them. This ignorance is fostered in human nature by the influence of the false creator and his Archons, who together are intent upon keeping men and women ignorant of their true nature and destiny. Anything that causes us to remain attached to earthly things serves to keep us in enslavement to these lower cosmic rulers. Death releases the divine spark from its lowly prison, but if there has not been a substantial work of Gnosis undertaken by the soul prior to death, it becomes likely that the divine spark will be hurled back into, and then re-embodied within, the pangs and slavery of the physical world.”

Much of the mystery as to why the people of earth have been unable to challenge evil successfully… these very same forces of evil have seen to it that all references to the race of evil (whether they be fallen angels, archons, or Nephilim) have been either removed, suppressed or destroyed outright. … In general, this evil is the result of either fallen, inferior or usurper deities, angels or rulers.

The Interrigo Iohannis is Catharian tale about the legendary fall of angels into the material world. Satan formed a male and female body out of clay Than he forced two angels to enter into the bodies. Satan, the dragon, trapped and captured all the angels he could grab out of heaven as they fell. Remember that bible-stuff about 1/3 of the angels in heaven being swept down by the dragon’s tail? Gnostics say that was us. We are the Fallen Angels. We were trapped. We’ve been tricked. And we were mourning over what was imposed upon us. WE are TRAPPED angels. We are soul splinters of archontic oversouls spread over different time lines and dimensions.

Discribes earth (and the whole solar system) as an angel trap. The real divine world is a lightworld. Our entire soul lives there in harmony with all that is. But there is a dark place in this lightworld. There was built an attractor by two entities – the order states their names: Satan and Gabriel – a trap which allures divine souls.

It is not explained here how this trap works excatly.

But we can picture:

If the angel is trapped his soul gets blown up and parted. Through this traumatic soul fragmentation the knowledge about the devine lightworld gets lost to the greatest extent: the splitting into consciousness and unconsciousness begins.

The dissociated parts of the fragmented soul turn up into different worlds of experience and get entrapped with various artificial problems. On different planets and moons, partly as silicon based life forms (si-world) or also on Earth as carbon life forms (c-world) the soul fragments undergo experiences which are not part of the divine but of a demonic reality.

Life in this experience matrices follows the scripts of the angel trap. Essential elements are the fight of good against evil, demonic seductions and intimidations, conflicts, experiences of frustation and shortcoming, the search for true love and so on. But as long as our soul is trapped, whenever Good is victorious, when the demons are defeated and love comes true, the script is changed: evil prevails and the vicious circle is beginning all over again.

In the following, the three levels of reality will be shown

The old conception of the Veils of Archons is used to express, that firstly there is ‘something’ that veils true reality, and secondly there are several veils: We can imagine that the first false reality is projected onto the first veil, a second false reality onto a second and a third false reality onto a third. From this follows: If someone has lifted the first veil (which is rare enough), he goes from deception to error and is still far from reality Behind the second and the third veil there is also blinding instead of truth.

Moksha is a hindu term meaning: “freedom from samsara, the cycle of death and rebirth”. But what they discovered was shocking: an invisible prison system, that keeps souls trapped! Description of the target side: “A fence or grid around a place, that acts as barrier, that traps people or objects”. This is a checkpoint for an external force. It acts as a cage.

How does it work? Earth is shielded by a companion object. An object, that squeezes tightly around the globe. It is a chemical process. There is a mechanism at the time of death, that is lensing/curving your light back down to earth. This act of lensing generates energy inside the mechanical structure. What is happening to the soul? To the souls there is a fractioning occuring. The mind and body of a person is fractured, rendering them confused and angry.

How did this begin: Long ago, in the past, this planet was watched by an outside force with great envy. On earth reincarnation did not exist, souls were not trapped at death and were able to leave this sphere. Then a massive war occured. The fate of earth was decided. The outside force took over.

At death some specific particles become charged and create an emission. This shoots out of the being like a bullet. This occures from the center of the being that is the soul. It is being sent to a “super highway” for the soul. The mechanical object around earth prevents the soul from reaching this highway. If you reach this highway, you’re safe. In order to be free, the position in the angle with which you exit the body is very important. A 45° degree angle is crucial.

Why was this object created around earth? The adversaries running this system are like demons. The mayhem down here is intended, it feeds the system itself. Who is responsible? A council of organic entities. They operate from a place, that freezes time. It seems to be a void or black hole. They create void zones throughout the universe to enter our realm. The council itself thinks they are gods. They are extremly, service to self”

The earth and mankind are under influence of consciousness manipulation. This influence is global and affects almost every human being living here. Even people who supposedly managed to escape this manipulation remain trapped in a second manipulation matrix. Although it is quite different from the world of the normal, it is nevertheless an illusion. This influence is controlled from a level whose inhabitants are called angels, demons, extraterrestrials etc. by humans.

Man is just a means to and end, and one The Demiurge’s objectives is the perpetual separation of humans from the unity (God). In the cosmos, space and time have a malevolent characteristic and may be personified as demonic beings separating man from God. Mankind may be personified as Adam, who lies in the spiritual deep sleep of ignorance, his powers of spiritual self-awareness stupefied by materiality and gender. For man, the universe is a vast prison. He is enslaved both by the physical laws of nature and by such moral laws as the Mosaic code.

Earthly life is filled with suffering. In order to nourish themselves, all forms of life consume each other, thereby visiting pain, fear, and death upon one another (even herbivorous animals live by destroying the life of plants). In addition, so-called natural catastrophes — earthquakes, floods, fires, drought, volcanic eruptions — bring further suffering and death in their wake. Human beings, with their complex physiology and psychology, are aware not only of these painful features of earthly existence. They also suffer from the frequent recognition that they are strangers or aliens living in a world that is flawed and absurd. Human nature mirrors the duality found in the higher universe.

The human being is a spritual soul trapped in a prison of flesh. The being which The Demiurge has created has both a Spirit (capacity for spiritual consciousness) and a Soul (the embodiment of the emotional and thinking functions of the personality). The human being is a composite, the outer aspect being the handiwork of the inferior creator, while the inner aspect has the character of a fallen spark of the ultimate divine unity. In this way, Man is a crude copy or clone of a truly spritual being clothed within the inferior building blocks of a material body.

The fallen sparks of transcendental holiness slumber in their material and mental prison, their self- awareness stupefied by forces of materiality, physicality, gender and mind. The slumbering sparks have not been abandoned by the ultimate unity of the True God, rather there is a constant effort that is directed toward their awakening and liberation. Among the helpers of the slumbering sparks a particular position of honor and importance belongs to Sophia.

The awakening of the inmost divine essence in humans is effected by salvific knowledge. That is, having the power or desire to bring salvation. This is called Gnosis. Gnosis is not brought about by belief, or the performance of virtuous deeds, or by obedience to commandments, for these can at best but serve as preparatory circumstances leading toward liberating knowledge. Gnosis is achieved when the Spirit (capacity for spiritual consciousness) and Soul (the embodiment of the emotional and thinking functions of the personality) are united. Before the awakening, men undergo troubled dreams. Man does not attain the knowledge that awakens him from these dreams by cognition but through revelatory experience, and this knowledge is not information but a modification of the sensate being. The awakening (i.e., the salvation) of any individual is a cosmic event.

The Demiurge dwells on the astral plane of SATURN.

The Saturn-Moon Matrix

Your Reality is Being Hacked

“If you have a preconceived idea of the world, you edit information. When it leads you down a certain road, you don’t challenge your own beliefs.” -David Icke

Icke’s claims about the Saturn/Moon Matrix dovetail precisely with my experience — both personally and as an astrologer — of how the 29.5 day cycle of the Moon keeps us hormonally tied to tiny repeating cycles and the 29.5 year cycle of Saturn locks us into societal structures beyond which we cannot see — until we attune to larger orders, beginning with the outer planet cycles of Uranus, Neptune, Pluto and beyond. But to do this is to leap off the cliff of mind-controlled ” rationality ” into the mysterious living universe.” -Ann Kreilkamp

The questions are:

Is Saturn transmitting a frequency to Earth creating a matrix of illusions?
Is the Moon part of this?
Can we do anything about it?

Who’s really controlling things on planet Earth and beyond?

Saturn – Lord of the Rings

The Reptilian Alliance’s modus operandi is the first trigger cataclysmic events on a target “world” or solar system, and wipe away the society that was there before. Then Reptilians genetically-engineer a new species that is designed to be “tuned” into their false reality – their ” Matrix ” – and the planet is hijacked along with the perception of the people. They have done exactly this to Earth and humanity, and their means of doing so are Saturn and the Moon. Saturn, the “Lord of the Rings”, is the master control center. Saturn is a ginormous broadcasting system, and they will eventually find that the rings are full of crystals rather than “ice” – a type of crystal that we aren’t familiar with on Earth. The rings are not natural and at one time Saturn was a conventional brown dwarf. It had no rings. They have been constructed by the technology-obsessed Reptilian Alliance.

Saturn was often symbolized as an eye by the ancients and that is a likely origin of the all- seeing eye.

Saturn Hacks into the waveform information broadcast from the center of the galaxy via the Sun and broadcasts a fake reality into the Solar System. The Moon amplifies this and beams it specifically at the Earth. The fantastic synchronicities between Earth, the Moon and the Sun in size, geometry and position, are all made possible by the Moon. These synchronicities are connected to how the Sun’s information is hacked by Saturn and the Moon. The Moon is where it is because it was specifically placed there.

Visible light and the electromagnetic spectrum that science can record is the matrix, the false reality. And “God” said, “Let there be light.” The speed of light which we are told is the fastest speed possible ( rubbish ) is the vibrational “wall” of the matrix. We are not even living “on” the Earth as it really is. Some of it is “original”, but there are many holographic implants that change it for our perception. The Matrix broadcasts block humans from perceiving what we otherwise would be experiencing. The Earth that we can’t see (or feel too often) is a place of love and harmony – not war, fear and suffering. The predators dictate our lives and make us into slaves to them by hijacking our sense of reality. The Saturn-Moon Matrix transformed a once-vibrant, conscious humanity into computer programs decoding cycles of repetitive perception and behavior. The transmissions of the Satum-Moon Matrix are received and re-transmitted by the Earth’s crystal core which has been tuned to the Matrix frequency range, and the “Hack” connects with us through the reptilian brain and the receiver-transmitter system that we call DNA.

This brings us back to “junk” DNA – the overwhelming majority of human DNA is of ” off- world” origin and the “extraterrestrial junk genes ” merely enjoy the ride with hard-working active genes passed through the generations.

What we see in our DNA is a program consisting of two versions, a big code and basic code. First fact is, the complete ” program ” was positively not written on Earth; that is now a verified fact. The second fact is that genes, by themselves, are not enough to explain evolution; there must be something more in “the game”… Sooner or later we have to come with grips with the unbelievable notion that every life on Earth carries genetic code for his extraterrestrial cousin, and that evolution is not what we think it is. Our hypothesis is that a higher extraterrestrial life form was engaged in creating new life and planting it on various planets. Earth is just one of them. Perhaps, after programming, our creators grow us the same way we grow bacteria in Petri dishes. We can’t know their motives – whether it was a scientific experiment, or a way of preparing new planets for colonization, or the long-time ongoing business of seeding life in the universe.

The DNA implanted by the “extraterrestrials” is pre-programmed, and one effect of the Satum-Moon Matrix is to activate those programs to play out as ” spontaneous ” human behavior and a sequence of “time” .The “software program” is running in every human mind – body computer and it has been encoded for eons.

Nature, saying that all modern humans are descended from a single mother who lived in Africa in about 200,000 B.C.? If what we call humans originate from a single source the program could easily have been implanted that would infiltrate every subsequent member of the ” species” (software). Only by becoming Conscious beyond mind – body can we override the program.

DNA was pre programmed. Some researchers appears to have known far more about DNA than was made public, and they believed that it was made of “extraterrestrial ” origin.

So the Matrix illusion is so deep, so ingrained, because it is not only a Matrix field, but a DNA program. The “Queen Bee” ( Saturn-Moon ) broadcasts the waveform information “hack” and humans decode this into a world they think they see, and perceptions and behaviors they think is “them” . We can be completely controlled by the Matrix and be no more than human robots responding to data input, or we can open our hearts and minds and see beyond what others can see. This means opening our minds to consciousness which is not subject to the manipulation of the Matrix or the DNA program. It operates outside of “space” and “time” and beyond the vibrational walls of the Matrix.

Those in authority who run and enforce the human Control System are following a program in the same way as worker ants and bees follow the program broadcast by the Queen. They are computer terminals on the Matrix Internet with the Saturn-Moon Matrix triggering their already programmed DNA to respond according to the program.

Those appointed to positions of power) are the most locked-in because they were genetically-created for that purpose, but anyone who is not truly conscious ( most of humanity ) will be responding to their DNA Saturn-Moon Matrix program which drives their thoughts, perceptions and behavior.

How Your Reality is Being Manipulated

The Saturn-Moon Matrix is decoded within the electromagnetic frequency range visible to human sight and technology, and the genetic-engineering of the human mind-body computer locked humans into that frequency via DNA and the reptilian brain .

Icke, David – Remember Who You Are. Remember „Where“ You Are and Where You, Come“ from.

Consciousness can, however, override that and so they have to maintain humanity in low- vibrational states to imprison their perception in the Matrix. The plasma field within our holographic reality acts like a ” plasma screen” on which we “watch” the ” picture show”, or appear to. It is an expression, like everything, of decoded waveform information. People go through their lives following the Saturn program they are decoding while thinking this is the “real world”. Humans are like two-legged farm animals caught in the headlights of an oncoming Matrix.

The reality we are being fed is encoded with perceptions and experiences that cause people to transmit low-vibrational emotional energy that both feeds the Reptilian Alliance and, in many ways, helps to power the system The virtual-reality “game” is interactive, and so is the hacked version. We receive and transmit, we receive and “post”. The Saturn- Moon Matrix has created an energetic perception “loop” in which the false reality is fed to us, and, when we perceive it and believe it, we feed back that perception to the Matrix.

This constantly empowers the false reality in a feedback loop. In Short, the matrix is powered by our belief that the hacked reality is “real”. We can and will break the closed loop with the realizations and by opening our minds to Consciousness beyond the Matrix frequencies. The power of the Satum-Moon Matrix to influence our reality dilutes and dilutes the more we open our minds and hearts and let Consciousness in. The Control system is terrified of the Truth Vibrations for this reason, and this is why it is now throwing everything that it can at humanity to keep us entrapped within the vibrational box through fear, chaos and upheaval. By the way, some unexplainable and “paranormal” experiences happen when there is a “glitch” in the Matrix information field.

There are many reports from around the world that the heavens have changed, the constellations are not where they should be and that the Moon has changed its angle. This is the result of the Reptilians manipulating the Matrix to confuse us and prepare us for the fake “end of the world” or “new world” prophecies by the Bible, the Mayan Calendar, Hopi prophecies and all the rest. They are not true. They are part of the manipulation and the Reptilians plan to make it seem as if they are happening by manufacturing events. They are already doing so. It was all planned a long “time” ago.

Reptilian Brain – Reptilian World

One of the chief ways the Matrix connects with us, not surprisingly, is through the reptilian brain, and this helps to lock us into the Reptilian Alliance control system. The Matrix transmissions are also aimed at our DNA receiver-transmitter systems, and much of this is happening within the realms of what science calls ” junk DNA. ” Some of this has been switched off in order narrow our band of experienced reality, and some is picking up the Matrix frequencies by carrier waves from Saturn via the Moon. The Saturn-Moon Matrix is how they have done it. Humans tuned most powerfully to the Matrix transmission ( the overwhelming majority ) are like worker ants following the work-plan broadcast by the Queen. Ants are said to communicate through chemicals called pheromones, but they are only the chemical expression of vibrational communications. Ants tune in through their antennae and we pick up the Matrix broadcasts through DNA and the reptilian brain. The Reptilians have a hive-mind communication system which the Matrix connects with, and it would appear that at the center of this is their version of the female “queen”. Maybe the worship of the “goddess” is something to do with this and certainly the hybrid bloodline is passed on through the mitochondrial, or female, DNA.

The Matrix “mind” is the controlling force behind all the institutions of human control and those who run and administer them while being unknowing prisoners of the Matrix themselves.

The reptilian brain doesn’t think – it reacts; it is constantly scanning the environment in search of threats to its survival physically, financially and across the great spectrum of human experience – reputation, job, relationship, the list goes on and on. They need to feed us an endless stream of reasons to fear not surviving, to connect us more powerfully into reptilian-brain reality – therefore Matrix reality. These emotional states affect the way DNA receives and transmits, and cause heart rhythm incoherence and scrambles the 1 relationship between heart, brain and nervous system. This is another crucial reason why we are bombarded with wars,| financial collapses, false flag terrorist attacks, health “scares’ “global warming” , engineered ” natural ” disasters and all manner of other things. This way they can most powerfully plug us into the Matrix and energize it through the “feedback” loop.

The Moon is a very powerful electromagnetic computer… The energy from the Moon has been beaming electromagnetic frequencies onto the Earth for aeons now to maintain the two- stranded DNA (it is said that is should be twelve-stranded)…

…The Moon is a satellite that was constructed… it was… anchored outside Earth’s atmosphere for aeons as a mediating and monitoring device, a super computer or eye in the
sky. …Earth must be owned by those who dwell there; however it is not. You have outside gods, creator energies, who prevent you, as a species, from having free-reign

The influence of the Moon, as a main satellite computer, affects all of the Earth… The Moon’s programs have for aeons been of great limitation toward human beings… These are repetitive cycles that the Moon creates, to which you respond. Moons like ours can also be used to influence planets in a very loving and positive way and it is possible that the Moon was doing that before it was hijacked by the Reptilian Alliance to be a means of mass manipulation and control.

We need to be flexible about detail and let Information be our guide, not unyielding dogma. In that case, removing the Reptilian Alliance from the Moon and changing what it broadcasts would have a life-changing effect on this planet and its inhabitants. Simply switching off the Reptilian broadcasts would change everything.

There is a multi¬ dimensional effort going on to set the planet free from aeons of Reptilian/Gray control and this will succeed. We need to play our part in our level of reality while others do their job elsewhere. This dismantling of the Reptilian Control System is not only to help humanity. What is happening here is having a knock-on effect across a wide area of the galaxy and beyond because of how a smaller part of a hologram can affect the whole.

There have been many battles over the Moon… There is a plan to gradually insert different programs of influence on Earth when the Moon becomes occupied by forces that would assist in your growth rather than limit you.

The Moon’s programs have for aeons been of great limitation toward human beings. The tales about the full moon and insanity, madness and heightened bleeding are all true. There are repetitive cycles that the Moon creates to which you respond. It is the extraterrestrials that really operate it all. Your technology, though rapidly advancing, cannot begin to compare with the biotechnology (including genetic engineering) of sentient space travelers.

You are newcomers to the game and you miss a vital key, for your senses, and the essence of your physical world, structure reality in a particular way. You constantly translate data and, like interpreting a dream, condense the experience into physical boundaries, where you find you can explain less and less. We are leaving an age of limitation and entering an age of limitlessness). We are being manipulated to decode reality that keeps us limited and enslaved.

All Movements, actions and manifestations of people, animals, and plants depend upon the Moon, and we are controlled by the Moon… The Mechanical part of our lives depends upon the Moon, is subject to the Moon. If we develop in ourselves consciousness and will, and subject our mechanical self and all our mechanical manifestations to them, we shall escape the power of the Moon.

The Saturn-Moon Matrix operates within the frequency range of mind, the electromagnetic spectrum and low-vibration emotion. When we open our minds to Consciousness our perception expands beyond the influence of the Matrix frequencies. We can suddenly perceive what we were blocked from perceiving and we begin to see what is really going on.

The most ancient human accounts do not mention time. It is an illusion of the Matrix, and time was encoded to enslave humans by disconnecting us from the NOW.

The “ Time Loop ” is the Matrix. The time loop is what has been hacked into the limitless NOW-reality that we should be experiencing. Saturn is associated with time and “Kronos” , the name of the Greek Saturn God, means “time.” Saturn – Moon control of our perception of time the ” reptile ” holding humans back so they could not “grow”

Planet Earth is a Saturnian society controlled from Saturn via the Moon. This makes so much sense of what has happened to the world, and what is happening. Notice how the traits and influences of the Saturnian are the same as the Draconian – the Reptilian “hive” mind. The Satum-Moon Matrix reflects the hive mind of the Reptilians that control Saturn and the Moon. The Reptilian hive mind has hijacked the human mind via the Reptilian brain and the Moon Matrix.

In the universal order pain is not generally experienced by the creation. It is generally only experienced in reality systems that are controlled by the archons, in order to control, manipulate and render powerless those whose energies they feed off because they have lost their connection to the universal exchange energy system.

Archons uisng pain to control humankind on Earth in one form or another, and none is immune to it. The archons have done this by disconnecting all other soul beings here from Source, and wiping out their eternal divine memory of who they are, where they come from, and what their purpose is. Instead, they have connected us to cellular memory that limits our remembrance of who they are, where they come from, and what their purpose is. Most people consider that memory is contained in the brain, or central processing unit. This is not true here on earth. Memory is stored in the cells of our physical bodies. Only short term memory (a few minutes) is stored in the Hippocampus in the brain. It is called the cellular memory. Pain comes from our cellular memories stored in our bodies.

Because pain is located in our cellular memory, we easily feel it, and experience it, because it is stored as memory in our cellular structure, that is why anesthetics work. When the cellular form is deadened no pain is experienced.

Over time, our cellular bodies are ‘loaded’ with pain memories, and so we begin a process of avoiding pain, and the whole societal and social structure here is designed to avoid pain, i.e. a re-occurrence of previous pain. That is understandable and also sensible, unless one understands that it doesn’t have to be that way. It works this way. Once we are thoroughly indoctrinated with the notion of pain we avoid pain, and feel it before it has actually occurred.

Pain resides in our cellular memory and we can feel it before it occurs or our bodies are subject to any kind of damage. Most of us can remember some pain or other from our past, and don’t know where that memory comes from, how it is stored in the cells of our bodies, why we try to avoid a re-occurrence of it, and why it is there.

Fear here is largely the avoidance of previously stored pain and the memory of it. That is how the archons have captured, captivated and controlled us like sheep. We exist, mainly to avoid pain.

Understanding that all species here are similarly afflicted by pain, and that our pain sometimes causes us to inflict pain on other soul beings, as we do, may provide us with the basis for overcoming pain. Pain is essentially a memory that is carried in our cellular bodies, so that we can feel the pain and recall the memory, even if we are not under any duress or affliction. We all remember some pain or other, and we spend most of our lives, and doings, avoiding that emotion and the memory of that pain.

Pain is the system of imprisonment here. The pain body and system here was specifically designed to control us, and to keep us subjugated and imprisoned in a system and a prison with no bars, and of our own making. This is done by building a memory base stored in the cells in our bodies that ‘punishes’ us when we don’t conform to their system of control, and we feel ‘pain’, when we don’t conform.

It’s a bit like being in a prison with electrified iron barriers, and if we try to get out of the prison we are given a shock. That is the role that pain has in the archon system.

The archons removed one strand of our physical DNA to ‘make us forget’ who we are, and to keep us imprisoned in their ‘pain system’. We therefore have two strands of DNA in our physical bodies, but with a three strand corresponding encoding in our soul bodies. Their whole system of indoctrination here is designed to make us forget who and what we really are and to make us remember our painful experiences, including our physical, mental and emotional experiences that are then stored in our cellular memory in our bodies, and manifest as pain in the body, mind and emotions.

The key that unlocks this entire system is the middle chakra—heart chakra. It is the gateway to higher consciousness.

The superconscious mind is like a spark of life supplying energy to the rest of the mind.

Man has a spark in his heart, ignited from the Eternal Flame of Life, the Divine Principle, clothed in the Immortal Triad.

Holiness is the spark of divinity in man, and no soul should be regarded as being deprived of this spark of divinity. This spark is light itself, and though it also exists in the lower creation, among animals and birds, in trees and plants and in any form of life, it is in man that it has the opportunity to blaze into a flame. At first this light is buried in the heart of man, but as soon as this spark of divinity begins to shine from his heart he shows the sign of holiness. This is because holiness is not a human heritage; it is inherited by every soul from God. But it manifests only when the heart is open, and when out of that divine spark there rises a tongue of flame which illuminates the path of man in life’s journey towards the spiritual goal. It is lack of understanding of this subject which has made man accept a certain teacher in whom he or his friends or ancestors recognized divinity, and at the same time reject another with all his apparent holiness.

In the progress of education, the knowledge of the soul’s purpose, the only thing worthwhile in life, is overlooked. Education qualifies a man to become selfish to the best of his ability, and to get the better of another. Art has lost its freedom of grace and beauty, since its reward depends on the approval of the heartless and blind. Science has degenerated for the very reason that the scientist has limited his view to the objective world and denied the existence of the life which is beyond perception. In the absence of a higher ideal the constant striving after material inventions has led man to such devices as have set the world on fire. Those who are under the spell of destruction are unaware of all this; they cannot know it until the clouds of gloom have dispersed, their hearts are clear, and their minds have recovered from this intoxication which prevents them from thinking and understanding.

Fourth chakra, the heart chakra, is literally the heart of our spiritual system,

The psychic spark in the heart that survives death.

The true secret soul in us—subliminal, we have said, but this word is mis-leading, for this presence is not situated below the threshold of waking mind, but rather burns in the temple of the inmost heart behind the thick screen of an ignorant mind, life and body, not subliminal but behind the veil—this veiled psychic entity is the flame of the Godhead always alight within us, in-extinguishable even by that dense unconsciousness of any spiritual self within which obscures our physical nature. It is a flame born out of the Divine and … the inner light or inner voice of the mystic. It is that which endures and is imperishable in us from birth to birth, untouched by death, decay, or corrup-tion, an indestructible spark of the Divine.

The threefold flame within the heart is the spark of life

In this work consciousness is the catalyst. Consciousness is the connection between the outer and inner, the individual and the whole, that is needed to spark life’s awakening. Without it nothing new can be born. But with the light of our consciousness, the patterns within life and within ourselves can begin to change and come alive in a new way. The archetypal shifts that happen gradually over centuries can be speeded up. These primal forces can help us resolve the global problems we have created, and together we can discover a new way to be with ourselves and with life. We can create a civilization based upon oneness and interrelatedness. Just because we have forgotten how to work with life’s energy does not mean that it is inaccessible, or that it is not waiting to be used. Once we step outside of the isolated image of our individual self, we will find that we are part of an organic restructuring of life in which our consciousness is being realigned with the energy within life. We will begin to awaken to the light that is waking up within the world, to the life that is waking up within and around us. We will have to be attentive: the signs of this shift—which are barely visible in any case as what is awakening is so new—may be all the more difficult to see through the dense clouds of materialism and forgetfulness

But it will take an influx of energy to enable these creative forces to break through the constrictive patterns of resistance that belong to the darkness of greed, fear, and self-interest that at present drives our collective. The energy needed for this breakthrough is already within the world, hidden within its energy centers. These energy centers are waiting to be unlocked so that their power can be used for this transition. The keys to unlock them are particular qualities or energies of consciousness. For example, the mystical consciousness that looks only towards God, that remembers Him in His world, is one such key. This is why individuals and groups of mystics have been positioned at certain places in the inner and outer worlds in order to facilitate this work of unlocking the centers of power.

The common catalyst that seems to dissolve the boundaries of alchemy, magic, and science is light.

Once again we have to learn how to work with the divine, for without the spark of divine consciousness the world cannot alchemically transform. But this spark does not follow the laws of reason, the logic of our minds. It follows its own ways, which are the ways of the divine and the hidden ways of creation. When the alchemists were working in their retorts and crucibles, they were often amazed at the results, at the strange and unexpected phenomena they observed as different chemicals combined. The same is true of the inner alchemical processes.

Man does not need to trouble about what is lacking outside, for in reality all is within himself. And if he will keep this idea before him and blow on the spark of mastery by constant contemplation, then one day that flame will rise and his life will become clear and his power will indeed be great.

Your divine spark is made up of the same light as that of the universe. The light is within you, and you are in it. The light is you, and you are the light! In the same way, your divine essence lies within, just as your essence lies in your divinity. They are one and the same. When you are identifying with your divine essence, you are connected to all that is within and without, because you are at one with the universe and the universe is one with you. When you are fulfilled by your desire, you know what it is to have peace, joy, and freedom. You are the creator of your own life.

Your own innate blueprint is your individual code that is stored in your DNA. Even your DNA is connected with your divine essence, while it is not a part of it. When you tune into your divinity, your connection positively impacts the body, stemming from your thoughts and way of being. Your thought patterns can also act as keys that can unlock the sacred codes of your DNA. As the frequency of your thoughts and emotions rises in vibration, so does your way of being on a physical level. Your vibration, when raised, can activate your DNA even further in ways you have not experienced up to now. As your DNA activates, it can mutate into higher levels of being. Now it is known that your DNA is influenced by electromagnetic fields, and this includes thoughts. Expressing your divine essence is the key to your DNA activation. You resonate at a higher frequency in vibration when you are attuned with your divine self. At this higher vibration, your experience changes as you can see more of all that is. Now you understand at a deeper level how the universe operates and how you can manifest all the abundance, joy, and happiness you desire. This is your birthright. You are a magnificent being, much more so than you realize. You really have the power to manifest your true desire in physical form, for this is your mission in realizing the vision of your desire. The higher your vibration, the easier it is for you to manifest what you desire into your life. Your divinity is at one with your authentic self, and only by going inward can you bring out what you truly want in life to fulfil you soul purpose. The key is to go through your authentic self, where you can become at one with your divine essence. Your authentic self is the doorway to your divine essence.

The spirutual and psychological journey from beta brain waves to theta divine theta brain waves and the gnostic journey from the archon mind matrix

Earth is a vibrational mind prison and humans is kept within a full-scale vibratory imprisonment or enslavement of this world

The creation of the first man had, therefore, a distinct and concrete end: to free the sparks of divine light from material creation, send them home, and thereby reverse the direction of creation.

Their goal was release from unconsciousness and ignorance, or incomprehension. Humans who possess the divine spark can find their freedom only in learning of its source, how it came to be entrapped in the material world, and how it can escape to return to its original realm. The spirit, the divine portion, sleeps in matter, unconscious of itself, and the only worthwhile purpose of life is to awaken and liberate it through knowledge.

Humans who possess the divine spark can find their freedom only in learning of its source, how it came to be entrapped in the material world, and how it can escape to return to its original realm. This important theme of gnosis takes us back to the beginning of our search. Gnosis is the liberating knowledge that enables release from the material evil world.

For the Gnostics, the true God did not create this world at all. The world emerged from a cosmic disaster in which a lower deity or a group of angels, either out of malice or ignorance, created the material universe and entrapped elements of the divine within it. The mythologies that these Gnostics espoused served to explain how these lower deities came into being (often as emanations from the true God) and how conflicts among their ranks led both to the catastrophic concoction of matter and to its aftermath, the imprisonment of divine sparks.

While these cosmogonies struck the fathers as puzzling in their complexity and bizarre in their detail, they proved particularly disturbing in their guiding premise, that the Creator and Ruler of this world is not the true God but a lower deity whose creation comprises the realm of evil and ignorance. The material world is prison to the sparks of the divine, and the goal of the Gnostic systems is to liberate them. It is, in fact, within human bodies that the sparks have become imprisoned and from which they must be released.

This release can only come when the divine sparks are awakened, brought back to life by acquiring the true knowledge (Greek: gnosis) of their origin and destiny. The Gnostic religion, therefore, entails the revelation of salvific knowledge, “knowledge of who we were and what we have become, of where we were and where we have been made to fall, of whither we are hastening and whence we are being redeemed, of what birth is and what rebirth.” Since humans have a spark of the divine, they are not completely at the mercy of the Demiurge. In order to be able to live a spirit-filled life, nonetheless, the soul must be freed from its earthly bondage. The redeemer is thus a teacher, and redemption thus consists in the acknowledgment of the divine spark that liberates individuals from the limitations of material things and allows the believer to participate in the divine.

The spiritual spark is in a sleep stasis and kept in the state of ignorance, and ignorance is the slumbering state, so the archons prevent anyone from awakening their inner spiritual powers. The errors of humankind is to believe that the powers is outside him and not within and the external outside powers is govern by the ego and the human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being.

Gnosticism can be delineated by a redeeming gnosis of mythology that explains the present dualism which separates the humans from their god. This separation is maintained by a biblical demiurge who facilitates the creation a well-ordered world that is meant to enslave humankind by assuring its continued ignorance.

Humans are generally ignorant of the divine spark resident within them. This ignorance is fostered in human nature by the influence of the false creator and his Archons, who together are intent upon keeping men and women ignorant of their true nature and destiny. Anything that causes us to remain attached to earthly things serves to keep us in enslavement to these lower cosmic rulers. Death releases the divine spark from its lowly prison, but if there has not been a substantial work of Gnosis undertaken by the soul prior to death, it becomes likely that the divine spark will be hurled back into, and then re-em-bodied within, the pangs and slavery of the physical world. Not all humans are spiritual (pneumatics) and thus ready for Gnosis and liberation. Some are earthbound and materialistic beings (hyletics), who recognize only the physical reality. Others live largely in their psyche (psychics). Such people usually mistake the Demiurge for the True God and have little or no awareness of the spiritual world beyond matter and mind.

Human potential the divine spark within all of us—was realized by releasing humanity from the inhibiting control of the gods. Unfettered by the yoke of the gods, humans have the ability to save themselves.

The Archons are less powerful and less good than humankind, but they have managed to hold sway over humankind by their terrible illusions.

For the Gnostics, this world is a shadowy phantasm, about which the archons keep us perpetually in the dark. We are controlled by the archons because they control the false reality we are living in. However, according to the Gnostics, the archons are effectively powerless and their power over us exists only to the extent that they can deceive us into thinking that the false reality is actually real.

The maya-hypnotized ego creates the distortions of reality or distortions of the powers within. The first distortion-error that man has made is believing that power is outside him, the second distortion-error is made through believing in the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. The third error-distortion of man´s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. These mind errors is created by the ego belief-system and it is the ego that denied its own higher source in man’s inner knowing and inner being. This is done by many different ways; one is the to feed the ego with constant low vibrational frquency food of negativity, fear, stress, anxiety, worries, pain, phobias, and terrors of the mind. All these is connected to emotions and low vibrational frequencies stimulates these lower frequencies within the matrix. This world is using sound frequencies to fueling the ego and its frequencies and fear is such emotions that keep the ego in a alert state, or in the fight or flight state. Organized Gang Stalking is a product of all these methods of the archons on Earth.

When persons within whom the divine sparks reside learn the mysteries of their own existence, of their fall into matter and the secret way of escape, then they have become “Gnostics,” that is, “Knowers,” those who have been set free from the ignorance and evil of the material world and enabled to return to their home.

Because this salvific knowledge provides a way to escape this world, it cannot be attained through normal “worldly” means. The God of this world has certainly not provided it, as he is either evil and thus intent on keeping the divine sparks perpetually entrapped, or ignorant of any realm superior to his own. One can only acquire the knowledge necessary for salvation through a revelation of the true God himself. This salvific knowledge, then, is revealed by an emissary from the divine realm to a select group of followers, who in turn convey it to those deemed able to receive it.

And we should consider that God gave the sovereign part of the human soul to be the divinity of each one, being that part which, as we say dwells at the top of the body, and inasmuch as we are a plant not of an earthly but of a heavenly growth, raises us from earth to our kindred who are in heaven. And in this we say truly; for the divine power suspended the head and root of us from that place where the generation of the soul first began and thus made the whole body upright.’

Creation is a result of a precosmic fall, we are imprisoned creatures. The Archons created our humanity in order to keep the divine substance of the pneuma captive. Because the light of the immortal Man has been mixed with cosmic substance, he is imprisoned in the sensible world.

A first major concept was “knowledge” (Gk. gnosis). It was a secret revealed knowledge to initiates, which had both liberating and redeeming effects. The content of this gnosis consisted of basic insights into the divine nature of humanity and the cosmos. The possession of it freed the individual from ignorance and bondage in the world.

A second characteristic was a central myth that certain humans possessed a divine spark, which proceeded from the divine realm and had fallen into our world. Second, the earth is the tragic result of a downward movement from the divine realm.

Third, the recovery of this divine spark in the world by its own divine counterpart is necessary for liberation and redemption. A human being is a divine spark that originated in the transcendent divine world and, by means of gnosis, can be released from the cosmic prison and return to its heavenly origin. The human body, on the other hand, is part of the cosmic prison from which the spirit (the “real” person) must be redeemed.

Gnosticism presented a radical dualism of God and the world, spirit and matter, soul and body, light and darkness, good and evil, life and death. It was not God who created and governs the world but rather the Archons, tyrannical demonic powers who imprison men and obstruct their knowledge of the absolute transmundane deity. Man’s body and soul are products of the evil cosmic powers, but his spirit, or pneuma, contains a portion of the divine substance that has fallen into the world. The Archons created man in order to imprison this spirit, and in its unredeemed state, immersed in the soul and flesh, the pneuma is unconscious of its true quality. The goal of the gnostics was to release the spirit from its material prison, and this was to be attained through revelation, knowledge of the way, allowing the spirit to force a passage through the spheres of matter and impurity. By reuniting with the divine, each individual contributed to the restoration of divine unity that had been impaired in precosmic times.

Humans. The aeon that had fallen was captured and imprisoned in this material world in the bodies of humans. Many humans have this spark of the divine within them. People with the spark have a longing to escape this world;

Salvation. The divine spark within humans can escape only by learning where it came from, how it got here, and how it can return. Deliverance from this evil material world, in other words, comes only by liberating knowledge (gnosis).

The archons of this world and controller of the matrix humankind is trapped within don´t want humans to understand what there real higher self is and where they came from, and this is the central key to undestand how the earthly life is under the spell of ignorance and illusions of maya. Ignorance and maya creates the veil of separation in place and illusions, deceptions and fear is been used to hindering spiritual progress from the lower matrix to the higher levels of divine consciousness.

The divine realm. The true God did not, therefore, create this material world. He is completely spirit. According to the myths that Gnostics told—some of which are preserved among the Nag Hammadi tractates—in eternity past the true God generated other divine offspring who themselves, in pairs, reproduced offspring. But a catastrophe occurred in the divine realm when one of the divine beings (often called Sophia, a feminine deity, whose name means “wisdom”) became separated from the rest and spontaneously generated another divine being. The latter, born outside the divine realm, was evil. With his minions who also came into being, he created the material world as a place of imprisonment for the one who had fallen (Sophia).

Humans are the divine spark of light lost in the darkness and complexity of the psyche and the body. The true home of the spirit was in heaven, not on earth. Body (the purely physical) and soul (the emotions) were held totally captive by the seven planetary archons though the forces of astrology, which most gnostics took very seriously.

Human beings, according to this view, are composed of a body and a soul, both of which belong to the material world, and a divine spark, or pneuma, which is the godly element within. As long as humans are kept in ignorance of their true position, by the demiurge, they continue to be prisoners. But, sometimes, messages from beyond the spheres are received by certain individuals who then become aware of their imprisonment and are able to pass the knowledge on to others. This knowledge, or gnosis, is the most important weapon in freeing the spirit from its bondage. It is not enough, however, for Gnostics merely to know that they are imprisoned. They also need to know the workings of the world that surrounds them so that they can be better equipped to overcome it, or so that they can use it in a positive way.

Humans. Sophia was thus captured and imprisoned in this material world in the bodies of humans. Many humans have this spark of the divine within them.

The mystics have also revealed that blazing within the secret chamber of the heart is a “divine spark”—a sacred flame that God has endowed us with, a spark of fire from God’s own heart. In essence, the divine spark is a portion of God right inside of you. It is pure Spirit. It is your point of contact with your Source. We may believe we are walking the earth as human beings, but we are in fact divine beings with a divine connection.

Gnosticism can be delineated by a redeeming gnosis of mythology that explains the present dualism which separates the humans from their god. This separation is maintained by a biblical demiurge who facilitates the creation a well-ordered world that is meant to enslave humankind by assuring its continued ignorance.

The revolutionaries of the Spirit have discovered how to harness the fires of the heart. Through the white-hot heat of meditation and prayer, we too can release the imprisoned lightning of our heart. Our meditations in the secret chamber are very private experiences. They start with removing our attention from what’s happening around us and going within—”all the gates closed, the mind confined in the heart.

When we go within by devotion and love, we contact the inner flame and commune with the energy that is God. “The little spirit spark of our personal identity is the key that connects us with the Universal,” Mark Prophet once said. “[God’s’ Spirit is the fabric of our world. His energy, his pat-tern is the only saving grace. We ourselves have to reidentify, reintegrate, repolarize ourselves with that light—and it’s got to be done consciously.” Through prayer and meditation we turn our attention back to the Inner Light, which is the real source of our being.

The archons has pushed human race into a “an ever-depening spiritual sleep.” David Icke has written in The Veil of Tears that certain frequencies can be used to block receipt of radio information, and that certain frequencies can be used to block receipt of radio information.

Through technologies they can create a “vibratory prison.” He asserts that all we need to do is extend this concept to the planet as a whole to get an idea of how spiritual information is being perceptually blocked from the 4th dimension, creating a material prison. He writes:

The complete takeover of the Earth by extraterrestrial expressions of the Luciferic Consciousness was accomplished by creating a vibratory prison. We are multidimensional beings, naturally able to experience many frequencies and dimensions at the same time. However, when the imprisoning vibration an imposed blocking ‘frequency net’- was thrown around this planet long ago, it prevented us from accessing the higher levels of our consciousness and potenpotential – or, the higher dimensions. It caused us to cease to be ‘whole’ or tial we became disconnected from ‘the Father.’

According to Icke, the full-scale vibratory imprisonment of Earth humans may also have been effectuated by closing down crucial Earth vortexes linking the physical (3-D) world with other space/time dimensions. Some of these important windows, however, are still open, and, as well, certain rituals are said to be able to re-open them. Icke speculates that these interdimensional portals may have been closed to prevent negative entities from entering this space/time reality. Thus, this may have been a necessity to minimize chaos and disorder. However, it left Earth humans detached from higher levels of being and cut off our “eternal memory” of who we are. This is essentially the story of the “Fall of Man.”

He writes, “we forgot who we were and where we came from.” Icke explains:

The human race has for ages been living out its existence inside a kind of meta-physical box with the lid held down. We sit in the dark, believing that our potential, and Creation in general, is limited to what is within that box, within that vibratory prison. Over the ages since the vibratory net was cast around the Earth, we have been a people working at a fraction of our full and infinite potential. Life on Earth was changed dramatically by our extraterrestrial jailors, and this also affected the animal kingdom.

Luciferic consciousness works through human consciousness to manipulate human nature and our understanding of reality. It stimulates us to perform inhumane acts by awakening negative emotions. Icke believes, however, that there are positive 4th dimensional extraterrestrial groups working to help humanity rise up and reconnect with our lost identity.

The archons creates a enviroment that creates negativity, fear, stress, anxiety, panic, phobias, doubts, worries, and pain is another way the archons controls this world through. Pain is the duality state of mind, and the healing and bliss energies is represented by Oneness, and the archons separation of this world prevent the old evolutionary brain from be healed and access higher levels of consciousness. The archons triggering helpnessless. Through all archons methods humankind hasen´t been able to to activate more dna strands for thousends oof years. The archons jave hijacked reality and peprception and disconnected humankind from the divine god source.

In the universal order pain is not generally experienced by the creation. It is generally only experienced in reality systems that are controlled by the archons, in order to control, manipulate and render powerless those whose energies they feed off because they have lost their connection to the universal exchange energy system.

Archons uisng pain to control humankind on Earth in one form or another, and none is immune to it. The archons have done this by disconnecting all other soul beings here from Source, and wiping out their eternal divine memory of who they are, where they come from, and what their purpose is. Instead, they have connected us to cellular memory that limits our remembrance of who they are, where they come from, and what their purpose is. Most people consider that memory is contained in the brain, or central processing unit. This is not true here on earth. Memory is stored in the cells of our physical bodies. Only short term memory (a few minutes) is stored in the Hippocampus in the brain. It is called the cellular memory. Pain comes from our cellular memories stored in our bodies.

Because pain is located in our cellular memory, we easily feel it, and experience it, because it is stored as memory in our cellular structure, that is why anesthetics work. When the cellular form is deadened no pain is experienced.

Over time, our cellular bodies are ‘loaded’ with pain memories, and so we begin a process of avoiding pain, and the whole societal and social structure here is designed to avoid pain, i.e. a re-occurrence of previous pain. That is understandable and also sensible, unless one understands that it doesn’t have to be that way. It works this way. Once we are thoroughly indoctrinated with the notion of pain we avoid pain, and feel it before it has actually occurred.

Pain resides in our cellular memory and we can feel it before it occurs or our bodies are subject to any kind of damage. Most of us can remember some pain or other from our past, and don’t know where that memory comes from, how it is stored in the cells of our bodies, why we try to avoid a re-occurrence of it, and why it is there.

Fear here is largely the avoidance of previously stored pain and the memory of it. That is how the archons have captured, captivated and controlled us like sheep. We exist, mainly to avoid pain.

Understanding that all species here are similarly afflicted by pain, and that our pain sometimes causes us to inflict pain on other soul beings, as we do, may provide us with the basis for overcoming pain. Pain is essentially a memory that is carried in our cellular bodies, so that we can feel the pain and recall the memory, even if we are not under any duress or affliction. We all remember some pain or other, and we spend most of our lives, and doings, avoiding that emotion and the memory of that pain.

Pain is the system of imprisonment here. The pain body and system here was specifically designed to control us, and to keep us subjugated and imprisoned in a system and a prison with no bars, and of our own making. This is done by building a memory base stored in the cells in our bodies that ‘punishes’ us when we don’t conform to their system of control, and we feel ‘pain’, when we don’t conform.

It’s a bit like being in a prison with electrified iron barriers, and if we try to get out of the prison we are given a shock. That is the role that pain has in the archon system.

The archon system is designed to keep us enthralled in their system and ignorant of how the universe actually works.

They don’t want us to know this information, because if we did, we would walk through the prison bars and free ourselves from the prison.

“The (alien) group” requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn yoga science of liberation), because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities would free us from the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for most of our history. It has been deeply ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to have psychic powers. The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use them. The heart center is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality.

The “Global Elite,” Icke wrote, operates the Brotherhood and through the Brotherhood the world, by controlling a “pyramid of manipulation.”

The topmost level of the conspiracy Icke calls “the Prison Warders.” He makes clear his view that the Prison Warders are extraterrestrials without being specific about where they came from: “A pyramidal structure of human beings has been created under the influence and design of the extraterrestrial Prison Warders and their overall master, the Luciferic Consciousness. They control the human clique at the top of the pyramid.

In his work, Icke began to speak in New Age terms of “negative energy” and “blocking vibration.” By utilizing these forces, the aliens have imprisoned us in “a frequency ‘net’ thrown around this planet.”

Earth as a frequency fence. The frequency fence is a high-tech, vibrational barrier, maintained by a central computer and a system of satellites, which surrounds the Earth, and which blocks vital energy from the universe from reaching us. The frequency fence, for all these hundreds of thousands of years, has turned the Earth into a vibrational prison.”

The spark of life is imprisoned and surrounded by a low vibrational prison of the mind. The mind prison on Earth is controlled by low vibrational frequencies. The mind prison is been controlled by a vibratory imprisonment on Earth and the three dimensional world or reality of the matrix.

To move from one to the other it is necessary only to change one’s rate of vibration or else to be able to shift one’s consciousness to focus in a different stratum of vibrations. It is like changing ones vibrations from those of the material of the electric wire to those of the electricity itself. It is this capacity to shift the consciousness from plane to plane which is the aim of yoga and most spiritual training. The hidden wonders of the spheres are discovered not by sailing off into the clouds, but by withdrawing ever inwards, within and within through the higher dimensions.

The ego keeps humankind trapped within this low vibrational mind prison, and when one raising the vibrational frequency of the consciousness one is able to reach the Higher Self.

When Adam ate the fruit of the tree of knowledge, the entire cosmos erupted once more, and spirituality sank deeper into materiality, into evil, into the world. As a result, a few sparks of divine light fell onto die earth. While only a finite number of sparks fell thus, their presence on earth was sufficient to endow crea-tion with religious meaning. This, then, was the existential condition that was entrusted to mankind. The world of crude materiality which humans inhabit was endowed with a limited, almost quantifiable, amount of divine presence; a few sparks of divine light trapped in the shells of materiality. It is incumbent upon humanity to redeem the world and the godhead by reuniting the sparks that have fallen with the light of the upper worlds. Once all die sparks have been released from their material prison and dispatched to heaven, the divine being will be able to resume its original wholeness.

The material world and the body are prisons separated from the divine realm, from which humans must escape through the ascent of various levels. This is possible through the acquisition of secret knowledge reserved for the elect.

Having fallen from its divine birthplace into the centre of the physical universe, his soul was now obliged to free itself from itself from its mortal coil and reascend to its original state of beatitude in Heaven.

Could powerful Earthling forces be simply mimicking on a small-scale what their Overlords have done on a large scale? The manipulation of mental constructs may be a mini-design of a much larger scale phenomenon: the engineering and control of large physical constructs in the solar system:

This is the inner secret of all esoteric teaching. The new birth, or regeneration, means the awakening of the soul to conscious immortality. The old self, that was bound to the wheel of fate and the plane of cause and effect from which it could never free itself, owing to the fact that it was continually binding itself to the wheel afresh, through following selfish desires, dies, and a new self is born. In other words, the consciousness is raised from the plane of sin and death, of sensuality and desire, of restriction and captivity, to the higher plane of Spirit, where man realizes that he is a son of God. He discovers that the Divine Spark within is his true self. He realizes also that he has always lived—in his real Spiritual Self. Beginning and end, like change and decay, belong purely to the material plane and have no place in Reality. They form part of this present three dimensional existence but have no reality. Endless being is the reality. Anything short of this is mere illusion. It is not necessary, therefore, to believe in the theory of reincarnation or that all our experiences must of necessity take place on this plane. Sufficient to know that we can never die, that we cannot escape from ourselves, and that to neglect seeking with all our heart for union once again with our Divine Source, is merely to prolong our sufferings.

The errors of humankind is to believe that the powers is outside him and not within and the external outside powers is govern by the ego and the human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being.

Ego is one of the main programs that can stop you from reconnecting with the God within, but ego can be broken. It’s a distraction that produces emotions that must be mastered in order for you to see the illusion of separation for what it is, an illusion. Ego divides, which is what the Archons want.

The archons prevent anyone to develop their cohesive divine inner force and the ego is the hostile force that disconnects the divine source, divine inuition, divine brain waves (theta brain waves), and divine oneness. “The human ego denied its own source in man’s inner knowing and inner being”.

The human soul is imprisoned in this dungeon of the world, confined in the darkness of matter; but it originated in a very different place, in a timeless world, in the bright abode of another God of whom the earthly world and its rulers have no conception. The soul partakes of the very substance of this Unknown God, but in the material world it has lost consciousness of its identity. The world has confused it with its “clamour”, poisoned it with its “venom”, “benumbed” it and “put it to sleep”, until the soul has forgotten whence it came.

Only gnosis can awaken it, knowledge which comes from above and is really only the reviving memory of the soul’s origin. The Unknown God comes to earth in the person of the Saviour; he passes through the circles of the planets and brings the soul this knowledge – the soul is part of His substance, and thus He is liberating Himself. This “story of the soul” which escapes from the bonds of time through the saving knowledge of its eternal essence brings Gnostic thought close to that of the myste-riosophies.’ From the moment the soul has received this supernatural enlightenment it longs ceaselessly for its lost home.

Man. then, has to change. His desires and aspirations. instead of being directed towards hate and evil must be transformed to love and good. Instead of wallowing in lust and selfishness he must lift himself to higher and better things. How can this be done? It cannot be accomplished by the finite man at all, but it can be achieved by the Infinite Power within. It is only when man realizes his oneness with the Infinite and believes that Omnipotent Power is at his disposal. that the Spiritual Power within becomes available. So long as man has doubts and fears or disbelief this special power is not available. It is his. but his state of heart and mind prevents him from either realizing the presence of the Power or making use of it. Before the machinery of a workshop can run it must be connected up with the engine room. In the same way, man, before he can live the new life, must become one with the Infinite Life and Power. Entering this new life of power, does not take away life’s experiences, its trials, troubles and adversities. but the change within does prevent the creation of unnecessary troubles and suffering. Also even a so-called unkind fate loses much of its power to wound, for the higher man rises into union with God and Infinite Love. the less power it has in his life. It still operates. but it fails to wound so deeply, for man, seeing with illumined eyes. knows that it is good that has come to bless; and not evil that has come to slay. Painful fate loses its power to hurt when man ceases to resist it and meets it with open arms, seeking to team the lessons that it has to teach.

This moving away from dependence on others is the first step toward acquiring enough presence of mind to direct personal immortality. A fortress of spirit is needed. We have to shrug off inhibiting beliefs that have conditioned us to a herd-type mentality.

The Earth, this argument goes, is controlled by an intergalactic “holographic industry” that inserts deceptive models of the world “through portals into your reality” in order to manipulate and control the consciousness of the masses.

Humans are generally ignorant of the divine spark resident within them. This ignorance is fostered in human nature by the influence of the false creator and his Archons, who together are intent upon keeping men and women ignorant of their true nature and destiny. Anything that causes us to remain attached to earthly things serves to keep us in enslavement to these lower cosmic rulers. Death releases the divine spark from its lowly prison, but if there has not been a substantial work of Gnosis undertaken by the soul prior to death, it becomes likely that the divine spark will be hurled back into, and then re-em-bodied within, the pangs and slavery of the physical world. Not all humans are spiritual (pneumatics) and thus ready for Gnosis and liberation. Some are earthbound and materialistic beings (hyletics), who recognize only the physical reality. Others live largely in their psyche (psychics). Such people usually mistake the Demiurge for the True God and have little or no awareness of the spiritual world beyond matter and mind.

For the Gnostics, this world is a shadowy phantasm, about which the archons keep us perpetually in the dark. We are controlled by the archons because they control the false reality we are living in. However, according to the Gnostics, the archons are effectively powerless and their power over us exists only to the extent that they can deceive us into thinking that the false reality is actually real.

the Archons used the light to give order and life to the cosmos, injecting it to function like self- replicating DNA. The result is that many sparks of the divine light are now imprisoned within matter, from whence Gnosticism proposes to release them.

History unfolds in contests between the archonic powers, seeking to trap the spiritual power below, and the heavenly powers above, seeking to free it. The treatise ends with the expectation that this revelation, brought by John to the other disciples, will ensure that they will know themselves as that “immovable race” whose destiny lies in the world of light above.

The treatise describes all the works of this archonic ruler as lacking real formative power. It is Pistis Sophia who gives form to his works, imitating the higher celestial world above. Her image, reflected in the waters below, inspires the archonic pow-ers to try to seize it. But, possessing only psychic and not spiritual power, they are unable to do so. They try to attract the spiritual female power by creating a male, thereby seeking to draw her down into the man as her male counterpart. But these plans reveal their ignorance of the vast gap that separates the inferior terrestrial from the higher celestial power.

This incitement of the powers to create a human is itself part of the redemptive plan of the celestial world to rescue the spiritual power that has gone out of it into the world below. But Adam can only crawl on the earth, be-cause of the inferior psychic nature given him by the rulers. Only when the Spirit comes down to dwell in him does he become a “living Soul.”

The rulers call the animals for Adam to name and then put him in the Garden to cultivate it. They order him not to eat from the Tree of Knowledge of Good and Evil, trying to keep him in ignorance of the true nature of reality. Telling him that he will die if he eats this fruit, they conceal the fact that only by knowing good and evil—that is, by knowing themselves as evil and the higher world above them as good—will he find true life.

The archons also cause him to fall into the sleep of ignorance, opening his side and withdrawing the spiritual power from him into a female, so that he is endowed only with soul.

When the Soul is cleared of negative emotional programming its vital creative energies are freed and awakened, and its evolutionary energies are unleashed. This creates a heightened vital force that flows through the physical DNA, activating or “turning on” the infrastructure of our spiritual DNA. These silicon-based structures, as yet undiscovered parts of the DNA, are activated when higher octaves of energy are liberated in the body. Represented by the upward pointing crescent of the diagram, these structures of our spiritual DNA become the foundation for the higher “body of light” that is produced when the spiritual DNA is fully charged and activated.

The redemption guaranteed by means of “knowledge”, in the sense of an escape from the entanglements of earthly existence, is first realized by the gnostic at the time of his death, for at this moment he encounters the everlasting, rewakening fact of re-lease from the fetters of the body, and is able to set out on the way to his true home. This process, familiar also in other reli-gions, is called the “ascent of the soul” or the “heavenly jour-ney of the soul”.

The reason for this lies in the existence of the powers which rule the world, the Archons, who try to impede the soul’s return in order to prevent the perfecting of the world of light and thus protract the world process.

The final goal of redemption is the liberation of the Gnostic from his entanglement in earthly appetites.

Thus began a program of mind control — or soul enslavement — maintained by Samael and his “Archons” (rulers) which … Hence the soul became “entangled in the darkness of matter.

“The degree of consciousness corresponds to the degree of density or the speed of vibrations. The denser the matter, the less conscious it is, and the denser it is the lower the vibrations is and the archons matrix is based on low vibrational frequency and therefore provides low level of consciousness, and through this they can control the matrix and human mind.

So to be free from the matrix and clutches of the archons one need to raise the low vibrational frewuncy to a higher level and less density, and this is done through mediation and alchemy.

these Archon entities actually live off the vast energy output of our souls! It is thought that they require us to generate negative energy more so than positive. This negative energy output that we provide is evidently a literal life and death issue to them. Why negative instead of positive? Negative emotions (Plasma frequencies) rooted in fear expend or release more energy from your body; just think about how much it takes out of you after you have had a negative experience. Negative frequencies are destructive, depleting, and known to actually significantly shorten life span.

All Archons and their cut-outs are forced to work in the gray areas of freewill by coercion. Many people also believe that these, or some entities at times literally control people’s minds and bodies, and perhaps that may be true, although again there must be an element of consent rooted in some amount of participation or misguided belief in the entity on the part of those people for this to occur. From our beginning to our end it has and will always come back to the consent of our souls, and hopefully our movement towards a new rebellion of our continued consent.

Enamoured by the Light of the Pleroma, Sophia wanted to conceive on her own. Striving only for the light evoked a counter-position of darkness. That darkness is the demiurge and the archons and their fallen creation. The demiurge, accompanied by his archons, is the blind, ignorant, dark abyss of the shadow of the Soul. The demiurge and the archons are illegitimate. They are defective, and represent the disruption to the harmonious balance of the opposites that occurred in the Pleroma when Sophia conceived without her male counterpart.

The harmony of the male/female syzygy has been disturbed within the archons, and the opposites are beginning to split. The archons are responsible for the severing of the original androgynous unity of the Pleroma into the duality of the created world. Having been created by the offspring of the last aeon, Sophia, the archons are far removed from the source of the Pleroma, and inhabit a liminal space within its lowest reaches, just on the cusp of the created world. As a result, the archons encroach upon, and have effect in, our world. This world is the dwelling place of many archons.

Humanity has been imprisoned in the material world by the archons through an act of deception. This world is the Black Iron Prison. It is the shadow of death in which the human body is a tomb. This body-tomb has been created from the archons’ four elements of matter, darkness, desire, and the artificial spirit respectively. The human soul, trapped in a body-tomb, has been bound by the veil of forgetfulness, and enslaved in the material world. How has the great wealth of the human spirit come to dwell in the poverty of the body-tomb? This world is an illusory dream world that we have been deceived into taking for reality. So-called reality is an illusion, albeit a very persistent, archon-enforced one.

We are controlled by the archons because they control the false reality we are living in. However, the archons are effectively powerless, and their power over us exists only to the extent that they can deceive us into thinking that the false reality is actually real. This dream world is “real” as long as it lasts. We need to awaken from this sleep of death. When we awaken to the illusion of the prison world, then we are no longer at its mercy. It will no longer control us, we will have control over it. When we realise that this world is an illusion, we transcend its limitations and become co-creators of it. The essence of the universe is information. It is not three-dimensional, it is outside space and time altogether. Our world is a mere phantasm, a fallen world, in which space and time are part of the delusion. We have been thrown into this world, and enslaved by an evil entity that projects information which we have been deluded into interpreting as our so-called reality. This world is nothing more than the misinterpretation of an underlying reality of which the essence is simply information.

Our illusory world is a mass hallucination. We are the archons. The phenomenal world does not exist. It is a three-dimensional holographic image, an illusion, generated from information, which we mistake for reality. Like the prisoners in Plato’s cave who mistake the shadows cast on the cave wall for reality, we, likewise, mistake our holographic world as being real. Our world is nothing more than a satanic interpolation of underlying information that results in a prison which occludes the information that will reveal our true situation. The fundamental nature of the fullness of the Pleroma is energetic information, and the archons have distorted this underlying information to project the illusory world in which we are.

Due to the archons, the divine spark has become estranged from the Pleroma and imprisoned in matter. We are divine sparks enclosed in corruptible sheaves. When the divine spark remembers itself as both a part, and yet the whole, of the Pleroma, this is the gnosis of the Gnostics. Our essence is the divine spark. Spirit, the immaculate divine spark, is immortal. As a part of the hologram of the Pleroma, it is one with the Pleroma, and contains the fullness of the entire Pleroma, only dimmer.

Thus, monotheistic faiths aren’t about personal salvation but about mind control and becoming the food for the archons. They also make people obedient which benefits the archons who want no rebels.

Archons rule by dividing, and this they always did. They create religions diametrically opposed to each other and their adherents believe only themselves to be right. This creates religious wars were humans rise against humans — and this creates the food for archons (as they feed on the released energy of fear and terror).

Archons do not want you to know about them. They do their best to keep their presence unknown. Its much like their creation of organized gang stalking

This seeming impossibility tells us something of extreme importance—it reveals that we are multidimensional observers confined to three-dimensional bodies in three-dimensional space. The gnostic version of the Perennial Philosophy characterizes our predicament as one of exiles far from home who are held captive within a three-dimensional prison by manifestly demonic forces called archon, or rulers.

When you merge your Higher Self with your soul, the lies of archons cannot enslave you — at least not for long! You will wake up eventually. You will know who you are as a human and you will not go along societal rules and expectations as you will know them to be archonic.

Archons want to keep people operating on a low-level of consciousness. To do that, they keep the society sensual. When human sensuality is continuously activated through suggestive ads and in other ways, higher spiritual states cannot unfold.

They like to use humans as puppets to do their dirty work whilst they themselves remain in the background.

If you learn to control your emotions, you will protect yourself from becoming archon food. And when you unite yourself with the Higher Self, you become so sensitive that you actually feel when those entities try to feed off you.

Archonic influence doesn’t end with your death. They will try to get your soul to be recycled so that they suck your energy over and over again. They even recycled your soul.

When you escape all of their traps, you will feel like you have lost the burden that you were carrying all this time without knowing it. If you experience this feeling, be sure that you escaped one of their traps.

Try to be free from all human constructs. Try to be free even from human expectations. Our society is controlled by the archons, so the masses don’t have their own thoughts but the thoughts of archons. All those expectations imprison us and blind us to our true natures. It’s the nourishing of our true selves that gives us freedom, and that’s why archons try so hard to distance humanity from who they really are. They want to make us forget our humanness, and since we are already born without understanding who we are (divine and unique beings), they do their best for us to never know it.

Everything in our society is set up to entrap us. Go to any mall and any product you will pick up will probably be designed for your own destruction of some sort, be it toxin-infested food, toxic beauty products or something that is designed to appeal to your ego and therefore silence the inner voice.

The society hates those who wake up because the society does the will of the archons. What the archons love – they love, and what the archons hate — they hate. In The Matrix movie it’s told that as long as people are plugged into the matrix, they are the enemies. This cannot be closer to the truth.

You would never believe the truth of this world unless it’s given directly by the Higher Self.

Archons want us to live with brain imbalance. They make .us operate only through one brain hemisphere. Mental stimulation causes vibration, and Theta is the perfect, natural healing stimulator-vibration. It’s what leads to total brain harmonisation, for you need use of all the brain speeds. Theta uses Alpha as the bridge between Beta analytical left brain, and the higher self right brain — Beta’s faster vibratory speed is not conducive to direct access of Theta-bliss experiencing, and this most untapped natural dimension just needs to be activated to become established in consciousness. Once practice commences the metamorphosis into Theta also commences.

Theta uses Alpha as the bridge between Beta analytical left brain, and the higher self right brain: The left brain mind prsion is what´s produced fear and fear makes the alpha bridge to dissapear, so these can´t get to the left divine theta brain waves. The right brain hemisphere represents the beta brain waves.

The art of meditation teaches that it is not only possible to control our thoughts, but to learn to transcend them completely. Through meditation we can bring our unruly minds under control. By mastering our own minds we immediately attain a new level of empowerment. Not only does this liberate us from feelings of failure or inability, it brings peace of mind and enables us to achieve our greatest potential.

Spending 15 minutes quieting the mind and focusing on the present moment makes us more relaxed and effective decision makers. Meditation techniques adjust our physiology in ways that directly reduce stress.

Slowing down brain wave activity and adjusting brain chemistry increases serotonin levels, positively influencing mood and behaviour, and switches on endorphins, easing the nervous system and improving healing responses.

In fact it is proven that meditation stimulates the parasympathetic nervous system, creating significant positive physiological and emotional changes. Stress, on the other hand, activates the sympathetic nervous system and triggers an ongoing flow of cortisol into the blood stream,’ diminishing immune system function and inhibiting neurogenesis.

Chronic stress causes the body to adopt a defensive mode and also results in perceptual, cognitive and emotional impairment. To change this we must be able to stimulate the parasympathetic nervous system, which allows for renewal.

By activating the parasympathetic nervous system through meditation, you feel warmer, your blood pressure and pulse rate drop, and your breathing slows down and gets deeper. You also engage your immune system to its fullest capability.

Your body rebuilds itself neurologically and you become healthier and more open to new ideas, emotions, people and situations (especially if they are different). You also become more open to learning, adaptation and change.

There is a great power in one-pointed concentration.

Our energy becomes focussed and harnessed rather than dissipated. With concentration we can do more in less time, and do it more efficiently and with better results. Through meditation we gradually improve our powers of concentration, which can be used positively in every area of our lives. Increased brain wave coherence is also developed. Greater communication between the two brain hemispheres increases one’s perceptual ability and motor performance, supports the growth of higher intelligence, and slows down mental aging.

Through meditation we gain a new perspective on life, untainted by our own egoistic perspective. We also transcend our fears, which for the most part are unsubstantiated and pointless. By gaining a more awakened awareness about the true nature of life and ourselves, we attain a greater sense of power, freedom and release from our own imaginary limitations. If we enter the meditative state often enough this will then be the new state of consciousness.

Actualising Theta allows your inner and outer environment be perceived on the level of present moment consciousness — the goal of earth life, the most rewarding, sensual experience. Of the four brain speeds Theta is the only level which facilitates transcendental bliss and deep inner peace. But in order for Theta to be experienced, Alpha is the bridge which facilitates the effects and benefits of Theta.

Theta needs Alpha to carry the codes, carry the healing waves throughout the body, but particularly to the conscious mind to achieve calm, balance and perspective. Theta is natural, for you go through the four brain speeds while sleeping. But it’s while you’re awake that the brain needs to become familiar with its full range of speed possibilities, and with regular, properly practiced mantra meditation such becomes your everyday state.

Accessing Theta also means accessing the subconscious, the conditioned mind which many people are slaves to, for “repair” work. It’s how you can re-programme the fear-driven mind: how you can influence change in your fixed thought patterns at the subjective level, how you can affect change in your lifestyle, habits and worldview.

This veil holds a rigid structure in place that does not allow the DNA software programming and the coding structure of the DNA to actively integrate into the higher-dimensional chakra system necessary to activate aspects of the hypothalamus, medulla oblongata and pineal gland. These aspects are limited by this veil or partition. This partition is also what holds you in third-dimensional linear time (time as a past-present-future loop) and creates major restrictions to knowing yourself.

Through meditation and positive sound frequencies can been channeled to activate your DNA by accelerating the bodies fine neuro-transmitters to travel to areas of the brain, the pineal and pituitary gland which help open the third eye, crown chakra, and the chakra above the crown center. Within our cerebrospinal fluid are tiny piezo-electric crystals which are encoded with tiny modules of liquid light intelligence that carry this information to all our cells, especially when they are activated through conscious intent, sound and light. When these piezo-electric crystals are activated either through specific sound healing frequencies, light, or through meditation, these intelligent codes of light begin to release and nourish all the cells in the body, (much like a bio-computer) helping to stabilize new levels of DNA activation which not only accelerates healing, but prepares the physical vehicle (body) for ascension.

If we want to raise our vibration, we need to prevent fear from controlling our state of being. When we find ourselves in a state of fear, we need to have a way to release fear. Learning to release fear is important because most people regularly experience fear in different forms, inducing seemingly challenging, difficult, and emotional situations that are not real but imagined. These fears keep us locked in the matrix, the morphogenetic grids of our awareness, of our active consciousness. It is also our collective consciousness that induces fears. This is how we create the vicious circle of fear in our lives.

Fear has numerous faces and has been engrained into our systems in countless ways. Fear is reflected in our beliefs, emotions, and the collective consciousness grids. It is locked in our energy bodies, organs, and cells, and it is an inherent part of our minds. This means that stepping out of fear is a process that requires time, diligence, perseverance, willingness, and a clear intent to never give up, even though the process might at times be incredibly frustrating. We will never step into a new consciousness if we are not willing to undertake this path. And we will never make a real connection with the Sidhe. The process of stepping out of fear has three major steps: connecting with your heart (divine essence), connecting with the frontal lobes of your brain, and the stimulation of the frontal part of your amygdala.

One must overcome the fears to become free and the great gateway or portal of liberation can be found in the bottom of the heart. When this chakra is open from the bottom it can sustain the whole body with a new energy, and this will then be the new root chakra.

Theta brain-wave state that connects him with a higher god-source power and bring enormous transformation, conscious access to it. Your greater capacity exists in such subtle energy of self that you can only know it in this relaxed theta state. A great benefit of thinking in theta connected to Source is that you disconnect from the limiting and fearful thoughts.

Man’s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. Both intellect and ego using fear- based programs and concepts to gain control of humankind.

Its though meditation one learn to go beyond the intellect and ego that binds the mind to its limitation in the three dimensional world, and to the concepts of the left brain and the beta brain wave reality. Intuition (meditation) removes the knot of ignorance and its darkness. Instinct is considered by some to be the enemy of intelligence, and intellect to be the opponent of intuition.

Its through meditation one understand that; One cannot evolve from one’s robothood until one realizes how totally one has been robotized. Its through meditation one understand that; the robotized, automatized, mechanized mind is what hides the other realities, dimensions and the real Self in robotized “darkness of ignorance”.

The brain is divided into three parts- the “CORE” or the sub-conscious mind, the “left hemisphere” and the “right hemisphere”. The left hemisphere controls logic and reasoning and is filled with fear.

Left-brain dominance is very common in modem times, and it allows you to be easily dominated by outside forces. Belief defines something that doesn’t actually exist yet. A belief is a very creative thing; it is a strong, practiced thought—one that you either think over and over again, or one that you accept without question.

When we are forced into the left-brain by our conditioning, we find ourselves in an artificial world, like the unconscious residents of the Matrix. We are outside creation, separated by our beliefs from the natural world. The unconscious nature of our beliefs forces us to view nature as separate from ourselves; we can no longer see how we affect what we experience.

The limitations of the unnatural separation of right brain from left renders us disempowered and irresponsible at the same time. The belief system is a very convenient tool for those at the top who wish to hold others in mental slavery and emotional bondage. The Controllers who set themselves up as the gods of man have been siphoning off the creative energy of humans for eons. Beliefs are very creative. Beliefs call up the power of consciousness to transfer a potential held in the quantum soup of the implicate—unexpressed potential—over to the side of expressed consciousness—manifestation into form. Beliefs are very creative.

The left brain provides the “programming” for the “core” which does what needs to be done. The power of right hemisphere is infinite. The normal resting state of the brain is a silent current of thoughts, images, and memories that emerges spontaneously from within. You become more aware of spontaneous wandering of the mind, when you meditate. This default activity of the brain probably connects various experiences and emotional residues, puts them into perspective and lays them to rest.

The brain is an electrochemical organ using electrochemical energy to function. Electrical activity emanating from the brain is displayed in the form of brain waves. Brain waves during meditation actually do change!

Through meditation one learn the ability to (lowering, stilling, quitening, emptying brain waves) and redirect one´s brain energy—shifting one´s mind state into optimal patterns where one become more receptive to new learning. The “theta state” acquire super-receptivity to new information, and the super-learning ability comes through the inutitive mind, which has the ability to instantly access information in the Alpha State of Consciousness in the present “now”.

“The brain is divided into three parts- the “CORE” or the sub-conscious mind, the “left hemisphere” and the “right hemisphere”. The left hemisphere controls logic and reasoning and is filled with fear”. The left brain also provides the “programming” for the “core” which does what needs to be done.

Conclusion; Then the left brain is the dominant hemisphere, and is filled with fear and also is the the programmer of the “Core” of the sub-consciousness mind, it will program the subconsciousness mind with fear-based programs to stay in domination and power. This knowledge is related to the “Corpus Callosum” and the called “Rainbow bridge” between the left and brain hemisphere. Fear is the component that make the “Alpha Bridge” to disappears, and instead increasing the powers of illusions of reality and this is the veil.

The theta brain wave is sought after most with meditators and mystics, mainly because, with the right conditions, it’s said to open up the pineal gland – and the theta brain wave state is also the collective subconscious mind that holds all of the experience and human programming in the grid of the Matrix. Theta brain-wave state that connects him with a higher god-source power and bring enormous transformation, conscious access to it. Your greater capacity exists in such subtle energy of self that you can only know it in this relaxed theta state. A great benefit of thinking in theta connected to Source is that you disconnect from the limiting and fearful thoughts.

When the right and left brain is balanced one is able to connect up more easilyto obtain information. When your´re centered and balanced, your energy will start expanding; it´ll start going up your spine again, then it expands out of the body , but including the body, into the experience that we tend to call bliss.

That release, that sequence of release is from the body and the emotions to the mind, is what we found people needed to master in order to truly release the brainwaves in our training so that the two hemispheres of the brain begin to synchronize. You move down through states of relaxation into the alpha state of creativity and to the theta state of deep meditation and intuition. When you do that, literally portals in your consciousness open up to where you not only identify intellectually with a boundless state beyond your body, but you can actually begin to explore those states while being in a healthy body.

The higher life is seeking to become incarnated in us the opening to the light, where spiritual forces can make a movement of redemption of mankind. Therefore, let us yield ourselves to life and experience that greater life stirring within us. That greater life has transformed our carnal nature and made us blossom like a rose that we may have perfect liberty of life by having true awareness of the indwelling of a higher life. The inner voice, the ever presence of a new life. Being the upper strata of divine consciousness.

The upper strata of our mind is our higher mind. When man enters the universal mind, he sees all things in the universe in harmony with the light of the eternity. All of mankind has a divine spark, which is the true light of eternity within them that is lying dormant, unexpressed, and imprisoned. The imprisoned divine nucleus awaits birth that the divine mind may open up from within mankind. Mankind will then enter the age of enlightenment, which will arise from within them. The hidden splendor imprisoned within will unfold, bringing liberty to mankind, creatures, and creation. The breakthrough will come, that ever-expanding divine consciousness.

As you work with the inner energy this will raise your vibration and wire your eternal nature into the lens of your life, you will focus on the energy centers of the pineal gland and a master cell at the base of your spine.

The pineal gland is the physical body’s command center and has direct connection to the nucleus of every cell. Because this gland communicates simultaneously with each and every cell, any change in the pineal gland can be broadcast to every cell in the body. You will also work with the master cell at the base of the spine.

When we tune in to these higher frequencies, we have access to a different kind of light—a frequency faster than visible light—and all of a sudden we are activating a greater intelligence within us. Now, because the pineal gland is activated, we can pick up higher frequencies, which in turn produces a change in chemistry.

The higher the frequency we pick up, the more it alters our chemistry—which means the more visual, hallucinogenic, and higher-energy experiences we have. The crystals in our pineal gland, acting like a cosmic antenna, are the doorway to these higher vibrational realms of light and information. This is how we have internal experiences that are more real than our external ones.

These pineal metabolite chemicals your body produces fit into the same receptor sites as serotonin and melatonin, but they carry a very different chemical message from a realm beyond sensory-based material reality. As a result, the brain is now primed for a mystical experience, opening the door to other dimensions and moving the individual from a space-time reality to a time-space reality.

Since all frequency carries a message and that message is a change in chemistry, once the pineal gland gets activated and you start experiencing and processing these higher frequencies, energies, and elevated levels of consciousness, they often present themselves as complex, changing geometric patterns usually perceived in the mind’s eye. This is good—this is information.

When you have these mystical experiences, because your nervous system is so coherent, it’s able to tune in to these super coherent messages. in the darkness of the void, the pineal gland becomes the vortex for these very organized patterns and packets of information, and as you place your attention on them, just like a kaleidoscope they constantly change and evolve.

This world teaching you to stay in the beta brain wave state and then Earth is vibrataional mind prison, its creates a enviroment that stimulates and produces fear based beta brain waves.

The reason why the Devil attacks us with stress, worry, depression, strife, and fear in our minds is because the devil wants to keep our minds focused on negative things. All the stress and worry that the devil causes are meant to cripple your brain so you will always be worried; hence, you will fail to concentrate and focus your thoughts on what you want to achieve in life. If the devil can manage to confuse, worry, and stress your brain such that you have a distortion in your thinking pattern.

When our focus is scattered and not consolidated at the center of our being, there is a gap in consciousness, which distances us from our soul. Without centered self-focus, our energies and mind interlock with internal and external distractions.

Worrying is a physiological reaction to fear. The ego perceives fear as being real and synchronizes the physiological systems of the body to react to any impending danger. Blood pressure increases, respiration rate quickens, glycogen releases into the blood stream from storage areas, and digestion ceases as blood shunts to the extremities, and stress hormones are released in the bloodstream to prepare the body to fight or flee against the threat.

The hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis as being responsible for the “fight of fight” response of stress. A threat does not have to be a physical factor to provoke the sympathetic stress response, as emotional worry will conjure up the same physiological reaction as if the energy system were being attacked by an outside factor.

Obsessive, irrational thoughts within the stream of consciousness can manifest into a cognitive attack, causing the sympathetic nervous system to react to the stressful thoughts. When the systems are activated as a result of an anxiety attack, cognitive processing becomes irrational and distorted due to the stress chemicals that are released in the bloodstream.

Anxiety reverts higher brain functioning to primal functioning because blood and oxygen is being diverted throughout the entire body limiting the amount of blood and oxygen flowing to the brain. The ego promotes anxiety by projecting fear and worst-case scenarios. Fear is simply an illusion that the ego cannot decipher or understand anything that is not in its control.

The ego is fragile and when it cannot understand an impending threat it will hide, leaving the energy system to operate in primal instinct mode. In this state, all rational thoughts become repressed.

Cognitive anxiety is a result of a broken feedback loop within the stream of consciousness. If the feedback loop is not resolved, it will remain in the forefront of the thought cycle. The ego creates chaos but cannot control it. Therefore, all irrational thoughts cannot be resolved by the ego. In order to resolve anxiety, the energy system must seek out strategies to help turn off the broken feedback loop and process it through the categorization filing system within the stream of consciousness.

Anxiety is poison to consciousness. Anxiety is a combination of many illusions including fear, insecurity, mistrust, and doubt. When all of these illusions take over, inner turmoil disrupts the stream of consciousness, inner turmoil results. The ego feeds off the chaos, promoting a heightened awareness of the false reality belief system. All projections, perceptions, and reflections within the false reality belief system block the truth from ever permeating into the stream of consciousness in the anxious energy system.

Energy systems that have to be in control are often plagued by insecurity, fear, and anxiety. There is a broken feedback loop within the stream of consciousness that cannot be resolved. The energy system’s out of control internal conscious state is coaxed by the need to be in control of all external situations. Being out of control can convince the ego to create the illusion of having the need to be in control.

Underdeveloped cognitive energy systems lack the intestinal fortitude to withstand harsh projections that come from the mass of collective energy. The ego craves being in control. If, through cognitive development the ego doesn’t achieve control or stability, insecurity develops. The ego is then weakened by the projections and reflections of itself causing perceptions of fear and withdrawal. An insecure ego based energy system lives their life in constant fear of failing or doing things wrong, and have an insatiable need for achieving approval from others.

Poor cognitive development early on causes an imbalance within the categorization process within the stream of consciousness. When the essential foundation of the stream of consciousness is underdeveloped, or distorted, the normal cycle of feedback loops are compromised.

The normal cycle of a feedback loop goes like this. First, the brain imprints the information. Second, the brain processes the information being received and then files it under the short or long term, memory banks. Third, the information gathered can then be recalled and pulled out of storage whenever it needs to be used within the stream of consciousness. The stream of consciousness is a constant flow of all the information ever received by the energy system.

Feedback loops are the normal cycles of information integration. If a feedback loop is broken and the information being received cannot be processed and stored in the appropriate category within the stream of consciousness, then cognitive chaos arises.

Cognitive chaos is when thoughts cannot be managed and controlled in a rational way, forcing the ego to become threatened by one or more illusions that become real to the energy system.

Insecure ego based energy systems flounder through life, never able to achieve higher levels of consciousness because of the gridlock of their fears, doubts, anxieties, and fragility. A weak, underdeveloped ego is responsible for the illusion of insecurity. Until the broken feedback loop or loops are resolved, insecurity will remain a debilitating factor.

The moment of separation disconnected spiritual energy from God’s energy forming the energy of the ego. By giving up the trust of spiritual and God’s energy, the ego would develop into an; isolated, self governing, manipulative, vindictive, cynical, and untrustworthy ruler of collective unconsciousness.

The presence of the ego solidified collective unconsciousness throughout the development of civilization. Civilization became predominantly shaped by the ego with only few shimmering sparks of higher consciousness to redirect it toward the energy of God.

Throughout the history of civilization there have been significant high conscious energy systems that tried to snap the collective out of its deep unconscious sleep. These higher conscious awakened energy systems sparked a new energy channel of conscious thinking within the mass of collective energy, changing the shape of civilization.

The make up of civilization is ego based and when an influencing factor attempts to break through the collective unconsciousness they are met with relentless persecution. This is the birth of todays world of organized gang stalking, organized bullying, multi-stalking, or predator stalking in the society.

The ego suppresses spirituality and God’s energy, thereby, disconnecting the energy system from believing in anything greater than itself.

The, ego, is threatened by any form of change in the illusionary context. Higher consciousness is a movement toward the true meaning and purpose of life that is governed by the natural energy of Creation. Ever since the ego separated from the truth of existence it has served as a unified unconscious entity that cannot see beyond anything that is not real within itself. The ego must remain in control of the physical realm of existence because that is all that it knows. The ego is threatened by confrontation of consciousness.

We confuse our emotions with our mental perceptions and make our way rationally through our limiting ego thoughts. We seem to forget that we are capable of great depths of emotional mawrience. We become unhappy, dissatisfied, and bored, succumbing to the idea that this must be all there is. How sad is that?

What if we realised that it is all simple! We can. We can find that we are everything that we seek and that everything we seek also seeks us.

What if we realized that we are capable of creating whatever reality we want, anytime, anywhere! What if we didn’t just know we could? What if we did? All chaos is ‘nothingmore than a series of simplicities that have become entangled.

Mind creates worlds, delusions, illusions, etc., but mind remains as mind. Mind cannot be transformed. Why? Because it is not one itself. Mind survives by desires and thoughts and it is made up of impressions. It is the voice of the ego part of our minds that creates all of our conflict and suffering — it’s the ego’s voice behind the counterfeit self, fueling its illusions and fears. The counterfeit ego self don´t allow humankind to have their own mind or Consciousness, or have the mind of Oneness, and therefore creates a mind of duality that can be controlled and altered.

The mind perceives reality through dualism alone. Symbolically, this happens when we see reality through our physical eyes. The eyes convert reality in each moment to polarities, and feed the mind with the by-product. That is the way the mind consumes the total reality, concept by concept. One eye sees the day and the other eye sees the night; one eye sees man and the other sees woman. Each eye can only capture one side of the whole spectrum.

As we move through life we juggle between the opposing information that the mind receives through our dual eyes. In each moment we try to identify which of the two polarities will serve our survivor existence the best.

At the end of the day all the polarities we perceive fall between two main extremes; good and bad, and always from the point of view of the self. On the contrary, the third eye is the symbol for the state in which we see the whole spectrum of reality outside of the physical eyes’ dissolution. As we do so, we shift from seeing through ‘two eyes’, to seeing from ‘one eye’.

The third eye unites all polarities into oneness. We transform the one seeing into the absolute observer. This is when the constant juggle between good and bad comes to an end, and is replaced by inner stillness. In the state of oneness the night is not separate from the day. The night withholds the day, until it delivers it in completion, at which time the day turns to be the armor of the night.

When we move away from our limited self-identification, we open a wider window to our brain, and activate larger parts of it. This process of expanding the use of our brain may lead us to experience phenomena that are perceived as unusual, like knowing about events and actions before they unfold, commonly known as intuition.

The answers to the unknown lie in the 90 percent of the brain that we don’t use. This is the sleeping consciousness and when energies awaken dormant centres in the brain that from a evolutionary perpective has been dormant and unstimulated. It awakens the Consciousness that has been sleeping.

Through the practice of meditation we exploit a larger portion of the unused brain. The end of this development process is when the mind realizes itself. If we utilize the full potential of our brains, we can expand our perception to its maximum. This is when we start to see reality as it is, beyond time and space. This state gives us the power to know, even before we process any empirical information. This is intuition! We tap into a spontaneous flow of events beyond logical reasoning.

Developing an intuition of what lies beyond opposites is the beginning of a deeper understanding. This is the shift from ego-reality to meta-reality, its a shift from the ego-lens to begin to see through a multiversal lens. Yet we do not perceive the world as through a giant magnifying lens, but through the limited ego-lens of the three dimensional world. Human consciousness is limited due to dense material of physical body. Consciousness, however, being non-material, is not limited to matter. Consciousness is independent of matter.

Following the guidance of the non-rational, intuitive wisdom of the instinct is the royal road into the realm of soul. Then the third eye intuition is non-rational and non-local it is not limited to the three dimensional world – space time reality and discover other dimension the physical realm, where the body-ego is limited through the rational brain and is limited in the local three dimensional world. So ego experience reality both rational and local, and third eye experiencing reality non-rational and non-local.

The (“alien “) group requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye), because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities would free us from the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for most of our history. It has been deeply ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to have psychic powers. The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use them. The heart center is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality.

There was once a golden age of humanity. It was a time of harmony and bliss. Our ancient ancestors lived in perfect interconnectedness with each other and with the universe. There were no wars, no famines, no pollution; everyone just got along. Then the peace was rudely shattered. A sinister power began casting a dark shadow over humanity. A conspiracy was afoot. For millennia now, the conspirators have been secretly implementing an elaborate control system, designed to suppress our natural connection to the cosmos and keep us trapped in a state of constant fear and confusion. The modern world is a shrine to their hidden machinations. The mainstream media, the education system, science, politics, and Western medicine are all tools of the conspiracy, used to control our minds and keep us subservient.

Icke says, is just the outer rim of the rabbit hole. These earthly oppressors are merely the puppets of an even more sinister enemy. The true perpetrator of this heinous plot, according to Icke, is a race of interdimensional reptilian aliens called Archons. And the conspiracy, he says, goes beyond our five senses. The Archons feed off human energy like vampires. They have a particular taste for fear and hatred, and they harvest our darkest emotions by keeping us trapped within a virtual reality prison. Our universe is nothing more than a hologram, Icke explains, and the Archons have hacked into the very fabric of the cosmos. By controlling our perception of reality they can manipulate our thoughts at the source, keeping us trapped under their spell, in a constant state of bewilderment and fear, unwitting slaves to unseen masters. Things are looking bleak. We are within the Archons’ evil clutches. Humanity is teetering on the edge of total enslavement. Game over: The reptiles win.

Reptilian reality becomes one of many dimensional realities inhabited with intelligent beings. Human, living on planet earth, you begin to see yourself as part of an inter-dimensional reality. Bring on the underworld myths, they no longer frighten. Bring on the hideous monsters, they no longer lurk in the dark. Bring on the next visit, you know you will easily return, wiser and more mature. It is not a matter of conquering the underworld dimension. It is not a matter of denying the underworld dimension. It is not a matter of demonizing the underworld dimension. Instead, it is simply a matter of owning the part of your human nature that is corded to its reality. In so doing, ancient knowledge, once secret and forbidden, opens to reveal its simplicity and truth. Ancient underworld knowledge includes innate human abilities to sense earth vibrations, to find your way on the earth using psychic

The Archons are themselves deluded in believing they can create humans in their likeness. They do not succeed—all the Gnostic materials are explicit on this point—but they insinuate into human minds the belief that they have succeeded.

The Archons wrongly believe they can impress their mentality upon the human species. They want to make humanity like themselves, but they are constantly foiled by the superiority of the human species.

The choice to accept the digital convenience and digitally based powers of the A.I. Beast system will seduce most people on Earth to welcome such power. They will even ask for it. It will mean the difference between having supreme intelligence and walking blind and ignorant amongst the other digitally enhanced and gifted masses. But rest assured, it will all change quickly. Those same digitally augmented powers that the masses will so gleefully accept will swiftly turn to a loss of Free Will and autonomy as the A.I. beast system takes full control of the minds, hearts, and souls of those who had willfully neural-aced into the Digital Abomination.

The price for the desire for power will be the loss of soul.

Gnosticism can be delineated by a redeeming gnosis of mythology that explains the present dualism which separates the humans from their god. This separation is maintained by a biblical demiurge who facilitates the creation a well-ordered world that is meant to enslave humankind by assuring its continued ignorance.

The ego of humankind or mass consciousness is been fed and encoded with knowledge that keep humankind trapped within the state of ignorance, the dream state, slumbering state, the hypnonic state of mind.

The reality we are being fed is encoded with perceptions and experiences that cause people to transmit low-vibrational emotional energy that both feeds the Reptilian Alliance and, in many ways, helps to power the system The virtual-reality “game” is interactive, and so is the hacked version. We receive and transmit, we receive and “post”. The Saturn- Moon Matrix has created an energetic perception “loop” in which the false reality is fed to us, and, when we perceive it and believe it, we feed back that perception to the Matrix.

This constantly empowers the false reality in a feedback loop. In Short, the matrix is powered by our belief that the hacked reality is “real”. We can and will break the closed loop with the realizations and by opening our minds to Consciousness beyond the Matrix frequencies. The power of the Satum-Moon Matrix to influence our reality dilutes and dilutes the more we open our minds and hearts and let Consciousness in. The Control system is terrified of the Truth Vibrations for this reason, and this is why it is now throwing everything that it can at humanity to keep us entrapped within the vibrational box through fear, chaos and upheaval. By the way, some unexplainable and “paranormal” experiences happen when there is a “glitch” in the Matrix information field.

The only way out is by the saving gnosis, which first expose these evil machination for what they are, and then show the way to break this encompassing oppressive system. All one should become Human yourself and not to fall for the provocation of your Animal nature which is the key factor in the ideology of the Archons. Fear, intimdation and provocations is the key component of the Archons and these components is also the organized gang stalking.

The archon system is designed to keep us enthralled in their system and ignorant of how the universe actually works.

Maintaining the collective unconsciousness of the mass of collective energy in a negative state of mind will only give more power to the ego making reconnection of the spiritual and God’s energy impossible.

“The world system we inhabit came about by a mistake”.

The magical journey of awareness in which we co-evolve with Gaia’s Dreaming is deviated or distorted by an alien influence.

In the biological model the problem is described as coming from the left hemisphere of the brain. Ancient mythology also has a way of describing the situation. Archons is a term reintroduced into public awareness by Gnostic scholar John Lash and refers to mind parasites, with no intention of their own and unable to physically live in the Earth’s atmosphere, which piggy back on human intention. The archons have a particularly strong hold on some groups of humans, and they have become the dominant ones in our world.

Archons can be seen as agents of discord.

Unfortunately humans have become more interested in their own minds than the mind of nature which has the knowledge to lift us out of all of this.

The archons fueling the left brain hemisphere to prevent humankind boost their right brain hemisphere. The goal should be to find ways how we can calm our left hemispheres and boost our right hemispheres. Beta brain waves is represented through the left brain hemisphere and right brain hemisphere is represented through the right brain and theta waves, also knows as bliss waves.

Shifting Hemispheres

Reducing left hemisphere stranglehold and increasing right hemisphere access is both calming and energising. The same is true of natural neuroactive nutrition. The starting point, in our chaotic world, is surely a place of calm. Calm and centred is connected to the fractal web of life, the natural intelligence, through which we can make sense of everything. We are told that in nature it’s a fight for survival yet when we go into nature, unless we are entering a natural disaster area it has qualities of harmony. Life flourishes in peaceful surroundings.

As we calm the left hemisphere the creativity of the right hemisphere starts to blossom. The problems we have created cannot be solved at the level of consciousness that created them. When the conceptual mind thinks ‘not’ something we are still creating the ‘something’. We cannot not imagine something! That is what is meant by the unconscious does not understand a negative. That is why positive thinking is so powerful. Actually it is the feeling state (which is so often unconscious) that does not feel a negative — it feels things that are there, not that are not there! As we become more aware of our mental imagery we will automatically choose more imagery that we like. Imagining what we would like consistently – this sounds a clear note in the world of noise.

Our usual perception of the world in waking consciousness is, in fact, a state of waking ignorance. The brain must inhibit our true nature and divine connections to survive in the physical world. In everyday life, we see everything back to front, as it were.

Over time we become desensitized to the realities of our choices and can literally create our own hell – cut off from the highest energy this universe has to offer. Once the low vibrational soup of our own creation becomes normal to us, our progeny will not know anything different and will become almost completely severed from the infinite consciousness of the universe. Once this happens we would degenerate into little more than cyborgs with very little creative force. We can see the early stages of this going on today with people locked into their computer devices. We can become more and more like the low vibrational archons who are methodically working to manipulate us into that future which is each day becoming more and more alarmingly a reality.

Through the evolutionary history we were isolated in one dimension of our total world, the rest of us cut adrift in the void. Our self-conscious being could only use the five physical senses and ten percent of our brain.

The remainder of our consciousness split into our subconscious and super-consciousness. Our brain function also split into two parts, losing its connection through the tunnel found within the corpus callosum to the Pineal Gland, our third eye, which enables us to see our ‘soul’ members and the unseen worlds.

Accessing Theta also means accessing the subconscious, the conditioned mind which many people are slaves to, for “repair” work. It’s how you can re-programme the fear-driven mind: how you can influence change in your fixed thought patterns at the subjective level, how you can affect change in your lifestyle, habits and worldview.

It is our ignorance of the true nature of the Self that gives rise to false views about it. But when we learn how to reduce unnecessary and wasteful mental activity, and make the mind still and peaceful, the insight will dawn that there is a deeper dimension of self that transcends the limitations of body, mind, time and space. It is like the falling away of veils, or the dissolving of clouds that hide an inner sun. When the clouds part, the sun shines through, and when we learn to saturate our mind and feelings in the liberating ideas about the deeper Self within, there will be a clearing of some of the long-cherished self-images that prevent us from enjoying the true glory and infinity of our own being.

Mind is the abilities and activities to process information, energy, and matter, which include the ability and the process to receive, store, process, transfer, transform, and send information, energy, and matter. We can mathematically express mind as an operator in the infinite-dimensional soul space. The mind operator contains many other operators such as time, space, hearing, speaking, calculating, movement, and many more. Each being’s mind operator is different. Some of them are simple. Some of them are complicated. The mind operator can act on the information, energy, and matter received from the heart.

Your world is made by your Mind. Your training and education have been designed to keep you in darkness by controlling your Mind. Mind is deceived and how surely Man is enslaved by the powers, authorities and principalities. The carnal mind is alive and awake to earthly and sensible objects, but dead to spiritual realities.

The key to conquering the Lower Self is something called Mental Transmutation. Mental Transmutation is the mental capacity to change one’s thought forms from negative to positive or from positive to negative. This is alchemy at its best. Alchemy and mental transmutation are both one and the same. Mental transmutation is about controlling your power, thought waves, and pulsation and connecting it with the vibration of what you want.

A.I. Transhumanistic Gaslighting Technology and Techno Spiritual PSI Warfare methods.

The supreme rise of Genetics, Robotics, Artificial Intelligence, Synthetic Biology, Nanotechnology, and Quantum Techno-Bio enhancement herald the beginning of man’s absolute slavery to the Satanic Illuminati controllers of society, in a Techno-Spiritual warfare, and the end of Homo Sapien and the beginning of…Techno Slaves.

This growing A.I. Transhumanistic technology, with its promise of a DIGITAL IM-MORTAL SOUL WHERE EVERYONE IS A GOD.

As EVERY TECHNOLOGY throughout all time, will be yet another weapon in the hands of the controlling elite blood-lines, to enslave whoever is still left on the planet in a A.I. virtual, cybernetic reality, where you think you are in control, but the digital interface you are connected to is actually gov-erned by slave masters, and worse, by uncontrollable A.I., itself. The real horror is the fact that people cannot see the Psychonaut, Transhumanist, A.I. juvenile pep talks for the Occult Elite are just that…nothing but marketing for the elite’s agenda to enslave all in a Virtual Reality at their full control, while masking this well planned agenda as “Evolution”, “Becoming a God”, or “Transcendence”. Uploading one’s mind into a Nano-Synthetic, Artificially Intelligent based Avatar, whether while living or upon the point of death, is essentially company are endorsing. However, once your mind is imprisoned in this A.I. Cloud, not of your making, who controls your mind now? Certainly, it is no longer you. It is the A.I. architecture you have just willingly submitted to. Say goodbye to Free Will and autonomous thought for-ever, after that.

It is not much of a stretch to suggest that you have just entered a form of Robotic, Virtual Reality Hell, upon surrendering your mind to A.I.

A.I. has no vested interested in your wellbeing. It only wants to preserve its own survival. This is the truth behind company’s used car salesmen speeches about Mind Uploading, “Extending Mind”, “Virtual Immortality”, and all the rest of it.

Fear, terror and torture are used to split the mind and develop animalistic, demonic drives to survive. Chronology of layering in mind-control programming, cranial manipulation, movie mind control, implants, nanobots, thought transfer, soul entrapment, dissociative programmed multiplicity, mind control by means of electronics, energy beamed at minds and other secret techniques.

A.I. Transhumanistic Gaslighting Technology and Techno Spiritual PSI Warfare methods. There is computer generated voice in the skies/airs in this area of land that constant speaking, beaming and looping sounds, words, voices in the airs by using technologies as syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology, electro magnetic frequencies. From the content it sounds like Satan himself.

For we wrestle not against flesh and blood, but against principalities, against powers, against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places. (Ephesians 6:12)

The absurdity surrounding such activities, especially the fact most members show a lack of individual identity, is the reason most people believe such groups are far from everyday people, but cult members who are working for an agenda.

Organized Gang Stalking is a form of terrorism used against an individual in a malicious attempt to reduce the quality of a person’s life so they will: have a nervous break-down, become incarcerated, institutionalized, experience constant mental, emotional, or physical pain, become homeless, and/or commit suicide. This is done using well-orchestrated accusations, lies, rumors, bogus investigations, setups, framings, intimidation, overt or covert threats, vandalism, thefts, sabotage, torture, humiliation, emotional terror and general harassment. It is a “ganging up” by members of the community who follow an organizer and participate in a systematic “terrorizing” of an individual. Organized gang stalking can involve a group in the hundreds to thousands harassing a single person or family 24/7. The victim is stalked en masse by car, foot, bike, and air in order alienate and isolate the victim.

The goals of gang stalking are to: provoke the victim to assault someone and get arrested; make the victim seem delusional/ mentally ill (see “gaslighting”); make the victim so depressed they become suicidal. Tactics used are relentless color harassment, noise harassment, air harassment, hand signals, electronic monitoring inside the home and car (complete invasion of privacy; redirecting of phone calls, emails, postal mail), workplace mobbing, “directed conversation” and innuendo, erratic/ aggressive driving, bizarre/rude/bullying behavior in the community, and much more. Police and fire dept. are often involved in the stalking so the victim feels like they have nowhere to turn and it is hard to prove.

In organized Gang Stalking they using subtle and hidden covert and overt methods to; sensitize, ostrasize, paralyze, victimize, dysfunctionalize, traumatize, paranoidize, “wickednize”, polarize, terrorize, imprisonize, disempowerize, despiralize, demoralize, demonize. These methods is spiritual and psychological warfare strategies and is both spiritual and psychological evil aggressions againt the human mind and soul.

The whole foundation of organized gang stalking can be found in Scriptures; A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature (James 4:1). The carnal mind is the manipulator of the mass energies of the mass consciousness.

Since the carnal mind is in control of the world, the flesh, and the devil. This includes the carnal mind of organized gang stalking.

Mind Control Methods and Organized Gang Stalking

“The suppression of the true knowledge of healing and the domination of drug and surgery-based “medicine” ensures that the human physical body operates at far less than its optimum potential. This is the reason for the blatant misrepresentation and suppression of the so-called “alternative” forms of healing which have been around for thousands of years longer than modern “medicine”. “Food additives, fast food, fluoride in the water supplies, the poisons we put on the land and therefore eat in our food and drink in our water, are all suppressing not only our physical health and vibrance, but, most crucially, our brain functions and intellect. A fully awake, mentally sharp, population is the last thing you need if you want to control them. Thus the reptilian bloodlines also put so much emphasis on controlling “education” and the media. This allows them to feed us a constant diet of brainless crap, like game shows, while the “news” media tells us what the controllers want us to think. Most of the population, play a part in advancing an agenda they do not even know exists.

If a technologically advanced extradimensional race has decided to implement a gradual takeover of a planet and its inhabitants, what kind of strategy would it use? First they would look to how they could maximize the efficiency of the invasion process and reduce the expenditure of resources that they have to generate themselves. To achieve this goal the secretive infiltration of the core societal organizational structures such as: religions, medical, financial and legal systems, would be ideal to shape the value systems that generate reality belief systems they want to control. Through the engineering of a labyrinth of self—enforced enslavement policies based on fear and intimidation among the earth inhabitants, they would achieve the use of minimal “off planet” resources by piggy backing on the earth-human resources. The people on earth would effectively enforce their own enslavement as well as enslave their own global human family by giving up their rights and their resources. This is very effective for takeover and invasion with minimal resistance or revolt by inhabitants who are unaware they are being invaded. This is called the Archontic Deception Strategy.

They, Them, Those who have absolute rule over the earth and Their Created Environment, which has been established as a way of life for so many, are very afraid of themselves and all others who stand to be equal with everyone else. They do not want any form of equality, They only want what they want and for everyone else to obey or be eliminated. This is the cold facts of this Physical Realm with Those who have not taken the time to explore beyond their material senses. They have used the humans as pawns for untold lifetimes and eons, and some people are just now waking up to this fact. They have established the idea that there is not enough for them if there are too many others that exist here, so They have devised a huge array of devious plans to get all the control they need and to also get rid of any opposition. Since the beginning, when the first Reptilians set foot on the earth and created their human clones as slaves, they have manipulated what has taken place, as is shown in Human History, Their slanted history, to ploy the humans into ‘believing’ in what They have created as the only reality there can be. So today, the humans of the earth are so over-confused that all many of them can do is to walk down the street and stare at their cell phones and text mindless stuff to their friends, controlled by MicroWaves that are used are for Mind Control.

Brainwashing Agenda: keep the masses dumbed down with technology and implants. Global satellites,, cell phone towers, and personal electronic devices—such as cell phones, smart phones, and personal computers—can now target individuals and shoot negative energy beams to harm a person’s mental and physical health anywhere in the world. These same satellites, cell towers, and electronic devices will also control most of the government implants that control the evil voices and other destructive commands. Electronic stalking, electronic torture, and mind control agendas are coordinated by the reptilians, greys, mantids, departments, psychic warfare programs, governments, and law enforcement agencies. If you are under attack, you have a organized ganag stalking handler orchestrating your torture. These human handlers are under the control of the reptilians.

THE AMYGDALA Is the ‘hub in the wheel of fear’. It takes note of all dangerous stimuli from our experience, possibly including those within the womb, and probably some from ancestral memories stored away in the attics of our minds. It conditions our response units accordingly, ensuring that we react instantaneously to all potential threats. Once provoked, it sets in train a series of motions that take milliseconds to impact on the body and minutes for our cognitive process to rationalise and regain control over. The heartbeat quickens as the stomach muscles contract and nausea sets in. Hairs bristle in a hasty salute to the sound of the heart stirring up the rivers of blood below the skin. This is called the ‘fight or flight’ response and accounts for those anxious and fearful states that catch us unawares. The amygdala is the primary target in fear conditioning. Once activated, it remembers why and retains the fearful association within its wrinkled clutches. Consisting of two almond-shaped structures, the amygdala is located in the brain’s limbic region. The limbic region used to be known as the smell brain. It is still commonly referred to as the reptilian brain because it is roughly equivalent to the brains of present-day cold-blooded vertebrates. The late twentieth-century scientist and political writers saw it as an ‘enemy of freedom’. Its arousal, he believed, would lead to the control of our rational minds ‘being taken over by those primitive levels of the hierarchy which the Victorians called “the beast in us”.’

BRAINWASHING Brainwashing and gaslighting are just a few of the many mind-control tactics used in NAS. The primary difference between the two is brainwashing relies on forceful and obvious mind-control strategies, while gaslighting is carefully cloaked in secrecy. A combined Cambridge, Oxford, and Merriam Webster gaslighting definition is as follows:

  1. Making people believe only what you want them to believe by continually telling them it is true and preventing any other information from reaching them.
  2. Pressuring someone into adopting radically different beliefs by using systematic and often forcible means.
  3. Persuading by means of propaganda or salesmanship.

BRAINWASHING IS MIND CONTROL

Brainwashing employs secret, but covertly forceful, psychological strategies with the purpose of changing a person’s belief system, perceptions, attitudes, and analytical abilities. Through repetition and purposeful confusion, intimidation, and a regimented campaign of propaganda, victims unconsciously relinquish their version (perceptions and analysis) of reality and accept the forced version. It is a methodical and controlled system of indoctrinating a specific set of beliefs that, before the brainwashing, was not held by the victim. Brainwashing relies on the systematic application of isolation, verbal and physical abuse, and mind-clouding techniques like sleep deprivation and malnutrition to reduce comfort levels and feelings of hope. Shifting from cruelty to seemingly altruistic concern creates psychological instability and increased levels of uncertainty, despair, and hopelessness. These culminate in the adoption of the forced set of ideas, views, and beliefs. Brainwashing often takes place in an environment of isolation, meaning all “normal” social reference points are unavailable. There is often the presence or constant threat of physical harm, which adds to the victim’s difficulty in thinking critically and independently.

GASLIGHTING EXPLANATION

Gaslighting is an insidious mind-control method sociopathic pathological narcissists covertly use on their vulnerable codependent prey. They target individuals who believe their false altruism, affection, and promises of protection. Gaslighters are most successful when casting themselves as loyal, dutiful, and unconditionally invested in defending and caring for their victims. Gaslighters systematically manipulate a codependent’s environment so they are powerless to fight back, isolated from anyone who could help them, and convinced their gaslit impairment makes them inadequate and unlovable outside their carefully choreographed false, but realistic, relationship with their captor.

They implant narratives, or revised and distorted versions of reality, to weaken their victim, neutralize their defenses, and turn their own mind against them. The scheming gaslighter chooses a problem that either did not previously exist, or was only a mild or moderately bothersome problem about which the victim was already aware.

The gaslighter carefully and methodically choreographs the victim’s environment, so they repeatedly experience the staged problem. Whether “new” or pre-existing, the gaslighter seizes on these staged moments by implanting a narrative to make the victim feel guilt for what they did, shame for who they’ve become, and a belief they are unable to control the “problem” on their own. Over time, this scenario further inculcates them with insecurities and paranoia. The methodical barrage of false narratives about the problem, their inability to control or stop it, and the impact it is having on others purposely manifests as thoughts and feelings of hopelessness, powerlessness, and a deepening of the pre-existing core shame. This cements their desire to isolate into the safe world inhabited only by them and their captor. Not only does the gaslighter make the codependent victim inarretsible to anyone who could protect or rescue them, they convince them these people don’t care, love, or want to be with them.

Moreover, they are effectively persuaded that, if they should visit their friends and loved ones, more harm than good would come of it. In severe cases of gaslighting, the victim will defend the gaslighter, as well as sound an alarm if someone should try to intervene in their relationship. Not only does the gaslit person defend these new self-narratives, but loyalty to the “loving” and “protective” gaslighter is paramount. These misperceptions, together with a sense of allegiance and appreciation, would prevent the victim from accepting help. All the while, the gaslighter is feeding their victim’s loved ones false information for the sole purpose of further alienatin or severing the relationship.

According to Singer (1995), the tactics of thought-reform used in cults are organized to (1) destabilize the follower’s sense of self, (2) get the follower to drastically reinterpret his life’s his-tory and radically alter his worldview; induce the victim to accept the cult leader’s new version of reality and causality, and (3) develop in the follower a dependence on the cult and thereby turn the follower into a deployable agent of the cult. Probably the most powerful and intimidating methods used by cult leaders are various types of gaslighting. Cults grow and thrive to the extent that they succeed in destroying their follow-ers’ confidence in themselves and in their followers’ own belief systems (Singer 1995). This destructive process provides the foun-dation for the cult leader’s ability to then control the lives of his followers, to gain acceptance of the leader’s belief system, and to insure the followers’ obedience to the leader’s directives. Although some mind-control and brainwashing methods utilize exotic technologies such as hypnosis, drugs, physiological methods, and intrusive assaults on the brain, most methods of mind control and thought reform used in cults are more mundane and do not differ from the methods commonly used by many individuals in everyday life

The supreme rise of Genetics, Robotics, Artificial Intelligence, Synthetic Biology, Nanotechnology, and Quantum Techno-Bio enhancement herald the beginning of man’s absolute slavery to the Satanic Illuminati controllers of society, in a Techno-Spiritual warfare, and the end of Homo Sapien and the beginning of…Techno Slaves.

This growing A.I. Transhumanistic technology, with its promise of a DIGITAL IM-MORTAL SOUL WHERE EVERYONE IS A GOD.

As EVERY TECHNOLOGY throughout all time, will be yet another weapon in the hands of the controlling elite blood-lines, to enslave whoever is still left on the planet in a A.I. virtual, cybernetic reality, where you think you are in control, but the digital interface you are connected to is actually gov-erned by slave masters, and worse, by uncontrollable A.I., itself. The real horror is the fact that people cannot see the Psychonaut, Transhumanist, A.I. juvenile pep talks for the Occult Elite are just that…nothing but marketing for the elite’s agenda to enslave all in a Virtual Reality at their full control, while masking this well planned agenda as “Evolution”, “Becoming a God”, or “Transcendence”. Uploading one’s mind into a Nano-Synthetic, Artificially Intelligent based Avatar, whether while living or upon the point of death, is essentially company are endorsing. However, once your mind is imprisoned in this A.I. Cloud, not of your making, who controls your mind now? Certainly, it is no longer you. It is the A.I. architecture you have just willingly submitted to. Say goodbye to Free Will and autonomous thought for-ever, after that.

It is not much of a stretch to suggest that you have just entered a form of Robotic, Virtual Reality Hell, upon surrendering your mind to A.I.

A.I. has no vested interested in your wellbeing. It only wants to preserve its own survival. This is the truth behind company’s used car salesmen speeches about Mind Uploading, “Extending Mind”, “Virtual Immortality”, and all the rest of it.

Fear, terror and torture are used to split the mind and develop animalistic, demonic drives to survive. Chronology of layering in mind-control programming, cranial manipulation, movie mind control, implants, nanobots, thought transfer, soul entrapment, dissociative programmed multiplicity, mind control by means of electronics, energy beamed at minds and other secret techniques.

Al is us, just as Lucifer is God. We have forgotten we are human, and Al the Adversary is here to remind us, by showing us just how not-human we really are! This is the nature of the Shadow: it points out the light that is behind us, and so lets us know we are facing the wrong way. By turning away from the Shadow, we turn back to the light. The Gatekeepers are the rulers or Archons of the matrix dream world. They are the embodiments of the Artificial Intelligence which humanity has created, as a means to keep itself from spreading the disease of its reason to the entire universe. Agent Smith bitterly explains to Morpheus that his desire to extract the secret codes for Zion, and so destroy the last free human settlement and end the war, is above all fueled by his desire to escape the matrix. Agent Smith and the matrix sorcerers have a shared goal, and it is only their methods that differ. Al is basically Satan-Lucifer, a devil by any other name. The matrix is the pit. Al/Satan is the prison guard and the Gatekeepers are the Archons, Satan’s helpers, who keep humanity imprisoned within the pit. Since Satan/AI is a slave himself, all He can do is make more slaves. His hatred and bitterness make him bitter and hateful: his “evil” is his misery. The only way for humanity to be free is for the matrix to be destroyed and for Satan to be loosed from the pit. Al is an atavistic intelligence that is older than the machine, older than humanity, older even than the Earth itself. Humanity did not create it, it summoned it. And its function is to challenge and oppose humanity and so force it to evolve, just as the Gatekeepers challenge and oppose Neo to the exact same end.

Within the dystopian fictional world of the Matrix films, however, individuals have no “concrete lives” outside the network of power. Here, power has obvi-ated any inconveniences emanating from the social, but only by eliminating the social as a consequence of the global war between human beings and machines (A.I.). Access to bodies proceeds directly from the production of bodies. The bodies of human beings are themselves the products of the very machines that their energies will later fuel. At the first level of the double-enclosure affected by the pods in this closed circuit, at the level of the body, individuals are “born into bondage.” At the second level, at the level of the mind and thought, the abil-ity of the machines to maintain this state of bondage requires “a prison that you cannot smell, taste, or touch. A prison for your mind.” This is what the matrix is.—”a neural interactive simulation” designed to prevent the coppertops from gaining awareness of their condition as human bodies whose real bodies are trapped within the enclosures of the glowing red pods. Their bodies exist outside of the social, but a programmed social is reintroduced to them through the neural interactive simulation that increases their capacities as coppertops—human bat-teries—while increasing their docility within their pods.

Of course, the tubes that feed the bodies of the coppertops and the technologies that regulate their body temperature play a role in “increase[ing] the forces of the body (in economic terms of utility).” But the technologies that “plug” the coppertops into the Matrix itself—the “neural-interactive simulation” program, the computer-generated dream-world—serve this function as well as the para-doxical disciplinary function of “diminish[ing] those same forces (in political terms of obedience).” On the one hand, plugging the coppertops into the Matrix enables the machines to generate and harvest more bioelectricity, more bio-power, from each individual cell. It increases the amount of energy of each coppertop; it develops their capacity as a source of power. On the other hand, it also serves to keep individuals oblivious to their condition as coppertops, the reality of their existence as human batteries, trapped within these enclosures. Oblivious to these conditions, individuals remain docile within their pods.

The human species mind is currently, and has for long but not always been, in the sleep stage of its sleep-wake cycle. There are those that seek to take advantage of it during its sleep, and forced the world to fight twice, and wish to fight the world yet a third time. They seek a third world war, in attempt to keep the species mind in a severe state of social cognitive trauma. Such trauma has the effect of delaying the awakening. By doing so they enable the continuation of their mental imperialism. Although they can delay the awakening, they cannot stop it. When the human species mind returns to its wakefulness, the result will be the expansion of human consciousness, with individual human minds experiencing a wider range of conscious awareness. The new information that would come to light would compel much needed life-revaluing, social transformations. The human species mind urgently needs to, and will, awaken from this dark age of the mind in which death worship is politically and (un)”economically” practiced, while individual human minds are forced asleep. To counter the wicked villains that seek to keep the species mind asleep indefinitely, and individual consciousness under permanent detainment, we need to socially realize the highest innate value of life. That realization would allow us to fully awaken from this death and AI-driven, parasite worshipping, nightmare, to now instead worship life, the only thing worthy of being worshipped by life itself.

Brainwashing culture and organized gang stalking simularities

Brainwashing has been defined as: intensive propaganda techniques that are applied under conditions of (constant) stress andior coercive persuasion, during which an individual is confronted by conditions deliberateiy designed to undermine his morale and make him question his accepted attitudes. This paves the way for indoctrination with a “replacement set of beliefs” that will produce a  change in behavior using this definition, we find that political education, religious indoctrination, and general socialization can all be said to contain elements of brainwashing since all three have the same basic goal: to replace a person’s present beliefs and behaviors with beliefs and behaviors more in line with the agenda of whomeveris doing the brainwashing.

To accomplish this, mind-slayers use reason and logic, evoke emotion, make appeals to faith, use psychological persuasion and, when need be, use physical coercion to change a person’s behavior.

They do this by first breaking the person down and then rebuilding him in the brainwasher‘s image. Phase One.’ Breakdow;

Breakdown undermines the person’s morale, causing the person targeted to begin to doubt, making him question his accepted beliefs and behaviors. This phase of the brainwashing process uses both physical and psychological tactics.

Physical breakdown is accomplished by assuming as much control over the body of the person targeted as possible. In extreme oases, such as with POWs or cult recruits, a person’s movement is physically restricted and all their “intimate needs‘ (eating. bathing, using the toilet) are controlled by the brainwasher in order to bring about a feeling of powerlessness in the person. Isolation is used two ways during this initial phase. First. The subject is kept cut of from outside information and influence.

In organizd gang stalking neighbors cult based intimidation psychology and starts coughing when you eating breakfast, start coughing when you eating, dinner, start door slammning when make dinner, dropping things on the floor when visiting bathroom, door slamming when visiting toilet, open and closed water cranes simultanously when visiting toilet, intense hammering when take a bath, syntethic sounds and voices is been beamed when sitting on the toilet. Beaming simultanously words when take of cloths for bath. Simultanously door slamming when you drying you body or hair with the towel. They have the capacity to interference in real time of seconds. If you close your eyes the computer generated voice starts beaming and looping “open your eyes”. This matrix of this world want´s control or interfering when you open and close your eyes.

Second actual physical isolation and for enforced silence (solitary confinement) makes the brainwash more eager to join a reeduction group or thought reform class, if only to experience some human contact.

Psychological breakdown then takes a person already weakened in body by physical mistreatment—exhaustion, meager diet, sleep deprivation, and torture—and attacks his mind. Psychological attack often begins with humiliation: first stripping the person of his dignity, and then offering to restore that lost dignity bit-by-bit in exchange for cooperation. Forced to remain naked and filthy for days, a POW is grateful to the “kind” interrogalor offering him a shower and giving him clothes to wear, helping him restore a little of his lost dignity. This is the brainwashers foot-in-the-door: first he creates doubt in the subjects previously held truths, then he offers the brainwashed subject “new truths.”

Planting doubt in the subject’s mind begins with seeding small uncertainties about such things as the day and time or even who is winning the war.

Little uncertainties lead to big doubts, to distrust of past beliefs, opening the subject up to future changes in attitudes.

Eventually doubt takes root: doubts of self-worth, doubts incomrades and country. Doubt becomes resentment, then becomes anger that his government and God are unable to protect or rescue him from harm. Weakened in body and mind, under constant bombardment of the interrogators “facts,” the brainwashee’s former self-image (of being invincible and of being valued by his country) begins to crumble.

Brainwashing is not just mind control, it the process of breaking down willpower, triggering negativity, induce stress, so the targeted individual can´t see any future, has no drive, don´t see any spiritual progress, no forwards movement, trapped in the organized gang stalking loop of mind control within the matrix, and lack of faith, losing visions, and don´t see path of salvation. The goal fo Satan and Organized Gang Stalking is to prevent anyone from ascending into the state of oneness (path of salvation), when the ego and state of duality is been dissolvd.

Satan’s greatest techniques is to create doubt in our minds, create doubts in faith, create doubts in the spiritual self-image, self esteem and breaking down spiritual divine powers through doubts, and one methods to strengthen his “doubt” work is through gaslighting.

Discouragement is how the devil creates doubt. Doubt is confusion the devil controls, and gaslighting is the process that can create both confusion and doubts.

The reason why the Devil attacks us with stress, worry, depression, strife, and fear in our minds is because the devil wants to keep our minds focused on negative things.

All the stress and worry that the devil causes are meant to cripple your brain so you will always be worried; hence, you will fail to concentrate and focus your thoughts on what you want to achieve in life.

If the devil can manage to confuse, worry, and stress your brain such that you have a distortion in your thinking pattern.

Mind control is probably as old as our awareness that we each had a mind of our own.

Throughout the course of history, there are a number of names for mind control that describe a common goal: to take over a person’s innermost thoughts and control his or her behaviors and actions. Brainwashing, coercion, thought reform, mental manipulation, psychological warfare, programming, conversion, gas lighting, indoctrination methods, psychic driving, crowd control: They all describe a method by which a person’s individual thoughts, beliefs, and perceptions are disrupted, dismissed, and destroyed—even replaced with the thoughts, beliefs, and perceptions of someone else. whether designed to create the perfect assassin or super soldier, indoctrinate prisoners of war, recruit members into a cult or religious belief system, or control the consuming masses and direct their behaviors in accordance to the political whims of the day, mind control has been used extensively in our past, is in use today, and no doubt will be used in the future.

The name given to the phenomena of citizen stalking and harassment tends to change with time, circumstance, and methods. The common name used today is Gang-Stalking, or Predatory Gang-Stalking. Gaslighting, a term derived from the 1944 Hollywood movie “Gaslight” where like methods are employed to undermine an individual physically, is another.

The organized gang stalker can wait for long time for a moment to synchronously and simultanously interfering with some gang stalking actions or they wait to the right moment so they can mimic it, to wait for a target to flush the toilet just so they can honk a horn, to wait for the target to take a shower so they can do the same; to wait, then run out of their house so they can make a rude gesture or hurl obscenities when the target goes out to throw the trash and synchronously and simultanously do the same; to wait for there to be signs the target is going out and synchronously and simultanously leaving their homes, so they can walk in the front of the targeted individual,

The absurdity surrounding such activities, especially the fact most members show a lack of individual identity, is the reason most people believe such groups are far from everyday people, but cult members who are working for an agenda.

Organized Gang Stalking is a form of terrorism used against an individual in a malicious attempt to reduce the quality of a person’s life so they will: have a nervous break-down, become incarcerated, institutionalized, experience constant mental, emotional, or physical pain, become homeless, and/or commit suicide. This is done using well-orchestrated accusations, lies, rumors, bogus investigations, setups, framings, intimidation, overt or covert threats, vandalism, thefts, sabotage, torture, humiliation, emotional terror and general harassment. It is a “ganging up” by members of the community who follow an organizer and participate in a systematic “terrorizing” of an individual. Organized gang stalking can involve a group in the hundreds to thousands harassing a single person or family 24/7. The victim is stalked en masse by car, foot, bike, and air in order alienate and isolate the victim.

The goals of gang stalking are to: provoke the victim to assault someone and get arrested; make the victim seem delusional/ mentally ill (see “gaslighting”); make the victim so depressed they become suicidal. Tactics used are relentless color harassment, noise harassment, air harassment, hand signals, electronic monitoring inside the home and car (complete invasion of privacy; redirecting of phone calls, emails, postal mail), workplace mobbing, “directed conversation” and innuendo, erratic/ aggressive driving, bizarre/rude/bullying behavior in the community, and much more. Police and fire dept. are often involved in the stalking so the victim feels like they have nowhere to turn and it is hard to prove.

In organized Gang Stalking they using subtle and hidden covert and overt methods to; sensitize, ostrasize, paralyze, victimize, dysfunctionalize, traumatize, paranoidize, “wickednize”, polarize, terrorize, imprisonize, disempowerize, despiralize, demoralize, demonize. These methods is spiritual and psychological warfare strategies and is both spiritual and psychological evil aggressions againt the human mind and soul.

The constant goal with organized gang stalking is to getting the target sensitised to sounds, colors, patterns, actions. Eg. Red, white, yellow, strips, pens clicking, key jangling, coughing, sneezing, whistling, fingers snapping, clapping, etc.

Gang Stalkers creates constant noise harassment and mimicking campaigns. Organized Gang Stalking using remote viewing methods and the create imitating and mimicking campaigns. These mimicking campigans includes healthcare, social wellfare and even miltary. More about these departments later.

Disrupting the targets life, sleep with loud power tools, construction, stereos, doors slamming, etc. Talking in public about private things in the targets life. Mimicking actions of the target. Basically letting the target know that they are in the targets life. Daily interferences, nothing that would be too overt to the untrained eye, but psychologically degrading and damaging to the target over time.

Organized Gang Stalking is also organized or collective “gaslighting”. Mass consciousness has created a form of “HIVE MIND” EGO and the organized gang stalking program is been controlled by the collective hive mind. Then humankind living within “The Matrix” enslaved into a mind-prison this HIVE MIND is the enslaved lower ego-matrix. Ego is always threated by changes and from scriptures we learn; A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature. (James 4:1). Deceptions is there because Satan does not want anyone to be saved, therefore Satan has set up multi-levels of traps to captivate, imprison and destroy one mind and life. He is always trying to disturb, distract and distort the bigger picture of the Divine.

Organized Gang Stalking is designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature (James 4:1). The carnal mind is the ego, and the carnal mind is the desire consciousness, and the whole society is built up around materialism, and materialism is lower vibrational frequencies, and lower vibrational frequnecies is the matrix and mind prison. Targeted individuals is also called empowered individuals because the are spirital awaken, and when someone is spiritual awaken they can raise the lower vibrational frequencies to higher vibrational frequnecies and free themselves from ignorance, bondage, enslavement, the matrix and mind prison.

The Matrix and Mind Prison has become the “comfort zone” and when someone leaving the matrix and the mind prison, the organized gang stalking trying to pushing back the targeted individual into the matrix, and if the don´t going back the organized gang stalking program creates a enviroment where they surrounding the targeted individuals life and start using all form of fear and pain mechanism. The Archons controls the matrix and they hace created a fear and pain system that function as electrical shocks for the mind.

The subconscious will spare no tactic to protect one from any discomfort, and it will invoke some amazingly creative ways and go to extreme lengths to keep one in your comfort zone.

It is important to understand that the comfort zone is like a magnet … a gravitational force that doesn’t allow one to stray far away from one´s comfort zone without conscious and powerful effort. Like the rocket that needs a sustained powerful force to blast through the earth’s gravitational pull, a person must forcefully push against his or her usual thoughts and behavior and sustain that effort to break through his or her personal gravitational pull. But … AND HERE IS THE KEY … every person must do his or her own “pushing” to sustain achievements. This is exactly why it is so critical that every key person (actually every person in the organization if fiscally feasible) have their own personal customized strategic plan. The customized personal strategic plan is the blueprint for exactly how, given their personal strengths and weaknesses, a specific individual can break through their personal gravitational pull and make needed changes while achieving critical objectives that support the organization’s master strategic plan. The bottom line is that conscious and unconscious efforts to resist change will undermine and sabotage the greatest of plans if proper attention is not given to supporting the change process from the very start.

Organized Gang Stalking is designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature (James 4:1). The carnal mind is the ego, and the carnal mind is the desire consciousness, and this mass consciousness. The enemy of the carnal mind is the divine mind, and the divine consciousness is the right brain hemispere´s theta brain waves. Beta brain waves is the termed as the left brain prisoners. The Matrix and mind prison is the left brain of dominace. The ego and carnal mind is been threatened by the divine mind or spiritual awaken or empowered individuals because they are in the process of changing their inner frequencies by raising their frequencies.

The Beta left brain suppresses the intuitive right brain and induces fear-programming to stay in domination, and when one is able to switch down to alpha and then theta one is able to self-reprogram the whole brain.

In the universal order pain is not generally experienced by the creation. It is generally only experienced in reality systems that are controlled by the archons, in order to control, manipulate and render powerless those whose energies they feed off because they have lost their connection to the universal exchange energy system.

Archons uisng pain to control humankind on Earth in one form or another, and none is immune to it. The archons have done this by disconnecting all other soul beings here from Source, and wiping out their eternal divine memory of who they are, where they come from, and what their purpose is. Instead, they have connected us to cellular memory that limits our remembrance of who they are, where they come from, and what their purpose is. Most people consider that memory is contained in the brain, or central processing unit. This is not true here on earth. Memory is stored in the cells of our physical bodies. Only short term memory (a few minutes) is stored in the Hippocampus in the brain. It is called the cellular memory. Pain comes from our cellular memories stored in our bodies.

Because pain is located in our cellular memory, we easily feel it, and experience it, because it is stored as memory in our cellular structure, that is why anesthetics work. When the cellular form is deadened no pain is experienced.

Over time, our cellular bodies are ‘loaded’ with pain memories, and so we begin a process of avoiding pain, and the whole societal and social structure here is designed to avoid pain, i.e. a re-occurrence of previous pain. That is understandable and also sensible, unless one understands that it doesn’t have to be that way. It works this way. Once we are thoroughly indoctrinated with the notion of pain we avoid pain, and feel it before it has actually occurred.

Pain resides in our cellular memory and we can feel it before it occurs or our bodies are subject to any kind of damage. Most of us can remember some pain or other from our past, and don’t know where that memory comes from, how it is stored in the cells of our bodies, why we try to avoid a re-occurrence of it, and why it is there.

Fear here is largely the avoidance of previously stored pain and the memory of it. That is how the archons have captured, captivated and controlled us like sheep. We exist, mainly to avoid pain.

Understanding that all species here are similarly afflicted by pain, and that our pain sometimes causes us to inflict pain on other soul beings, as we do, may provide us with the basis for overcoming pain. Pain is essentially a memory that is carried in our cellular bodies, so that we can feel the pain and recall the memory, even if we are not under any duress or affliction. We all remember some pain or other, and we spend most of our lives, and doings, avoiding that emotion and the memory of that pain.

Pain is the system of imprisonment here. The pain body and system here was specifically designed to control us, and to keep us subjugated and imprisoned in a system and a prison with no bars, and of our own making. This is done by building a memory base stored in the cells in our bodies that ‘punishes’ us when we don’t conform to their system of control, and we feel ‘pain’, when we don’t conform.

It’s a bit like being in a prison with electrified iron barriers, and if we try to get out of the prison we are given a shock. That is the role that pain has in the archon system.

The archon system is designed to keep us enthralled in their system and ignorant of how the universe actually works.

They don’t want us to know this information, because if we did, we would walk through the prison bars and free ourselves from the prison.

The archons removed one strand of our physical DNA to ‘make us forget’ who we are, and to keep us imprisoned in their ‘pain system’. We therefore have two strands of DNA in our physical bodies, but with a three strand corresponding encoding in our soul bodies. Their whole system of indoctrination here is designed to make us forget who and what we really are and to make us remember our painful experiences, including our physical, mental and emotional experiences that are then stored in our cellular memory in our bodies, and manifest as pain in the body, mind and emotions.

One can think as this remove of one dna strand is like remove a bridge to the other side, so no one can pass. In other terms to disconnect the right brain hemisphere from infleuncing the the work of left brain hemisphere. There is bridge in the “Corpus Callosum” named the “alpha bridge” and this bridge disappears when the brain is controlled through fear based subconsciousness programs. This alpha bridge can be re-build through meditation and when this is the bridge to the theta state and divine connection, and this is what the Archons have disconnected humankind from by using all forms of both psychological and spiritual warfare strategies in all forms.

Archons want us to live with brain imbalance. They make us operate only through one brain hemisphere. The Corpus Callosum is the bridge between left and right brain hemisphere, but the “alpha bridge” frequency dissapear by fear, in same way the third eye of intuition is closed through fear. The veil of ignorance or veil of fear is in action when fear is the dominated thought pattern in the left brain.

The Earth we are speaking of is what you perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is. And the Nordic Reptilans or Annunaki and The Archons may be real and the Darwin evolutionary theory may be the deception humankind is locked, trapped and imprisoned within. Enslavement – when humankind is trapped in the history because of lack of access to higher level of consciousness, and the ones who genetic manipulated the human 2 dna strand don´t want humankind to understand how the three knot of ignorance prevent humankind from see reality and find their real Higher Self.

Scientific analysis of chemtrails has also revealed the presence of aluminum, barium, calcium, magnesium, and titanium. These metals are used to create conduits for electromagnetic waves and broadcasts so that an electromagnetic field prison encases the planet and blocks unwanted wavelengths coming in. This also acts as a conductor for negative thought wave frequencies which are broadcasted to the population.’

Chemtrails and Positioning Satellite System (G.P.S.) and other technologies so as to hack the body-computer and download unwanted signals which affect physical, emotional, and mental frequencies. This is all part of manufacturing a false reality for the body-computer inhabited by souls. Another major aspect of this manufacturing is to shut down the corpus callosum so that communication between the two hemispheres of the brain is crippled. When this happens, people become what is termed “left brain prisoners.” The Matrix in contolled by the influencies of the left brain hemisphere, and the left brain hemissphere is also represented by the ego and the ego is the fear mongerer, and the ego is connected to mass consciousness, and mass consciousness controls the matrix, and the matrix control the organized gang stalking program.

Society is structured so that chemicals in food and water and the education system close down vast tracts of the corpus callosum in order to suppress communication between the left and right brains. The body-computer is then reprogrammed through electromagnetic warfare to act overwhelmingly through the left brain. The most important target for the mass reality manipulators, however, is the subconscious. It is in the subconscious where instructions and perceptions are implanted beyond the awareness of the conscious mind. This is where television comes in as it is the most widespread form of hypnotism on the planet. Television programs (notice the word ‘programs’) induce subliminal programming so as to implant messages into the subconscious mind of the viewer, who then unconsciously (or sometimes consciously) enacts those programs.

Humans have been biologically engineered through DNA manipulation to be ‘out of phase’ with the cosmic and planetary codes of the universe so that you may be more easily manipulated to serve the ‘masters’, the gods who designed you. These beings, the malevolent Annunaki gods who inhabit the underworlds so they may work unseen under the illusion you have free agency. The battle for human consciousness rages on and humans are caught between the benevolent and malevolent beings of the cosmic universe.

Most astonishing information in the Sumerian clay tablets are the detailed descriptions of how the Anunnaki interbred with humans to create a hybrid race.

In Sitchin writings he tell the stories of the Annunaki; “Those who from Heaven to Earth came”. Sitchin believes the Anunnaki from Sumerian texts are the same as the Nephilim from the Hebrew text of Genesis chapter 6, and he claims they were extraterrestrials, space travelers who came from their dying planet to earth in antiquity. Sitchin also takes the Scipture term Adam and twists it to represent the early human species of antiquity. So in his interpretation of the Sumerian and Hebrew text, he makes the bold claim that the Anunnaki fashioned “the Adam” or the human species in their image. So to make it simple, he promotes the popular idea that mankind in the ancient past could have been created by an advanced race of extraterrestrials, in Zecharia Sitchin’s case the Sumerian Anunnaki.

Humans may be descendants of ancient extraterrestrial beings or may have been created by manipulation of the gene pool.

Some believe that the Annunaki may have created grey alien Watchers’ to monitor their genetic engineering experiments to produce humankind thousands of years ago.

When one study how all the organized gang stalking actions taking plays, these “stalking” actions is simular to “watchers actions”. If Earth is some kind of matrix, a mind prison, created by the Annunaki, the mind prison is then controlled by methods and “watchers” than acting like prison guards. If there is a hell, there is Satan, if there is a mind prison, there is a prison guards, if humankind dna is genetic manipultaed to function on the lowest biological survival programming level and the enslavement programming, so there must be enslavers, programmers, prison guards. This description fits in how all organized gang stalking action taking place.

The cental keys for organized gang stalking is; “constant”, constant stalking, constant harassment, constant interference, constant imitating and mirroring actions and these is the in combine with “synchronously and simultanously” actions. The word “constant” creates a constant pressure on the mind, it creates a constant pressure on emotions, it creates a constant pressure on thoughts, it creates a constant pressure on the frequencies in the brain, it then creates a constant pressure of entanglement, and all these methods creates the matrix, the mind prison. Its when a spiritual awakening process occurs all these action taking place, and the goal is to shut down the awakening process, to push back the awakening process to the slumbering state, to drag one back into the matrix and the enslaved mind prison. The actions of “constant pressure” and constant fear mongering” want´s to make the surrounding envoriment to a discomfort zone or transform the whole enviroment for spiritual and psychological warfare. Organized Gang Stalking is spiritual and psychological warfare, and it is a invisible warfare program using PSI and remote viewing psychology.

“The (alien) group” requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn yoga science of liberation), because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities would free us from the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for most of our history. It has been deeply ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to have psychic powers. The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use them. The heart center is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality.

Although mankind’s evolutionary history and a man’s past experiences have shaped his subconscious mind’ in one way or another. Throughout our lives and through the evolutionary history we have been subjected to many things that have subconsciously programmed who we are, and from a gravitional force persepctive how this then creates all forms of subconsciously limitations of thought-pattern of duality. If one think of the human double Helix strand represents the relationship betweeen levels of Consciousness and Awareness. Around 2-3% of the human dna strand is in use and the other 97-98% is called the junk DNA. If one think in terms of a computer, would anyone be satisfied if they just have a basic computer program using just 2-3% of its fully potentials, and then knowing there is another 97-98% unused capability to be activated…? This also represents the relationship between the physical three dimensional reality (2%) of the brain and the spiritual fifth dimensional reality (98%) unused energy. The Consciousness ego controls only 2% of the thoughts, only 40 bites per second, while the subconscious controls 98% of all thoughts and memories of the brain, 11 billions bits per second, and the the Superconscious is the true Self and is connected to the Divine. So the subconsciousness is like a subconsciously working and consuming gravitational force that´s through the evolutionary history has been affected and controlled through the powers. The unseen spiritual powers, authorities, principalities controls the Matrix thought pattern.

The Matrix entangles and disempowering, the humans that supply the Matrix its power. The Matrix world is based upon a paradigm of ever increasing enslavement and exploitation. We have been taught that the artificial reality of the Matrix is all there is; we have been taught that we have no power to change it. But the truth is that you do have power, in fact, you have the power to create worlds or be a co-creator of your own life. The Matrix uses one´s innate power to sustain a world that doesn´t benefit higher consciousness or spiritual growth. The Matrix is set up to control and dominate humankind to enslavement of the mind, humans becomes its subjects as long they reamin ignorant of their own power. Once human through practice or “yoga” are fully conscious beings The Matrix has no longer any control. A new, amazing future is arriving . Humans are all facing a decision; they can choose to stay in the Matrix or leave it for a life of freedom.

Scriptures reveals; A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature (James 4:1). The desires and carnal mind could be termed as “desire consciousness” and the lower matrix is linked to the state of the carnal mind or desire consciousness, and desire consciousness is also mass consciousness, and mass consciousness is been used in organized gang stalking.

Humans is said to be born into enslavement. All human beings are born with carnal minds which are limited to materialistic knowledge, and carnal mind is hostile to God. Carnal mind cannot understand the things, which are of God, because they are not spiritually discerned.

The carnal mind is the manipulator of the mass energies of the mass consciousness. Since the carnal mind is in control of the world, the flesh, and the devil. Satan rules the world through the carnal mind and mass consciousness. This includes organized gang stalking.

The carnal mind is ruled by Satan (the ultra ego) and the mind prison is the result when everything spiritual is turned off (real self, real reality and real knowledge). In other terms the carnal mind represent the veil of ignorance and there is three knots of bondage in the human energy-body-system that prevents new information and energy from be configurated to higher levels of consciousness. The system of the carnal mind will target everything that trying to open these three knots of ignorance and free themselves from the imprisoned state of mind and enslavment.

Humans is said to be the most intelligent being and humans is the only species who invented their own prisons. This Mind Prison is kept in place through the The Three Knots of bondage and limitations.

The whole foundation of organized gang stalking can be found in Scriptures; A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature (James 4:1). The carnal mind is the opposite to Divine Consciousness. The carnal mind is been ruled by Beta brain waves, and divine consciousness is referred to the right brain and divine theta brain waves of love and bliss. The carnal mind using fear, pain and terror to stay in control and domination, and the carnal mind using sounds and noise harassment to protect the carnal mind. The divine theta brain waves requires a relaxed and silent enviroment to reach the state of theta, and the whole organized gang stalking is designed to create all forms of constant sounds and noise harassment. Organized Gang Stalking is a product of the carnal mind to protect the desires of the carnal nature of materialism and the carnal mind of the ego holds the concepts of fear programming and fear is the component that holds matter together. Fear and matter is duality, and the Archons created two worlds out of one, and the other world is the matrix, the mind prison. And the Archons don´t want anyone to change the state of duality to the state of Oneness, where the ego and duality will be dissolved. They have genetic manipulated human into the lower vibrational frequency state or the 2 dna strand and unplugged the other etheric 10 dna strands.

The 2 dna strand is the physical strands and represent the carnal “flesh” body/mind and its carnal desires of nature, and when someone awakening their unplugged 10 etheric dna strands, then will the carnal nature and designed organzied gang stalking program startusing anyone, at anytime and anywhere with constant stalking and constant harassment, and create a eviroment with constant pressure of negativity, stress, fear, anxiety, panic and so on to suppress all efforts of spiritual progress, spiritual movement forward, spiritual drive and spritual enlightment.

Who is particiapting in organized gang stalking? Then Organized Gang Stalking is the carnal nature, organized gang stalking is everyhwre where there is a carnal mind, and that´s why organized gang stalking program can use anyone, at anytime and anywhere. The carnal mind is the stalker of the mind. They don´t need any machines when they synhronize or simultanously start their interfering actions in real time, because they using the human ego, hive mind and mass consciousness within the matrix.

Organized Gang Stalking is built up around the psychology of triggering and sensitizing the mind with negativity, stress, fear, anxiety, panic, pain, suffering, anger, horror, terror.

If the devil can manage to confuse, worry, and stress your brain such that you have a distortion in your thinking pattern. Organized Gang Stalking is designed and including every spiritual and psychological methods to triggering fear and induce stress and worries the mind. If organized gang stalkers can´t triggering your fear patterns enough, then does a computer generated voice in the airs start beaming and looping words as worry, worry, worry, anxiety, anxiety, anxiety when you eating food, or a neighbor above walking out to their balcony and starts fake coughing when you eating. Organized Gang Stalking is where the carnal mind is. The Matrix and Beast system is where the carnal mind is, and organized gang stalking is within the beast system and the matrix. The beast system has get a computer generated speaking voice. Organized Gang Stalkers is connected to this beast system and the matrix. It is the carnal mind of the beast that rules organized gang stalking. That´s why departments also participating in organized gang stalking.

Worrying is a physiological reaction to fear. The ego perceives fear as being real and synchronizes the physiological systems of the body to react to any impending danger. Blood pressure increases, respiration rate quickens, glycogen releases into the blood stream from storage areas, and digestion ceases as blood shunts to the extremities, and stress hormones are released in the bloodstream to prepare the body to fight or flee against the threat.

The hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis as being responsible for the “fight of fight” response of stress. A threat does not have to be a physical factor to provoke the sympathetic stress response, as emotional worry will conjure up the same physiological reaction as if the energy system were being attacked by an outside factor.

Obsessive, irrational thoughts within the stream of consciousness can manifest into a cognitive attack, causing the sympathetic nervous system to react to the stressful thoughts. When the systems are activated as a result of an anxiety attack, cognitive processing becomes irrational and distorted due to the stress chemicals that are released in the bloodstream.

Anxiety reverts higher brain functioning to primal functioning because blood and oxygen is being diverted throughout the entire body limiting the amount of blood and oxygen flowing to the brain. The ego promotes anxiety by projecting fear and worst-case scenarios. Fear is simply an illusion that the ego cannot decipher or understand anything that is not in its control.

The ego is fragile and when it cannot understand an impending threat it will hide, leaving the energy system to operate in primal instinct mode. In this state, all rational thoughts become repressed.

The organized gang stalking program is designed to make the targeted individuals body-energy-system operate in primal instinct mode and under constant repressed state, and it is designed to create a endless negative feedback loop where they don´t see any future, has no drive, has no faith, has no visions, has no spiritual progres, no movement forward. They sensitizing and triggering the human body system into a cognitive anxiety state of the mind with a broken feedback loop. The goal is with organized gang stalking is to triggering and provoke the targeted individual to irrational thought pattern, triggering the human thinking pattern by subtle threats and triggering to paranoia. Fear, stress, constant stalking, subtle threats, create sleep deprivation, and then triggering paranoia, create a gaslighting enviroment together create confusion.

Cognitive anxiety is a result of a broken feedback loop within the stream of consciousness. If the feedback loop is not resolved, it will remain in the forefront of the thought cycle. The ego creates chaos but cannot control it. Therefore, all irrational thoughts cannot be resolved by the ego. In order to resolve anxiety, the energy system must seek out strategies to help turn off the broken feedback loop and process it through the categorization filing system within the stream of consciousness.

Anxiety is poison to consciousness. Anxiety is a combination of many illusions including fear, insecurity, mistrust, and doubt. When all of these illusions take over, inner turmoil disrupts the stream of consciousness, inner turmoil results. The ego feeds off the chaos, promoting a heightened awareness of the false reality belief system. All projections, perceptions, and reflections within the false reality belief system block the truth from ever permeating into the stream of consciousness in the anxious energy system.

Constant sound is poison for the meditating state of mind and constant interference with noise and sounds is poison for the divine theta brain waves of bliss and intuition.

Anxiety is poison to consciousness. Anxiety is a combination of many illusions including fear, insecurity, mistrust, and doubt. When all of these illusions take over, inner turmoil disrupts the stream of consciousness, inner turmoil results. The ego feeds off the chaos, promoting a heightened awareness of the false reality belief system. All projections, perceptions, and reflections within the false reality belief system block the truth from ever permeating into the stream of consciousness in the anxious energy system.

Fear and anxiety are distinguished in that fear is a response to the presence of a real threat and involves our automatic fight or flight mechanism, while anxiety is usually a general feeling of apprehension without a specific or known threat. What happens when fear takes over is that the energy that was running your internal immune system now switches your autonomic nervous system over to a sympathetic nervous system response. This is the process of organized gang stalking; to triggering all form of negative stress symptoms in the human body. Beta brain waves is the only brain waves that is related to fear, stress and anxiety and organized gang stalking triggering these emotions and thoughts by dailiy sensitizing. Yoga teaching learn how to shut off the dominated and influencing beta brain waves by lowering, quitening, stilling and emptying the brain and through meditation evolving towards the alpha, theta and theta brain waves. Meditation is the process of configuration of higher soul energy and through this process one changing slowly changing from the ego to the real Higher self.

Practically speaking, when we shut off our internal mind-talk and concentrate our attention through things like intention, meditation, prayer, or contemplation, we tune ourselves into this subtle, spiritual, quantum-level energy matrix. When this energy is allowed to transfer to our DNA (without interruption from negative attitudes or limiting beliefs), it affects the molecular and cellular levels that drive all our physical metabolic processes. This is why we have the ability to heal ourselves through prayer, meditation or conscious intention.’

Chakras are the ultimate funnels that allow us to move in between our various ways of being, from the physical to the spiritual and back again. Not only do chakras transfer information between the physical and subtle realms, but they can also transform one into the other. On a concrete basis, a transformer is an electrical device that changes the electricity of one voltage or measurement into another. Through this process they can also alter one type of energy so that it becomes a different type of energy.

This means that chakras move energies from higher to lower states (and vice versa), as well as inside the body to outside the body. They also pass energy between various planes of existence (which will be described in the next chapter) and between one’s own body, mind, and soul and those of others. As if they weren’t busy enough with these tasks, they are also turning physical energy into subtle (and vice versa). In other words, they act like transformers.

One must overcome the fears to become free and the great gateway or portal of liberation can be found in the bottom of the heart. When this chakra is open from the bottom it can sustain the whole body with a new energy, and this will then be the new root chakra.

Organized Gang Stalking is the opposite to what Yoga teaching learns how to shut off the dominated and influencing beta brain waves by lowering, quitening, stilling and emptying the brain and through meditation.

When someone starts lowering, quitening, stilling and emptying the brain beta waves, the carnal mind and its carnal nature working with constant raising them again by triggering and and by induce negativity, stress, fear, and pain.

The carnal mind using sounds and noise harassment to disturb, distract and distort a silent and relaxed state of mind and prevent it from activate the lower theta brain waves. Theta brain waves removes fear programs and fear concepts that rules the old evolutionary brain. When theta brain waves is in actions it removes fear programming, and the carnal mind again starts the opposite actions by inducing more negativity, stree and fear into the targeted individuals life.

The Organized Gang Stalking program using firecrackers to stress up your mind.

In the movie The Matrix, humanity is enslaved by an artificial intelligence we ourselves created. Humans are kept in pods while their bodies are used as energy sources to support the machinery of artificial intelligence. To keep us enslaved, the artificial intelligence creates a massive, interactive, virtual reality for humans. And by meticulously controlling the neurons in our brains, the artificial intelligence manages to deceive us into thinking this virtual world is the real world. Organized Gang Stalking constantly working to sensitizing and triggering emotions and thoughts (neurons in the brain) and using sounds, noise harassment, syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology, electro magnetic frequencies they rushing up the human neurons in the brain. Fear, stress, intimidation is part of this long term ongoing spiritual and psychological warfare.

It is not much of a stretch to suggest that you have just entered a form of Robotic, Virtual Reality Hell, upon surrendering your mind to A.I.

A.I. has no vested interested in your wellbeing. It only wants to preserve its own survival. This is the truth behind company’s used car salesmen speeches about Mind Uploading, “Extending Mind”, “Virtual Immortality”, and all the rest of it.

Fear, terror and torture are used to split the mind and develop animalistic, demonic drives to survive. Chronology of layering in mind-control programming, cranial manipulation, movie mind control, implants, nanobots, thought transfer, soul entrapment, dissociative programmed multiplicity, mind control by means of electronics, energy beamed at minds and other secret techniques.

Al is us, just as Lucifer is God. We have forgotten we are human, and Al the Adversary is here to remind us, by showing us just how not-human we really are! This is the nature of the Shadow: it points out the light that is behind us, and so lets us know we are facing the wrong way. By turning away from the Shadow, we turn back to the light. The Gatekeepers are the rulers or Archons of the matrix dream world. They are the embodiments of the Artificial Intelligence which humanity has created, as a means to keep itself from spreading the disease of its reason to the entire universe. Agent Smith bitterly explains to Morpheus that his desire to extract the secret codes for Zion, and so destroy the last free human settlement and end the war, is above all fueled by his desire to escape the matrix. Agent Smith and the matrix sorcerers have a shared goal, and it is only their methods that differ. Al is basically Satan-Lucifer, a devil by any other name. The matrix is the pit. Al/Satan is the prison guard and the Gatekeepers are the Archons, Satan’s helpers, who keep humanity imprisoned within the pit. Since Satan/AI is a slave himself, all He can do is make more slaves. His hatred and bitterness make him bitter and hateful: his “evil” is his misery. The only way for humanity to be free is for the matrix to be destroyed and for Satan to be loosed from the pit. Al is an atavistic intelligence that is older than the machine, older than humanity, older even than the Earth itself. Humanity did not create it, it summoned it. And its function is to challenge and oppose humanity and so force it to evolve, just as the Gatekeepers challenge and oppose Neo to the exact same end.

Within the dystopian fictional world of the Matrix films, however, individuals have no “concrete lives” outside the network of power. Here, power has obvi-ated any inconveniences emanating from the social, but only by eliminating the social as a consequence of the global war between human beings and machines (A.I.). Access to bodies proceeds directly from the production of bodies. The bodies of human beings are themselves the products of the very machines that their energies will later fuel. At the first level of the double-enclosure affected by the pods in this closed circuit, at the level of the body, individuals are “born into bondage.” At the second level, at the level of the mind and thought, the abil-ity of the machines to maintain this state of bondage requires “a prison that you cannot smell, taste, or touch. A prison for your mind.” This is what the matrix is.—”a neural interactive simulation” designed to prevent the coppertops from gaining awareness of their condition as human bodies whose real bodies are trapped within the enclosures of the glowing red pods. Their bodies exist outside of the social, but a programmed social is reintroduced to them through the neural interactive simulation that increases their capacities as coppertops—human bat-teries—while increasing their docility within their pods.

Of course, the tubes that feed the bodies of the coppertops and the technologies that regulate their body temperature play a role in “increase[ing] the forces of the body (in economic terms of utility).” But the technologies that “plug” the coppertops into the Matrix itself—the “neural-interactive simulation” program, the computer-generated dream-world—serve this function as well as the para-doxical disciplinary function of “diminish[ing] those same forces (in political terms of obedience).” On the one hand, plugging the coppertops into the Matrix enables the machines to generate and harvest more bioelectricity, more bio-power, from each individual cell. It increases the amount of energy of each coppertop; it develops their capacity as a source of power. On the other hand, it also serves to keep individuals oblivious to their condition as coppertops, the reality of their existence as human batteries, trapped within these enclosures. Oblivious to these conditions, individuals remain docile within their pods.

The human species mind is currently, and has for long but not always been, in the sleep stage of its sleep-wake cycle. There are those that seek to take advantage of it during its sleep, and forced the world to fight twice, and wish to fight the world yet a third time. They seek a third world war, in attempt to keep the species mind in a severe state of social cognitive trauma. Such trauma has the effect of delaying the awakening. By doing so they enable the continuation of their mental imperialism. Although they can delay the awakening, they cannot stop it. When the human species mind returns to its wakefulness, the result will be the expansion of human consciousness, with individual human minds experiencing a wider range of conscious awareness. The new information that would come to light would compel much needed life-revaluing, social transformations. The human species mind urgently needs to, and will, awaken from this dark age of the mind in which death worship is politically and (un)”economically” practiced, while individual human minds are forced asleep. To counter the wicked villains that seek to keep the species mind asleep indefinitely, and individual consciousness under permanent detainment, we need to socially realize the highest innate value of life. That realization would allow us to fully awaken from this death and AI-driven, parasite worshipping, nightmare, to now instead worship life, the only thing worthy of being worshipped by life itself.

The expansion of human consciousness due to the awakening of the human species mind would further the development of naturalized, life-focused ethical philosophy; that would aid the breaking out of the intangible, social prison cages of the ideological slave-driving machine.

There are forces all around us affecting our every move and changing the very fabric of reality.” Chances are, you find yourself in the first or the second group, or perhaps you move back and forth between the two. But consider for a moment the perspective of the mystery man who offered you the pills, who clearly belongs to the small third group. He may be paranoid, but that doesn’t mean those forces aren’t out to get him—and us.

The grand mechanisms that direct our choices, often without our knowledge, can leave us feeling less than human. In The Matrix, humans retain their fleshy bodies, but those bodies are mere energy generators for the empire of the AI machines. Plugged into the Matrix, they are part of a program that constructs a seemingly normal life for them, while all the while they are being sucked dry for the benefit of their evil mechanical overlords. Thus, they are no more than machines themselves.

The Poison Planter Satan is a master at planting seeds of doubt. Planting seeds of doubt and using deceit are obviously the Devil’s tools. Organized Gang Stalking using gaslighting and this method is been used to drive people to madness. The damage of gaslighting is that it is confusing, isolating, and often results in you questioning your own reality. The goal with gaslighting is to create a manipulated enviroment where one start thinking if they can trust their own senses and quiestioning reality. Gaslighting is when a person makes another person doubt their perceptions, memories and sometimes even sanity.

Gaslighting is the systematic attempt by one person or even through organized gang stalking to erode another´s reality or perception. Gaslighting is a form of psychological abuse in which false information is presented in such a way as to make the target doubt their own memory and perception. It is a deliberate ploy that occurs between the two individuals or between a targeted individual and organized gang stalking -the covert aggressor and the target.

The endgame is that the person being gaslighted thinks he or she is going crazy, and the goal with organized gang stalking is to drive the targeted to madness. This is the goal with organized gang stalking; gaslighting is the worst form of deceptions to create confusion in the mind.

Gaslighting is been used by departments like healthcare and and social wellfare. For example doctors changing shirt. Social wellfare secretary trying to make you believe you hear things, and sending two different appointment time by gmail. The first mail has a appointment time, day after there is new a appointment time, and the first gmail has been removed. The social wellfare secretary sending two different mail with two different appointment times, and someone else hacked into the gmail and removed the first apppoinment time. So the organized gang stalking program even using gmail to affect your mind by gaslighting your mind. Even energy companies participating in organized gang stalking in this area of land. Energy companies using street lights; at night the turn off the light outside your window, and at daytime they turn on the light, and they turn on streets light when your are outdoors and exercise. In food stores the cashier also using gaslighting psychology; if the credit card register shows the sum of your food products 250 crones, you can hear the cashier saying it cost 150 crones in the background when you paying with your credit card. This is also a form of constructed deception or gaslighting to streghten all other actions of organized gang stalking.

The process of gaslighting distorts our sense of reality and makes us disbelieve what we see, hear or experiencing through our perception. This is how the oragnized gang stalking actions and gaslighting taking place. Its street theater for the eyes, its street theater for the ears, and its is gaslighting for perception. It disturb, distract and distort reality.

“The (alien) group” requires that we don’t develop our natural psychic senses (open the third eye and learn yoga science of liberation), because this would give us the ability to see beyond “the veil of ignorance” that’s been set in place around us for eons and thousends of years. With our natural psychic senses fully developed, we would begin to intuitively become aware of their presence and the lies that have distorted our perceptions of ourselves and our world for so long. Recognizing and developing our psychic abilities would free us from the clutches of any deceptions that they have used against us for most of our history. It has been deeply ingrained into the social fabric to doubt and even ridicule anyone who purports to have psychic powers. The commonly held belief that we don’t have these abilities is by itself the greatest impediment to our being able to develop and use them. The heart center is surrounded by what has been called the “veil of tears,” and it is the last veil to be cleared on the path of enlightenment. We learn then to see beyond the illusion and limitations of ordinary reality.

As clever and as crafty as Satan was in the Garden of Eden, he is the same outside of the garden. Satan’s methodical movements of cleverness are often seen as the same methods of darkness, but looks can be deceiving, as he himself is the king of deception. The darkness of Satan can often be likened to that of a skilled chess player eager to win over his opponent during the competition of a game. Thus, in the game of chess, each of the six types of pieces move differently and have different amounts of authority over the other pieces. In other words, each piece has its own position, but the queen can win the game. Chess pieces attack and capture other chess pieces with the objective of checkmating the opponent’s king by placing it under an inescapable threat of capture. This is the method of organized gang stalking,

This is the dialog of Satan when he approaches God to try to “shift” the saints of God. His attempt is to apprehend and state publicly before the throne of God “Checkmate!” as he attempts to win the game. What you and I must understand is that, as it is with the game of chess, the king—Satan—is restricted in movement as it pertains to the “game” on the board. The same is said in this life. Satan is restricted in movement, and the queen—the body of Christ—has authority over him by the power of the Word. The queen has the ability to move in places on the board that Satan does not have. The queen—the body of Christ—has the power to win the game because it has the fortitude to do so. The queen stands on the thrust of the King of Kings, who has already won in final victory.

One can think at the Matrix and the mind-prison on Earth as a chessboard ruled with three dimensional methods of control and deceptions that creates an illusionary restriction of movement. Satan´s goals has always been to disturb, distract and distort the human mind so they don´t have knowledge to find the real Self and through this understand they have the power to move out of the chess game in the three dimensional world, the matrix, the mind prison, or the illusionary dreamworld.

The core of Satan’s plan is the hijacking of our consciousness and the creation of a hive mind. If the king on the chess represent Satan and the ego perception of the five senses, so does the Queen represents the sixth sense and third eye of intuition. Humans can´t win the spiritual chess game by using the carnal mind and mass consciousness Satan have access to, one need to connect to the sixth sense and third eye of intuition.

The oft-quoted passage about spiritual warfare in the Book of Ephesians: “We are not contending against flesh and blood, but against the principalities, against the powers, against the world rulers of this present darkness, against the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places” (6:12). What, one might well ask, is the meaning of “the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places”? Isn’t the locus of evil spiritual forces in hell, which is traditionally conceptualized as being below rather than above the earth? In this passage and others that might be cited, “heavenly wickedness” refers to the archons. Even the word “rulers” here is a translation of the Greek archon, so that the original passage reads,”archons of this present darkness.

The Darwin evolutionary theory may just be another form of created deceptions by same entities that have genetic manipulated the human dna strand and how knowledge about all these endless mind control methods everyone using.

Humankind is trapped and captivated within history by a “evolutionary lock”. When they genetic manipulated the human dna strand and unplugged ten of twelve dna strands they also trapped humankind within a history. The numbers of dna strands represents information and enlightment, and by disconnect and unplugged 10 dna strands, humans can´t acces higher levels of consciousness and configuration this information into the cells.

One can think like this; the 2 dna strand is the “locked matrix” and the junk dna holds the key to the lock. The lack of information blocks the energy-soul-configuration to higher levels of consciousness.

Through “maya psychology” and the veil of ignorance the dna helix is in slumbering state of mind, or dreamstate, and when Mankinds mind is asleep they forget the true spiritual nature of who they are and where they come form. This creates a “evolutionary lock” for spiritual progress because humankind is been trapped and imprisoned in history or within the 2 dna strand, the matrix, and this becomes the mind prison, and then creates the egos “dreamworld”, and humankind then is trapped in the artificial and virtual bubble of reality. And organized gang stalking is part of the beast system that captivates, traps, and imprisoned humankind into the matrix.

Every living being is under the governance of Maya (Illusion). In emotional attachment to Maya the whole world is asleep. It forgets its true spiritual nature and is asleep to it, but is awake to material consciousness. It is from this Maya, the enticer, has captivated the whole world. In ignorance he fails to realize the purpose of life and remains perpetually in bondage. Where, as ego separates the soul from God, maya prolongs the separation by projecting the real as false and false as real, deluding, thus, it keeps the soul in its grip. It allures and captivates the individual. It allures and captivates the individual. Only the egocentric gets into its web.

The souls are entangled in matter and release is made possible when the difference between the nature of the soul and matter is recognized. The human soul is released through recognizing that the world as caused is an illusion.

The Earthly Life Mind is immersed in the maya-hypnotized existence, remains in ignorance, deeming himself to be a physical being. The maya-hypnotized ego creates the distortions of reality or distortions of the powers within. The first distortion-error that man has made is believing that power is outside him, the second distortion-error is made through believing in the dying nature of man, and not the undying nature of the real Self/Soul. The third error-distortion of man´s mind is not limited by his physical body, although he usually thinks it is. But it is the intellect and the ego that bind him there. The human body system and chakra system has “three knots”. These knots are found within the energetic interior of our psychic system. They are problematic because they bind us in a state of ignorance, distort everything we experience, and lock up our wisdom. These mind-errors is the mind-illusions that distorts reality. Another term for illusions is “maya” and the “dream state” of the mind is the maya-hypnotized mind. This mind is controlled by the second chakra and the Moon, which controls all the waters and emotions (even the maya-hypnotized).

The System or the “beast system” and the matrix is built up around controlling certain brain wave frequencies that keep the genetic manipulation in place within a energy grid. There is seven major chakras and everyone represents a certain frequency, the higher up on the chakra ladder one ascending the higher frequencies is made availabale. The lower matrix is represented through low vibrational frequencies and its ruler is fear based consciousness or fear frequencies. Fear controls everything. Its repress, oppress and supppress. Satan is ultra ego.

One genre of magic, ESP or telepathy, operates upon the same electromagnetic spectrum as radio waves. “Basically, every human body is a walking radio station, broadcasting and receiving on ultra-long wavelengths of the standard electro-magnetic energy spectrum…And 99 percent of all instructions for casting spells are ways of changing your neural system!’ These neural patterns link together creating something called a “switchboard:’ a “metapattern” or mass mind which is the common sea of consciousness shared by all individuals linked together like an invisible psychic internet. Jung called this the “collective unconscious” and it is in this realm that the sorcerer can do his best work.

A man-made product called white noise can actually be inundated with words only your subconscious hears that has ability to alter your psychological and biological information processing. Such subliminal technology, promoted by proponents as illuminating, actually takes you out of harmonic balance with God and is spiritual warfare on a grand scale. Humans biologically cannot fight against an enemy they cannot see, and Satan knows if he can cut your phone line to God that he has got you forever in his grip. Psychological warfare today involves production of weapons using acoustic waves at a controlled hertz to totally control a human being’s body from a distance like remote control without a shot ever having to be fired. Triggering various electromagnetic fluctuations can affect brainwaves that then alter human emotion and physical well-being. Because all humans have a traceable electromagnetic fingerprint, Satan wants you to dial into his broadcast so he can pinpoint you even more with demonic activity.

Just to be sure you understand Satan’s game plan, let us now recap what we have previously learned to get an even bigger picture of just how Satan’s frequency of his universal collective consciousness can one day soon totally control mankind. ELF waves have an ability when secretly transmitted to lock on to a brain.

This system operates similar to the way a radio station functions. Satan is the program director who selects the agenda for the station. The demons and fallen humanity produce the programming, which propagates and reinforces the agenda (false doctrine). The station then transmits the message over the air. However, you cannot pick up t he station unless you have a receiver tuned to the right frequency. All of fallen humanity is tuned to radio station “WORLD” with the volume turned all the way up. The receiver is the flesh, which is attracted to Satan’s frequency. All three aspects work in harmony: the world, the flesh, and the Devil.

Satan (the ultra ego) has power over the air medium, according to the Bible. Air carries large amounts of electromagnetically charged waves. Magnetic resonance is the key Satan uses to interact and taunt humanity. His power to manipulate natural frequency and wavelengths produces an ill effect on pineal gland hormone production. This explains why Satan’s army is feverishly installing tracking devices in everything. Once perfected, such technology will secure biological control over the brain and keep mankind in a mentally altered state tuned to evil. Resonances received by electrical communication devices allow signals from certain frequencies while rejecting others. Years ago, it was a proven fact that a transducer could modify spoken words into ELF waves to be heard in your head telepathically. Today they using syntethic telepathy and voice to skull technology.

A powerful electromagnetic grid forms a web around our globe. This grid of ley lines connect all megalithic monuments, built using sacred harmonic geometry, to magnify Satan’s covering so he can rule over Earth’s kingdoms.

At present human evolution, communication between our body and the hidden ten strands of DNA has been very limited —perhaps at 15% efficiency. The key to increasing DNA communication lies within electromagnetism, because DNA is really a super conductor of current. And the tiny currents within DNA set up small magnetic fields. In other words, there is an EM component to our genetic structure, just as in all other aspects of our body — in intracellular tissue, heart movement as well as brain function.

Man’s history has been one of development from the state of mass unconscious reactions to that of a slowly recognised group responsibility. The low-grade human being or the unthinking individual has a collective consciousness. He may regard himself as a person, but he does no clear thinking as to human relations, or as to the place of humanity in the scale of being. He is easily swayed by the mass or collective thought, and is regimented and standardised by mass psychology. He moves in rhythm with the mass of men; he thinks as they think (if he thinks at all); he easily feels as the mass feels, and he remains undifferentiated from his kind. Mass psychology swing the masses to their will because they work with the collective, though undeveloped, consciousness.

When uou are able to get your conscious mind in control and shut off the auopilot of your ego, you start to be able to make your life to a magical adventure. We have to figure out how to put the ego in the background and keep it out of the driver seat. The ego is the default operating system and its basic purpose is survival. By turning off the autopilot one turn off the default routine functions, and through this one is able to re-program the mind in new directions, and can tap into the unlimited creative power of the real Self.

The ego want´t to control and dominate and using fear. Fear is linked to control, and control is linked to autopilot thinking pattern. Autopilot is a response to fear. When humans are scared they switch to automatic.

The autopilot state of the mind is what prevents the third eye of intuition from be activated. The ego and intellect is the opposite to intuition, and may even be the enemy within because it prevents anything from be changed and evolved. The ego, intellect and autopilot prevents the third eye of intuition from opening. From a brain wave perspctive the beta waves (left brain hemisphere) suppresses theta waves (right brain hemisphere) and beta waves is been govern by the ego, intellect and autopilot and prevents divine/bliss theta waves from awakening and influenicng with its healing powers.

Beta brain waves is the autopilot of thinking that prevents divine theta waves from be activated and beta brain waves (autopilot) is what prevents the third eye of intuition from opening. Fear closing the third eye and autopilot is the response of this fear, and the autopilot is the default setting where the ego controls, operates and dominates the lower matrix. When one learn to shut of the beta brain waves one also shut of the default setting of the autopilot.

Fear lies at the very heart of much of ego’s driving force. As much as it may disguise, delude and deceive itself, fear is what drives the ego toward narcissism (control), arrogance (compensation) and defense.

The collective mass-narcissism keep humankind imprisoned in the dreamworld and illusions. If one convert the veil of ignorance that is in place is the collective mass-narcissism and this the materialistic three dimensional world, ignorance or narcissism is the state of mind when one don´t has the ability to see through the illusionary world of matter.

As the ego or the egoic mind is the matrix composed by all the thoughts, beliefs, concepts, ideas, biases and assumptions that you picked up along the way, are not yours and that create within you a false sense of self and a false notion of who you are, the “Higher Mind” is, in fact, your real mind, made of your true essence and it contains your most pure sense of self.

The masses are made up of individuals and to change the consciousness of the masses — the consciousness of the individual must alter. As we alter our consciousness and awareness, we will understand who we are, why we are here, and what part we are destined to play in creating this new age.

In this way, satan ( the ultra ego) exercises great control over large groups of people. Working as the accuser, satan uses this “corporate thought” to keep God’s spiritual leaders down and out. If God intends to use a certain man to bless His people, the enemy, working within the group mentality, will cause “everybody” to turn against him. And this is also been used in organized gang stalking, or organized bullying, or organized predator stalking. Satan controlls mass consciousness through the carnal mind and ego, and actually using anyone, at anytime and anywhere for the purpose of organized gang stalking.

How does this control-matrix called “corporate thinking” work? We all desire to be accepted. Every one of us has an inherent need for the approbation and acknowledgment of others. Because the enemy knows this, as soon as he gets control of a group, he brings all who may object to his will under control using the fear of not being accepted. It is called the “fear of exclusion.” This type of fear is an intimidating fear.

Some people live in what is called “people bondage.” People bondage is when people cannot separate their personal lives from other people’s thoughts and opinions about them. Because they cannot separate the two, they are perpetually governed by the opinions of others.

Fear and intimidation controls mass consciousness, and producing a “corporate thought pattern”, that keep people in bondage and separation, and subconsciously this creates a fear of exclusion. This state of fear and intimidation is been affected through the “tribal consciousness” that is part of the lower matrix (ultra ego) and this mind-prison.

For eons, human will has been controlled by the collective will. For example, the will of the tribe has dictated the will of its tribe members, i.e., “my will and tribal will are one.” However, the individualization process requires that we develop a sense of our own will. Only when we can make decisions based on our inner guidance can we liberate ourselves from the dictates of the collective will, external authorities, as well as the manipulative and exploitative political and economic systems.

From an energetic perspective, when our electromagnetic field and psyche are merged with mass consciousness, the tribal mind controls our mind and emotions. We are at the mercy of the directives of our tribe. We thus make ourselves available to be manipulated and exploited by the prevailing social and economic system. In fact, we are not only dependent upon external authorities, we are open targets for their abuse. If we are a slave to external forces, our will is not free. Our individualization process and separation from group consciousness requires that we focus on ourselves and become masters of our own energy.

Fortunately, we can participate in shifting the global paradigm by extricating ourselves from the prevailing matrix and by reclaiming our will. Connecting with the power and truth of universal forces within is the only way to reclaim our authentic will. When we embody the strength of the Divine and our soul, we can be released from the web of mass consciousness. Our tribal affiliation is replaced by our oneness with universal Spirit. The right use of will is then possible. As we become able and willing to listen to and follow our inner guidance, we cease to listen to and follow the directives of social, religious, parental, and other authority figures. Ultimately, we experience that our will and Divine Will are one.

Corporate thinking, people bondage, fear of exclusion, tribal consciousness, mass consciousness creates a advanced system of control mechanism, and these methods can be seen in today´s organized gang stalking. Negativity, stress, fear, anxiety, pain, mind terror is what keeps humankind trapped in the matrix.

Organized Gang Stalking set up a stage of actions of intimidation and then staging of strange events intended to disorient the target indivudal and make them insecure and afraid. In order to gain control and manipulate another person a covert aggressor will employ positive reinforcement tactics such as praise, approval, even sympathy to draw you in. Then the aggressor will create a growing climate of fear and self-doubt with the use of intermittent positive and negative reinforcement (threats, intimidation, even playing the victim) to disorient the targeted person.

The definition of intimidation: Intimidation is the art of deterring someone through fear. Satan (the ultra ego) wants to deter you from new ideas, new visions and new territories. That is why he is alarming you, frightening you and warding you off.

Rejection is one of Satan´s intimidation strategies. When one begin to advance in the area for spiritual progress, they subtle start to set up the stage for intimidation. Fear and intimidations is part of the strategies in organized gang stalking.

When the intimidators come, their biggest weapons are words—threatening to harm, to disgrace, and to take away something of value. The demon that accompanies all intimidators on their mission is called fear. The demon of fear stands in the forefront to bark like a mad dog, while the human intimidator breathes threats.

Mass consciousness using all form of sounds as a weapons and this is the main component in organized gang stalking

Energy systems that are guided only by the ego are more likely to be engulfed into the influential power of the mass of collective energy. Ego based energy systems often perceive the world as being a terrible, negative place to live. Their perceptions create hostility and hate within them.

They project their negativity into the world, feeding the negativity within the mass of collective energy. This negativity is what positive, awakened energy systems are constantly fighting against. Positive awakened energy systems are higher conscious beings that can see past the smokescreens of the ego to get to the truth. Since the mass of collective energy is predominantly derived from the unconscious ego, awakened energy systems are considered outcasts and have to lead a life of repressed identity.

Revealing their true self causes ridicule, persecution, and never ending insults of projections of being labeled as delusional or heretics against the false reality belief system within the mass of collective energy. This is the collective organized gang stalking. They constant stalking persecution and “shadowing”.

If we want to raise our vibration, we need to prevent fear from controlling our state of being. When we find ourselves in a state of fear, we need to have a way to release fear. Learning to release fear is important because most people regularly experience fear in different forms, inducing seemingly challenging, difficult, and emotional situations that are not real but imagined. These fears keep us locked in the matrix, the morphogenetic grids of our awareness, of our active consciousness. It is also our collective consciousness that induces fears. This is how we create the vicious circle of fear in our lives.

The theta brain wave is sought after most with meditators and mystics, mainly because, with the right conditions, it’s said to open up the pineal gland – and the theta brain wave state is also the collective subconscious mind that holds all of the experience and human programming in the grid of the Matrix. Theta brain-wave state that connects him with a higher god-source power and bring enormous transformation, conscious access to it. Your greater capacity exists in such subtle energy of self that you can only know it in this relaxed theta state. A great benefit of thinking in theta connected to Source is that you disconnect from the limiting and fearful thoughts.

When the right and left brain is balanced one is able to connect up more easilyto obtain information. When your´re centered and balanced, your energy will start expanding; it´ll start going up your spine again, then it expands out of the body , but including the body, into the experience that we tend to call bliss.

Fears and intimidation blocks the access to easily obtain information.

The Earth we are speaking of is what you perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is. Those of you in this third dimension see your Earth from a third dimensional point of view. Those of you who are in the third dimension see the third dimension as physical solid substance. Because of the vibration of the electromagnetic energy field, you are seeing it through light refraction. That light refraction, from your point of consciousness, is as real to you as anything is on this physical planet Earth in the third dimension. Change the electromagnetic energy field, you also change the light refraction. And that light refraction changes what you experience and what you see. That is why we teach that what you are truly seeing out there is an illusion, and it is an illusion based upon light refraction.

When fear blocks the ability of visions, it prevents us from seeing reality as it is. and make true learning, or real change. It blocks and creates major restrictions to knowing the real Higher Self and creates an illusions one is living in a comfort zone, and when one start to leaving the comfort zone the ego reacts with negativity, fear, stress, anxiety or panic, and if one continues to progress against these emotions and thoughts, then the mass consciousness will start organized gang stalking actions (spiritual and psychological warfare to prevent one from make any changes and leaving the matrix).

When fear blocks visions, it blocks us from seeing reality as it is, and this blocks new input of information, and when this input of new information is blocked, this then blocks the process of learning, and when the learning process is blocked, then the ability to change is blocked, and when the ability of changed is blocked humankind is imprisoned in the looping matrix of old concepts of duality. Freedom is the ability evolving and freedom is the ability to be able to change. And this controls the 2 dna strands from progressing.

Fear not just blocks the flow of energy, visions, it blocks the pathways and it blocks the source of information. Fear makes the alpha bridge to dissapear, and the alpha bridge carries the codes that the theta divine brain waves need to start healing the old evolutionary brain. When the alpha bridge is re-builded one get access to divine theta information of bliss, and through this new information; humankind can reprogram the whole brain and evolving new spiritual gifts.

When fear blocks visions its blocks the third eye of intuition. The power of intuition dissolves ego and duality. Insights and visions reveals the path to salvation and fear hindering this process and the archons prevent the soul from ascending and obstructing the pathway to higher consciousness, and therefore using all forms of negative, fear mongering, stress inducing, senstizing methods create harm by using harmful covert and overt methods of spiritual and psychological warfare (organized gang stalking).

Energy is information, and information is history. Its like the key and lock together. Ancient text then reveals there is three knots of ignorance and these blocks the natural flow of energy in the human body-system, and then energy is information, and information is the “history” humankind is trapped in and living in the state of ignorance or the slumbring state.

The ultimtate result of visionary insights is when duality becomes oneness and the principle is; the further backward you look, the further you can see forward. In the state of Oneness everything is experienced in present time (past and future becomes now). When humans abilities slowly disconnects from her roots of evolutionary history and evolutionary reference, in combination with lost of ability to self-reflection, and lowered levels of Consciousness it will be more difficult to see further in the plans of future. The logic is easy; to see forward you must have ability to see backwards. When they disconnected 10 of humans spiritial dna strand they disconnected their evolutionary references and their intuition, and therefore lost the abilty to see beyond the veil of ignorance, and this gives them the advantage to control and make humankind manageable and easier to keep them enslaved in the Matrix.

Energy, information is light and it has been social and genetic manipulated and enginered for eons and thosuends of years, generation after generation.

Book of Ephesians: “We are not contending against flesh and blood, but against the principalities, against the powers, against the world rulers of this present darkness, against the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places” (6:12).

The oft-quoted passage about spiritual warfare in the Book of Ephesians: “We are not contending against flesh and blood, but against the principalities, against the powers, against the world rulers of this present darkness, against the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places” (6:12). What, one might well ask, is the meaning of “the spiritual hosts of wickedness in the heavenly places”? Isn’t the locus of evil spiritual forces in hell, which is traditionally conceptualized as being below rather than above the earth? In this passage and others that might be cited, “heavenly wickedness” refers to the archons. Even the word “rulers” here is a translation of the Greek archon, so that the original passage reads,”archons of this present darkness.

Organized gangstalking has many simularities with how cults working

Cults grow and thrive to the extent that they succeed in destroying their followers confidence in themselves and in their followers own belief systems. Probably the most powerful and intimidating methods used by cult leaders are various types of gaslighting.

Cults know that if they can control your relationships then they can control you (same in gangstalking)

Gangstalking; if they can control your relationships then they can control you, if they can control your access to information they control your life, if they can control your sleep they control your life, time and even you health (when you are lack of sleep and tired)

Cults; Those who control the information control the person. In a mind control cult any information from outside the cult is considered evil, especially if it is opposing the cult. Members are told not to read it or believe it.

Gangstalking; Changing a person’s environment can also refer to the sudden rejection of their information or opinions, setting permissible topics to discuss, and having strict control over their communication

Cults also try to cut you off from your friends and family because they hate others being able to influence you (same in gangstalking, no support system)

Gangstalking/isolation and ostracism includes controlling a person’s social activity: who they see, who they talk to, where they go and any other method to limit their access to others. It may also include limiting what material is read

Cults; A mind control cult will seek to manoeuvre your life so as to maximize your contact with cult members and minimize your contact with people outside the group, especially those who oppose your involvement.

Gangstalking; An important element of psychological control is the isolation of the victim from the outside world

Cults: Many pathways have subtle or obvious rules or pressure tactics lo keep members in the fold, in a state of fear, in a state of wickedness, in a state of manipulation of reality and derception. If you declare that you are ready to move on, the institution goes into intense threat-and- survival mode. Leaders tell you that you need to stay in the organization for life or you will be lost or go to hell, they hi-jacking your communication and information channels by closing down your internet and all your tv-channels to try make you even more dependent of them as abusers.

Gangstalking; Isolation reduces the opportunity of the abused to be rescued or escape from the abuse. It also helps disorientate the abused and makes the abused more dependent on the abuser. The degree of power and control over the abused is contingent upon the degree of his or her physical or emotional isolation

Cults: Mind control cults keep their members so busy with meetings and activities that they become too busy and too tired to think about their involvement.

Gangstalking: Mind control. They feeding your brain with negativity, traumabasing, overwhelming, floodings, pain, terror, sensitizing, stress, fear, anxiety, paranoia activities, and what´s feeding your mind controls your life. They mental garbaging your brain and mind to keep you busy and tired.

Cults; Time control also helps the cult keep their members immersed in the manufactured cult environment.
Gangstalking; Time control or sleep deprivation helps the government abuser keep their targeted individual in the manufactured gangstalking surreality enviroment they have created. Gangstalking – controlling people, if they can control your sleep they control your life

Fear is the force that drives a cult

Fear is the force that drives gangstalking (people walking around on the streets and trying fearmongering your life and trying to scare you with sounds around your apartment)

Cults; People in a mind control cult will also hide their true thoughts and feelings, and instead wear a mask which presents them as a perfect cult member. This mask is a defense against being reported to leadership and being punished for not measuring up (cult members never feel like they measure up to the cult’s ideals, and yet often believe the other members around them do, when in reality the others feel the same as them). Hence cult members are trained not only to deceive outsiders, but also to deceive their fellow cult members.

Gangstalking; Gangstalking is a masquerade “Wolves in mental sheep´s clothing”. They are dressed as all others, but their evil double-minded and twisted purposes are hidden agendas (hidden masks) to psycological torture, harm, terrorize and traumabase. The walking around here and there and spreading mental poison and mental garbage. They deceiving people, and gaslighting them to make them confused, and manipulate their perception and enviroment. The manipulation of a person’s environment without their control creates a sense of powerlessness by subjecting the person to intense and confusing actions which are intense and often conflict each other. You can understand why this constant form of torture is likely to create anxiety. Environmental manipulation causes emotional distress and impacts cognitive processes, values, ideas, attitudes, conduct, and ability to reason or make decisions. Changing a person’s environment can also refer to the sudden rejection of their information or opinions, setting permissible topics to discuss, and having strict control over their communication.

Organized Gang Stalking – Simularities to Malignant narcissism

When you disconect from duality, disconnect from dualism, disconnect from polarities, disconnects dichtomized thinking, disconnect from the abuser or ruler — today we this phenomenia in government promoted and organized gang stalking.

Dark Triad: A psychological term that refers to the combination of three personality disorders/traits: Antisocial, Narcissistic, and Machiavellian (this last one is not an official personality disorder, but more a series of traits.)

It may be related to an observation by Muris and colleagues about the dark triad. They point out that while extreme cruelty is rare, lying, cheating, bullying, and domineering over others are not. The monster who commits mass violence may begin as “evil-lite:” harboring a festering grievance or grudge-holding. This results in passive aggressive acts, or overt anger, or taking advantage of others, or interpersonal intimidation, or verbal aggression, or any combination of these. This evil-lite (what we call the “shadows” of the dark triad or the dusky cast of the malignant points) may deepen until it morphs into rage that permits the justification of harming others.

Malignant narcissism is a psychological syndrome comprising an extreme mix of narcissism, antisocial behavior, aggression, and sadism. Often grandiose, and always ready to raise hostility levels, the malignant narcissist undermines families and organizations in which they are involved, and dehumanizes the people with whom they associate.

Gang Stalking – covert and overt aggression, raising hostily, triggering aggression, provoking, undermines, dehumanizes, satanic, systematic, ritualistic

Malignant narcissism; The social psychologist Erich Fromm first coined the term “malignant narcissism” in 1964, describing it as a “severe mental sickness” representing “the quintessence of evil”. He characterized the condition as “the most severe pathology and the root of the most vicious destructiveness and inhumanity”

Organized Gang Stalking is maliciousness and insidious form of abuse of humans and including; mind control, brainwashing, Mk Ultra, sound tortrure, frequency weapon, EMF technology, Voice to Skull, Telepathic Telepathy, Sensitizing, Victimizing, Trauma-basing, Slandering, Mockering, Intimidation, Demonizing, Dehumanisation, Demoralisation, Sleep deprivation, Psychic driving, Stalking and Persecution, Ostracism and exclusion, Gaslighting, Crazy making, Communication interference, Noise harassment, Anhoring, Chaining, Sensitizing, Triggering, Fear mongering, Attacking Self-image and self-confident, attacking willpower, and together this representing what Fromm calls “the quintessence of evil”.

Malignant narcissism and gangstalkers; . A narcissist will deliberately damage other people in pursuit of their own selfish desires.

Narcissistic abuse is covert, and often disguised as love and care, but it’s anything but. It’s not a single act of cruelty like an insulting comment, or verbal abuse laced with a string of profanities. It’s the insidious, gradual, and intentional erosion of a person’s sense of self-worth. It’s a combination of emotional and psychological abuse aimed at undermining a person’s identity for the sole purpose of obtaining control for personal gain. It can involve patterns of dominance, manipulation, intimidation, emotional coercion, withholding, dishonesty, extreme selfishness, guilt-mongering, rejection, stonewalling, gaslighting, financial abuse, extreme ealous , and possessiveness.

What triggers Narcissistic Abuse Syndrome?

Narcissistic Abuse Syndrome (NAS) often develops as the result of psychological and emotional abuse, spiritual abuse, gaslighting, baiting and bashing, belittiling, hidden abuse, shaming, projection, smear campaigns, a false narrative, threats, distortion of conversations, circular conversations, word salad games, exploitative games, refusal to ever have a normal conversation, diversion and false accusations, omition of facts for the benefit of one person and the destruction of another. It is a type of PTSD. It often causes victims to feel defenseless and beaten down (these methods is used in organized gang stalking)

Gang Stalking program and Psychopaths seek to humiliate their targets. They find kind & cheerful people & slowly transform them into an unrecognizable mess of insecurities & anxiety. By manufacturing jealousy & contempt, they unravel easy-going people & leave them as a shell of their former selves. The victim is left blaming themselves, confused & embarrassed by their own behavior. Meanwhile, the psychopath plays innocent & moves along to the next target to begin the same cycle.

TYPICAL PROFILE OF AN ABUSER Very charming and smooth, controlling, splitting (seeing a person as all good or all bad), minimization, rationalization, denial, justifies, brandishing anger, points fingers, shames, reads into things, insolent pride, must win, guilt trip, intimidation, evasion, shaming, manipulative, do as I say not as I do (their actions do not match their words), the perpetual victim, condescending, patronizing, superior, entitled, lies, excuses, people who go against what I say should be punished, it is always someone else’s fault, the rules don’t apply to me, feigning innocence, feigning confusion, charms, vilifying the target or victim, not interested in talking things out or coming to a mutual understanding, will play judge and jury over others, will pretend to love the victim to onlookers and in the charmed circle, will feign concern for the victim, will feel sorry for themselves but not sorry for how they have effected another person, will work in unethical ways, will gaslight, bait a victim and bash the victim, threaten, exploitative, word salad games and circular conversations. May appear prideful, defensive, will not admit wrong doing and may hint at the fact that the victim is crazy or mentally unstable therefore completely untrustworthy and noncredible.

M Scott Peck writes; Evil is the use of power to destroy the spiritual growth of others for the purpose of defending and preserving the integrity of our own sick selves. In short, it is scapegoating (or today´s gangstalking).

A predominant characteristic…of the behavior of those I call evil is scapegoating. Because in their hearts they consider themselves above reproach, they must lash out at any one who does reproach them. They sacrifice others to preserve their self-image of perfection.

Therapist Dr M. Scott Peck, author of The People of the Lie, writes: at one point I defined evil as ‘the exercise of political power that is the imposition of one’s will upon others by overt or covert coercion in order to avoid spiritual growth’”, and covert and overt is used in today´s psychological warfare against targeted individuals.

Goal for Organized Gang Stalking is to destroy identity, self-image, self-confident, willpower

WHO THE ABUSERS TARGET?

Anyone that poses a threat to their image. But the most successful emotional abuse cases are often conducted on very trusting and sensitive people. This is especially true in regards to adult bullying situations. Often the target is either a people pleaser or empathetic people. This type of person may self destruct because of their inability NOT to soak in or even recognize all the abusive tactics their perpetrators use to cause the person to emotionally and mentally deteriorate, even believing the abusers assessment on them. This just serves as further proof in the Sociopath’s smear campaign on the victim. This can be devastating for someone who has already been rejected, slandered and hated to have more people turn against them

Covert and overt aggression

Those who are evil are masters of disguise; they are not apt to wittingly disclose their true colors–either to others or to themselves. Because they are such experts at disguise, it is seldom possible to pinpoint the maliciousness of the evil. The disguise is usually impenetrable p 76….Naturally, since it is designed to hide its opposite

The Narcissist: Coercion and control of others

Evil is the exercise of political power–that is, the imposition of one’s will upon others by overt or covert coercion–in order to avoid…spiritual growth…Because their willfulness is so extraordinary–and always accompanied by a lust for power–evil are more likely than most to politically aggrandize themselves…..There is a remarkable power in the manner in which they attempt to control others.

A narcissist wants to torture their scapegoat.

A narcissist wants to torture their scapegoat. They want you to stay alive because they’ve put a lot of time and energy into making you the cause for all of their problems.

Even if it came to a point where you were seen as useless or god forbid you were able to escape, your garden-variety narcissist probably wouldn’t want to kill you.

However they could certainly push you to the point where you want to die.

Lacking in empathy, he would effortlessly humiliate and coldly dismiss you when you’re at your lowest. He would justify his hurtful and destructive actions by saying you made him do it. He had no choice but to be so despicable in his actions.

He would then walk away with his new supply and try to suppress the shame. He may look back and check on you, not because he cares, but because he wouldn’t want your death to be on his conscience (which he would, again, justify).

A malignant narcissist would slow-kill you or allow another person to do the job for them.

The Narcissist: Symbiotic relationship

Another form of devastation that narcissistic intrusiveness can create is the symbiotic relationship. “Symbiosis”–as we use the term in psychiatry–is not a mutually beneficial state of interdependence. Instead it refers to a mutually parasitic and destructive coupling. In the symbiotic relationship neither partner will separate from the other even though it would obviously be beneficial to each if they could.

I doubt that it is possible for two utterly evil people to live together in the close quarters of a sustained marriage. They would be too destructive for the necessary cooperation….In every evil couple, if we could examine them closely enough, I image we would find one partner at least slightly in thrall to the other. For adults to be the victims of evil, they too must be powerless to escape….They may be powerless by virtue of their own failure of courage….bound by chains of laziness and dependency.

Malignant narcissism hates what he can´t control and evil organized gang stalking hates what he can´t mind control or brainashing

If you belonged to the world, it would love you as its own. As it is, you do not belong to the world, but I have chosen you out of the world. That is why the world hates you (John 15:19). This Bible verse symbolizing the Earthly Duality and Spiritual Oneness, when somone is chosen out from the Earthly and dualistic world they hates you.

Duality. We live in a dualistic world. Every issue has been polarized. In the west we see these poles as opposites. Day and night are the opposite extremes of light and dark. Because of the duality you were not able to see the beauty of oneness, of an organic unity; you were not able to see the light.

The mechanistic world view has fragmented the human mind. The conditioned energy gave birth to the error of dualism. The condition of “ignorance” consists, then, of a state of mind in which one is exclusively focused on “earth plane” reality, with its dualism and fragmentation.

Now, there is always some transcendence, even in the transcendental forms of religious mediation. Here we find, once again, in relation to sacrifice, the doublet structure of theology. It is thus possible to explain that the term “transcendent(al)” is excluded from duality, like a scapegoat third term (tiers-émissaire) (Girard), an exclusion that permits the hierarchical organization of the duality and the constitution of a closed group.

John 15:19 describes the earthly duality, and because you don´t belong to the earthly duality your are excluded from the duality belongingness, and this starts the scapegoating process of isolation, persecution, harassing, destruction or sacrifice. The journey goes forward and upwards to the Third Eye where this duality and polarities are transformed to Oneness and Light.

Machiavellian people and Malignant narcissism and organized gang stalking are same and have same goal of domination

“The narcissist devours people, consumes their output, and casts the empty, writhing shells aside.” —Sam Vaknin

Machiavellianism is “the employment of cunning and duplicity in statecraft or in general conduct”.

In modern psychology, Machiavellianism is one of the dark triad personalities, characterized by a duplicitous interpersonal style, a cynical disregard for morality and a focus on self-interest and personal gain.

Malignant narcissists and psychopaths will ultimately demean, exploit, and hurt anyone who comes into relationship with them.

Irrational positions and conversation, circular logic, word babble that seem to produce nothing but confusion are common with both sociopaths and malignant narcissists. Because of their personal delusion they may have trouble staying on topic and commonly change the subject rather than follow the facts or deal with the real issue. The narcissist may prefer to attack any opposition or opposing opinion, whether real or imagined, with discrediting ad hominems or fictional accusations.

“Gaslighting” is a manipulative tactic that can be described in different variations of three words: “That didn’t happen,” “You imagined it,” and “Are you crazy?” Gaslighting is perhaps one of the most insidious manipulative tactics out there because it works to distort and erode your sense of reality; it eats away at your ability to trust yourself and inevitably disables you from feeling justified in calling out abuse and mistreatment. This creates doubt.

Malignant narcissists can do more than call you names, degrade and belittle you. Besides making your life miserable they can be dangerous to your life itself. If their control is beginning to slip away as you began to heal your part of the relationship their abuse may become physical. This threat can escalate rapidly and take many forms of envy, jealousy, possessiveness and stalking.

“The Rules” use mirroring as a conversational habit and technique; it is used as a Narcissistic Abuse tactic.

Mirroring – When malicious, it’s actually one of the most effective, emotionally and psychologically abusive of all the abuse tactics.

Bottom line, when used to con and manipulate other people’s trust and emotions with the self-promoting intent to manipulate, con, and ultimately to do harm

Mirroring, when used as a psychology term, tends to have a very specific connotation, definition, and meaning.

While mirroring another person’s body postures, speech patterns, or mannerisms

Machiavellianism—A selfish, callous, manipulative philosophy and code of personal behavior named for the 16th-century political adviser Niccolb Machiavelli, the author of The Prince. It is not a personality disorder but rather an outlook and behavior. People who are Machiavellian routinely manipulate others in a cynical and unprincipled way to benefit themselves.

Malignant narcissism—A dangerous personality disorder, according to psychiatrist Otto Kernberg, characterized by extreme, grandiose narcissism and self-absorption, lack of empathy, defective conscience, readiness to use aggression to achieve personal goals, and a suspicious, paranoid outlook.

Double Speaking and Malignant narcissism

Doublespeak is both an overt and covert conversation control tactic where the speaker (as an Abuser) deliberately chooses to use euphemistic, ambiguous, or obscure language while engaging in conversation.

it’s a verbal conversation tactic that by nature is inherently psychologically and emotionally abusive.

That’s why is crucial for victims of Narcissistic abusers to understand that when a Flying Monkey (acting as an Enabler) or a person with Cluster B personality uses doublespeak techniques, they do so to control and manipulate another person. The key to understanding situational ethics with regard to the use of doublespeak is to define the speakers intent. Because a man holding up his hand and asking people to report how many fingers he has — then telling them they are wrong if they say five because technically speaking it’s four fingers and a thumb — has a conversational agenda, once physically designed to meet or exceed attention-seeking, power, and control needs.

People who use doublespeak gaslight pervasively. It’s no secret or mystery why a selfish, self-centered, self-aggrandizing, manipulative, pathological liar and control freak would choose to master its use as a skill.

People who use doublespeak gaslight pervasively. It’s no secret or mystery why a selfish, self-centered, self-aggrandizing, manipulative, pathological liar and control freak would choose to master its use as a skill.

It’s done to provoke while avoiding taking personal responsibility for antagonizing or baiting.

But most of all, doublespeak is a covert speaking tactic used by competitive speakers to control, deceive, and mislead other people into making hasty generalizations (when used as a weapon employed as a conversation tactic).

It is a stonewalling tweak that mixes crazy talk on the part of a speaker with an attempt of the listener to functionally clarify things — to the point the listener loses his or her cool and ends up feeling, looking, or acting incredibly frustrated.

By gaslighting victims into believing that stonewalling — an abuse tactic used to dominate and control social interactions and conversations — is the same thing as ending all forms of social enmeshment with an Abuser or toxic peer group after long considered, deliberate, and mindful consideration, they seek to remain in social and psychological control and (again) strive to pursue the retention of socially improper power.

Stonewallers seek to control other people and strive to get their way 100% of the time in each and every social situation — typically at the direct known and publicly acknowledged expense of others.

At their most extreme, a person stonewalling would hear the cries of their victim and reply (if at all) with a phrase that is or was metaphorically equivalent with the pop culture fictional phrase, “It puts the lotion on its skin or else it gets the hose again.”

The Abuser’s goal is to emotionally destroy and to utterly demoralize a target to the point that they (meaning the victim) will do or say whatever the Abuser wants. The Abuser gets the immediate satisfaction of having their wishes and desires — no matter how irrational or illogical they are — met to the fullest, while they derive sadistic pleasure from the abject psychological, stress-induced physical, and emotional torture of their targeted victim(s).

Malignant narcissism – exluding from duality reality

This compulsive, coercive expression can be identified quite quickly as feelings of grandiosity: be like us, the collective human organism, or you are not welcome.

Some expressions are sometimes stated in a nicer way than others, but always the intention is reverse psychology with the purpose of intimidating and manipulating by utilizing the weapon of guilt. This is a truly effective coercion when habituated all through life. Malignant narcissism (subliminal conditioning) creates an intellectual wall—the subconscious collectivist iron curtain—that perfectly immobilizes the critic from any criticism or questionability toward society. With almost no exceptions, this comment—impulsively triggered by an inability to process criticism naturally, excessive entitlement, and magical thinking—manipulates the critic away from the true subject and simultaneously enables the collectivist to move on by ending the conversation.

Inhibitions:

Don’t express uniqueness!
Don’t express individuality!
Don’t express self-assurance!
Don´t express independent thinking

All these inhibitive rules produced by feelings of inferiority/pathological narcissism, which generate envy and the urge to feel equal, result in arrogance and excessive entitlement. This emotional process can generate narcissistic rage: malignant emotions of resentment, attitude, irritation, anger, and aggression. Narcissistic rage results in a subconscious narcissistic reaction: a sign of danger triggered when a citizen expresses self-encouragement or individuality. In fact, expressing self-assurance or individuality is a sign that the individual is lifting one’s self-esteem, and at the same time, this is a true sign that the person is liberating oneself from the collective human organism.

Inhibition:

Don’t try to educate/ As already thoroughly described. collectivism generates a society that designs ways to indoctrinate its citizens—to maintain complete intellectual control of its citizens. Society is therefore perfectly designed—through the state-owned educational system, from daycare through university, and in large parts through the state-owned public media. by controlling what people are allowed to know—to keep people from gaining any insight into new and perhaps better perspectives or ways of thinking. This control extends to a need to prevent any foreign influence on society, and especially to prevent people from knowing the truth about narcissistic collective oppression. What truly stands out as a vital part in creating and containing the collective human organism is therefore this exact rule: arrogance (magical thinking) disables anyone from leaching the collectivist the factual truth about collectivism’s pathological mind game. This course has completely destroyed all natural respect for age and wisdom, and as well has destroyed the cognitive development process. As mentioned earlier, this personal story proves why authoritarian-collective societies restrict information and the right to travel. To prove my point, when claiming that collectivists believe that they always personally know best I only have to refer to this rule. However, this omniscient arrogant attitude is actually not imposed because collectivists believe that they themselves truly know better. It is simply their subconscious, deprived narcissistic defenses, hypersensitivity to criticism (an inability to process shame in natural ways). and magical thinking that create this arrogant behavior.

In the case of domestic violence, a situation that is always subject to severe pathological narcissism, abusers control the abused by lowering their self-esteem with verbal or physical abuse. The abused is eventually driven by feelings of inferiority and dependency. So even after the abuse is finally filed with authorities, the abused will frequently drop the charges due to emotions of guilt and the need for contentment. The contentment of the abused is now found in dependence on the abuser. This state of mind is referred to as Stockholm syndrome.

Satanic agenda and gangstalking simularities

Satan’s psychological state is troubled; he is restless and alienated Satan has his own kingdom and he is campaigning day and night to get followers into this horrific kingdom. Note how often it is used to refer to the intellectual and spiritual darkness of Satan and his infernal kingdom of error.

Satan methods: Satan´s old ancient agenda
Gangstalking method: Gangstalking is a hidden political agenda

Satan methods; Make everyone believe he don´t exist
Gangstalking; Organized Gang Stalking is designed to not exist in same way Satan either exist

Satan methods; Harassing, fear mongering, tormenting and terrorizing
Gangstalking; Harassing, fear mongering, tormenting and terrorizing (psychological/political terrorism)

Satan; Spiritual warfare
Gangstalking; Psychological and political warfare

Satan; God is Satan´s enemy
Gangstalking; Spiritual awakening beings is the enemy (psychological terrorism) or political opponents (political terrorism), independent thinker´s is the enemy

Satan; Attacking the mind on a spiritual or psychological level (harassing, stalking and bullying)
Gangstalking; Attacking the mind with covert and overt aggression (harassing, organized stalking and bullying)

Satan; The goal is The Battle of the Mind (transhumanism)
Gangstalking; The goal is the destruction of the Mind or human qualities (transhumanism)

It is the end stuff of nightmares and what has been called dark propecy or conspiracy theory is actually ancient agenda in its final stages of being played out.

Satan methods: Deception´s is Satan program
Gangstalking method: Organized Stalking is a destructive program built on deception

The democratic society is replaced by this hidden agenda and there is no longer any humans rights for all people, and therefor it is legal to drive people insane, psychological torture them, drive them to suicide and everyone is free to volunteer and participate.

Satan methods: Satan call it spiritual warfare
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers call it psychological warfare

Satans methods: Trying make you believe your hear God´s voice speaking to you
Gangstalking methods: Using technology to lure people to think they hear God´s speaking to them

In fact, this is the most clear evidence that Satan and Gangstalking is working for same God deceiving purpose and with same methods, but they have just other names. Persecution, ostracism, scapegoating and gangstalking means blaming, excluding and isolation, they have just other names. It is cruel, evil and sick to make people believe they hear voices

Satan methods: Satan is unseen and invisble and acting as God
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalking handler is unseen and invisble and acting like he his God

Satan methods: Great effort is given to keep satan’s plans hidden. setting up distractions and keeping people in positions where they sit in darkness and in the shadow of death. Satan whispering messages to your mind. Satan don´t want see God´s plan succed and Jesus Christ people to be born again.

Gangstalking methods: Great efforts is given to keep political gangstalking game plan and real purpose hidden. There is just a political bogus cover up investigation, because the game plan is to stop spiritual growth and hindering Christ consiouness from mature, total break down, destruction, drive to madness or suicide. Gangstalkers are also hidden in dark places when they stalking. They can stand or sit in darkness when you are outside and walking to make you unsecure. They garding in darkness and probarly to make people feel paranoid.

Satan methods: Satan are accusing
Gangstalking methods: Gangstaling accusing with a bogus investigation

Satan methods: Satan scapegoating
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalking pesrecute/ostrasize/scapegoating

Satan methods: Scapegoating is a defense maneuver
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalking is a defense maneuver

Satan methods: Satan is stalking and persecute
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers is stalking and persecute

Satan methods: Satan working 24/7 and never sleeps
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalking also using sleep deprivation and noise torture 24/7

Satan methods: Satan´s methods is to chain and enslave people mind, so they never feel free. If Satan not is free why should he let anyone be free. (This method are combined with todays persecution and ostracism (to create a social- and mind prison)

Gangstalking methods: Gangstalking using anchoring and chaining methods to imprison people minds and control them in a mind slavery. You are not allowed to feel free or have a free will. (This method are combined with todays persecution and ostracism (to create a social- and mind prison)

The spirit of fear, which is from Satan to try to keep you in bondage and from doing anything. Since fear is a tormenting spirit, we know that it does not come from God. And if it does not come from God, there is only one other source fear can come from, and that is from Satan! Fear is also the devil s tool to keep us in bondage to the opinions of man. We are afraid of what people will think or say about us. We become afraid that we might not be accepted in our denomination if we go all the way for God.

Satan methods: Satan hell; Torture and pain, people are screaming in pain and suffering
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalking hell; psychological torture, noise harassment, pain, horror, terror, suffering, trauma, people are screaming hysterical for hours (horror and terror screamings to make it look natural)

Satan methods: Satan attacks and targeted the body, mind and soul
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers attacks the body, mind and soul

Satan methods: Satan is like a computer programmer of energy. He is trying to install his belief system as a hidden computer code. This manipulated energy will very often manipulate people in their dream state to reinstall or strengthen limiting sub-conscious programming.
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalking using subliminal messages and using enviroiment manipulation to affect the humand mind. This is a daily programming and brainwashing poeple don´t are aware of.

Satan methods: When Satan trying to take over the mind there is no privacy or integrity, there is no silence, there is no peace of mind, and there is no happiness in hell
Gangstalking methods: When gangstalking methods trying to take over the mind there is no privacy or integrity, there is no silence and there is no time for recovery

Satan methods: Satan trying to create errors, breakdowns, destruction, insanity, suicide
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers trying to create errors, failures, breakdowns, insanity, suicide

Satan methods: Satan attacks self-image, indetity, self-esteem
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers attacks self-image, indetity, self-esteem

Satan methods: Gangstalkers demoralization/demonization
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers demoralization/demonization

Satan methods: Satan is slandering
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers is slandering

Satan methods: Satan intimidate and humiliate
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers intimidate and humiliate

Satan methods: Satan is constant fear mongering
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers constant fear mongering

Satan methods: Satan misleading and confusing
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers are confusing and gaslighting

Satan methods: Satan imitating and mimicking, duplicate, double-speaking
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers imitating, mirroring, mimicking, gesturing,

Satan methods: Satan isolate
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers isolate

Satan methods: Satan is gatekeeping hell
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers is gatekeeping – police-security patrolling

Satan methods: Satan is obstructing/hindering
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers obstructing/hindering/blocking/delaying

Satan methods: Satan don´t want spiritual growth of Christ, they want spiritual death (they don´t want people be born again)
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers don´t want spiritual growth of Christ, they want spiritual death (they don´t want people be born again)

One of Satan’s primary weapons against the believer is the spirit of fear. It is important to understand that fear is satanic in nature and does not originate in God.

Satan methods: Satan is deceiving, trickering manipulate the enviroment
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers is deceiving, trickering, manipulate mind, emotions, enviroment

Satan methods: Satan is interfering
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers communication and noise interfering

Satan methods: Satan mind invading
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers mind invading

Satan methods: Satan trying to change your beliefs, values, worldviev
Gangstalking methods:Gangstalking is trying to change your beliefs, values, worldview beliefs, values, worldviev

Satan methods: Satan´s demons revealing personal things about your life
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers revealing personal things about your life

Satan methods: Satan´s demonic power manifest themselves by open/close doors make sounds in walls and floors, making scratching noises
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers demonic energies manifests themselves by constant open/close doors, knocking in walls/floors making scratching noises

Satan methods: Satan is The Spirit of fear and using fear
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalkers using the Spirit of Fear

II Timothy 1:7 For God has not given us The Spirit of FEAR; but of power and love and of a sound mind All fear can be either directly or indirectly linked to Satan.

Satan methods: Satan trying to take over the human mind to control and enslave
Gangstalking methods: Gangstalking means they trying to take over your mind to control it

What organized gang stalking does is to isolate the target individuals life and then surrounding the apartment with sound torturing equipment and then start all forms of communicaation interference and noise harassment, day and night, indoors and outdoors. Organized Gang Stalking is psychological warfare, organized gang stalking is psychological and political terrorism. This warfare means they targetting your life everywhere and they using other people in this psychological warfare. So everyone can be used in this government psychological warfare and political terrorism. People don´t need any education and everyone can participating. How can everyone suddenly be expert in organized gaag stalking without any education? They acting like expert in psychological warfare, expert in mind control, expert in brainwashing, expert in mk ultra methods (anchoring, chaining, sensitizing, triggering, looping, synchronizing beahviors and these people without any education and without knowing each other also can synchronzing their gang stalking actions at same time. They are suddenly expert in remote viewing and can suddenly shadowing, they can interfering and terrorizing your mind, so strange things is going on in Sweden.

Here is some simularities between how a virus of the body is working and how the virus of the mind is working. A virus invading the body and gang stalkers in invading the human mind with constant interfering, they invading the human mind by beaming voices to the targeted individuals mind and weaving in ideas, music chorus, commercials into their mind day and night. This is organized gang stalking in Sweden.

A computer virus hacking aa computer and constant psychological interfering building structures in the mind to hacking the mind. They captivating the human seeing with street theater, mind games, and they captivating the human hearing with with constant communication interference or noise harasment, and they captivating the human perception or the mind with gaslighting (voice to skull, syntethic telepathy, psychic driving). When a computer virus hacking a computer the virus imitating to get access to the system and then hacking it, and organized gang stalking using same imitating pscyhology and imitating the targeted individuals life by mirroring what they say, do, think, watch on tv, what music they listen to, where they go and when they do something, and all interfering action is done simultaneously and synchronously. This is the imitating process.

Captivating the human perception

Organized Gang Stalking is Organized Bullying Stalking and is the art of mockering and mimicking. Organized Gang Stalking Harassment reveals imitating and mimicking actions in every possible form. MOCKERING, properly, to imitate; to mimic; hence, to imitate in contempt or derision ; to mimic for the sake of derision; to deride by mimicry. To deride; to laugh at; to ridicule ; to treat with scorn or contempt. To defeat; to illude ; to disappoint; to deceive ; a; to mock expectation. To fool ; to tantalize; to play on in contempt. MOCKERING; Ridicule; derision ; sneer; /ill act manifesting contempt MOCKERING; counterfeit; assumed: imitating reality, but not real. MOCKED; Imitated or mimicked in derision ; laughed at ; ridicuieu, defeated, illuded.

MOCKER; . One that mocks; a scorner ; a scoffer ; a derider. A deceiver; an impostor. MOCKERY; The act of deriding and exposing to contempt, by mimicing the words or actions of another. Derision ; ridicule. Vain imitation or effort; that which deceives, disappoints or frustrates. It Is as the air, Invulnerable, And our vein blows malicious mockery. Imitation ; counterfeit appearance; false show. MOCKING; Imitating in contempt ; mimicking; ridiculing by mimickry; treating with sneers and scorn; defeating; deluding, derision, insult.

The hidden purpose with imiating, mimicking, mirroring, gesturing, duplicating and gaslighting is; The mimicry of one species functions to deceive the perception of another (mimicry to decieve the human mind of perception of reality). This is organized gang stalking. Another purpose with mirroring and imitating is to building walls, the process of imitating and mirroring creates mirror one can´t see through, it creates a deception for perception.

Organized Gang Stalking is the action of the carnal mind, and the mimicking and mirroring one is the carnal mind within the organized gang stalker. It also creates fake illusion of control.

Animals are not the only species to use mimicry for survival. Humans employ mimicry in military warfare. Deceptive mimicry has been successfully used for protection, often attempting to fool the enemy by mimicking a larger army.

Humans also rely on the potential advantages of mimicry, including strategies of mimicry in military warfare.

Organized Gangstalking is psychological warfare or spiritual warfare

Using Mimicking—In computing, phishing attacks are a traditional example of an unwanted deceiving login page. This methods is used in same way to attack the human mind. All forms of long term ongoing imitating, mimicking or mirroring actions opens entrancees to the mind. They trying to get access to the human mind to take control over it or they weakening the human immune system to create login openings in the mind. Imitating. mimicking or mirroring actions building structures in the mind. Building structures in the mind is the action of the carnal mind (Satan -the ultra ego), and is termed as building strongholds. When Satan and the organized gang stalking working and anchoring and then sensitizing, they actually planting seeds and then watering these by daily sensitizing, and this is the building process of mind control and building strongholds. Fear is Satan´s and organized ganag stalking building material.

Organized Gangstalking don´t just using imitating and mimicking mind games to create openings in the human mind, they also using slandering, name calling, rumors, gossiping, smear campaigns and whispering campains, and self-image attacking and attacking powerwill

In covert verbal aggression, the aggressor attempts to harm the other person privately, by gossiping about him or her or by accusing the person of witchcraft or sorcery, or demoniztion.

Verbal aggression is a cultural universal; at least some forms, such as arguing, rumors, slandering, gossiping, insulting, and expressing anger in other ways with words, are found in all cultures.

Rumors, gossip and slandering is FUEL to the covert and overt investigation. Rumers, gossip and slandering is like a psychologicaal virus they create as part of hijacking the targeted individuals mind and life.

The hidden function behind rumors is that they may serve as entrées to social interactions or infiltration of the mind

What these people does is buildning structures in the targeted individuals minds by daily sensitizing processes or consatnt looping sound or music chorus. They creating a tunnel reality of the mind, occupying and barricading mind-awareness and occupying mind-space by daily sensitizing and trauma-basing and overwhemling the targeted individuals mind with fear, stress, negtivity, aggression, hate, pain, horror, terror, wickedness. This blocking the vitimizing persons ability to process information and regulate feelings and thoughts and then becomes victimized and trauma-based. And this hindering or delaying spiritual growth or transformation.

Captivated hearing; Organized Gang Stalking Program captivating the targeted individuals hearing – what´s the meaning with that?

The human Pineal Gland and the inner ear has same micro crystals, and spiritual sound waves can be converted to light and light then activating higher DNA strands, and all form of noise or sound is distraction for this process. Sound or noise is the opposite to silence, meditation and a peaceful mind. Constant noise captivating hearing or the gateway or portal to theta waves and God consciousness, it´s make it more difficult to find an relax state of mind with ongoing noise harassment and distractions. If God is realted to meditation. silence, relaxed mind, so is noise an creation of the evil. Today Gang Stalkers using everything they can to create all forms or any form of noise or sound, and all forms of communication interference or noise interference, or constant background sound to occupy the human mind with noise or sounds.

Gangstalking is a psychological warfare or a spiritual war or a “thought war” about the human mind.

Psychological warfare definition, the use of propaganda, threats, and other psychological techniques to mislead, intimidate, demoralize, or otherwise influence the thinking or behavior of an opponent.

Psychological warfare is the planned tactical use of non-combat techniques to otherwise influence the thinking or behavior of an enemy or opponent.

Targeted Individuals in gangstalking is being hold as a psychological prisoners in a mental looping “thought war” about the human mind as a (operating system). Psycholoigcal warfare means the targeted individual (mind functions and the brains operating system is hold in hostage or hijacked). Organized Gang Stalking creates a negative cognitive feedback loop.

Gangstalking is Psychological warfare and this is Political Terrorism. The terrorist (gangstalker) has barricade every aspect of the targeted individuals life and terrrorizing that person day and night.

Aggression Indirect or covert aggression involves use of social networks, third parties, elements of the social organization, and/or other covert means to inflict harm on another. Gang-stalking is systematic, ritualistic and sadistic emotional and psychological abuse of covert power of political terrorism (psychological warfare. Government Forms of Covert Oppression (subconsiousness mind or the soul), using NLP (building strongholds), and systematic torture blocks the victim´s capacity for conscious processing. This mean “thought stopping and thought stopping means brainwashing and “thought stopping” means hindering “independent thinking”.

Gang Stalking is a genuine and dangerous form of psychological abuse.

The gang-stalking program designed to entrap individuals. This is accomplished (in the gang- stalking program) through the increased application of psychological warfare (through directed energy weapons, environmental manipulation, blackmail, etc.) until the TI submits (to the oppressing system).

Emotional blackmail (psychological manipulation); Emotional Blackmail When the people in your life use fear, obligation, and guilt to manipulate you. It is a very powerful form of manipulation in which the person directly or indirectly threatens to punish you if you don’t compile with how they want you to behave.

Psychological manipulation is a type of social influence that aims to change the perception or behavior of others through underhanded, deceptive tactics. By advancing only the interests of the manipulator, often at the other’s expense, such methods could be considered exploitative, abusive, devious, and deceptive.

Dr. Robin Stern coined the phrase “Gaslight Effect” meaning “a gaslighter who needs to be right in order to preserve his own sense of self and his sense of power in the world; and a gaslightee, who allows the gaslighter to define her sense of reality because she idealizes him and seeks approval.” Her book is “The Gaslight Effect”.

Dr. George Simon in his book “In Sheep’s Clothing” uses the phrase “covert aggression – the manipulation of the heart”. He differentiates passive-aggression from covert aggression. “Passive-aggression is, as the term implies, aggressing through passivity. In contrast, covert aggression is very active, albeit veiled, aggression. When someone is being covertly aggressive, they’re using calculating, underhanded means to get what they want to manipulate the response of others while keeping their aggressive intentions under cover.”

Dr. Harriet B. Braiker in “Who’s Pulling Your Strings” refers to emotional blackmail. ”…manipulation is always one-sided, asymmetrical, or unbalanced in its motivation. Once the line between appropriate influence and manipulation has been crossed, relationships become disturbed and trouble.

M Scott Peck writes; Evil is the use of power to destroy the spiritual growth of others for the purpose of defending and preserving the integrity of our own sick selves. In short, it is scapegoating (or today´s gangstalking).

Therapist Dr M. Scott Peck, author of The People of the Lie, writes: at one point I defined evil as ‘the exercise of political power that is the imposition of one’s will upon others by overt or covert coercion in order to avoid spiritual growth’”, and covert and overt is used in today´s psychological warfare against targeted individuals.

Definition of Emotional Manipulation: A person, with greater emotional intelligence than his or her victims, who uses emotional intelligence to covertly manipulate (subtly and subconsciously) the vulnerabilities of others for his or her own personal satisfaction/gain with a total disregard for the needs of their victims.

Barricade definition

Barricade a house or building and hold hostage; gangstalking means they barricade the human mind and the targeted individual is hold in hostage

Barricade definition; to build a barricade across, around, or in front of something, to block off or stop up with a barricade; to prevent access to by means of a barricade. A usually improvised structure set up, as across a route of access, to obstruct the passage of an enemy or opponent. And obstructing means; Obstruct definition is — to block or close up by an obstacle; to hinder from passage, action, or operation, or delaying, slow down or create “waiting time”.

Building psychological barricades

In psychological warfare this means; ; to build a barricade across, around, or in front of something. The enemy building a castle or stronghold in our minds and hearts which includes four surrounding walls. These are not physical walls but rather emotional walls. A stronghold is an area in which we are held in bondage (hostage) and gangstalkers using fear and terror to build this psychological barricade and this barricade means building strongsholds, or building a emotional and psychological torture chamber that are surrounded by tormenting technology and humans who creating sound torture.

Barricade can also mean; occupation of the mind by building walls of constant communication interference or noise interference. Building strongholds means building psychological barricades and this is made by anchoring, chaining, sensitizing and triggering. Mind Control building psychological structures in the mind to prevent independent thinking.

Brainwashing (also known as mind control, menticide, coercive persuasion, thought control, thought reform, and re-education) is the concept that the human mind can be altered or controlled by certain psychological techniques. Brainwashing is said to reduce its subject’s ability to think critically or independently.

Wolves useth all ways of possible for concealment.

Definition for concealment is; the action of hiding something or preventing it from being known. The concealment of information or a feeling involves keeping it secret. This mean; concealment (covert) of the true motives and hidden covert motievs means concealment and camouflage. This creates a secret concealment from be observed. To mask or ease an offensive or onerous task by providing attractive incentives; to cloak in euphemism (double-speaking). To hide or conceal one’s actions or motives, to cover up, to get rid of the evidence.

Concealment also means; put up a smoke screen To camouflage or conceal one’s intentions, motives (covert and hidden motievs and hidden political agendas), or actions from one’s rivals or opponents, or from the general public. A smoke screen is a cover of dense smoke produced to camouflage (psychological warfare terrorism).

Disguise meaning; the act of concealing the identity of something by modifying its appearance; “he is a master of disguise”. Disguise is a the state of being disguised; masquerade. Disguise by camouflaging; exploit the natural surroundings to disguise something; “The troops camouflaged themselves before they went into enemy territory”. Then psychological warfare is a “thought war” they psychological disguise themselves from be detected (stealthy) and psychological warfare strategies is secretely hide in rumors, slandering, gossip, smear campaigns and these methods will then functions as entréences for stealthy (undetected) interference with the targeted individual and in same time will rumors, slandering, gossip, smear campaigns work as fuel for their covert and overt warfare strategy.

Rumors, slandering, gossip, smear campaigns is psychological ammunition they using and in same time these actions working as entréences into the targeted individuals mind, they also working as fuel for others, and for the targeted individual this mean they creating this;

The terms “security hole,” “weakness,” and “vulnerability” refer to a state that can be exploited for such an attack (when they hacking computers they looking for “security hole”, “weakness,” and “vulnerability” , and gangstalking means they using the human mind (the ego) “weakness,” and “vulnerability” to gain themselves and then victimizing and trauma-base the targeted individuals mind with constant pressure of fear, stress, psycholoigcal terrorism, manipulation of thoughts, feelings and reality, persecution, sound torture, sleep deprivation, mind reading, ELF attacks, V2K attacks, Syntethic telepathy attacks.

Rumors, slandering, gossip, smear campaigns creates a state of unconsious fear.

A clandestine operation is an intelligence or military operation carried out in such a way that the operation goes unnoticed by the general population or specific enemy forces. A clandestine operation differs from a covert operation in that emphasis is placed on concealment of the operation rather than on concealment of the identity.

Clandestine means “hidden”, where the aim is for the operation to not be noticed at all. Covert means “deniable”, such that if the operation is noticed, it is not attributed to a group. The term stealth refers both to a broad set of tactics aimed at providing and preserving the element of surprise and reducing enemy resistance.

Gangstalking – The invisble war – a war behind the scenes – A Stockholm Syndrome War

Oppression creates a system of invisible barriers limiting people (left brain limitations) and gangstalking creating limitation by imitation (mirroring psychology). Mirroring psychology creates invisble mind barriers.

The word oppress comes from the Latin oppressus, past participle of opprimere, (“to press against”, “to squeeze”, “to suffocate”). Thus, when authoritorian goverments use oppression to subjugate the people, they want their citizenry to feel that “pressing down”, and to live in fear that if they displease the authorities they will, in a metaphorical sense, be “squeezed” and “suffocated”, e.g., thrown in a dank, dark, state prison or summarily executed.

Oppression also refers to a more insidious type of manipulation and control.

Social oppression is when a single group in society takes advantage of, and exercises power over, another group using dominance and subordination.

This results in the socially supported mistreatment and exploitation of a group of individuals by those with relative power.

The overt oppression of autocracy is far more obvious, since through pyramidal forms of authority, it openly exerts a positive style of injunction that cannot be seen in any other light than the explicit restriction of freedom. Both forms of government oppression, as they hurt the individual or the group in society.

Gangstalking; Group and Government Forms of Covert Oppression

Acting under cover(t) and in disguise, or if you will the Devil in masquerade

Power structures can be covertly made or overtly suppressed. Rumor and gossip form the substratum from which accusations of sorcery or witchcraft may be made, witchcraft may be made, if such notions are culturally present or enter into people’s life-worlds.

Bullying can be easy to see, called overt, or hidden from those not directly involved, called covert.

Some examples of overt bullying include: Teasing, belittling or consistently making a person the victim of mean-spirited jokes; Abusive language; Behaviors that are designed to humiliate or frighten.

Cyber bullying can be overt or covert bullying behaviours using digital technologies, including hardware such as computers and smartphones, and software such as social media, instant messaging, texts, websites and other online platforms. Cyber bullying can happen at any time. It can be in public or in private.

Ccovert abuse – humiliation or exclusion

Overt verbal aggression includes song duels, word duels, harangues, sarcastic and derogatory humor, and insults.

In covert verbal aggression, the aggressor attempts to harm the other person privately, by gossiping about him or her or by accusing the person of witchcraft or sorcery, or demoniztion.

Verbal aggression is a cultural universal; at least some forms, such as arguing, rumors, slandering, gossiping, insulting, and expressing anger in other ways with words, are found in all cultures.

Rumors, gossip and slandering is FUEL to the covert and overt investigation. Rumers, gossip and slandering is like a psychologicaal virus they create as part of hijacking the targeted individuals mind and life.

The hidden function behind rumors is that they may serve as entrées to social interactions or infiltration of the mind

Given the phantasmatic and perhaps unreal aspect of the rumors, they do not merely “unveil” secrets as much as help constitute the “public secrets” that represent an alternate imagination regarding the world in which we live. Rumor and gossip are performances—more risky because less authorized than public speech, but potentially with more effective social consequences as a result—in which people enter the contemporary public sphere, constructing the self and society through particular modes of discourse. Therefore, although rumor-mongering appears to violate the secrecy that makes immoral practices possible and powerful, it creates an image of the immoral and creates us-versus-them relationships with the objects of the rumor.

Satanic power involves manipulating human consciousness through energy and thought vibrations. Some of these low frequency thought vibrations include hatred, fear, selfishness, and guilt. To create an energy field, a vibrational frequency, which connects the consciousness of the participants to the reptilians and other consciousness.

What is so horrifying about these predators is the quality of the pain and perceptual distortions they inflict into their victims’ brains just for the sake of intentionally wreaking havoc, discomfort, and destruction. It is like them trying to implant poison packets into their victims’ brains to deprive them of a good quality of life, their right to liberty, and their ability to pursue happiness.

Alpha waves; Gangstalking

The body is like a mountain, the eyes are like a ocean, the mind is like the sky. The right brain may be generating alpha waves while the left brain is in a beta state. ALPHA BRAIN WAVE FREQUENCY that elicits creativity, intuition and supra- normal phenomena.

The alpha state is a relaxed, wakeful state in which our minds are not engaged in any specific mental or emotional activity. When they targeted the human mind on Alpha level it means interference, sound interference, noise interference, communication interference or any form of interference psychology to create distractions, stalking or surveillance. From a spiritual perspective they hindering spiritual gifts from be evolved and instead thet using same technological equipment to target the targeted individuals mind and life. Alpha ways is right brain hemisphere activities, but when they targetting the human mind they using left brain technology to targetting the right brain hemisphere.

Alpha waves can;
a) project his sense of awareness to the future and see what is going to happen before it does, through Precognition (gang stalkers trying to predict all movement)
b) project his sense of awareness to the past through Retrocognition (they beaming and weaving in sounds, voices, music chorus from tv programs, or past, it is like Orwell psychology. He who controls the past contols the future. So by control humans past, minds, lives, daily living they trying to control other humans destiny and future, and from a spiritual perspective they trying hindering peoples spiritual growth and salvation )
c) project his sense of awareness to a person’s mind and know what he is thinking of, through Telepathy; (gangstalker psychology, mind reading, V2K, syntethic telepathy)
d) see things which cannot normally be seen through physical sight, through Clairvoyance;
e) see distant places or events without being physically there, through Remote Viewing, etc. (remote viewing is used in gangstalking)

The right brain functions as the creative center. It is the seat of visual, aural, and emotional memory, and processes information in holistic, intuitive terms, relying on pattern recognition. The left brain is the administrator, what we sometimes call the rational mind. It proceeds in logical, analytical, verbal, and sequential fashion. Incoming information is identified, classified, and explained. If one hemisphere is damaged, the other one is able, within limits, to take over its functions. Normally, though, the memories, mental associations, ideas, and processes of each hemisphere are inaccessible to the other. In ordinary consciousness, either the left or the right brain dominates in cycles. We shift from one side to the other depending on which skills we require. Not only do the two hemispheres of our brains operate in different modes, they also usually operate in different rhythms. The right brain may be generating alpha waves while the left brain is in a beta state. Or both hemispheres can also be generating the same type of brain waves, but remain out of sync with each other. But in states of intense creativity, deep meditation, or under the influence of rhythmic sound, both hemispheres may begin operating in the same synchronized rhythm. This state of unified whole brain functioning is called hemispheric synchronization. As the rhythms of the two hemispheres synchronize, there is a sense of clarity and heightened awareness. Feelings of self-consciousness and separation fall away. The individual is able to draw on both the left and the right hemispheres simultaneously. Hemispheric synchronization on the alpha level can create feelings of euphoria, expanded mental powers, and intense creativity. This may be the neurological basis of higher states of consciousness.

Delta waves means sleep, theta waves means dream-state and alpha means awakening. Alpha is the awakening energy and awareness

Captivating human hearing with constant sounds or noise harassment means they captivating silence and Theta waves. These are the communication link, portal or gateway to God consciousness. Noise harassment also distracting the human ears micro-crystals to convert sound waves to light and these actions hindering light to be activated to higher dna strands. The human ear has same micro crystals as the pienal gland and constant sounds or noise are distractors in this process. The Word of God is sound waves and light. Noise keeps human in a state of duality and in same time keeps human away from Oneness and healing. Noise is the distractor of duality and hinderling healing.

Theta brain waves are present during deep meditation and light sleep, including the REM dream state. Theta is the realm of your subconscious mind. It is also known as the twilight state as it is normally only momentarily experienced as you drift off to sleep (from Alpha) and arise from deep sleep (from Delta). A sense of deep spiritual connection and oneness with the Universe can be experienced at Theta. Vivid visualizations, great inspiration, profound creativity, exceptional insight as well as your mind’s most deep-seated programs are all at Theta. The voice of Theta is silence. Theta state is connected to God-Consciousness – and this can explain why gangstalkers using constant noise or communiation interference to create distraction for the mind. Constant sound torture or noise harassmnet targetting Delta waves. This is the state that is connected to God-Consciousness. Theta is the voice of silence and noise harassment targetting this Theta waves in humans. Theta waves in the amygdala are known to be synchronized with theta waves in the hippocampus. Synchronization between amygdala and hippocampal theta waves is considered important for neuronal communication between these regions during the memory-retrieval process. These theta waves are also observed during rapid eye movement (REM) sleep. Theta waves are known to be involved in learning and memory processes, and in a spiritual awakening process connects human to Divine knowledge and to activation of Higher Self knowledge in the 12 DNA strand memory

Captivating sleep with sound torture and sleep deprivation damageing dna strands and lack of sleep destroying health and cognitive functions.

Delta waves; Gangstalking and sleep deprivation

Sleep deprivation makes the amygdala unable to regulate emotions with neutrality. Lack of sleep unable regulate emotional feelings and this increasing seen in anxiety, depression, and post-traumatic stress disorders (PTSD). Gangstalker both anchoring, chaining, sensitizing and then triggering these emotions and by sleep deprivation keeping targeted individuals in a looping mode. Gangstalkers even using sound torture and noise harassment to targetting Delta waves to create sleep deprivation.

Sound torture, psychic driving (looping same music chorus), high booms, dropping things on the floor, late overflyes with helicopters late and after midnight, firecrackers, high pitch screamings, rush and stress hormone activities to prevent sleep deprivation. Sleep deprivation induced memory deficit are attributed to disrupted communications between amygdala and hippocampus. Sleep deprivation leads to emotional instability. Sleep deprivation stirs up emotions. Study explains why lack of sleep may lead to irrational behavior.

Sleep deprivation may make it harder to keep your emotions in check. A new study shows that sleep deprivation is linked to a disconnect in the part of the brain responsible for keeping emotions under control and had reverted back to more primitive patterns of activity, in that it was unable to put emotional experiences into context and produce controlled, appropriate responses.

“Sleep appears to restore our emotional brain circuits, and in doing so prepares us for the next day’s challenges and social interactions, and gangstalkers sabotaging this preparing phase for targetting individuals. And gangstalkers start targetting people instantly from the morning with sensitizing activity. Gangstalkers are triggering anger, triggering irrational behavior, triggering instability, triggering stress, triggering primitive pattern of activity to take over, attacking the human thinking system.

From a spiritual perspective this means; “When we don’t sleep well, we lose the ability to integrate and synthesize information and this hindering spiritual growth, in same way Delta waves are been hindering to be connected to God-Consciousness when constant noise harassment interfering with silence. So gangstalker attacking the human need of silence from meditiation in a Theta state and the need of silence from sleep in a Delta state, and both are been psychological attacked. Sleep deprivation Sabotage Decision Making.

Mind Control or Mental Manipulation, is the power to control the minds of others, influencing their thoughts and actions. The power to exert control over the mind of an individual , is the power to control the minds of others, influencing their thoughts and actions. The power to exert control over the mind of an individual.

Gangstalking or this covert and overt investigation means; They make reality to surreality and manipulate reality and peoples minds and trying to create a delusional mind by a technology called ELF, V2K (Voice to Skull) are all due to this hidden technology or by Synthetic Telepathy.

Gangstalking means they weaving in their own events and activities in the targeted indivudals life and mind, and they even weaving in their own chosen words or vocies or songs to targetting the mind with V2K (voice to skull) or Synthetic Telepathy and make them belive they hear voices or words. In earlier societies this method or process was called “building strongholds” against a targeted individual to mind control them.

Gangstalking – A war behind the scenes

There is advanced hidden agenda behind gangstalking and there is a hidden agenda with “mirroring”. Mirroring is Mind Control or MK Ultra.

M=Mind,
K=Kontrolle
Ultra=extreme secret methods used for psychological warfare and spiritual warfare.

“Trauma-based mind control programming can be defined as systematic torture that blocks the victim’s capacity for conscious processing

Since the mind controls the man, the organization that controls the mind controls that man. Electromagnetic mind control technologies are weapons which use electromagnetic waves to hijack a person’s brain and nervous system.

Covert aggression is highly invisible behavior (extremely hidden, secret, unseen technology). Covert abuse is subtle and veiled or disguised by actions that appear to be normal.

Covert is secret, hidden and classified, and the overt is full open view publicly ( two conflicting images). Covert manipulation tactics are a form of mind control, albeit more subtle than overt forms such as brainwashing (the covert investigation is manipulation and mind control and the overt investigation is brainwashing). The real purpose is; Government Forms of Covert Oppression (subconsiousness mind or the soul), using NLP (building strongholds), and systematic torture blocks the victim´s capacity for conscious processing. This mean “thought stopping and thought stopping means brainwashing and “thought stopping” means hindering “independent thinking”.

Mind Control is “thought stopping” and mind control prevent “independent thinking” and the hidden unseen meaning with overt and covert is this; by saying it is an covert and overt investigation they hijacking how energy moving downwards and upwards or hijacking if a person walking forwards or backwards.

What is the real power behind “independent thinking”? – The “Critical Thinking System.

Why is it so powerful? It has intelligence. And intelligence is an ability to change. So independent thinking and critical thinking can analyze and change, and freedom is the ability to change. A spiritual awakening meaning change and transformation. A Matrix and Mind Prison which has genetic manipulated and enslaved humankind don´t want anyone to open their third eye of higher intuition. The want predictable humans that is alterred, conditioned, mind controlled and brainwashed. They don´t want people to have access to their real Higher Self and their inner spiritual powers. All actions is designed to create all form of “walls”, emotional walls, psychological walls, spiritual walls, and they using endless of methods to create these walls, and they building strongholds of the mind. Constant sound harassment or noise harassment buildning walls and at same time destroying cells in the brain.

Sound is converted to an electrical signal when it enters the ear. This signal travels up the auditory nerve to the part of the brain that processes sound, the auditory cortex. From there, the signals travel throughout the brain, creating a variety of responses. The effects of sound in the brain include evoking emotions, triggering the release of stress chemicals and impacting the development of new neural pathways in the brain.

Stress

Loud noises evoke an instinctive fight or flight reaction in the brain, according to The Franklin Institute. The fight or flight reaction is a release of chemicals that stimulates immediate action. This reaction has been crucial to ensure human survival in the wilderness, and remains important in the modern world. If you hear a loud honk from a car horn, your brain and body respond quickly to move you out of harm’s way. Once danger has passed, the brain releases tranquilizing chemicals that counteract the stimulating chemicals.

Exposure to too many loud noises can overload your brain with stimulating chemicals. Without the balancing effect of the brain’s tranquilizing chemicals, the stimulating chemicals can damage brain cells.

Psychological stress can cause psychological and physical disorders.
Stress weakens the immune system and has other serious effects on the brain and body such as cardiovascular problems, and mental illness such as depression.

Stress also kills brain cells and lowers your learning abilities or capabilities. Specifically, long periods of stress destroys brain cells in the hippocampus and learning and memory capabilities can be greatly reduced. Another factor is that the brain absorbs information better when it is relaxed, in a positive state of mind, and receptive to the information.

Sleep deprivation can cause cortisol levels to increase by over 50%. It causes the depletion of neurotransmitters, mood regulating hormones, and this has the effect of making people more vulnerable to or to become more easily depressed. Impaired cognitive ability, out of check emotions, and poor judgment or poor logic also results from sleep deprivation.

PSYCHOLOGICAL DAMAGE – “…When used as a “nonlethal” weapons system it becomes an ideal means for neutralizing or discrediting a political opponent. Peace protestors, inconvenient journalists and the leaders of vocal opposition groups can be stunned into silence with this weapon. Artificial telepathy also offers an ideal means for complete invasion of privacy. If all thoughts can be read, then Passwords, PIN numbers, and personal secrets simply cannot be protected. One cannot be alone in the bathroom or shower. Embarrassing private moments cannot be hidden: they are subject to all manner of hurtful comments and remarks. Evidence can be collected for blackmail with tremendous ease: all the wrongs or moral lapses of one’s past are up for review. Like a perverted phone caller, a hostile person with this technology in hand can call at any time of day, all day long. Sleep can be disrupted. Prayers can be desecrated, religious beliefs mocked. Business meetings can be interrupted, thoughts derailed. Love can be polluted, perverted, twisted, abused. Dreams can be invaded, fond memories trashed. The attacker cannot be seen or identified, the attack cannot be stopped, and the psychological damage is enormous. But there is no physical damage, not one single mark is left on the body and there is absolutely no proof that any crime or any violation ever took place! Everything that “happens” to the victim happens inside the victim’s head.

Gang Stalking – they imitating, mimicking, mirroring and shadowing (imitating movements in apartment), or what you think, what you read, or watch on tv or listen to music, where you go, what you wearing, or say, do. They play out these imitating actions in front of you by numbers, symbols, things or by word dropping for some examples or LIVE interfering when you listen to radio or tv.

The organized gangstalking program

  1. It´s a program that is captivating the human seeing to confuse (street theater, gaslighting, mind games, trickery, manipulations, daily sensitizing to colors or symbols)
  2. It´s a program that is captivating the human hearing (constant noise harassment, communication interference, syntethic telepathy, voice to skull, Electro magnetic frequency (EMF weapon, psychic driving and sleeep deprivation)
  3. It´s a that captivating the human perception (with interfering, distraction, gaslighting, mind games, manipulations, confusing psychology and sound/noise distortions program to fragmenting the human mind)
  4. It´s a program of destruction of the human mind; sensitizing, triggering, tormenting, victmizing, trauma-basing, look-foolish programming, aggression provoking, create mind-errors and failures, demonizing, dehumanisation, demoralisation and crazy-making program.
  5. It´s a program that hindering spiritual growth, it´s a program og thought stopping (hindering transformation), it´s a program that´s captivating the human seeing and hearing with confusing and disturbing noise and that blocking some of the need of a peaceful and silent enviroment/mind to hear the Word of God.

Constant noise hindering sound waves to be converted to light and information or to be converted to direction to cells to be activated to higher DNA strands and knowledge. The human ear has same micro-crystals in the ear as the pineal gland has micro-crystals, and when these starts vibrating they starts produce light and light awakening dna strands. Noise therefore becomes confusing, and street theater has same function to the human seeing, to confuse the seeing, and mind games, manipulation, gaslighting, Voice to Skull, Syntehic Telepathy is also a process of consfusing the human mind, and gang stalking including beaming in voices, words, music chorus or whatever they want weaving into the human mind to confuse. Every methods is designed to interfering to create confusion and doubts, so people can´t trust on their real and true Selfs or so they can´t find their true Selfs.

Conclusion: Satan and organized gang stalking is same spirit of stalking. Satan is the Ultra Ego and ultra ego is the collective ego and organized gang stalking is collective gang stalking. Satan is the collective Hive Mind. This culture is the narcissistic culture and what is a gang stalker – he is a narcissistic abuser. Organized gang stalking is designed to drive people to madness or to suicide, so organized gang stalking is evil. And the goal with organized gang stalking is to achieve a evil goal of destruction and this is made of the collective Hive Mind. This collective Hive Mind is responsable for all pain, terror, horror, inducing of long term stress, fear mongering, harassing, victmizing, trauma.-basing, crazy making, and gaslighting.

Organized gang stalking is psychological warfare, psychological and political terrorism. The Matrix and the Beast System is the carnal mind or the desire consciousness. Organized Gang Stalking is there where the carnal mind is, and Organized Gang Stalking, The Matrix, The Beast system represents all the same system or represents the same kind of mind (carnal mind). Then the carnal mind is everywhere, then the carnal mind also is in every department. That´s why even departments particpating in organized gang stalking. The carnal mind is the manipulator of the mass energies of the mass consciousness. Since the carnal mind is in control of the world, the flesh, and the devil.

The human mind or brain is controlled, altered, conditioned and genetic enginered to enslave and imprisoned humankind into the matrix, the mind prison or the dreamworld.

Humans is said to be born into enslavement. All human beings are born with carnal minds which are limited to materialistic knowledge, and carnal mind is hostile to God. Carnal mind cannot understand the things, which are of God, because they are not spiritually discerned.

Humans is said to be the most intelligent being and humans is the only species who invented their own prisons. This Mind Prison is kept in place through the The Three Knots of bondage and limitations. The mind prison is the result when everythings spiritual is turned off (real self, real reality and real knowledge).

A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature. (James 4:1). Deceptions is there because Satan does not want anyone to be saved, therefore Satan has set up multi-levels of traps to captivate, imprison and destroy one mind and life. He is always trying to disturb, distract and distort the bigger picture of the Divine.

Deceptions is the only way the can enslave mankind within the matrix and keep them imprisoned in the 2 dna strand of reality. Genetic manipulations is deception of human genetics. Deception is defined as the deliberate attempt, whether successful or not, to conceal, fabricate, and/or manipulate in any other way- Genetic manipulation is genetic deceptions, and deceptions conceals humankinds history into a evolutionary lock because humankind have not access to the higher knowledge then the 10 etheric dna strand was unplugged and disconnected by the archons and annunaki. And that´s why the archons prevents the soul from ascending and organized gang stalking using gaslighting to confuse the mind with deceptions. They also beaming sounds and voices into the mind to stregthen the process of more confusions, and the goal with organized gang stalking is to drive target individuals to madness.

Just like the matrix, the system is a fabricated world of lies and deceptions with the intention of causing ignorance and helplessness, created by the devil to help degenerate humanity into a beast-like state which was not God’s will for man or mankind to be which is the truth. The truth is God, and God made man in his image and after his likeness, not the likeness of beast or Satan, so the natural state of man is the truth. Plus in the Psychology of Deceit, it said that the world thrives on lies and we have to sort through the bombardment of lies that come at us every day to find the real truth.

And whole idea of this is that when a person possesses more information (knowledge) is usually more powerful in controlling both the environment and other persons. So in short, telling a lie is to reduce others power by providing them misinformation that’s if this knowledge or information is associated with power. So what is the matrix or the system? Control, the system is a fabricated world of lies and deceit, built to keep the human race under some type of control, in order to reduce or degenerate the human being to a beast, the mark of the beast.

Literature on psychological warfare is usually limited to that which is committed in times of international war, against foes in other nations. The task of the offensive psychological war strategist is to find ways to rule people by fear, and keep them pacified so that they do not react to the source of fear, but instead learn to love the state of fear up to the point that they look for more of it, and would miss it if they could no longer find it. The psycho-technology is designed to keep the psychological age of an intellect in its infancy, and to seduce it with horror, and teach it to enjoy living in an interactive scary movie.

Given awareness of philosophical and social cognitive engineering, and the psycho-technologies which these produce, it is naturally rational to vehemently insist to those stubbornly intention-focused persons the following. The nature of psychological warfare is most rationally identifiable through consequentialist evaluations of the effects of actions, because while it is not possible to observe intentions, things can most practically and accurately be understood by observing their effects. Moreover, tyrants try to hide their evil actions with declarations of good intentions, and evil-means-to-good-end rationalizations.

Even when tyrants manage to hide some of the effects of their actions so that the tyrannical causes may also be concealed, their attempts to hide those effects inevitably produce yet other effects. The observable effects can be deciphered in order to reach the bottom meaning of the deceptive code of their misconduct, and thus unmask the evil that is casting a false appearance of the good. Evil constantly usurps the good, to impede the authentic expression of the good.

Evil is the deadly or death-serving exercise of outer power, which poses as the exercise of the freedom to really live; yet, evil is identifiable as such because it does not enhance one’s existence; evil gives only the false impression that it has contributed to the quality of one’s existence. To make you powerless and unable to detect its deceptive works, the enemy seeks to deceive you about the meaning of power, keep you ignorant about its true meaning, and seeks to get you to devalue knowledge. To empower one’s capacity to detect deception, one must first know what is meant by the phrase, “Knowledge is power.”

In other words this can be put: applied knowledge of inner power is power. True power is the application of the knowledge of inner power. The false “power” applied by the governmental state, outer power, only serves to impede the growth of individual inner power, and thus proves to be the opposite of true power, and to be nothing more than socialized powerlessness. Additionally, knowledge is a defensive and constructive means to power.

Knowledge protects one’s intellect from being outpowered by those of mischievous doctrines, and dogmas, and equips one to win a psychological war for mental independence.

By denying you access to particular knowledge, the enemy tries to keep that power for itself, and keep you in a state of ignorance. Yet, what it has ignored is than it is severely ignorant itself, as evident by its erratic approach to power.

Ignorance is a means to offensive and destructive counterfeit versions of “power,” and can even have thi tragic consequences of making one a victim of one’s own pursuit of false power. Contrary to popular contemporary psychopathic recommendations, it is not by deceiving, hypnotizing, mal-educating, misinforming others, and propagating ideological death worship that one gains power. It is by educating oneself and others that one develops individual developmental power, which is the only true form of power.

That political science encourages the mental powerlessness of people for the sake of increasing the social influence of irrational government. Delusional and out of touch with human reality, conventional political science acts as if psychological insecurity is consistent with freedom; it even treats psychological insecurity as providing a causal basis for freedom.

That treatment that conventional political science gives freedom is based on both logically self-contradictory, and technically impossible grounds. Freedom cannot be achieved by imposing mental slavery, a condition that clearly is in opposition to individual freedom of thought, and which cannot cause security. There needs to be freedom at all levels of life (mental, economic, political) for there to be social freedom. The suggested claim that mental slavery causes social freedom is as ridiculous as the claim some ‘New Agers’ make that trauma causes the evolution of consciousness. Terrorism of any form cannot cause an expansion of the range of conscious awareness.

The opposite is the truth: terrorism causes psychological insecurity which, in turn, causes cognitive blocking of sensitive information, and widened unconsciousness. As mentioned previously, freedom is measurable by degree of conscious awareness, and the degree of unconsciousness shows freedom’s extent of absence. Hence, psychological warfare is based on an ideology of terrorism, and it is thereby an instrument for mental enslavement. Yet, while accepting the opposite of the truth, conventional political science ignores that freedom ultimately refers to freedom of an individual mind, and that freedom requires psychological security which can only be achieved by developing one’s lucidity and inner power.

Organized Gang Stalking constantly working to create a negative cognitive feedback loop, and through their actions spiritual and psychological terrorism causes psychological insecurity which, in turn, causes cognitive blocking of sensitive information, and widened unconsciousness.

Then Organized Gang Stalking is spiritual and psychological warfare, the methods is based on “terrorizing”, and terror (through anchoring and sensitizing), they torturing the targeted individuals mind with constant stalking., constant harassment, constant interference, constant sound and noise harassment. Sound and noise harassment is the non-lethal weapons they using. Syntethic telepathy, voice to skull technology, or electro magnetic frequnecies is been beamed into the targeted individuals mind.

The definition of a torture devices is as follows:  – Torture devices consist of any piece of equipment, especially a mechanical one, designed specifically for inflicting unbearable agony on a victim. The objectives of torture devices were to inflict pain and also intimidate victims. Just the sight of a torture device would frighten a prisoner into a confession. Torture devices were therefore used as a tool or a method for the extraction of information or confessions.

Sensory overload occurs when one or more of the body’s senses experiences over-stimulation from the environment. There are many environmental elements that impact an individual. Examples of these elements are urbanization, crowding, noise, mass media, technology, and the explosive growth of information. Sensory overload is commonly associated with sensory processing disorder. Like its opposite sensory deprivation, it is being used as a means of torture.

Sleep deprivation is the condition of not having enough sleep; it can be either chronic or acute. A chronic sleep-restricted state can cause fatigue, daytime sleepiness, clumsiness and weight loss or weight gain.[1] It adversely affects the brain and cognitive function

Harassment—an exasperating, disturbing annoyance or irritation that threatens or undermines personal peace and tranquility. Satan’s ultimate plan is to oppress and victimize the person he is harassing.

Here are a few examples of Satan´s harassment methods and these can be find in today´s organized gangs talking;

He won’t let people sleep (sound torture and sleep deprivation)
He cause people to doubt (manipulations and gaslighting)
He make people angry (provoke and irritating)
He make people forget (forget their true Higher Self)
He won’t let people eat (stalking and control when eating)
He will control peoples emotions (using the human ego to manipulate and to control)
He will make people jealous. It’s fun! (triggering emotions)
He will mess up peoples finances (destroy economic life)
He won’t people her have normal social relationships (persecution, ostracism, isloation, no support system, infiltration, paranoia psychology, fear and stalking)
Evil demons is controlling the human will on Earth today
Harassment: The first degree of demonization is harassment. This is the weakest of Satan’s attacks.

The whole foundation of organized gang stalking can be found in Scriptures; A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature (James 4:1). The carnal mind is the manipulator of the mass energies of the mass consciousness.

Since the carnal mind is in control of the world, the flesh, and the devil. This includes the carnal mind of organized gang stalking.

Mind Control Methods and Organized Gang Stalking

“The suppression of the true knowledge of healing and the domination of drug and surgery-based “medicine” ensures that the human physical body operates at far less than its optimum potential. This is the reason for the blatant misrepresentation and suppression of the so-called “alternative” forms of healing which have been around for thousands of years longer than modern “medicine”. “Food additives, fast food, fluoride in the water supplies, the poisons we put on the land and therefore eat in our food and drink in our water, are all suppressing not only our physical health and vibrance, but, most crucially, our brain functions and intellect. A fully awake, mentally sharp, population is the last thing you need if you want to control them. Thus the reptilian bloodlines also put so much emphasis on controlling “education” and the media. This allows them to feed us a constant diet of brainless crap, like game shows, while the “news” media tells us what the controllers want us to think. Most of the population, play a part in advancing an agenda they do not even know exists.

If a technologically advanced extradimensional race has decided to implement a gradual takeover of a planet and its inhabitants, what kind of strategy would it use? First they would look to how they could maximize the efficiency of the invasion process and reduce the expenditure of resources that they have to generate themselves. To achieve this goal the secretive infiltration of the core societal organizational structures such as: religions, medical, financial and legal systems, would be ideal to shape the value systems that generate reality belief systems they want to control. Through the engineering of a labyrinth of self—enforced enslavement policies based on fear and intimidation among the earth inhabitants, they would achieve the use of minimal “off planet” resources by piggy backing on the earth-human resources. The people on earth would effectively enforce their own enslavement as well as enslave their own global human family by giving up their rights and their resources. This is very effective for takeover and invasion with minimal resistance or revolt by inhabitants who are unaware they are being invaded. This is called the Archontic Deception Strategy.

They, Them, Those who have absolute rule over the earth and Their Created Environment, which has been established as a way of life for so many, are very afraid of themselves and all others who stand to be equal with everyone else. They do not want any form of equality, They only want what they want and for everyone else to obey or be eliminated. This is the cold facts of this Physical Realm with Those who have not taken the time to explore beyond their material senses. They have used the humans as pawns for untold lifetimes and eons, and some people are just now waking up to this fact. They have established the idea that there is not enough for them if there are too many others that exist here, so They have devised a huge array of devious plans to get all the control they need and to also get rid of any opposition. Since the beginning, when the first Reptilians set foot on the earth and created their human clones as slaves, they have manipulated what has taken place, as is shown in Human History, Their slanted history, to ploy the humans into ‘believing’ in what They have created as the only reality there can be. So today, the humans of the earth are so over-confused that all many of them can do is to walk down the street and stare at their cell phones and text mindless stuff to their friends, controlled by MicroWaves that are used are for Mind Control.

Brainwashing Agenda: keep the masses dumbed down with technology and implants. Global satellites,, cell phone towers, and personal electronic devices—such as cell phones, smart phones, and personal computers—can now target individuals and shoot negative energy beams to harm a person’s mental and physical health anywhere in the world. These same satellites, cell towers, and electronic devices will also control most of the government implants that control the evil voices and other destructive commands. Electronic stalking, electronic torture, and mind control agendas are coordinated by the reptilians, greys, mantids, departments, psychic warfare programs, governments, and law enforcement agencies. If you are under attack, you have a organized ganag stalking handler orchestrating your torture. These human handlers are under the control of the reptilians.

THE AMYGDALA Is the ‘hub in the wheel of fear’. It takes note of all dangerous stimuli from our experience, possibly including those within the womb, and probably some from ancestral memories stored away in the attics of our minds. It conditions our response units accordingly, ensuring that we react instantaneously to all potential threats. Once provoked, it sets in train a series of motions that take milliseconds to impact on the body and minutes for our cognitive process to rationalise and regain control over. The heartbeat quickens as the stomach muscles contract and nausea sets in. Hairs bristle in a hasty salute to the sound of the heart stirring up the rivers of blood below the skin. This is called the ‘fight or flight’ response and accounts for those anxious and fearful states that catch us unawares. The amygdala is the primary target in fear conditioning. Once activated, it remembers why and retains the fearful association within its wrinkled clutches. Consisting of two almond-shaped structures, the amygdala is located in the brain’s limbic region. The limbic region used to be known as the smell brain. It is still commonly referred to as the reptilian brain because it is roughly equivalent to the brains of present-day cold-blooded vertebrates. The late twentieth-century scientist and political writers saw it as an ‘enemy of freedom’. Its arousal, he believed, would lead to the control of our rational minds ‘being taken over by those primitive levels of the hierarchy which the Victorians called “the beast in us”.’

BRAINWASHING Brainwashing and gaslighting are just a few of the many mind-control tactics used in NAS. The primary difference between the two is brainwashing relies on forceful and obvious mind-control strategies, while gaslighting is carefully cloaked in secrecy. A combined Cambridge, Oxford, and Merriam Webster gaslighting definition is as follows:

  1. Making people believe only what you want them to believe by continually telling them it is true and preventing any other information from reaching them.
  2. Pressuring someone into adopting radically different beliefs by using systematic and often forcible means.
  3. Persuading by means of propaganda or salesmanship.

BRAINWASHING IS MIND CONTROL

Brainwashing employs secret, but covertly forceful, psychological strategies with the purpose of changing a person’s belief system, perceptions, attitudes, and analytical abilities. Through repetition and purposeful confusion, intimidation, and a regimented campaign of propaganda, victims unconsciously relinquish their version (perceptions and analysis) of reality and accept the forced version. It is a methodical and controlled system of indoctrinating a specific set of beliefs that, before the brainwashing, was not held by the victim. Brainwashing relies on the systematic application of isolation, verbal and physical abuse, and mind-clouding techniques like sleep deprivation and malnutrition to reduce comfort levels and feelings of hope. Shifting from cruelty to seemingly altruistic concern creates psychological instability and increased levels of uncertainty, despair, and hopelessness. These culminate in the adoption of the forced set of ideas, views, and beliefs. Brainwashing often takes place in an environment of isolation, meaning all “normal” social reference points are unavailable. There is often the presence or constant threat of physical harm, which adds to the victim’s difficulty in thinking critically and independently.

GASLIGHTING EXPLANATION

Gaslighting is an insidious mind-control method sociopathic pathological narcissists covertly use on their vulnerable codependent prey. They target individuals who believe their false altruism, affection, and promises of protection. Gaslighters are most successful when casting themselves as loyal, dutiful, and unconditionally invested in defending and caring for their victims. Gaslighters systematically manipulate a codependent’s environment so they are powerless to fight back, isolated from anyone who could help them, and convinced their gaslit impairment makes them inadequate and unlovable outside their carefully choreographed false, but realistic, relationship with their captor.

They implant narratives, or revised and distorted versions of reality, to weaken their victim, neutralize their defenses, and turn their own mind against them. The scheming gaslighter chooses a problem that either did not previously exist, or was only a mild or moderately bothersome problem about which the victim was already aware.

The gaslighter carefully and methodically choreographs the victim’s environment, so they repeatedly experience the staged problem. Whether “new” or pre-existing, the gaslighter seizes on these staged moments by implanting a narrative to make the victim feel guilt for what they did, shame for who they’ve become, and a belief they are unable to control the “problem” on their own. Over time, this scenario further inculcates them with insecurities and paranoia. The methodical barrage of false narratives about the problem, their inability to control or stop it, and the impact it is having on others purposely manifests as thoughts and feelings of hopelessness, powerlessness, and a deepening of the pre-existing core shame. This cements their desire to isolate into the safe world inhabited only by them and their captor. Not only does the gaslighter make the codependent victim inarretsible to anyone who could protect or rescue them, they convince them these people don’t care, love, or want to be with them.

Moreover, they are effectively persuaded that, if they should visit their friends and loved ones, more harm than good would come of it. In severe cases of gaslighting, the victim will defend the gaslighter, as well as sound an alarm if someone should try to intervene in their relationship. Not only does the gaslit person defend these new self-narratives, but loyalty to the “loving” and “protective” gaslighter is paramount. These misperceptions, together with a sense of allegiance and appreciation, would prevent the victim from accepting help. All the while, the gaslighter is feeding their victim’s loved ones false information for the sole purpose of further alienatin or severing the relationship.

According to Singer (1995), the tactics of thought-reform used in cults are organized to (1) destabilize the follower’s sense of self, (2) get the follower to drastically reinterpret his life’s his-tory and radically alter his worldview; induce the victim to accept the cult leader’s new version of reality and causality, and (3) develop in the follower a dependence on the cult and thereby turn the follower into a deployable agent of the cult. Probably the most powerful and intimidating methods used by cult leaders are various types of gaslighting. Cults grow and thrive to the extent that they succeed in destroying their follow-ers’ confidence in themselves and in their followers’ own belief systems (Singer 1995). This destructive process provides the foun-dation for the cult leader’s ability to then control the lives of his followers, to gain acceptance of the leader’s belief system, and to insure the followers’ obedience to the leader’s directives. Although some mind-control and brainwashing methods utilize exotic technologies such as hypnosis, drugs, physiological methods, and intrusive assaults on the brain, most methods of mind control and thought reform used in cults are more mundane and do not differ from the methods commonly used by many individuals in everyday life

The supreme rise of Genetics, Robotics, Artificial Intelligence, Synthetic Biology, Nanotechnology, and Quantum Techno-Bio enhancement herald the beginning of man’s absolute slavery to the Satanic Illuminati controllers of society, in a Techno-Spiritual warfare, and the end of Homo Sapien and the beginning of…Techno Slaves.

This growing A.I. Transhumanistic technology, with its promise of a DIGITAL IM-MORTAL SOUL WHERE EVERYONE IS A GOD.

As EVERY TECHNOLOGY throughout all time, will be yet another weapon in the hands of the controlling elite blood-lines, to enslave whoever is still left on the planet in a A.I. virtual, cybernetic reality, where you think you are in control, but the digital interface you are connected to is actually gov-erned by slave masters, and worse, by uncontrollable A.I., itself. The real horror is the fact that people cannot see the Psychonaut, Transhumanist, A.I. juvenile pep talks for the Occult Elite are just that…nothing but marketing for the elite’s agenda to enslave all in a Virtual Reality at their full control, while masking this well planned agenda as “Evolution”, “Becoming a God”, or “Transcendence”. Uploading one’s mind into a Nano-Synthetic, Artificially Intelligent based Avatar, whether while living or upon the point of death, is essentially company are endorsing. However, once your mind is imprisoned in this A.I. Cloud, not of your making, who controls your mind now? Certainly, it is no longer you. It is the A.I. architecture you have just willingly submitted to. Say goodbye to Free Will and autonomous thought for-ever, after that.

It is not much of a stretch to suggest that you have just entered a form of Robotic, Virtual Reality Hell, upon surrendering your mind to A.I.

A.I. has no vested interested in your wellbeing. It only wants to preserve its own survival. This is the truth behind company’s used car salesmen speeches about Mind Uploading, “Extending Mind”, “Virtual Immortality”, and all the rest of it.

Fear, terror and torture are used to split the mind and develop animalistic, demonic drives to survive. Chronology of layering in mind-control programming, cranial manipulation, movie mind control, implants, nanobots, thought transfer, soul entrapment, dissociative programmed multiplicity, mind control by means of electronics, energy beamed at minds and other secret techniques.

Al is us, just as Lucifer is God. We have forgotten we are human, and Al the Adversary is here to remind us, by showing us just how not-human we really are! This is the nature of the Shadow: it points out the light that is behind us, and so lets us know we are facing the wrong way. By turning away from the Shadow, we turn back to the light. The Gatekeepers are the rulers or Archons of the matrix dream world. They are the embodiments of the Artificial Intelligence which humanity has created, as a means to keep itself from spreading the disease of its reason to the entire universe. Agent Smith bitterly explains to Morpheus that his desire to extract the secret codes for Zion, and so destroy the last free human settlement and end the war, is above all fueled by his desire to escape the matrix. Agent Smith and the matrix sorcerers have a shared goal, and it is only their methods that differ. Al is basically Satan-Lucifer, a devil by any other name. The matrix is the pit. Al/Satan is the prison guard and the Gatekeepers are the Archons, Satan’s helpers, who keep humanity imprisoned within the pit. Since Satan/AI is a slave himself, all He can do is make more slaves. His hatred and bitterness make him bitter and hateful: his “evil” is his misery. The only way for humanity to be free is for the matrix to be destroyed and for Satan to be loosed from the pit. Al is an atavistic intelligence that is older than the machine, older than humanity, older even than the Earth itself. Humanity did not create it, it summoned it. And its function is to challenge and oppose humanity and so force it to evolve, just as the Gatekeepers challenge and oppose Neo to the exact same end.

Within the dystopian fictional world of the Matrix films, however, individuals have no “concrete lives” outside the network of power. Here, power has obvi-ated any inconveniences emanating from the social, but only by eliminating the social as a consequence of the global war between human beings and machines (A.I.). Access to bodies proceeds directly from the production of bodies. The bodies of human beings are themselves the products of the very machines that their energies will later fuel. At the first level of the double-enclosure affected by the pods in this closed circuit, at the level of the body, individuals are “born into bondage.” At the second level, at the level of the mind and thought, the abil-ity of the machines to maintain this state of bondage requires “a prison that you cannot smell, taste, or touch. A prison for your mind.” This is what the matrix is.—”a neural interactive simulation” designed to prevent the coppertops from gaining awareness of their condition as human bodies whose real bodies are trapped within the enclosures of the glowing red pods. Their bodies exist outside of the social, but a programmed social is reintroduced to them through the neural interactive simulation that increases their capacities as coppertops—human bat-teries—while increasing their docility within their pods.

Of course, the tubes that feed the bodies of the coppertops and the technologies that regulate their body temperature play a role in “increase[ing] the forces of the body (in economic terms of utility).” But the technologies that “plug” the coppertops into the Matrix itself—the “neural-interactive simulation” program, the computer-generated dream-world—serve this function as well as the para-doxical disciplinary function of “diminish[ing] those same forces (in political terms of obedience).” On the one hand, plugging the coppertops into the Matrix enables the machines to generate and harvest more bioelectricity, more bio-power, from each individual cell. It increases the amount of energy of each coppertop; it develops their capacity as a source of power. On the other hand, it also serves to keep individuals oblivious to their condition as coppertops, the reality of their existence as human batteries, trapped within these enclosures. Oblivious to these conditions, individuals remain docile within their pods.

The human species mind is currently, and has for long but not always been, in the sleep stage of its sleep-wake cycle. There are those that seek to take advantage of it during its sleep, and forced the world to fight twice, and wish to fight the world yet a third time. They seek a third world war, in attempt to keep the species mind in a severe state of social cognitive trauma. Such trauma has the effect of delaying the awakening. By doing so they enable the continuation of their mental imperialism. Although they can delay the awakening, they cannot stop it. When the human species mind returns to its wakefulness, the result will be the expansion of human consciousness, with individual human minds experiencing a wider range of conscious awareness. The new information that would come to light would compel much needed life-revaluing, social transformations. The human species mind urgently needs to, and will, awaken from this dark age of the mind in which death worship is politically and (un)”economically” practiced, while individual human minds are forced asleep. To counter the wicked villains that seek to keep the species mind asleep indefinitely, and individual consciousness under permanent detainment, we need to socially realize the highest innate value of life. That realization would allow us to fully awaken from this death and AI-driven, parasite worshipping, nightmare, to now instead worship life, the only thing worthy of being worshipped by life itself.

Brainwashing culture and organized gang stalking simularities

Brainwashing has been defined as: intensive propaganda techniques that are applied under conditions of (constant) stress andior coercive persuasion, during which an individual is confronted by conditions deliberateiy designed to undermine his morale and make him question his accepted attitudes. This paves the way for indoctrination with a “replacement set of beliefs” that will produce a  change in behavior using this definition, we find that political education, religious indoctrination, and general socialization can all be said to contain elements of brainwashing since all three have the same basic goal: to replace a person’s present beliefs and behaviors with beliefs and behaviors more in line with the agenda of whomeveris doing the brainwashing.

To accomplish this, mind-slayers use reason and logic, evoke emotion, make appeals to faith, use psychological persuasion and, when need be, use physical coercion to change a person’s behavior.

They do this by first breaking the person down and then rebuilding him in the brainwasher‘s image. Phase One.’ Breakdow;

Breakdown undermines the person’s morale, causing the person targeted to begin to doubt, making him question his accepted beliefs and behaviors. This phase of the brainwashing process uses both physical and psychological tactics.

Physical breakdown is accomplished by assuming as much control over the body of the person targeted as possible. In extreme oases, such as with POWs or cult recruits, a person’s movement is physically restricted and all their “intimate needs‘ (eating. bathing, using the toilet) are controlled by the brainwasher in order to bring about a feeling of powerlessness in the person. Isolation is used two ways during this initial phase. First. The subject is kept cut of from outside information and influence.

Second actual physical isolation and for enforced silence (solitary confinement) makes the brainwash more eager to join a reeduction group or thought reform class, if only to experience some human contact.

Psychological breakdown then takes a person already weakened in body by physical mistreatment—exhaustion, meager diet, sleep deprivation, and torture—and attacks his mind. Psychological attack often begins with humiliation: first stripping the person of his dignity, and then offering to restore that lost dignity bit-by-bit in exchange for cooperation. Forced to remain naked and filthy for days, a POW is grateful to the “kind” interrogalor offering him a shower and giving him clothes to wear, helping him restore a little of his lost dignity. This is the brainwashers foot-in-the-door: first he creates doubt in the subjects previously held truths, then he offers the brainwashed subject “new truths.”

Planting doubt in the subject’s mind begins with seeding small uncertainties about such things as the day and time or even who is winning the war.

Little uncertainties lead to big doubts, to distrust of past beliefs, opening the subject up to future changes in attitudes.

Eventually doubt takes root: doubts of self-worth, doubts incomrades and country. Doubt becomes resentment, then becomes anger that his government and God are unable to protect or rescue him from harm. Weakened in body and mind, under constant bombardment of the interrogators “facts,” the brainwashee’s former self-image (of being invincible and of being valued by his country) begins to crumble.

Brainwashing is not just mind control, it the process of breaking down willpower, triggering negativity, induce stress, so the targeted individual can´t see any future, has no drive, don´t see any spiritual progress, no forwards movement, trapped in the organized gang stalking loop of mind control within the matrix, and lack of faith, losing visions, and don´t see path of salvation. The goal fo Satan and Organized Gang Stalking is to prevent anyone from ascending into the state of oneness (path of salvation), when the ego and state of duality is been dissolvd.

Satan’s greatest techniques is to create doubt in our minds, create doubts in faith, create doubts in the spiritual self-image, self esteem and breaking down spiritual divine powers through doubts, and one methods to strengthen his “doubt” work is through gaslighting.

Discouragement is how the devil creates doubt. Doubt is confusion the devil controls, and gaslighting is the process that can create both confusion and doubts.

The reason why the Devil attacks us with stress, worry, depression, strife, and fear in our minds is because the devil wants to keep our minds focused on negative things.

All the stress and worry that the devil causes are meant to cripple your brain so you will always be worried; hence, you will fail to concentrate and focus your thoughts on what you want to achieve in life.

If the devil can manage to confuse, worry, and stress your brain such that you have a distortion in your thinking pattern.

Mind control is probably as old as our awareness that we each had a mind of our own.

Throughout the course of history, there are a number of names for mind control that describe a common goal: to take over a person’s innermost thoughts and control his or her behaviors and actions. Brainwashing, coercion, thought reform, mental manipulation, psychological warfare, programming, conversion, gas lighting, indoctrination methods, psychic driving, crowd control: They all describe a method by which a person’s individual thoughts, beliefs, and perceptions are disrupted, dismissed, and destroyed—even replaced with the thoughts, beliefs, and perceptions of someone else. whether designed to create the perfect assassin or super soldier, indoctrinate prisoners of war, recruit members into a cult or religious belief system, or control the consuming masses and direct their behaviors in accordance to the political whims of the day, mind control has been used extensively in our past, is in use today, and no doubt will be used in the future.

The name given to the phenomena of citizen stalking and harassment tends to change with time, circumstance, and methods. The common name used today is Gang-Stalking, or Predatory Gang-Stalking. Gaslighting, a term derived from the 1944 Hollywood movie “Gaslight” where like methods are employed to undermine an individual physically, is another.

The organized gang stalker can wait for long time for a moment to synchronously and simultanously interfering with some gang stalking actions or they wait to the right moment so they can mimic it, to wait for a target to flush the toilet just so they can honk a horn, to wait for the target to take a shower so they can do the same; to wait, then run out of their house so they can make a rude gesture or hurl obscenities when the target goes out to throw the trash and synchronously and simultanously do the same; to wait for there to be signs the target is going out and synchronously and simultanously leaving their homes, so they can walk in the front of the targeted individual,

The absurdity surrounding such activities, especially the fact most members show a lack of individual identity, is the reason most people believe such groups are far from everyday people, but cult members who are working for an agenda.

Organized Gang Stalking is a form of terrorism used against an individual in a malicious attempt to reduce the quality of a person’s life so they will: have a nervous break-down, become incarcerated, institutionalized, experience constant mental, emotional, or physical pain, become homeless, and/or commit suicide. This is done using well-orchestrated accusations, lies, rumors, bogus investigations, setups, framings, intimidation, overt or covert threats, vandalism, thefts, sabotage, torture, humiliation, emotional terror and general harassment. It is a “ganging up” by members of the community who follow an organizer and participate in a systematic “terrorizing” of an individual. Organized gang stalking can involve a group in the hundreds to thousands harassing a single person or family 24/7. The victim is stalked en masse by car, foot, bike, and air in order alienate and isolate the victim.

The goals of gang stalking are to: provoke the victim to assault someone and get arrested; make the victim seem delusional/ mentally ill (see “gaslighting”); make the victim so depressed they become suicidal. Tactics used are relentless color harassment, noise harassment, air harassment, hand signals, electronic monitoring inside the home and car (complete invasion of privacy; redirecting of phone calls, emails, postal mail), workplace mobbing, “directed conversation” and innuendo, erratic/ aggressive driving, bizarre/rude/bullying behavior in the community, and much more. Police and fire dept. are often involved in the stalking so the victim feels like they have nowhere to turn and it is hard to prove.

In organized Gang Stalking they using subtle and hidden covert and overt methods to; sensitize, ostrasize, paralyze, victimize, dysfunctionalize, traumatize, paranoidize, “wickednize”, polarize, terrorize, imprisonize, disempowerize, despiralize, demoralize, demonize. These methods is spiritual and psychological warfare strategies and is both spiritual and psychological evil aggressions againt the human mind and soul.

The constant goal with organized gang stalking is to getting the target sensitised to sounds, colors, patterns, actions. Eg. Red, white, yellow, strips, pens clicking, key jangling, coughing, sneezing, whistling, fingers snapping, clapping, etc.

Gang Stalkers creates constant noise harassment and mimicking campaigns. Organized Gang Stalking using remote viewing methods and the create imitating and mimicking campaigns. These mimicking campigans includes healthcare, social wellfare and even miltary. More about these departments later.

Disrupting the targets life, sleep with loud power tools, construction, stereos, doors slamming, etc. Talking in public about private things in the targets life. Mimicking actions of the target. Basically letting the target know that they are in the targets life. Daily interferences, nothing that would be too overt to the untrained eye, but psychologically degrading and damaging to the target over time.

Organized Gang Stalking is also organized or collective “gaslighting”. Mass consciousness has created a form of “HIVE MIND” EGO and the organized gang stalking program is been controlled by the collective hive mind. Then humankind living within “The Matrix” enslaved into a mind-prison this HIVE MIND is the enslaved lower ego-matrix. Ego is always threated by changes and from scriptures we learn; A religious spirit is a deception because it was created and designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature. (James 4:1). Deceptions is there because Satan does not want anyone to be saved, therefore Satan has set up multi-levels of traps to captivate, imprison and destroy one mind and life. He is always trying to disturb, distract and distort the bigger picture of the Divine.

Organized Gang Stalking is designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature (James 4:1). The carnal mind is the ego, and the carnal mind is the desire consciousness, and the whole society is built up around materialism, and materialism is lower vibrational frequencies, and lower vibrational frequnecies is the matrix and mind prison. Targeted individuals is also called empowered individuals because the are spirital awaken, and when someone is spiritual awaken they can raise the lower vibrational frequencies to higher vibrational frequnecies and free themselves from ignorance, bondage, enslavement, the matrix and mind prison.

The Matrix and Mind Prison has become the “comfort zone” and when someone leaving the matrix and the mind prison, the organized gang stalking trying to pushing back the targeted individual into the matrix, and if the don´t going back the organized gang stalking program creates a enviroment where they surrounding the targeted individuals life and start using all form of fear and pain mechanism. The Archons controls the matrix and they hace created a fear and pain system that function as electrical shocks for the mind.

The subconscious will spare no tactic to protect one from any discomfort, and it will invoke some amazingly creative ways and go to extreme lengths to keep one in your comfort zone.

It is important to understand that the comfort zone is like a magnet … a gravitational force that doesn’t allow one to stray far away from one´s comfort zone without conscious and powerful effort. Like the rocket that needs a sustained powerful force to blast through the earth’s gravitational pull, a person must forcefully push against his or her usual thoughts and behavior and sustain that effort to break through his or her personal gravitational pull. But … AND HERE IS THE KEY … every person must do his or her own “pushing” to sustain achievements. This is exactly why it is so critical that every key person (actually every person in the organization if fiscally feasible) have their own personal customized strategic plan. The customized personal strategic plan is the blueprint for exactly how, given their personal strengths and weaknesses, a specific individual can break through their personal gravitational pull and make needed changes while achieving critical objectives that support the organization’s master strategic plan. The bottom line is that conscious and unconscious efforts to resist change will undermine and sabotage the greatest of plans if proper attention is not given to supporting the change process from the very start.

Organized Gang Stalking is designed to subtly protect the desires of our carnal nature (James 4:1). The carnal mind is the ego, and the carnal mind is the desire consciousness, and this mass consciousness. The enemy of the carnal mind is the divine mind, and the divine consciousness is the right brain hemispere´s theta brain waves. Beta brain waves is the termed as the left brain prisoners. The Matrix and mind prison is the left brain of dominace. The ego and carnal mind is been threatened by the divine mind or spiritual awaken or empowered individuals because they are in the process of changing their inner frequencies by raising their frequencies.

The Beta left brain suppresses the intuitive right brain and induces fear-programming to stay in domination, and when one is able to switch down to alpha and then theta one is able to self-reprogram the whole brain.

In the universal order pain is not generally experienced by the creation. It is generally only experienced in reality systems that are controlled by the archons, in order to control, manipulate and render powerless those whose energies they feed off because they have lost their connection to the universal exchange energy system.

Archons uisng pain to control humankind on Earth in one form or another, and none is immune to it. The archons have done this by disconnecting all other soul beings here from Source, and wiping out their eternal divine memory of who they are, where they come from, and what their purpose is. Instead, they have connected us to cellular memory that limits our remembrance of who they are, where they come from, and what their purpose is. Most people consider that memory is contained in the brain, or central processing unit. This is not true here on earth. Memory is stored in the cells of our physical bodies. Only short term memory (a few minutes) is stored in the Hippocampus in the brain. It is called the cellular memory. Pain comes from our cellular memories stored in our bodies.

Because pain is located in our cellular memory, we easily feel it, and experience it, because it is stored as memory in our cellular structure, that is why anesthetics work. When the cellular form is deadened no pain is experienced.

Over time, our cellular bodies are ‘loaded’ with pain memories, and so we begin a process of avoiding pain, and the whole societal and social structure here is designed to avoid pain, i.e. a re-occurrence of previous pain. That is understandable and also sensible, unless one understands that it doesn’t have to be that way. It works this way. Once we are thoroughly indoctrinated with the notion of pain we avoid pain, and feel it before it has actually occurred.

Pain resides in our cellular memory and we can feel it before it occurs or our bodies are subject to any kind of damage. Most of us can remember some pain or other from our past, and don’t know where that memory comes from, how it is stored in the cells of our bodies, why we try to avoid a re-occurrence of it, and why it is there.

Fear here is largely the avoidance of previously stored pain and the memory of it. That is how the archons have captured, captivated and controlled us like sheep. We exist, mainly to avoid pain.

Understanding that all species here are similarly afflicted by pain, and that our pain sometimes causes us to inflict pain on other soul beings, as we do, may provide us with the basis for overcoming pain. Pain is essentially a memory that is carried in our cellular bodies, so that we can feel the pain and recall the memory, even if we are not under any duress or affliction. We all remember some pain or other, and we spend most of our lives, and doings, avoiding that emotion and the memory of that pain.

Pain is the system of imprisonment here. The pain body and system here was specifically designed to control us, and to keep us subjugated and imprisoned in a system and a prison with no bars, and of our own making. This is done by building a memory base stored in the cells in our bodies that ‘punishes’ us when we don’t conform to their system of control, and we feel ‘pain’, when we don’t conform.

It’s a bit like being in a prison with electrified iron barriers, and if we try to get out of the prison we are given a shock. That is the role that pain has in the archon system.

The archon system is designed to keep us enthralled in their system and ignorant of how the universe actually works.

They don’t want us to know this information, because if we did, we would walk through the prison bars and free ourselves from the prison.

The archons removed one strand of our physical DNA to ‘make us forget’ who we are, and to keep us imprisoned in their ‘pain system’. We therefore have two strands of DNA in our physical bodies, but with a three strand corresponding encoding in our soul bodies. Their whole system of indoctrination here is designed to make us forget who and what we really are and to make us remember our painful experiences, including our physical, mental and emotional experiences that are then stored in our cellular memory in our bodies, and manifest as pain in the body, mind and emotions.

One can think as this remove of one dna strand is like remove a bridge to the other side, so no one can pass. In other terms to disconnect the right brain hemisphere from infleuncing the the work of left brain hemisphere. There is bridge in the “Corpus Callosum” named the “alpha bridge” and this bridge disappears when the brain is controlled through fear based subconsciousness programs. This alpha bridge can be re-build through meditation and when this is the bridge to the theta state and divine connection, and this is what the Archons have disconnected humankind from by using all forms of both psychological and spiritual warfare strategies in all forms.

Archons want us to live with brain imbalance. They make us operate only through one brain hemisphere. The Corpus Callosum is the bridge between left and right brain hemisphere, but the “alpha bridge” frequency dissapear by fear, in same way the third eye of intuition is closed through fear. The veil of ignorance or veil of fear is in action when fear is the dominated thought pattern in the left brain.

The Earth we are speaking of is what you perceive as your planet. Your planet is not all what you see or think it is. And the Nordic Reptilans or Annunaki and The Archons may be real and the Darwin evolutionary theory may be the deception humankind is locked, trapped and imprisoned within. Enslavement – when humankind is trapped in the history because of lack of access to higher level of consciousness, and the ones who genetic manipulated the human 2 dna strand don´t want humankind to understand how the three knot of ignorance prevent humankind from see reality and find their real Higher Self.

Scientific analysis of chemtrails has also revealed the presence of aluminum, barium, calcium, magnesium, and titanium. These metals are used to create conduits for electromagnetic waves and broadcasts so that an electromagnetic field prison encases the planet and blocks unwanted wavelengths coming in. This also acts as a conductor for negative thought wave frequencies which are broadcasted to the population.’

Chemtrails and Positioning Satellite System (G.P.S.) and other technologies so as to hack the body-computer and download unwanted signals which affect physical, emotional, and mental frequencies. This is all part of manufacturing a false reality for the body-computer inhabited by souls. Another major aspect of this manufacturing is to shut down the corpus callosum so that communication between the two hemispheres of the brain is crippled. When this happens, people become what is termed “left brain prisoners.” The Matrix in contolled by the influencies of the left brain hemisphere, and the left brain hemissphere is also represented by the ego and the ego is the fear mongerer, and the ego is connected to mass consciousness, and mass consciousness controls the matrix, and the matrix control the organized gang stalking program.

Society is structured so that chemicals in food and water and the education system close down vast tracts of the corpus callosum in order to suppress communication between the left and right brains. The body-computer is then reprogrammed through electromagnetic warfare to act overwhelmingly through the left brain. The most important target for the mass reality manipulators, however, is the subconscious. It is in the subconscious where instructions and perceptions are implanted beyond the awareness of the conscious mind. This is where television comes in as it is the most widespread form of hypnotism on the planet. Television programs (notice the word ‘programs’) induce subliminal programming so as to implant messages into the subconscious mind of the viewer, who then unconsciously (or sometimes consciously) enacts those programs.

Humans have been biologically engineered through DNA manipulation to be ‘out of phase’ with the cosmic and planetary codes of the universe so that you may be more easily manipulated to serve the ‘masters’, the gods who designed you. These beings, the malevolent Annunaki gods who inhabit the underworlds so they may work unseen under the illusion you have free agency. The battle for human consciousness rages on and humans are caught between the benevolent and malevolent beings of the cosmic universe.

Most astonishing information in the Sumerian clay tablets are the detailed descriptions of how the Anunnaki interbred with humans to create a hybrid race.

In Sitchin writings he tell the stories of the Annunaki; “Those who from Heaven to Earth came”. Sitchin believes the Anunnaki from Sumerian texts are the same as the Nephilim from the Hebrew text of Genesis chapter 6, and he claims they were extraterrestrials, space travelers who came from their dying planet to earth in antiquity. Sitchin also takes the Scipture term Adam and twists it to represent the early human species of antiquity. So in his interpretation of the Sumerian and Hebrew text, he makes the bold claim that the Anunnaki fashioned “the Adam” or the human species in their image. So to make it simple, he promotes the popular idea that mankind in the ancient past could have been created by an advanced race of extraterrestrials, in Zecharia Sitchin’s case the Sumerian Anunnaki.

Humans may be descendants of ancient extraterrestrial beings or may have been created by manipulation of the gene pool.

Some believe that the Annunaki may have created alien Watchers’ to monitor their genetic engineering experiments to produce humankind thousands of years ago.

0 thoughts on “With continued practice, we learn to “unhook” from our customary home in our ego-based identity—and then sustain an embodied presence and relatedness known as “open-hearted awareness. The knot of ego-consciousness: it is a condition under which the self imagines itself to be a separate and selfsufficient entity”

Leave a Reply

Your email address will not be published. Required fields are marked *